U.S. Environmental Protection Agencv Industrial Environmental Research
Office of Research and Development Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
EPA-600/7-78-042
March 1978
A COMPUTER-BASED CASCADE
IMPACTOR DATA
REDUCTION SYSTEM
Interagency
Energy-Environment
Research and Development
Program Report
-------
RESEARCH REPORTING SERIES
Research reports of the Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, have been grouped into nine series. These nine broad cate-
gories were established to facilitate further development and application of en-
vironmental technology. Elimination of traditional grouping was consciously
planned to foster technology transfer and a maximum interface in related fields.
The nine series are:
1. Environmental Health Effects Research
2. Environmental Protection Technology
3. Ecological Research
4. Environmental Monitoring
5. Socioeconomic Environmental Studies
6. Scientific and Technical Assessment Reports (STAR)
7. Interagency Energy-Environment Research and Development
8. “Special” Reports
9. Miscellaneous Reports
T:f s report has been assigned to the INTERAGENCY ENERGY-ENVIRONMENT
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT series. Reports in this series result from the
effort funded under the 17-agency Federal Energy/Environment Research and
Development Program. These studies relate to EPA’s mission to protect the public
health and welfare from adverse effects of pollutants associated with energy sys-
tems. The goal of the Program is to assure the rapid development of domestic
energy supplies in an environmentally-compatible manner by providing the nec-
essary environmental data and control technology. Investigations include analy-
ses of the transport of energy-related pollutants and their health and ecological
effects; assessments of, and development of, control technologies for energy
systems; and integrated assessments of a wide range of energy-related environ-
mental issues.
EPA REVIEW NOTICE
This report has been reviewed by the participating Federal Agencies, and approved
for publication. Approval does not signify that the contents necessarily reflect
the views and policies of the Government, nor does mention of trade names or
commercial products constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.
This document is available to the public through the National Technical Informa-
tion Service, Springfield, Virginia 22161.
-------
EPA-600/7-78-042
March 1978
A COMPUTER-BASED
CASCADEIMPACTOR
DATA REDUCTION SYSTEM
by
J. W. Johnson, G. I. Clinard,
L. G. Felix, and J. D. McCain
Southern Research Institute
2000 Ninth Avenue, South
Birmingham, Alabama 35205
Contract No. 68-02-2131
T. D. 10101
Program Element No. EHE624
EPA Project Officer: D. Bruce Harris
Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
Office of Energy, Minerals and Industry
Research Triangle Park, N.C. 27711
Prepared for
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office of Research and Development
Washington, D.C. 20460
-------
ABSTRACT
This document describes a cascade impactor data reduction
system written in the FORTRAN IV language. The overall system
incorporates six programs: MPPROG, SPLIN1, GRAPH, STATIS,
PENTRA, and PENLOG. Impactor design, particulate catch infor-
mation, and sampling conditions from single impactor runs are
used to calculate particle size distributions. MPPROG and
SPLIN1 perform data analyses and make curve fits, while GRAPH
is totally devoted to various forms of graphical presentation
of the calculatec distributions. The particle size distributions
can be output in several forms. STATIS averages data from mul-
tiple impactor runs under a common condition and PENTRA or
PENLOG calculate the control device penetration and/or effi-
ciency. The plotting routines have been written for a PDP15/76
computer and are not compatible with other computing systems
without modification.
1].
-------
CONTENTS
Abstract
Figures
Tables . .
Acknowledgments
1. Introduction
2. General Program Outline
Individual Run Data Analysis .
MPPROG
SPLIN1
Generation of Interpolated Points
GRAPH
Analysis of Grouped Data
STATIS
Programs PENTRA/PENLOG
3. Programming Details
Program MPPROG
Breakdown of Program MPPROG.
Functions of the Called Subprograms
Subroutine VIS *
Subroutine MEAN
Subroutine CUT
Subroutine CUN
Subroutine DMDNGD
Block Data Subprogram COMBK1
Block Data Subprogram COMBK2
Input to Program MPPROG
Card lnput
File Input
Output from Program MPPROG
Graph Output
File Output
Program SPLIN1
Breakdown of Program SPLIN1
Subroutines Called by Program SPLIN1
Input to Program SPLIN1
File lnput
Output from Program SPLIN1
File Input
Program GRAPH
Breakdown of Program GRAPH
Functions of the Called Subroutines.
Subroutine CUNPCT
Subroutine WALLY2
Page
ii
vii
viii
x
1
3
3
5
18
19
30
31
31
34
36
36
37
59
• * S S S S S S 60
61
• • 62
68
70
74
S 74
77
. . . . . . . . 77
8 6
87
91
91
95
95
107
107
108
10 8
109
110
110
120
* . . . S • • S 136.
142
iii
-------
CONTENTS (Continued)
• SubroutineWALLY3
SubroutineJOE2
Input and Output for the Mainline Program GRAPH.
Card Input and Resulting Output
File Input and Output
Program STATIS
Breakdown of Program STATIS
Functions of the Called Subroutines.
Subroutine STPLOT
Subroutine STATPT
Input for Mainline Program . .
Card lnput
File lnput
Output for Mainline Program STATIS
Graph Output .
Program PENTRA
Functions of the Called Subroutines
Input to Mainline Program PENTRA
Cardlnput. . . . . . . . .
File lnput
Output from Mainline Program PENTBA.
Line Printer Output
Graph Output
File Output
ProgramPENLOG
General Subroutines and Functions.
Subroutine SYMBOL
Breakdown of Subroutine SYMBOL
Function SLIM
Breakdown of Function SLIM
FunctionXVAL
Breakdown of Function XVAL
Function YVAL
Subroutine CPPLOT
Breakdown of Subroutine CPPLOT
Subroutine YPROB
4. User Instructions
Mainline Program MPPROG
Requirements for Program Execution
CardFormat .
Sample Job Stream
Mainline Program SPLIN1. . . .
Requirements for Program Execution
CardFormat
Sample Job Streams
Mainline Program Graph
Requirements for Program Execution
Page
152
• . . 163
• . . 170
170
• 179
183
184
206
• 213
224
• 228
228
230
• 231
236
240
• • 254
254
• . • . . . . . , 254
255
• . . . . . . . . 258
• 258
• . . . . . . . . 258
2 5 8
259
261
261
261
278
278
282
282
283
283
283
288
291
291
291
292
• , . . 292
294
• • • . . 294
. . • . . . . . . . 294
296
• . . . • • . . . . 297
297
iv
-------
CONTENTS (Continued)
CardForxnat
Sample Job Stream
Mainline Program STATIS
Requirements for Program Execution
CardFormat
Sample Job Streams
Mainline Program PENTRA
Requirements for Program Execution
Card Format
SampleJobStreams
File Reference Information
Program and Subprogram Calling List
5. Example Calculations
Data Deck for Program MPPROG—Hypothetical Andersen
Data Deck for Program NPPROG-Hypothetical Brink.
Data Deck for Program MPPROG—Hypothetical
University of Washington
Data Deck for Program MPPROG-Hypothetical Meteorology
Research, Inc
Data Deck for Program MPPROG-Brink
Data Deck for Program SPLIN1
Data Deck for Program GRAPH
Data Deck for Program STATIS
Data Deck for Program MPPROG—Andersen
Data Deck for Program SPLIN1
Data Deck for Program GRAPH
Data Deck for Program STATIS
Data Deck for Program PENTRA
Data Deck for Program PENLOG
6. Program Listings
Flow Chart of Program GRAPH
Listing of Main Program GRAPH
Flow Chart of Program MPPROG
Listing of Main Program MPPROG
Flow Chart of Program PENTRA
Listing of Main Program PENTRA
Listing of Main Program PEMLOG
Flow Chart of Program SPLIN1
Listing of Main Program SPLIN1
Flow Chart of Program STATIS
Listing of Main Program STATIS
Listing of Subroutine AVCON
Listing of Block Data Subprogram COMBK1.
Listing of Block Data Subprogram CONBK2.
Listing of Subroutine CPPLOT
Listing of Subroutine CUM
Listing of Subroutine CUMPCT
Listing of Subroutine CUT. . . . .
Page
• . 297
• 299
• . 300
. . 300
• 300
. 302
303
303
• . 303
• 303
• . 306
• . 308
• . 310
• . 312
• . 316
354
. • S
• • 358
• . 362
• . 370
• • 371
384
396
• • 402
• . 403
• 416
• . 428
• • 431
• 434
• 435
441
447
448
• 463
• 470
477
484
486
491
496
508
511
512
514
• . • • . 516
517
• . . S • S • • 521
. . .
V
-------
CONTENTS (Continued)
Listing of Subroutine DMDNGD
Listing of Subroutine FPLOT.
Listing of Subroutine JOEl
Listing of Subroutine JOE2
Listing of Subroutine LABEL.
Listing of Subroutine LGLBL.
Listing of Subroutine MEAN
Listing of Subroutine NDTRI.
Listing of Subroutine PIONT.
Listing of Subroutine SIMQ
Listing of Function SLIM
Listing of Subroutine STAGE.
Listing of Subroutine STATPT
Listing of Subroutine STPLOT
Listing of Subroutine SYMBOL
Listing of Subroutine VIS.
Listing of Subroutine WALLY1
Listing of Subroutine WALLY2
Listing of Subroutine WALLY3
Listing of Subroutine XLOG
Listing of Subroutine XSLBL.
Listing of Subroutine XVAL
Listing of Subroutine YLOG
Listing of Subroutine YPROB.
Listing of Subroutine YVAL
References . . . . . . . . .
Appendix
Page
524
• . • . . 527
529
• S • • • 531
534
• • . . . 535
536
537
538
540
• . • . . 542
543
544
547
• . • . . 551
554
555
560
563
566
• . . • • 567
• S • S • 568
569
570
• . . . . 573
• S • S • • • S • • • S • S 574
• . 575
S p • • S •
• . . S • S •
• S • • S • S
• S • S • S •
• • • • S • •
vi
-------
FIGURES
Nuxrtber Page
la. Cumulative size distribution from raw impactor data 21
lb. Start of development of interpolated points
between first and last D 50 21
ic. Continued generation of interpolated points . 22
id. Continued generation of interpolated points 22
le. Generation of interpolated points on parabola
which. includes DMAX 23
if. Generation of interpolated points on hyperbola
through D 50 (1) and DMAX . . . . 23
2a. Start of the curve fitting procedure 26
2b. Second s- .ep in the curve fitting procedure. . 27
2c. Third step in the curve fitting procedure . . . . . 29
3. Beginning pen position for drawing of figures
relative to pen position at call to SYMBOL. 263
4. Pen position changes to draw a square . . . . 266
5. Pen position changes to draw a triangle . 267
6. Pen positions for drawing of a circle . . . . 269
7. Pen position changes for drawing a diamond. . 271
8. Pen position changes to draw a + . 273
9. Pen position changes to draw an X 274
vii
-------
TABLES
Number Page
1 . Prograni Flow . . . . 4
2. Input Data to MPPROG 6
3. Sample Calculations 10
4. I Calibration Constants for Each Stage of
Six Andersen Impactors 63
5. v’T Calibration Constants for Each Stage of
FourBrink lmpactors 64
6. Calibration Constants for Each Stage of
Four University of Washington Mark III Impactors 65
7. / Calibration Constants for Each Stage on One
Meteorology Research Inc. Irnpactor 66
8. Values of Fractional Pressure Drop used in COMBK1. 75
9. Number of Jets per Stage for Andersen, Brink,
University of Washington, and MRI Impactors. . . . . . 76
10. Average Diameter Measured for Each Stage of Six
Andersen Impactors 78
11. Measured Jet Diameter for Each Stage of Four
Brink Impactors 79
12. Average Jet Diameter for Each Stage of Four
University of Washington Mark III Impactors. . . 80
13. Average Jet Diameter for Each Stage of One Meteorology
Research Inc. Impactor 81
14. Relationship Between IMIN and the Corresponding
Minimum Fractional Efficiency 256
15. Guide to YPROB Subroutine 289
16. MPPROGlnputCardFormat 293
viii
-------
TABLES (Continued)
Number Page
17. SPLIN1 Input Card Format 295
18. GRAPH Input Card Format 298
19. STATIS Input Card Format 301
20. Minimum Fractional Efficiency Corresponding
to a Chosen Value of IMIN 304
21. PENTRA Input Card Format 305
22. File Reference Information 307
23. Subroutines and Function Subprograms Called
by Mainline and Other Subroutines 309
ix
-------
ACKNOWLE DGMENT S
The initial programming done by Mr. Kenneth M. Cushing,
Head, Aerosol Physics Section, Southern Research Institute,
is greatly appreciated.
Guidance in programming was also given by the staff of the
Computer Group oi Southern Research Institute. Mr. Robert W.
Gaston and Miss Ann Henry provided invaluable assistance in
debugging our computer programs.
Also the help of various members of the Chemo-Therapy Depart-
ment of Southern Research Institute is gratefully acknowledged.
We especially thank Mr. Henry Finch for his cooperation, and also
thank Mr. John A. Burdeshaw for sharing his expertise on the
statistical aspects of our programming.
The continued support, guidance, and patience of Dr. Wallace
B. Smith, Head of the Physics Division, Southern Research Institute,
was essential to the proper completion of this project task.
The authors also wish to thank Mr. Bruce Harris, Project
Officer, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, for his sustained
interest and patience in the completion of this project task.
x
-------
SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION
Cascade impactors have gained wide acceptance as a practical
means of making particle size distribution measurements. These
devices are regularly used in a wide variety of environments,
ranging from ambient conditions to flue gas streams at 400°C
(752°F). Specially fabricated impactors can be used for more
extreme conditions.
Because of their usefulness, the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency has funded research which has explored the theoretical and
practical aspects, of impactor operation. As part of this research,
an effort has been made to design a comprehensive data reduction
system which will make full use of cascade impactor measurements.
This publication describes a cascade impactor data reduction
system designed to automatically reduce data taken with any one of
four commercially available round jet cascade impactors: The
Andersen Mark III Stack Sampler, the Brink Model BMS-ll (as sup-
plied and with extra stages), the University of Washington Mark III
Source Test Cascade Impactor, and the Meteorology Research Incor—
porated Model 1502 Inertial Cascade Iinpactor. Provision is not
made in this system for reducing data taken with slotted jet
impactors. With modification the computer programs can accomodate
any round jet impactor with an arbitrary number of stages and with
more extensive revision data can be reduced for slotted jet
impactors.
1
-------
The computer programs which comprise this data reduction
system are written in the FORTRAN IV language. The plotting sub—
routines used were written specifically for the Digital Equipment
Corporation (DEC) PDP-15/76 computer and these programs are not
compatible with other plotting systems. However, these programs
can be used as a guide when revision is made for use with another
operating system.
The data reduction system is made up of six major (mainline)
programs and 34 subroutines. Section 2 contains a broad outline
of the functioning of each mainline program along with an explana-
tion of the rationale for their design. The mainline programs and
subroutines are discussed in detail in Section 3. Section 4 is a
user’s guide for each of the mainline programs. Detailed instruc-
tions for the input to each of the mainline programs is given in
this section. Section 5 is a set of example calculations which
are meant to be used in program checkout. An example of each
kind of output that can be produced by this system is provided.
Section 6 contains a complete program listing along with simpli-
fied flowcharts for the mainline programs. In an Appendix, a
description is given of the plotter software used with the DEC
PDP-l5/76 ccimputer system.
2
-------
SECTION 2
GENERAL PROGRAM OUTLINE
In this section a broad outline of the program fundamentals
is given with sufficient detail for anyone without a specialized
knowledge of computers to understand the methods and rationale of
the program. The program comprises two major blocks. The
first block treats data from individual impactor runs while the
second treats data from groups of runs, providing averages, sta-
tistical information and fractional penetration (efficiency)
results. The overall program flow is shown in Table 1. For
programming details, see Section 3 of this report.
INDIVIDUAL RUN DATA ANALYSIS
This portion of the impactor data reduction package utilizes
impactor hardware information, particulate catch information, and
sampling conditionsfrom single impactor runs to calculate size
distributions. The overall distributions are available in
several forms. The run analysis and output presentation are
accomplished by three main programs, MPPROG, SPLIN1, and GRAPH.
MPPROG and SPLIN1 perform analysis and manipulation while GRAPH
is totally devoted to various forms of graphical presentation of
the calculated distributions. The routines used in GRAPH are
specifically for use on a PDP-15/76 computer and are not compatible
with most other computers without modification. However, the
general structure of GRAPH should serve as a useful base for
programming to achieve similar graphical output from other
computing systems.
3
-------
TABLE 1. PROGRAM FLOW
I. Impactor Program (MPPROG )
Takes testing conditions and stage weights to produce stage
D 50 s, cumulative and cumulative % mass concentrations
-------
MPPROG
In MPPROG, sampling hardware information, sampling condi-
tions and particulate catch information are used to determine the
effective cut sizes of the various impactor stages and the con-
centrations of particles caught on these stages. The output is
organized into several tabular forms and stored on a disk file
for later use.
Input Data to MPPROG--
Because individual impactors, even of the same type, do not
necessarily have precisely the same operational characteristics,
the program calculates stage cut diameters on an impactor specific
basis. Hardware data are stored within the program which include,
for each impactor to be used, the number of stages, the number of
jets per stage, the jet diameters, the stage calibration constants,
and flow-pressure drop relations for each stage. Run specific
input data to MPPROG are listed in Table 2.
Stage Cut Diameter (D 50 )--
The effective stage cut diameter is assumed to be equal to
the particle diameter for which the stage collection efficiency
is 50%. This diameter, D 50 , is calculated from an equation of
the form
D 50 = k4 (1)
where D 50 = effective cut size (micrometers),
k 5 = stage calibration constant,
p = gas viscosity (poise),
d = jet diameter (centimeters),
= particle density (grams per cubic centimeter),
c = Cunningham slip correction factor, and
v = jet velocity (centimeter per second).
5
-------
TABLE 2. INPUT DATA TO 1 4PPROG
1. Impactor identification (required to call up hardware
information)
2. Fractional gas composition (C0 2 , CO , N2, 02, H 2 0)
3. Impactor flow rate (ACFM at stack conditions)
4. Stack pressure (inches of mercury)
5. Stack temperature (degrees Fahrenheit)
6. Gas temperature within impactor (degrees Fahrenheit)
7. Duration of sampling (minutes)
8. True density of particles (grams per cubic centimeter)
9. Maximum particle diameter present in sample (micrometers)
10. Masses of catches by stage (milligrams)
6
-------
If the particle density, p , is set equal to the true density
of the particles, the resulting diameter calculated from Equa-
tion 1 is the Stokes diameter, D 5 . If is set equal to 1.0
the resulting diameter is the aerodynamic diameter DA as de—
fined by the Task Group on Lung Dynamics. 1 If both and C
are set equal to 1.0, the resulting diameter is the aerodynamic
impaction diameter, DAIS as defined by Mercer. 2 Unless otherwise
specified, MPPROG will automatically provide parallel out-
put in terms of Ds and DA. Parallel results in terms of
and DAI or in terms of DA and DAI are available if called for.
Solution of equation 1 for D and IDA is executed in an
iterative loop because the Cunningham slip factor, c, contains
the particle diameter as part of its argument. The equations
used for calculating p and c are given below. These equations
are adopted from J. A. Brink. 3
c = 1 + 2L [ 123 + 0.41 EXP (—.44 ID 50 x 10 /L)] (2)
D 50 x i0 L J
Dso = particle diameter in micrometers
L = mean free path in cm
F-
2p Jul.38 x 1016 x 6.02 x 1023 TJ 3
1.01325 x lO 6 P L G J
where p = gas viscosity, poise,
P = gas pressure, atmospheres,
T = gas temperature, °K,
MG = f 1 44.l0 + f 2 28.01 + f 3 28.02 + f 32.00 + f 5 l8.02, and
= wet mean molecular weight of gas.
where
f 1 _ 5 = wet gas fractions of C0 2 , CO, N 2 , 02, and H 2 0. The
values of fl—k are input to the program as dry gas
composition fractions. Then f. = f. (1.0 — f 5 ) to
get wet fractions.
7
-------
The gas viscosity, , is calculated in poise using an equa-
tion given by C. R. Wilkek from the gas composition and the vis-
cosities of the individual pure gas components. The pure gas
viscosities are calculated from polynomial fits to data in the
Handbook of Chemistry and Physics (Forty-first Edition, Charles
D. Hodgman, ed. Chemical Rubber Publishing Co., Cleveland, Ohio,
1959. pp. 2188—2192).
5
Ui x10 6
i1 l+ E (4)
i j=1
j i
[ 1 + (u /u ) 2 (w /w 1 )k] 2
where .. (5)
1J +
4/Ii (1 + (w /w )]
u1—s = pure gas viscosities (gln/cm—sec)
u 1 = gas viscosity of C02 (6)
= 138.494 ÷ 0.499 Tci — 0.267 X i0 Tc 1 2
+ 0.972 x i0 TCI 3
gas viscosity of CO
= 165.763 + 0.442 Tci — 0.213 X Tc 1 2 (7)
= gas viscosity of N 2
= 167.086 + 0.417 Tci — 0.139 x i0 3 TCI 2 (8)
= gas viscosity of 02
= 190.187 + 0.558 Tci — 0.336 x io Tc 1 2 (9)
+ 0.139 X 106 Tc 1 3
U5 = gas viscosity of H20
= 87.800 + 0.374 T i — 0.238 x 10 TCI 2 (10)
where T i = temperature (°C)
= wet gas fractions of C02, CO , N 2 , 02,
and H O, respectively
= molecular weights of C0 2 , CO, N 2 , °2, and
H 2 0, respectively.
8
-------
The local pressure at the inlet of each stage of the impactor
is calculated by subtraction of the cumulative pressure drop
through the impactor to the stage in question from the inlet
pressure to the impactor proper.
P =P — (F.) AP (11)
S 0 1
p 5 = stage pressure (atmospheres)
P 0 = impactor inlet pressure (atmospheres)
F. = fraction of the total impactor pressure drop to
the stage in question
AP = total pressure drop through the impactor stages (atmospheres)
The total pressure drop is assumed to be divided among the
various stages in the same relative fashion for all impactors
of a particular type, i.e., Brink. (This assumption ignores
minor differences in jet diameters for a given stage among im--
pactors of the same type.) The impactor is assumed to have a
flow-pressure drop relation of the following form for a simple
sharp edged orifice: 5
AP = K 1 Q 2 p (12)
K 1 = empirically determined constant for each impactor type,
Q = flowrate through impactor (cm 3 /sec)
P = gas density (gm/cm 3 ) at the impactor inlet.
Particulate Loading and Loading Breakdown Calculations--
This discussion is based on Table 3 which was generated
by the computer program. In the example shown, the data were
reduced using a particle density of 1.35 gm/cm 3 ; thus, the
diameters reported are Stokes diameters.
Input information for each run is printed at the top of
Table 3. The maximum particle diameter must be measured by
examining the particles collected on the first stage (or first
cyclone) with the aid of a microscope. Gas analyses must be
9
-------
TABLE 3. SAMPLE CALCULATIONS
0
U-
2
D
0
2
w
>
I.-
-I
2
0
HY 01HrTICAI. A 1)FR8 .N
IMPACTOR FLo a1 S 0,500 AC$ IMPACTOP TLMPE A7IJ • aOO.0 F • 20’ ,’ C 8AMPUNG
DURATION I 20,00 P”IN
PACTCH PR1SSUP nRO” • 0,3 P4, hiF r, STACK TEMPE.HATL,RI • 400,0 F . 204,4 C
AS$UMEO PART!CL L 0 N8!?Y i 1.35 / 1i ,C , STACK PRESSuRE • 2 .5fl OF MG MAX, PARTICLE DIAMETER a
100.0 MICROPIETER5
o s ci posItioN t c fl Cn • t, a CO 0,00 H? • 76,53 02 • 20.53
M20 I 1.00
CALC, MASS LOADING • 8 .0711E—03 GR/ACF t.4 4$E02 GQ,DWCF I,8 S70E+0I MG/ACM
3 ,3748E+O1 MG/DMCM
IMPACTOR 87AGE 53 S’ 8 5 36 37
83 FILTER
STAGE I’40F% H FP 2 3 4 5 b 7
8
050 C$ICROMET€RS) 10.72 4,93 6,35 ,1$ 2,21 1. 2 8 0,67
0,33
MASS TLLtGRa ’ S) 0,72 0,40 0,53 0,04 0,38 1,43 1,Z5
0,04 0 3S
MG/DHCM/$TAGE Q,1IE+00 2.b2EeQo ,u?E.oo 5,84!.Ot ,O9E.00 q,35E,00 8,18E400
2 .62€—Ol 2,55 +0
-
CUM. PERCEN1 OF MASS SMALLER THAN 050 86,23 78,59 68,45 6 ,73 54,46 32,1? 8,2?
T .4b
CUM. (NO/ACM) SHALLrR THA J 050 t ,SQE+o1 1,45F.01 1,2bE+Ot 1,23Ei .01 1,toE.Ot s,93E.00 l,52E400
t,33E+00
CUPI, (Mc/ N M SMALLER THAN 050 2,Q1E ’01 2,6SE+01 2,31E+0t 2 ,25E+ot 2,0lF+01 l,08FsO1 2 ,77E+00
2,52E.00
CUM, (GR/ACF) SMALLER tHAN 050 ,qoE03 6,34E.03 5 ,S2E03 5 ,39E—03 £4,80E.03 2,59!.03 e,64E.04
CUM. (r,R/c) CF) SMALlER THAN r 5 1,?1E—02 i, 18E—02 1,O 1E•02 4,8 E—O 8,77E—03 h$,1UE—03 I .2IE—03
6 .O2E.04
I,IOE—03
GEO , MEAM 01*, (MICROMETERS) 3,?TE+01 1,03E+01 7 94f.0o 5 , S +oO 3 ,04E.00 1 ,6BE,00 9•30F.01
4,75E.01 2,36E.0I
DM/t)L01 !) (NG,.l U) 4,86E+00 7,43E+0l 1 ,1RE+0t 3 2QE+00 8,96E,00 3,QSEsOI 2 .94f.01
8,5b —01 e.an.oo
rhw/flLOGr, (Mn, PAMTYCLES/OHCM) 1,9bE#OS 1,02E+OS 5,03F+07 3,33E,07 4,S2E,08 1,18E+1O 5,18E+10
l,13!.10 Q.12E+1I
• Q.. U..
122
U,
U..
NORMAL C INFEIMG ST&4 ARD cn oiTIo’ s ARE 21 DEC C AND 760MM MC.
-------
made at the same time the impactor is run. The mass loading is
calculated from the total mass of particles collected by the
impactor and the total gas volume sampled, and it is listed in four
different units after the heading CALC. MASS LOADING. The units
are defined as:
GR/ACF - grains per actual cubic foot of gas at stack
conditions of temperature, pressure, and water content.
GR/DSCF - grains per dry standard cubic foot of gas at engineering
standard conditions of the gas. Engineering dry
standard conditions in the English system are defined
as 0% water content, 70°F, and 29.92 inches of Hg.
MG/ACM - milligrams per actual cubic meter of gas at stack
conditions of temperature, pressure, and water content.
MG/DNCM - milligrams per dry normal cubic meter of gas at
engineering normal conditions of the gas. Engineering
dry normal conditions in the metric system are defined
as 0% water content, 21°C and 760 mm of Hg (Torr).
Below these data the information pertinent to each stage is
summarized in columnar form in order of decreasing particle size
from left to right. Thus Si is the first stage, S8 is the iast
stage, and FILTER is the back-up filter. If a precollector
cyclone was used, a column labeled CYC would appear to the left
of the Si column and information relevant to the cyclone would
be listed in this column. Beneath each impactor stage number is
listed the corresponding stage index number, which also serves as
identification for the stage. Directly beneath these listings
are the stage cut diameters which were calculated as described
previously. They are stage D 50 values and are given in units of
micrometers. The stage weights are likewise listed for the
respective stages, labeled MASS, and are in units of milligrams.
The mass loadings from each stage are labeled MG/DNCM/STAGE and
are written in milligrams per dry normal cubic meter. They are
calculated for each particular stage, j, by the formula
11
-------
MASS.
MG/t NCM/STAGE = SAMPLING DURATION (minutes)
35 31 cubic feet/cubic meter Absolute Stack Temperature
X FLOWRATE (ACFM) X Absolute Standard Temperature
Absolute Standard Pressure 1 (13)
X Absolute Stack Pressure X (1-Fraction of H 2 0)
where absolute means the temperature and pressure are in absolute
units—degrees Rankin or degrees Kelvin for temperature, and
atmosphere, inches or millimeters of mercury for pressure, as
appropriate. For Si,
MG/DNCM/STAGE = . 72 mg 35.31 cubic feet/cubic meter
1 20 mm 0.500 ACFM
( 400 + 460)°R 29.92 in. Hg 1
X (70 + 460)°R X 26.50 in. Hg X (Lo - 0.01 ) = 4.71 mg/DNCM.
The subscripts indicate stage index numbers.
The percentage of the total mass sampled contained in
particles with diameters smaller tnan a particular D is ca 11ed
the CUMULATIVE PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN Dso. It is the
cumulative mass accumulated to the stage j divided by the total
mass collected on all the stages, and converted to a percentage:
9
MASS.
CUM = Mass x 100 (14)
For example, for S6, the cumulative percent is given by
CUM %6 = MASS 7 + MASS 8 + MASS 9 x 100
Total Mass
= 1.25 mg + 0.04 mg + 0.39 mg 100 = 32. 12%
5.23 mg
For S8, the mass of the particulate matter collected on the filter
is used,
CTJM = ¶O S aSs x 100 = x 100 = 7.46%
12
-------
The apparent errors in the least significant figures of the
calculated percentages above as compared to those in Table 3
are due to using masses from the computer printout which have
been rounded to two decimal places before printing.
The cumulative mass loading of particles smaller in diameter
than the corresponding D50 in milligrams per actual cubic meter
(CUM. (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN D 50 )) for a particular stage j is
given by the formula
9
MAss.
1
CUM. (MG/ACM) = x
j sampling duration(min)
35.31 cubic feet/cubic meter (15)
FLOWRATE (ACFM)
From the information at the top of the computer print—out sheet,
the flowrate is 0.500 actual cubic feet per minute (ACFM) and the
sampling duration is 20.00 minutes. Therefore, for S4,
CUM.(MG/ACM) = MASS5 + MASS6 + MASS7 + MASS 8 + MASS9
20 minutes
35.31 cubic feet/cubic meter
X 0.500 ACFM = 12.3 mg/ACM
For S8, the mass of the particulate collected on the filter is
again used,
— MASS 9 35.31 cubic feet/cubic meter
CUM. (MG/ACM) — 20 minutes X 0.500 ACFM
— 0.39 mg 35.31 cubic feet/cubic meter
— 20 minutes 0.500 ACFM
= 1.38 mg/ACM
The cumulative mass loading of particles smaller in diameter
than the corresponding D5o in grains per actual cubic foot (CUM.
(GR/ACF) SMALLER THAN D 5 o)) for a particular stage j is given by
the formula
13
-------
CUM. (MG/ACM).
CUM. (GR/ACF). = ___________________________________
j grams/cubic meter
2.288 x 1000 mg/gram
grains/cubic foot
For S7,
1.52 mg/ACM
CUM.(GR/ACF) = 2.288 grams/cubic meter 1000 mg/gram
grains/cubic foot
= 6.64 x 10 grains/ACF
The cumulative mass loading of particles smaller in diameter
than the corresponding D 5 o in grains per dry normal cubic foot
(CUM.(GR/DNCF) SM .LLER THAN D 50 ) is calculated to show what the
above cumulative would be for one cubic foot of dry gas at 70°F
and at a pressure of 29.92 inches of mercury. For a particular
stage j,
CUM. (GR/DNCF) . = CUM. (GR/ACF)
Absolute Stack Temperature Absolute Standard Pressure
Absolute Standard Temperature Absolute Stack Pressure
1
X(lFractio of H 2 0 )
where absolute means the temperature and pressure are in absolute
units—degrees Rankin or degrees Kelvin for temperature, and
atmospheres, inches or millimeters of mercury for pressure.
For Si.
CUM.(GR/DNCF) = 6.96 x GR/ACF
( 400 + 460)°R 29.92 in. Hg 1
X (70 + 460)°R X 26.50 in. Hg X (1.00—0.01) = 1.29 x 10 GR/DNCF
The particle—size distribution may be presented on a dif-
ferential basis which is the slope of the cumulative curve.
Differential size distributions may be derived two ways:
1. Curves may be fitted to the cumulative mass distribution
from which the differential curves (slope) for each test can be
calculated. This method is described later.
14
-------
2. Alternatively, finite difference methods may be used
based on the DSO’S (abscissa) and the particulate masses on each
stage (ordinate). This technique was used to generate the dif-
ferential size distribution data in Table 3, and is described
in detail in the following paragraphs.
If we define the terms:
E M. = MG/DNCM/STAGE. and
(Alog D). = log 10 (D 5 o 1 ) — log 10 (D 50 .) then
/ M \ MG/DNCM/STAGE.
iog ). = logj.j (D5Q. 1 ) — logio (D 50 Y (16)
Because the computer printer does not contain Greek letters,
the computer print-out sheet reads DM/DLOGD instead of
M/ LOG D. For S6
( LOGD) 6 log o (2.21)-iog o(l.28) = 39.4 mg/DNCM
Note that txM/t LOGD has the dimensions of the numerator since
the denominator is dimensionless. In the calculation for Si,
a maximum particle diameter is used. For this example, MAX.
PARTICLE DIAMETER = 100.0 microns.
= log 10 (100) -logio(l0.72) = 4.86 mg/DNCM
For the filter stage, the D5 0 is arbitrarily chosen to
be one—half of the D 50 for stage eight (SB) . For this example,
it is chosen to be (0.33 micrometers)/2 = 0.165 micrometers.
Thus,
( GD) 9 = 1og 10 (O.33) _ 10 g 10 ( 0165 ) = 8.47 mg/DNCM
15
-------
The geometric mean diameter in micrometers (GEO. MEAN DIA.
(MICROMETERS)) for a particular stage j is given by the formula
CEO. MEAN DIA.. f lY 50 . x D 50 . 1 (17)
For S8,
CEO. MEAN DIA. 8 = /ö733 x 0.67 micrometers
= 0.47 micrometers
As in the L LOGD calculation, we again use the maximum particle
diameter for the stage one calculation and one—half the D 50
of stage eight for the filter stage calculation.
For Si,
GEO. MEAN DIA. 1 = /10.72 xlOO .0 micrometers
= 32.7 micrometers
For the filter,
GEO. MEAN DIA. 9 = / Tl65 x 0.33 micrometers
= 0.23 micrometers
The finite difference methods used here result in values of
L M/ LOGD for the first stage of the collector and the backup
filter which can have little physical meaning because of the
large size intervals in LOGD covered by them.
A differential number distribution can also be derived.
Since M. = MG/DNCM/STAGE is the mass per unit volume for stage j
then we can define AN NUMBER OF PARTICLES/DNCM/STAGE
or the number of particles per unit volume for stage j. Now
and N. are related by the equation M. N x In, where m
is the average mass of the particles collected on one stage.
Dividing both sides of the equation by m x LOGD yields
( M/t LOGD) 2 — AN (18)
m — \ L LOG D )
p J
16
-------
Now m = pV where p is the assumed particle density and VP
is the average volume of one particle on one stage. To obtain
in milligram units when PP is in grams per cubic centimeter
and V is in cubic micrometers, certain conversion factors must
be used. The complete formula, using the correct conversion
factors and the expression (4/3) (iT) (d/2) 3 for V, where d is the
geometric mean diameter in micrometers, is:
p (103 mg’\ (4 i1’\ (d’\ ( 1012 cm 3
p p 1 gm ) 3) \2) 1 cubic micrometer
= (5.23599 x 1010) pd 3 . (19)
Therefore,
/ (AM/ALOGD)
I Kt OGD) . — 3599 x 10 pd
where AM/ALOGD is in units of mg/DNCM, p is in gm/cm 3 , d is
in micrometers, and AN/ALOGD is in number of particles/DNCM.
For S3,
/ AN \ — 17.8 mg/DNCM
ALOGD) 3 ( 5.23599 x 1010) x (1.35 gm/cc) x (7.94 micronsY
5.03 x lO particles/DNCN.
For the filter stage
I AN \ 8.47 mg/DNCM
_____ = ( 5.23599 x 101u) x (1.35 gm/cc) x (0.231 microns) 3
= 9.12 x 1011 particles/DNCM
17
-------
SPLIN1
In many, if not most, sampling programs, a number of
impactor runs will be made. Frequently, these runs will be made
using several impactors, having different performance charac-
teristics. The latter may be true even if the same type of
ilupactor is used throughout a sampling program. This behavior
results from manufacturing variations which cause calibration
differences as well as run-to--run variations in sampling rates,
which cause shifts in the D 50 ’s. Averaging results from such
testing to obtain a representative composite size distribution
requires that the distributions be broken down into like size
intervals for all the runs to be averaged. The same require-
ment for like size intervals also holds for using inlet and out-
let data from control device sampling programs to obtain frac-
tional efficiencies. The program “SPLINi” provides the ability
to perform this required breakdown of the size distributions
obtained from each impactor run into preselected uniform size
intervals.
Before making the final selection of the spline technique,
consideration was given to a number of alternate fitting methods,
and several of them were tried. It was concluded that any
attempt to fit a predetermined functional form (e.g. log-normal) to
the data was generally not proper. Multimodal size distributions
based on real data do not conform faithfully to the sum of these
functional forms. Other non-linear forms were found unsatisfactory
due to the high number of parameters needed to specify the fitting
equation, especially those used on multirnodal distributions. Be-
cause the slope of the cumulative distribution curve, the differ-
ential distribution, is the required quantity for calculating frac-
tional efficiencies, consideration was also given to curve fitting
the t M/AlogD approximations of the true differential distribution,
which was estimated directly from the stage loadings and D 50 t s.
However, the magnitude of the steps in D 50 are large enough in
most irnpactors as to frequently make M/AlogD a poor approximation
18
-------
to dM/DlogD. Moreover, the boundary conditions are more difficult
to handle in fitting curves to AM/AlogD than in fitting to the cum-
ulative distributions.
SPLIN1 operates by fitting a curve which is continuous
in X and Y and the first derivative of Y with respect to X to
the cumulative mass concentration size distribution data. The
resulting fitted curve is similar to that which one would draw
through the data points using a “French curve” or mechanical
spline. This fitted curve invokes no a priori assumptions as
to the shape of the distribution (i.e., power law, log-normal,
etc.).
Generation of Interpolated Points--
The technique used to fit the set of points defining the
cumulative distribution curve is a modified spline procedure.
The set of cumulative distribution points are used to define a
set of interpolated points between each D 50 value. A spline
fitting procedure is then followed for the new set of original
plus interpolated points. Initial attempts at using this tech-
nique on the set of points defining the cumulative distribution
curve obtained directly from the D 50 ’s were not satisfactory.
The difficulty occurred as a result of the inability of the method
to generate sufficiently rapid changes in curvature when the
curve to be generated was defined by a small number of points.
A satisfactory fit could be obtained by adding a set of inter-
polated points between the original data points of the measured
cumulative curve. These points are generated by means of a
series of parabolas through consecutive sets of three adjacent
data points of the actual cumulative curve defined at the D 50 1 s.
The fitting is done using log (concentration) and log (particle
diameter) as variables and begins with the segment containing
the smallest D 50 in the data set.
19
-------
The sequence of operations by which the interpolated points
are generated is shown in Figures 1. A series of parabolas are
fitted through consecutive sets of 3 data points beginning at
the smallest D 50 as shown in Figures la and lb. Three inter-
polation points are located along this parabola, between the lower
pair of the three points used to generate the parabola. The
three interpolated points are spaced evenly in log diameter
between the pair of original points. A similar process is used
to generate interpolated points between consecutive pairs of
D 50 1 s up to the segment which terminates at the D 50 of the first
collection stage as illustrated in Figures lc to le. A slightly
different procedure which will be described later, is used for
segments which include the first collection stage D 50 .
Since the fitting is for a cumulative curve, a check is made
for negative first derivatives of the interpolation parabola at
the bounds of each segment within which the interpolated points
are to be generated. If a negative derivative is found in any
segment other than the first (the segment including the smallest
D 50 ) a straight line interpolation between the segment bounds is
used rather than parabolic interpolation. If a negative first
derivative is found in the first segment to be fitted, a ficti-
tous point is generated and used to form a parabola which has no
negative derivatives in this segment. This fictitious point has
the same concentration value as that of the first point on the
cumulative curve and has a diameter defined by
D = ( D5o of last stage) 2
fictitious (B 50 of next to last stage) (21)
The interpolated values for the segment between the last two
D 50 1 s on the cumulative curve are then generated from the parab-
ola which passes through this fictitious point, and the points
for the last two stages on the cumulative distribution curve.
20
-------
w
z
0
0
-I
S
‘I ,
w
> S
I-
.
-J
U
S
I I 1111111 1 I I 111111 I 1_I 11111
I 1 I I I
050(6) D 50 (5) D 50 (4) D 50 (3) D 50 (2) 05Q(1) DMAX
PARTICLE DIAMETER
Figure ía. Cumulative size distribution from raw impactor data.
z
0
.
0
-J
C l ,
C d ,
U i
2 FIRST INTERPLATION
PARABOLA
NTERPOLATED POINTS
I I_I 111111 1 I I 111111 I I I 11111
I I I I I
D 50 (6) D 50 (5) D 50 (4) D 50 (3) D 50 (2) D 50 (1) DMAX
PARTICLE DIAMETER
Figure lb. Start of development of interpolated points between first and last D 5
21
-------
2
4
0
U)
U)
4
LU
>
I-
4
-J
D
C.,
.
SECOND
INTERPOLATION .
PARABOLA INTERPOLATED POINTS
0
0
0
I I I I 11111 I I II 11111 I I 111111
- J_ I -
D (6) D 50 (5) D (4) D 50 (3) D 50 (2) D 50 (1) DMAX
PARTICLE DIAMETER
Figure ic. Continued generation of interpolated points
0
z
0
4
0
U)
U)
4
LU
>
4
-J
C .,
POINTS
-
- 0
• 0
.
- 0
0
0
-
I_I I11II I I I 111111 I I I 11111
THIRD INTERPOLATION PARABOLA
I I I I I I
t½o( 6 ) D (5) D (4) 050(3) 050(2) D (1)
PARTICLE DIAMETER
DMAX
Figure id. Continued generation of interpolated points
22
-------
PARTICLE DIAMETER
Figure le. Generation of interpolated points on parabola
which includes DMAX
I I I I
D 50 (6) 050(5) D 50 (4) D 50 (3)
I I
D 50 (2) Dso(1)
PARTICLE DIAMETER
Figure if. Generation of interpolated points on hyperbola through
D 50 (1) and OMAX
Q
z
0
0
-J
U)
U)
uJ
>
I-
-I
0
0
0
0
-J
U,
U)
w
>
I-
—I
0
D 50 (6) D 50 (5) D 50 (4) D 50 (3) D 50 (2) 050(1) DMAX
J0 1 PEO
0
000
HYPERBOLA AND
HYPERBOLIC
INTERPOLATION POINTS
BETWEEN
D 50 (1) and DMAX
0
0
o
.0 0
0
0
0
I
0
0
0
.
I I 1 I 11111
I I I I I liii
. I I I I tI
DMAX
23
-------
In the region about the first stage D 50 , three sets of inter-
polated points are generated. The first are generated by para-
bolic interpolation using a parabola through DMAX, D 50 (stage 1),
and D 50 (stage 2) as was done in the case of the previous segments.
However, in addition to these, three more points are generated
along the parabola above the first stage D 50 . These additional
points are spaced evenly in log (diameter) at the same intervals
in log (diameter) as the interpolated points between D 50 (stage 1)
and D 50 (stage 2) as shown in Figure le. These points are used
in generating the final curve fit up to the point on the cumula-
tive distribution curve defined by the first stage D 50 . The
third set of points is illustrated in Figure if.
Note that the cumulative mass distribution used in the illus-
trations of Figure 1 is one in which a large step in concentration
occurs between D 50 (stage 1) and DMAX. This is typical of a cumu-
lative curve for a bimodal distribution in which one mode has a
median diameter substantially greater than first stage D 50 . The
interpolation parabola through DMAX, D 50 (stage 1) and D 50 (stage
2) does not properly represent the shape of the true distribution
curve in this region. In particular, the true curve must have
zero slope at DMAX. It was empirically determined that a
hyperbolic interpolation equation fit in terms of linear concen-
tration and linear diameter between DMAX and D 50 (stage 1) with
the hyperbola asymptotic to the total loading at infinite
particle size resulted in very acceptable results in the
final spline fits. Therefore a seven point hyperbolic inter-
polation is used in addition to the previously described
parabolic interpolation over this segment of the curve. This
hyperbolic interpolation is illustrated in Figure if. The use
of the two sets of interpolated points in the final interval
will be discussed later.
24
-------
Generation of the Final Spline Fit--
The original data points, together with the interpolated
points just generated, form a set of points along a continuous
curve (if one disregards the two sets of points in the final
segment) which has no negative slopes. However, the derivative
of the curve in most cases will not be continuous at the D 50
points. The spline fit to be described is a smoothing technique
which generates a series of parabolic segments that approximates
a continuous curve through the complete set of points defining
the cumulative distribution. The segments to be generated now
will pass near or through those points and will have forced con-
tinuity in both coordinates and first derivatives. The technique
is applied first to cover the interval between the first and last
D 50 ’s and then a second time to cover the interval between the
first stage D 50 and DMAX. From this point on,no distinction is
made between the original points defined by the D 50 ’s and the
interpolated values located between them.
The spline fit is generated by joining successive parabolas
at points located by the x (or log diameter) coordinates of the
points which now represent the cumulative distribution curve
(original points at the D 50 ’s plus the interpolated points).
These parabolas have continuity in slope forced by the fitting
procedure and are generated in such a fashion as to pass near
or through the points on the cumulative distribution curve.
The procedure is illustrated in Figures 2. The spline fit
is begun at the lowest point on the distribution curve (at the
D 50 of the last stage). The parabola used to generate the
interpolated points between the last two stages is assumed to be
the fitted curve up to the first interpolated point. (Point 1
in Figure 2a.) This parabola, a, is followed until the x—coordi—
nate at point 1 is reached. At the point A, located on this
parabola by the x—coordinate of point 1, a new parabola is fitted
as shown in Figure 2b. This parabola, b, is forced to pass
25
-------
6
0
5
0
2
0
0
-J
U)
U)
4
.
w
>
I-
3
0
2
p
/
,
/
/
1
I I I 111111 I I I Illilt
D 50
(LAST STAGE) XA = X 1 (NEXT TO LAST STAGE)
PARTICLE DIAMETER
Figure 2a. Start of the curve fitting procedure. Cumulative mass loadings
derived from stage catches are represented by solid circles.
Interpolated values are shown with open circles.
26
-------
6
I I
D 50 Xa
(LAST STAGE)
i __ i __ I ii 1
4
5
0
0
I i t i 1 t fI
D 50
(NEXT TO LAST STAGE)
PARTICLE DIAMETER
Figure 2b. Second step in the curve fitting procedure. Cumulative mass
loadings derived from stage catches are represented by so/id
circles. Interpolated values are shown with open circles.
0
0
-J
C l )
Cl )
S
LU
>
I-
-J
2
0
3
B
4 - 2
1
A
0
a
27
-------
through point A with the same slope at A as the parabola used to
define point A, and is forced to pass through the third point
above point 1 in the set of points defining the cumulative curve,
i.e., point 4. The parabola, b, is followed to the point defined
by the x—coordinate of point 2, thus locating a point B. At B a
new parabola is fit with forced slope continuity with b passing
through the third point ahead of point 2, i.e., point 5, as shown
in Figure 2c. From C this process is repeated using point C and
6 to generate a new parabola, d, and termination point D, e, and
E, etc., until a termination point at the D 50 of the first collec-
tion stage is reached. The last three points obtained by para-
bolic interpolation are used in generating the spline fit parabo-
las up to the first collection stage D 50 . The coefficients of
the fitting spline fit parabolas for the segments a, b, c, d,
etc., are saved for future use. These now represent the smoothed
curve and will be used henceforth to define the cumulative curve
for that run.
The final spline fit starts by picking up at the point on
the fitting parabola which terminated at the D 50 of the first
stage. The same procedure as before is followed, except that the
third point ahead determined by the hyperbolic interpolation is
now used for fitting, and the fitting parabolas are followed to
x—coordinates defined by the hyperbolic interpolation points.
The curve generated in this second zone of the spline fit (i.e.,
between D 50 (stage 1) and DMAX) is an extrapolation, but one
which has been found to be quite good to diameters equal to about
2 to 3 times the first stage D 50 for unimodal distributions.
The cumulative concentration and slope of the cumulative
curve, dm/d log D, can be calculated for any arbitrary particle
size by locating the fitting coefficients for the spline segment
containing that size. The boundary locations of each of the
parabolic segments, 0, A, B, C, ..., and the fitting coefficients
for each segment are stored in a disk file for subsequent use by
other programs (e.9., GRAPH, STATIS, etc.).
28
-------
0
6
0
b
— 1_ I I I I
D 50 Xa
(LAST STAGE)
/
3
II I
Xb X
PARTICLE DIAMETER
/05
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
I _ I I I I I II I
D 50
(NEXT TO LAST STAGE)
Figure 2c. Third step in the curve fitting procedure. Cumulative mass
loadings derived from stage catches are represented by solid
circles. Interpolated values are shown with open circles.
C,
4
0
-J
U)
U)
4
LU
>
I-.
4
-J
C-)
/
C
C
B
2
1
a
II
29
-------
Problems Resulting from Extremely Close Stage Cut
Diameters (D 50 ‘s) -—
In the case of certain impactors (Andersen, University of
Washington, and MRI), calibration data indicate that the first
two stages have effective D 50 t s which are very nearly equal.
When two stages are used which differ only slightly in D 50 , the
second of the two will collect too much material because of the
finite slope of real impactor stage collection characteristics.
The simplest example of this effect would be obtained if two
identical stages are used sequentially. If that were the case,
in an ideal impactor the second stage should collect no material;
however, because of the finite slope of the real stage collection
efficiency curve, it will. This could lead to the formation of a
step increase (infinite slope) in the cumulative concentration
curve. The severity of the effect is reduced as the spacing
between the D 50 1 S increases but can be sufficiently severe so
as to cause significant errors in the size distribution curves
if it is not properly accounted for. The program MPPROG, because
of this problem, ignores the presence of the second stage of
Andersen, MRI, and University of Washington impactors in generat-
ing the cumulative mass concentration data from which the fitted
curves will be made by SPLIN1. This procedure effectively nulli-
fies the problem. However, if calibrations of future versions of
these irnpactors do not show the small spacing in D 50 , MPPROG
should be modified appropriately so as not to lose good informa-
tion when the curve fits are made.
GRAPH
Program GRAPH is dedicated entirely to presenting data from
single impactor runs. The output forms available on call are
cumulative mass loading versus D 50 and L M/i logD versus geometric
mean diameter as calculated in MPPROG. The latter are available
on both Stokes, aerodynamic and aerodynamic impaction diameter
bases. As an option, up to ten runs can be superimposed on a
30
-------
single plot. Plots and tabular output of the fitted curves from
SPLIN1 are also available. The fitted curves from SPLIN1 are
plotted superimposed on the data points from MPPROG, but only as
single run plots. The plots are all made on log-log grids.
The tabular output includes only dN/dlogD versus particle
diameter generated by differentiation of the SPLIN1 fitted curves.
ANALYSIS OF GROUPED DATA
STATIS
STATIS is a program for combining data from multiple impac-
tor runs under a common condition. The program tests data from
a series of runs specified by the user for outliers, flags and
removes outliers from the set, and then provides output in the
form of averaged size distributions with 50% confidence intervals
as desired in both tabular and graphical form. The program is
set up to provide 50% confidence intervals; however, changes
can be made for the calculation of 90% confidence intervals.
These changes are documented in the explanation of STATIS.
The input data to STATIS are the fitted polynomial segments
generated from MPPROG by SPLIN1 which now define the cumulative
mass loadings for each run. The individual runs to be included
in the averages and the particle diameter basis (i.e., aerody-
namic, aerodynamic impaction, Stokes) are user specified on con-
trol cards used to execute STATIS.
The fitting equations from SPLIN1 are differentiated at pre-
selected particle diameters to obtain the quantity (dN/dlogD).
where i refers to particle diameter and j refers to the sequence
number of a particular run in the set to be averaged. The values,
at each particle diameter, are subjected to an outlier
31
-------
analysis based on the deviations of the values of dN/d log D for
individual runs from the mean for all runs.
The outlier test used is that for the “Upper 5% Significance
Level” as given in Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution
Measurement Systems , Vol. 1. Principles. (EPA—600/9-76-005,
January 1976, Section No. F, pp. 5-9). A curve fitted to the
tabular list at critical values for excluding an outlier is
used to generate the table. A tested value is an outlier if
Ix. -
s >C (22)
C = critical value = function of the number of points in
= individual value the data set
X = mean of all values
S = standard deviation at the data set.
The application of this test requires that there be three
or more runs in the sequence to be averaged. This outlier test
is repeated after discarding any outliers already identified,
provided there are at least three runs remaining in the set of
retained points.
After discarding outliers for each (dN/dlogD) 1 , a final
average, standard deviation, and 50% confidence interval are
calculated. These values are output on the line printer and are
plotted on demand by the user.
Cumulative size distributions on a mass basis or percentage
basis are derived from the averaged dN/dlogD values by integra-
tion of these values. The choice of integrating the dM/dlogD
curve rather than direct computation of the cumulative averages
from the individual cumulative distributions was based on the
32
-------
fact that an error in a single stage weight is propagated forward
throughout the cumulative curve for all stages subsequent to the
one on which the error occurred. This would cause substantial
quantities of good data from other stages to be discarded by the
outlier analysis. Integration of the averaged differential dis-
tribution, on the other hand, allows the data from the remaining,
error free, stages to have their proper influence on the averaged
cumulative distributions. These cumulative distributions are
again output in tabular form and, on call, in graphical form.
The cumulative distributions can be obtained either includ-
ing or excluding particles smaller than 0.25 pm in diameter. The
option of excluding the particles smaller than 0.25 pm results
from the fact that in a significant percentage of sampling situa-
tions, impactor back up filter catches can be dominated by over-
size particles because of bounce and/or reentrainment. This
results in a filter weight gain which can be many times higher
than the weight of the fine particles which, ideally, should be
the only material present. In those cases, omission of the
material which is nominally smaller than 0.25 pm from the cumula-
tive distributions will make the result a much better representa-
tion of the true size distribution.
Standard deviations and confidence limits for the cumulative
distributions are calculated from the approximation that the
variance (and square of a confidence interval) for a sum, A + B,
is given by the sums of the variances (and squares of the confi-
dence intervals) for A and B separately, i.e.,
VarianceA + B = VarianceA + varianceB (23)
and (confidence interval) + B (confidence interval)
+ (confidence interval) (24)
33
-------
The averaged differential size distributions generated by
STATIS are stored in a disc file for use by the programs PENTRA
or PENLOG in calculating control device fractional efficiency
curves.
Tabular and graphical output from STATIS includes cumulative
mass loading versus diameter, cumulative percentage on a mass
base versus diameter, dM/dlogD versus diameter, and dN/dlogD
versus diameter. The graphical presentations are made on log-log
grids with the exception of the cumulative percentage plot which
is made on a log-probability grid. All output forms, graphical
and tabular, include confidence limits. The choice of diameter
definition used is left to the user. An index of runs which were
rejected through the outlier analysis before averaging is also
printed. Rejection at any one particle size does not result in
the run being excluded at all particle sizes.
Programs PENTRA/PENLOG
These two programs are virtually identical and provide
tabular and graphical output of control device penetration and!
or efficiency versus particle size for a preselected series of
particle sizes from about 0.25 to 20 pm. The only difference
between the two programs is in the form of the graphical output.
In the case of PENTRA, the fractional efficiency curves are
presented on a log-probabilitY grid while in PENLOG they are
presented on a log-log grid.
The calculations are made from averaged sets of inlet and
outlet data developed by STATIS. The user identifies the pair
of averaged data sets from which the efficiency is to be calcu-
lated together with the diameter basis required (i.e., Stokes,
34
-------
aerodynamic, aerodynamic impaction). The program retrieves the
appropriate averaged data sets and calculates the fractional
efficiency as
(dm/dlogD.) 1
efficiency. (%) = [ i - x 100 (25)
where i refers to the th particle diameter in the preselected
diameter sequence. Simultaneously, if both the inlet and outlet
data sets included two or more runs, confidence limits are calcu-
lated based on a method described by Y. Beers. 6 The confidence
level associated with the limits generated by the program are 50%
levels in the program as provided; however, other levels can be
generated by simply changing values of three constants used to
generate the appropriate t-table.
35
-------
SECTION 3
PROGRAMMING DETAILS
This section provides detailed breakdowns on the programs
and subprograms used in CIDRS. The description of the programs
given here are keyed to the line sequence numbers of the program
listings which make up Section 5 of this manual.
PROGRAM MPPROG
The purpose of program MPPROG is to calculate all of the
necessary variables (viscosity, mean free path, slip correction
factor, etc.) in order to obtain stage D 50 1 S or cut point diam-
eters, cumulative mass loadings, and differential size distribu-
tions on both a mass and number basis for cascade impactors. The
program handles data collected by the Andersen Mark III Stack
Sampler, the modified Brink Cascade Impactor, the University of
Washington Mark III Source Test Cascade Impactor, or the Meteor-
ology Research Incorporated Cascade linpactor. This is the first
of a series of four programs which together yield a complete pro-
file of a particulate loading at the tested point. This may be
either at the inlet or outlet of the gas cleaning device.
A fifth program compares inlet and outlet testing to yield the
devices penetration—efficiency.
All input for MPPROG is received by card reader. The cut
point diameters, cumulative mass loadings, and a preliminary view
of the differential size distributions are output on a line
printer. Much of this information is also output on a disk file.
This file serves as input data for later programs in the series.
36
-------
Breakdown of Program MPPROG
032-112: Read input data from cards.
Set the value of NMASS which is the number of
masses to be read:
NMASS = 9 if using the Andersen Mark III Stack
Sampler
= 9 if using the modified Brink Cascade
Impac tor
= 8 if using the University of Washington
Mark III Source Test Cascade Impactor
= 8 if using the Meteorology Research
Incorporated Cascade Impactor
Set the value of NCUM which is the number of
cumulative mass loadings less than stage D 50 :
NCUM = 8 if using the Andersen Impactor
= 7 if using the Brink Impactor, the Uni-
versity of Washington Impactor, or the
MRI Impactor
The only calculation here is a conversion of the
units of mass on each stage (including the filter)
to grams using the mass on each stage in milli-
grams as input.
MASS 1 = MASS 1 /1000.0, I = 1,9
The order here is from mass on the back—up filter
(1=1) to mass on the first stage (I = NMASS=8 or 9)
or cyclone (if used).
113-116: Increment the index NRUN for each set of data read
in here.
117—125: If D 50 1 s, cumulative mass loadings, etc., are
desired using both the classic definition and
Mercer’s definition of aerodynamic diameter,
the input density RHO will be 1.0 (rather than a
physical density). In this case, the index which
signals the definition of aerodynamic diameter
to be used, NAERO, is set equal to 0 so that D 50 ’s,
37
-------
cumulative mass loadings, etc., are calculated
based on the TGLD definition for the first
computation. (D 50 1 s, mass loadings, etc., are
calculated based on Mercer’s definition of aero-
dynamic diameter for the second computation.)
126—131: Calculate the wet fractional gas composition,
FG 1 , I = 1,4, for carbon dioxide (1=1), carbon
monoxide (12), nitrogen (1=3), and oxygen (1=4)
using the input dry fractional gas compositions,
FG 1 , I = 1,4 in the formula:
FG 1 = FG 1 (1.0 - FG 5 ), where (26)
FG 5 is the fractional water content.
132—135: Define the average molecular weight of air to be
BA = 28.97 atomic mass units.
136-139: Calculate the av rage molecular weight of the
flue gas in atomic mass units, MM, using the wet
gas composition fractions, FG 1 , I = 1,5, (for car-
bon dioxide, carbon monoxide, nitrogen, oxygen,
and water, respectively) by the formula:
MM= (44.10 FG 1 )+(28.0l FG 2 )+(28.02 FG 3 )+(32.OOFGk)
+(18.02 FG 5 ) (27)
140—143: Calculate the temperature of the gas in the
impactor in degrees centigrade, TCI, using the
input temperature of the gas in the impactor in
degrees Fahrenheit, TFI, by the formula:
TCI = (5/9) (TFI—32.0) (28)
144—147: Calculate the temperature of the gas in the
impactor in degrees Kelvin, TKI, using the input
temperature of gas in the impactor in degrees
Fahrenheit, TFI, by the formula:
TKI = 273.0 + 1(5/9) (TFI—32.0)1 (29)
38
-------
148—151: Calculate the temperature of the gas in the
impactor in degrees Rankine, TRI, using the
input temperature of gas in the impactor in
degrees Fahrenheit, TFI, by the formula:
TRI = TFI + 460.0
152—155: Calculate the temperature of gas in the stack in
degrees centigrade, TCS, using the input tempera-
ture of gas in the stack in degrees Fahrenheit,
TFS, by the formula:
TCS = (5/9) (TFS—32.0)
156—159: Calculate the temperature of gas in the stack in
degrees Kelvin, TKS, using the input temperature
of gas in the stack in degrees Fahrenheit, TFS,
by the formula:
TKS = 273.0 + [ (5/9) (TFS—32.0)]
160—163: Calculate the gas flow rate for impactor condi-
tions in actual cubic feet per minute, Q, using
the input gas flow rate for stack conditions in
actual cubic feet per minute, F, the temperature
of gas in the impactor in degrees Kelvin, TKI,
and the temperature of gas in the stack in degrees
Kelvin, TKS:
Q = F(TXI/TKS)
164—167: Calculate the gas pressure at the impactor inlet
in atmospheres, POA, using the input gas pressure
at the impactor inlet in inches of mercury, PD:
POA = P0/29.92
168—175: Calculate the drop in pressure across the impac-
tor in inches of mercury, DP. From the ideal gas law:
PV = NkT
39
-------
where P = pressure, inches of mercury
V = volume, cubic meters
N = total number of molecules in volume V
k = Boltzmann’s constant
T = temperature, degrees Kelvin
and the ideal orifice equation (Eq. 12), the fol—
lowing relationship is easity derived:
= (DPCONJ) (Q 2 PO/TRI) (MM) (35)
where DPCONJ a constant determined imperically
for each impactor type
Q = gas flow rate for impactor condi-
tions, actual cubic feet per minute
P0 = gas pressure at impactor inlet,
inches of mercury
TRI = temperature of gas in the impactor,
degrees Rankine
MM = average molecular weight of the
flue gas, atomic mass units.
The values of DPCONJ for each impactor (given in
the data statement at card 029) as empirically
determined are:
___ DPCONJ Impactor
1 1.287 Andersen
2 3.783 x 102 Brink (last stage =
stage 5)
3 3.928 Univ. of Washington
4 1.093 x Brink (last stage =
stage 6)
5 9.375 MRI
176—179: Calculate the drop in pressure across the impac—
tor in atmospheres, DPA, using the drop in
pressure across the impactor in inches of mercury,
DP:
DPA = DP/29.92 (36)
180—183: Call subroutine STAGE to calculate the local
pressure at each impactor stage in atmospheres,
PS , I = 1, NCUM.
I 40
-------
184—187: Call subroutine VIS to calculate the gas viscos-
ity in poise, MU.
188—191: Call subroutine MEAN to calculate the molecular
mean free path at each impactor stage in centi-
meters, L 1 , I = 1, NCUM.
192: RHO1 is the input particle density. The initial
value is the aerodynamic density, 1.0 gram per
cubic centimeter. Note that density is read in
as RHO, but this value is saved as RHO1, if RHO
is input as physical density. If RHO is input as
aerodynamic density, both RHO and RHO1 are 1.0
gram per cubic centimeter.
193-196: The program comes to this continue statement 2010
(card 193) twice for each input set of data. The
first calculations are made for assumed physical
density if density is input as a value greater
than 1.0 gram per cubic centimeter. The first
calculations are made for assumed unit density
using the classic definition of aerodynamic
diameter as defined by the Task Group on Lung
Dynamics (TGLD)’ if density is input as 1.0 gram
per cubic centimeter. (In this second case, NAERO=
MAERO is overridden. It is set equal to 1 to get
second calculations for D 50 , cumulative mass load-
ings, etc., based on Mercer’s definition 2 of aero-
dynamic density.) The record number, IS, of file
KMCOO1 (file 10) is odd where the D 50 values, cum-
ulative mass loadings, etc., are stored for these
first calculations. Each time the program passes
this continue statement 2010, the record number,
IS, is incremented by one. Thus, on the second
traverse for a given set of data, IS is even.
Here the assumed density, RHO, is unit density =
1.0 gram per cubic centimeter. The definition of
aerodynamic density used for these second calcula-
41
-------
tions is dependent on the input code value MAERO.
If calculations for the TGLD aerodynamic diameter
have been made on the first traverse (Rio input
as 1.0), NAERO is set equal to 1 and this second
traverse yields D 50 ’s cumulative mass loadings
based on Mercer’s definition. If calculations
for physical density have been made on the first
traverse, these aerodynamic values may be calcul-
ated according to the TGLD (MAERO input as 0) or
Mercer’s definition (MAERO input as 1). Also, the
input maximum particle diameter in micrometers,
EiMAX, is modified for assumed aerodynamic diameter
DMAX = (RHOl)½ DMAX
where RHO1 is the input density in grams per cubic
centimeter.
197—200: Call subroutine CUT to calculate the lower size
limit of D 50 of each stage in micrometers, DPC 1 ,
I = l,NCUM, where NCUM = 8 for the Andersen
impactor or NCUM = 7 for the Brink, University of
Washington, or MRI impactor. Also, this subrou-
tine calculates the cut point of the cyclone in
micrometers, CYC3, if the Brink impactor is used.
201—205: Call subroutine CUM to calculate the cumulative
mass distribution in grams, CUMM 1 , I = 1,NMASS,
and the cumulative percent mass distribution
value, PERCU 1 , I 1,NMASS. NMASS = 9 for the
Andersen or Brink impactor or NMASS = 8 for the
University of Washington or MRI impactor. These
distributions are ordered such that the least
cumulative mass value is CUMM1. It represents
the mass on the filter only; CUMM2 is the sum of
the masses on both the filter and the last stage;
CUMMN SS is the sum of all masses through the
first or coarsest stage (or the cyclone if
42
-------
applicable). The cumulative percent mass distri-
bution, PERCU, is ordered in the same manner.
This subroutine also finds the total mass loading
in grains per actual cubic foot, GRNA, in grains
per normal dry cubic foot, GRNS, in milligrams
per actual cubic meter, GRNAM, and in milligrams
per normal dry cubic meter, GRNSM.
206—211: This loop changes the fractional flue gas compo-
sition, FG 1 , I = 1,5, to percent flue gas compo-
sition
FG 1 = FG 1 x 100.0, I = 1,5 (37)
(Recall that these percentages represent C0 2 , CO ,
N 2 , 02, and H 2 0, respectively.)
212—222: Define new variables for the mass captured on
each stage in grams, IMASS 1 , I = 1,NMASS, which
are the same as MASS 1 , I = 1,NMASS, except that
the ordering is reversed. For example:
IMAS Si = MASSNMAS S
IMSS 6 = MASS:(NMASS + 1 — 6)
IMASSN M ASS = 4ASS 1
Likewise define new variables for cumulative mass
captured at each stage, ICUMM 1 , I = NNASS, and
new variables for cumulative percent mass captured
at each stage, PRCU 1 , I = 1,NMASS. These are the
same as CUMM 1 , I = 1,NMASS and PRCU 1 , I = 1,NMASS,
respectively, except that the ordering has been
reversed. For example:
ICUMM 1 = CUNMNMASS
ICUMM 6 = CUMM(NMASS + 1 - 6)
ICUMMNMASS = CUMM 1
and
43
-------
PRCU 1 = PERCUN SS
PRCU 6 = PERCU( SS + 1 - 6)
PRCUN SS = PERCU 1
NMASS is the number of stage catches. NMASS 9
for the Andersen or Brink impactor; NMASS = 8 for
the University of Washington or MRI impactor.
223—229: This loop converts the mass collected on each
stage in grams, IMASS 1 , I = 1,NMASS, and the cumu-
lative mass at each stage in grams, ICUMN 1 ,
I = 1,NMASS, to milligrams:
IMASS 1 = IMASS 1 x 1000.0, I = 1,NMASS (38)
ICUMM 1 = ICUMM 1 x 1000.0, I = 1,NMASS (39)
Again, NMASS is the number of stage catches.
NMASS = 9 for the Andersen or Brink impactor;
NMASS = 8 for the University of Washington or MRI
impactor.
230-249: For each stage:
Calculate the mass loading of particulate with
diameters less than the D 50 of the given stage
in milligrams per actual cubic foot, CUMG 1 ,
I = l,MLS, using the total loading in milligxains
per actual cubic meter, GRNAM, and the cumulative
percent of total mass up to and including the
stage having the next smaller D 50 , PRCU 1 + MNM’
I = l,MLS
CUMG 1 = GRNAM (PRCU 1 + (40)
Calculate the mass loading for particulate
diameters less than the D 50 of the given stage in
grains per dry normal cubic foot, CUMM(I),
I = 1,I4LS, using the total loading in grains per
actual cubic foot, GRNA, and PRCU 1 + M ’ as
44
-------
described above:
CUNH 1 = GRNA (PRCU 1 ÷ (41)
Calculate the mass loading of particulate with
diameters less than the D 50 of the given stage
in grains per day normal cubic foot, CUMI 1 ,
I l,MLS, using the total loading in grains per
dry normal cubic foot, GRNS, and PRCU 1 + as
described above:
CUNI 1 = GRNS (PRCU 1 + (42)
Calculate the mass loading of particulate with
diameters less than the D 50 of the given stage in
milligrams per dry normal cubic meter, CUMJ 1 ,
I = 1,MLS, using the total loading in milligrams
per dry normal cubic meter, GRNSM, and PRCU 1 +
as described above:
CUMJ 1 = GRNSM (PRCU 1 + (43)
The total number of cumulative mass loadings less
than stage D 50 ,MLS, and the value added to the
PRCU index, MMM, are dependent on the impactor
used and its configuration. For the Andersen,
the University of Washington, or the MRI impactor,
the number of cumulative mass loading values, MLS,
is the same as the number of stages (excluding
the filter), NCUM. NCUM = 8 for the Andersen
impactor; NCTJM = 7 for the University of Washing-
ton or the MRI impactor. Also, in these three
cases, the cumulative percent mass used to find
the mass loading of a given stage is the cumula-
tive percent mass up to the next stage. There-
fore, MMM = 1. For the Brink impactor the values
of MLS and NMM are dependent on the impactor
configuration used:
45
-------
LS MC3 + MOO + 6 (44)
MMM 3 - (MC3 + MOO) (45)
Recall that MC3 is the code variable for use of
the cyclone. It is 1, when the cyclone is used;
0, when not used. Likewise, MOO is the code
variable for use of stage 0.
250-257: Calculate the mass loading in milligrams per dry
normal cubic meter, GGRNS 1 , I = 1,NNASS, using
the mass collected on the given stage in grams,
INASS 1 , I = l,NMkSS, the temperature of the
stack in degrees Xelvin, TKS, the flow rate under
stack conditions in actual cubic feet per minute,
F, the sampling duration in minutes, DUR; the
pressure at the impactor inlet in atmospheres,
POA, and the percent water content of the gas,
FG 5 , by the formula:
IMASS 1 15.4324 TKS 2288.34
GGRNS 1 = F DUR 294.0 (l.O—FG 5 /lOO.O)] POA 1000.0 (46)
where I = 1,NMASS.
258—274: Regardless of the impactor used, this section out-
puts the following information by line printer:
ID — general identification label
F — impactor flow rate under stack conditions
in actual cubic feet per minute
TFI — impactor temperature in degrees Fahrenheit
TCI — impactor temperature in degrees centigrade
DUR - sampling duration in minutes
DP — drop in pressure across the impactor in
inches of mercury
TFS — stack temperature in degrees Fahrenheit
TCS - stack temperature in degrees centigrade
RHO - assumed density (physical or unit) in
grams per cubic centimeter
46
-------
P0 - gas pressure at impactor inlet in inches
of mercury
DIIAX - maximum particle diameter in micrometers
FG 1 .... 5 - wet percent flue gas composition (Co,
CO, N 2 , 02, and 1120, respectively)
GR A - total mass loading in grains per actual
cubic foot
GRNAN - total mass loading in milligrams per
actual cubic meter
GRNSM - total mass loading in milligrams per
normal dry cubic meter
275—535: This large section outputs the following informa-
tion on the line printer:
Impactor Stage - column headings showing the
stage name as imprinted on
the metal
Stage Index Number - column headings correspond-
ing to the “Impactor Stage t ’
as above, but numbered
1 to NMASS where NMASS is the
number of captured masses
CYC3,DPC - if the Brink impactor is
used with the cyclone, its
lower size limit in microm-
eters, CYC3, is printed;
the lower size limits of
the stages, DPC, are (then)
listed
IMASS - masses captured on each
stage and on the filter,
(and in the cyclone, if
applicable) in milligrams
47
-------
GGRNS - the mass loading per stage
and at the filter (and
cyclone, if applicable) in
milligrams per normal dry
cubic meter
PRCtJ — percent of total mass on each
stage and on the filter (and
in the cyclone, if applica-
ble)
CUMG - cumulative mass loading less
than each stage D 50 in milli-
grams per actual cubic meter
CUMJ - as above in milligrams per
dry normal cubic meter
CUMH - as above in grain? per actual
cubic foot
CUMI - as above in grains per dry
normal cubic foot
The format that is used to print out the informa-
tion listed above depends on the type of impactor.
If the Brink impactor is used, the format also
depends on its configuration (cyclone, number of
stages, etc.).
Andersen - begins at statement 3001;
uses cards 281-304
Brink - begins at statement 3100; cards
used are dependent on configura—
tion:
Configuration Cards
cyc.,stage 0,... ,stage 5 or 6 3l2- 377
stage 0,stage 1,.. ,stage 5 or 6 379-445
stage 1,stage 2,.. ,stage 5 or 6 446—511
Univ. of 5 h•_begiflS at statement 3200:
or MRI uses cards 512-535.
48
-------
536-539: Call subroutine DMDNGD to calculate and print out
the values of the geometric mean diameter at each
stage in micrometers, GEOMD, the values of mass
size concentration at each of these mean sizes
in milligrams per normal dry cubic meter, DMDLD,
and the value of number size concentration at
each of these mean sizes in number of particles
per normal dry cubic meter, DNDLD.
540-543: Write a footnote defining normal or engineering
standard conditions - “NORMAL (ENGINEERING STAN-
DARD) CONDITIONS ARE 21 DEG C and 760 MM HG.”
544—553: If calculations have been made here for assumed
aerodynamic diameter, a footnote is also written
here indicating the definition used to find aero-
dynamic diameter. It states “AERODYNAMIC DIAMETERS
ARE CALCULATED HERE ACCORDING TO THE TASK GROUP ON
LUNG DYNAMICS” if code variable MAERO is input as a
nonpositive integer, or if the first calculations
of D 50 1 s, cumulative mass loadings, etc., are
being made and the density was input as 1.0 gram
per cubic centimeter regardless of input value of
MAERO. It states “AERODYNAMIC DIAMETERS ARE CAL-
CULATED HERE ACCORDING TO MERCER” if code vari-
able MAERO is input as a positive integer and
this is the second calculation of D 50 1 s, cumula-
tive mass loadings, etc., for this set of data.
Note: The programming on cards 554-616 is executed to find maximums
and minimums of all plotted variables for this single run at the
indicated assumed density. These values are later compared to
maximums and minimums of all other runs at the indicated assumed
density to find overall maximum and minimum values (see calcula-
tions on cards 751-781). This enables one to make “data regu-
lated” graphs if desired, i.e., the number and range of cycles
may be regulated according to the span of data.
49
-------
554—573: Search the values of cumulative mass loading in
milligrams per actual cubic meter, CUMG 1 ,
I = l,NC, for the minimum value. Express it as
an element in the run-indexed array, CUMGFIS.
Since the values in array CUMG 1 are decreasing
with higher index, the search consists of finding
the last nonzero value of CUMG 1 . For example,
unless the last cumulative mass loading value,
CUMGNC, is zero:
CUMGF 1 s = CUMGNC
If this value is zero and CUMGNC 2 is not zero:
CTJMGF 1 5 = CUMGNC 1
The number of cumulative mass loadings less than
D 50 which must be searched for a given run, NC,
is the same as the number of stage D 50 values ÷ 1
for the cyclone (if applicable). This value is
NCTJM = 8 for the Andersen impactor or NCUM = 7
for the University of Washington or the NRI
impactor. For the Brink- impactor, the configura-
tion may vary. Therefore, NC = MS + MOO + MC3
where MS = index of last stage(5 or 6); MOO = 1
if stage 0 is included, or MOO = 0 if stage 0 is
not included; and MC3 = 0 if the cyclone is
included or MC3 = 1 if the cyclone is not
included.
574: Express the total mass loading in milligrams per
actual cubic meter, GRNAM, as an element in the
run indexed array, CUMGl 1 :
CUMG1IS = GRNAM (47)
50
-------
575-579: Search the values of the stage D 50 1 s in microm-
eters, DPC 1 , I = l,ND, to find the minimum nonzero
value. Express it as an element in the run-in-
dexed array, DPCFIS. As with CUMG 1 , I = 1,NC, the
values are decreasing with higher index. Thus,
unless DPCND is zero:
DPCF 1 5 = DPCND (48)
The number of D 50 values to be searched for a
given run, ND, is NCtJM as defined above for the
Andersen, the University of Washington, or the
MRI impactor. If the Brink impactor is used, the
configuration determines the value of ND.
ND = MS + MOO, where MS and MOO are defined above
in determining NC.
580: Express the diameter of the maximum captured
particle in micrometers, DMAX, as an element in
the run indexed array, DMAXX 15 :
DMAXX 15 = DMAX (49)
581-591: Search the values of the geometric mean diameter
at each stage in micrometers, GEOMD 1 , I = 1,NMASS,
to find minimum nonzero value. Express it as an
element in the run-indexed array, GD.M 1N 15 . Again,
the values are decreasing with higher index.
Thus, unless GEOMDN SS is zero:
GDMIN 1 s = GEOMDN sS (50)
592: Express the maximum geometric mean diameter in
micrometers, GEOMD 1 as an element in the run-
indexed array, GDMAX 15 . GEOMD 1 must be the value
of maximum geometric mean diameter since the
51
-------
values of GEOMD 1 , I = l,NMASS are decreasing with
increasing I. Thus:
GDMAX 1 5 GEOMD 1 (51)
593-600: Search the values of AM/ALogD size distribution
in milligrams per dry normal cubic meter, DMDLD 1 ,
I = 1,NMASS, to find the minimum nonzero value.
Express it as an element in the run—indexed array,
DMMN 15 . Note that unlike the previous “searches”
for minimums and maximums, this value may be any
one of the values between DMDLD 1 and DMDLDN SS.
601-604: Search the values of the AM/ LogD size distribu-
tion in milligrams per dry normal cubic meter,
DMDLD 1 , I = 1,NMASS, to find the maximum value.
Express it as an element in the run—indexed array,
DMMX 15 .
605-612: Search the values of AN/AL0gD size distribution
in number per dry normal cubic meter, DNDLD 1 ,
I = 1,NMASS, to find the minimum nonzero value.
Express it as an element in the run—indexed array,
DNMN 15 .
613—616: Search the values of the N/t LogD size distribu-
tion in number per dry normal cubic meter, DNDLD 1 ,
I = 1,NMASS, to find the maximum value. Express
it as an element in the run-indexed array, DNMX 15 .
617-626: VARD is a one-dimensional array consisting of the
maximum particle diameter, DMAX, the cut point of
the cyclone, CYC3, (if Brink impactor with cyclone
is used), D 50 of the first stage,...,D 50 of the
last stage all in micrometers in this order. The
first VARD value is defined here:
yARD 1 = DMAX (52)
52
-------
VARC is a one—dimensional array consisting of
the total mass loading, GRNAM, mass loading < cut
point of the cyclone (if Brink impactor with
cyclone is used); mass loading < D 50 (first
stage),..., mass loading < D 50 (last stage) all
milligrams per actual cubic meter. The first
VARC value is defined here:
VARC 1 = GRNAM (53)
627: The VARC and VARD arrays are being defined in
order to define the XNDPEN and YO arrays which
will be used by program SPLIN1 for curve fitting.
The remainder of the VARD and VARC arrays is
dependent on the impactor used and its configura-
tion. This statement sends the program to state-
ment 6300 (card 634) if the Andersen impactor is
being used (MPACTY1), to statement 6350 (card
642), if the Brink impactor is being used
(MPACTY2); or to statement 6375 (card 663), if
the University of Washington or MRI impactor is
being used (MPACTY3 or MPACTY4, respectively).
628-641: The program comes to this section to define the
remaining VARD and VARC values, if the Andersen
impactor is being used. There are eight stage
D 50 values, DPC, and eight associated cumulative
mass loading values, CUMG, with which to complete
the VARD and VARC arrays, respectively. However,
the cut points of the first and second stages
are so nearly the same that a more realistic
view of mass distribution can be obtained by
ignoring the D 50 and associated cumulative mass
loading of the second stage. Thus, only seven
more values are added to the VARD and VARC arrays:
53
-------
yARD 2 = DPC 1 ; VARC 2 = CUMG 1
yARD 3 = DPC 3 ; AR 3 = CUMG 3
VARDk DPCk; VARC + = CUMGi+
yARD 8 = DPC 8 ; VARC 8 CUMG 8
VV is the total number of VARD and VARC values.
For the Andersen impactor, VV = 8. The program
then skips to statement 6400 (card 675) to set up
the XNDPEN and YO arrays which program SPLIN1
uses for fitting cumulative mass loading vs. D 5 .
642—662: The program comes to this section to define the
remaining VARD and VARC values if the Brink
impactor is being used. In this case the impactor
configuration also determines the values of the
two arrays. If the cyclone is used, its cut
point, CYC3, becomes the second value of the VARD
array yARD 2 . If stage 0 is the first stage (with-
out the cyclone), then its cut point DPC 1 = yARD 2 .
If neither the cyclone nor stage 0 is included,
the cut point of stage 1, DPC 2 = yARD 2 . (What-
ever the configuration here, the first cumulative
mass loading value, CUMG 1 , is the cumulative mass
loading of the first “stage’ t whether this be the
cyclone, stage 0, or stage 1). Therefore,
VARC 2 = CUMG 1 . The VARD and VARC values are
defined consecutively after this with the values
of DPC and CUMG. The total number of values in
the VARD and VARC arrays VV = 1 + MC3 ÷ MOO + MS
where MC3 = I when the cyclone is used or 0 when
it is not, MOO = 1 when stage 0 is used or 0 when
it is not, and MS = last stage of the Brink
impactor = 5 or 6. After defining all VARD and
VARC values, the program skips to statement 6400
54
-------
(card 675) to define the XNDPEN and YO arrays
used for fitting in program SPLIN1.
663-669: The program comes to this section to define the
remaining VARD and VARC values if the University
of Washington or the MRI impactor is being used.
In this case there are seven stage D 50 s, DPC,
with seven associated cumulative mass loadings,
CUMG. However, as with the Andersen impactor,
the cut points of the first and second stages of
the University of Washington and MRI impactors
are so nearly the same that a more realistic view
of mass distribution can be obtained by ignoring
the D 50 and associated cumulative mass loading of
the second stage. The VARD and VARC arrays,
therefore, are completed with these values:
VARD 2 = DPC 1 ; VARC 2 = C l iNG 1
yARD 3 DPC 3 ; VARC 3 CliNG 3
yARD 7 DPC 7 ; VARC 7 CUNG 7
The total number of VARD and VARC values, VV, is
then 7.
670-685: The fitting arrays XNDPEN and YO are defined
here. The values are the same as the VARD and
VARC arrays, respectively, except that any pair
of values (yARD, VARC)J where either VARDJ or
VARCJ is zero is excluded from the XNDPEN and YO
arrays. For example, since the values of VARD
represent maximum particle diameter, cut points
of the cyclone (this value is included on1 if
the Brink is used with the cyclone), and stage
cut points, there are no VARD values equal to
zero. However 1 if no mass is collected on the
filter, VARCW = 0.0 where VV is the total
55
-------
number of yARD and VARC values. In this case
the XNDPEN and YO arrays have one less value in
them than the VARD and VARC arrays. This number
of values in the XNDPEN and YO arrays is then
NFIT=VV- 1.
686-697: Here the VARD and VARC arrays are redefined as the
XNDPEN and YO arrays, respectively, with inverted
order. Using the newly ordered VARD and VARC
arrays, the XNDPEN and YO arrays are also reor-
dered; i.e., (XNDPEN, YO) 1 is the point represent-
ing the last (smallest) stage cut point diameter
and cumulative mass loading less than this stage
cut point (where the mass loading is nonzero);
and (XNDPEN, ° NFIT is the point representing
the maximum particle diameter and total mass load-
ing. Values of XNDPEN are in micrometers. Values
of YO are in grams per actual cubic meter.
698-716: The order of XNDPEN 1 , I = l,NFIT and Y0 1 ,
I = l,NFIT should be such that both are increas-
ing with I. However, it has been found empiri-
cally by Southern Research Institute that the cut
point of the first stage of the University of
Washington impactor may actually be less than
that of the second stage. The program SPLIN1 can-
not make a proper fit to the (XNDPEN, YO) points
in such a case. This loop, therefore, checks the
XNDPEN array and orders it. The values of Y0 1 ,
I = 1,NFIT are reordered to follow XNDPEN, i.e.,
the pairing Of (XNDPEN, YO) is not changed.
717-720: The smallest stage D 50 for this run XNDPEN 1 is
given the name DSMA. This value will be the
starting diameter for plotting the curve fit
through cumulative mass loading vs. D 50 points in
the program GRAPH.
56
-------
721-726: Define the total number of points to be plotted
for the plot of cumulative mass loading vs.
D 50 , JV. This does not exclude any points with
zero cumulative mass loading. It does exclude
the total mass loading vs. maximum particle diam-
eter.
727—734: Write on file any variable values from this single
run which will be needed in later programs SPLIN1,
GRAPH, and STATIS.
735-740: This loop changes the percent flue gas composition
values, FG 1 , I = 1,5, back to fractional flue gas
composition:
FG 1 = FG 1 /lOO.0, I = 1,5
(Recall that these fractions represent C0 2 , CO,
N 2 , 02, and H 2 0, respectively.
741-750: Check the record number, IS, for the calculations
above. If IS is odd ((IS+1)/2—IS/2=1), these are
the first calculations of D 50 1 s, cumulative mass
loadinqs, etc., for this set of data (may be based
on physical density or unit density). In this
case the program goes to statement 2020 (card
748) to save the input density values as RHO1,
define density RHO as the unit value 1.0 gram
per cubic centimeter, and return to statement
2010 (card 193) to make similar calculations
based on this unit density. These new Dso values,
cumulative mass loading values, etc., are found
based on the TGLD definition’ of aerodynamic
diameter if NAERO is 0 or based on Mercer’s def-
inition 2 if NABRO is 1. If IS is even ((iS+1)
/2-IS/2=0], these second calculations have just
been made and the program returns to statement
12 (card 76) to read a new set of data.
57
-------
751-781: If data for all runs has been read in and appro-
priate calculations made on each for both densi-
ties, the program returns to statement 93 (card
758) to calculate the overall (for all runs) maxi-
mum and minimum values of every plotted variable
for each of the two densities. As discussed in
the note preceeding explanation at card 554, the
maximum and minimum values will allow for data
regulated plots, if desired. The variables which
are searched for are defined below. Although not
indicated here, each is dimensioned two; one
value for each of the two densities.
DPMIN — minimum stage D 50 in micrometers; to be
found in the DPCF 1 s array.
DPMAX — maximum particle diameter in micrometers;
to be found in the DMAXXIS array
CUMIN — minimum cumulative mass loading value
in milligrams per actual cubic meter; to
be found in the CUMGF 1 S array
CUMAX — maximum cumulative mass loading or maxi-
mum total mass loading in milligrams per
actual cubic meter; to be found in the
CUMG1 1 s array
GEMIN - minimum geometric mean diameter in microm-
eters; to be found in the GDMINIS array
GEMAX — maximum geometric mean diameter in microm-
eters; to be found in the GDMAXIS array
DMMIN — minimum value of the M/t LogD size dis-
tribution in milligrams per dry normal
cubic meter; to be found in the DMMINIS
array
DMMAX - maximum value of the AM/ LogD size
distribution in milligrams per dry
58
-------
normal cubic meter; to be found in the
DMMX 1 s array
DNMIN - minimum value of the N/LxLogD size distri-
bution in number of particles per dry
normal cubic meter; to be found in the
DNMN 1 s array
DNMAX - maximum value of the AN/AL0gD size distri-
bution in number of particles per dry
normal cubic meter; in the DNMXIS array.
For example, the DPMIN 1 value is found by arbi-
trarily setting it equal to DPCF 1 . This is the
minimum D 50 value of the first odd record. This
temporary DPMIN 1 is compared with all the other
DPCF 1 s values where IS is odd. Each time a
smaller DPCFIS value is found, that DPCF 1 S value
becomes the new DPMIN 1 . This process is continued
until all values have been checked to arrive at
the absolute minimum D 50 value for all physical
density runs. All other minimum values are found
in this manner. A similar “bubble up” method
is used to find the maximums.
782-788: Write variable values on file which may be needed
in later programs. These include the minimum and
maximum values just found.
789: Stop.
Functions of the Called Subprograms
Subroutine STAGE--
This subroutine consists of a simple DO loop at cards 010-
012. It calculates the local pressure at each stage of the
59
-------
impactor in atmospheres PS 1 , I = 1,NCUM as a function of the
pressure at the impactor orifice in atmospheres, POA; the cumula—
tive fraction of pressure drop at stage I (depending on the
impactor used as indicated by code value MPACTY), DELPIMPACTY;
and the total drop in pressure across the impactor in atmospheres,
DPA:
PS 1 = POA - DELPIM PACTY.DPA
POA and DPA are brought into the subroutine as calculated in the
calling mainline program MPPROG. The values of the DELP matrix
are initialized in the block data subprogram COMBK1.
Subroutine VIS--
This subroutine calculates the viscosity of the gas in poise,
MU, by a method proposed by C. R. Wilke.
017-024: Calculate the pure gas viscosities of the gases
composing the flue gas in poise, VS 11 I = 1,5,
where these gases are C0 2 , CO, N 2 , 02, and H 2 0
for I = 1,5, respectively. These viscosities are
functions of the impactor temperature in degrees
centigrade, TCI:
VS 1 = K + [ K 12 (TCI)] + [ K 13 (TCI) 2 ] + [ K 14 (TCI) 3 ] (55)
where K 1 I = 1,5 (gas index), J = 1,4 are
constants (see discussion of gas viscosities in Sec. 1).
025—026: A small DO loop converts the pure gas viscosities,
VS 11 I = 1,5, from micropoise to poise so that the
final gas viscosity, MU, is in poise:
VS 1 = VS 1 x 10—6
027: The gas viscosity MU is initialized as 0.0 poise.
028-031: The pure gas fractional contributions, FG 1 ,
I = 1,5, (for C0 2 , CO , N 2 , 02, and 1120, respec-
tively) are examined here in a DO loop. Any pure
gas which has zero contribution to the flue gas
60
-------
composition has its fractional contribution FG 1
set equal to an arbitrary extremely small number
to prevent division by zero in succeeding calcu-
lations:
FG 1 = 1.0 x l0_20 (56)
where previously FG 1 = 0.0.
032—045: The flue gas viscosity MU is calculated in poise
here. MU is calculated as a function of the pure
gas viscosities in poise VS 11 I = 1,5 as calcu-
lated at cards 017-027, the pure gas molecular
weights in atomic mass units WT 1 , I = 1,5 for C0 2 ,
CO. N 2 , 02, and H 2 0, respectively, as given in a
data statement at card 016, and these pure gas
fractional contributions FG 1 , I = 1,5 as brought
from mainline program MPPBOG (with exception of
FG 1 = 0.0 as altered at cards 028—030):
5 VS
(57)
1=1 1.0 + (1/FG 1 ) (FG 3 ) (X 1 )
J= 1
J I
where x = l.0 + (VS 1 /VS )1/2 ( / qq )1/4}2
(4/1.414) [ l.o+CwT 1 /wT )] 1/2
Subroutine MEAN--
This subroutine consists of a simple DO-loop at cards 012-014
which calculates the molecular mean free path at each stage jet,
L 1 , I = 1,NCUM, by a method proposed by J. A. Brink, Jr., 3 as a
function of the gas viscosity in poise, MU, the local pressure at
this stage I in atmospheres, PS 1 , the impactor temperature in
degrees Kelvin, TKI (as brought from the mainline program MPPROG),
and the mean molecular weight in atomic mass units, MM (as brought
from the mainline program MPPROG):
61
-------
_______________ ( BzTKI 602.3 x l021’\½
L 1 = 1.01325 106 PS 1 8 MM
where BZ = 1.38 x l0_16 x 3.14159
= Boltzrnann’s constant (erg/°K) x ir
Subroutine CUT--
This subroutine consists of an iterative loop at cards 033-
046 which calculates the stage cut points or D 50 1 s in micrometers,
DPC 1 , I = 1,NCUM, based on equations developed by Ranz and Wong.
Each DPC 1 is calculated as a function of the calibration constants,
SRPSIIMPACNOMPACTY the gas viscosity in poise, MU, the number
of jets per stage, X 1 MPACTY’ and the stage jet diameter,
DC 1 MPACNO,MPACTY’ the local pressure at stage I in atmospheres,
PS 1 , the assumed density in grams per cubic centimeter, RHO, gas
flow rate under impactor conditions in actual cubic feet per
minute, Q, the pressure at the impactor orifice in atmospheres,
POA, and the slip correction factor, C (see below):
11.43 x 1
DPC 1 = L 0.38 SRPSIIMPACNOMPACTYj x
MU X 1 , MPACTY (DC 1 , MPACNO, MPACTY) 1 1 ½
[ RHO Q 472.0 POA c j (60)
The square root of psi calibration constants, SRPSIIMPACNO,MPACTYI
are empirical constants measured for each impactor. These con-
constants were determined according to the published procedures of
Seymour Calvert, 8 et al, and of Kenneth M. Cushing, 9 et al. These
values are shown in Tables 4, 5, 6, and 7. (The user should in-
sert his own calibration constants.) The index I-1,NCUM is the
stage index. The index MPACTY is impactor type coding where
NPACTY = 1 indicates that the Andersen impactor is used, MPACTY =
2 indicates the Brink, MPACTY = 3 indicates the University of
Washington, or MPACTY = 4 indicates the MRI. MPACNO is coding
for the impactor number within a type.
62
-------
a. A maximum
TABLE 4.
/ CALIBRATION CONSTANTS FOR EACH STAGE
OF SIX ANDERSEN IMpACTORSa
Impactor
no.:
229
231
583
619
620
627
Stage
no.
I
SRPSI SRPSI SRPSI SRPSI SRPSI SRPSI
121 131 I&+i 151 Isi
Iii
0
1
0.305
0.305
0.305
0.305
0.305
0.305
1
2
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
0.430
2
3
0.410
0.410
0.410
0.410
0.410
0.410
3
4
0.385
0.385
0.385
0.385
0.385
0.385
4
5
0.328
0.332
0.341
0.342
0.337
0.344
5
6
0.319
0.313
0.320
0.370
0.331
0.335
6
7
7
8
0.364
0.283
0.365
0.280
0.331
0.274
0.352
0.272
0.350
0.277
0.339
0.278
of 6 impactors of this type can be used.
-------
TABLE 5.
/l CALIBRATION CONSTANTS FOR EACH STAGE
OF FOUR BRINK IMPACTORSa
.
Impactor
no.:
A
B
C
D
none
none
Stage no.
I
SRPSI
112
SRPSI SRPSI SRI’SI SRPSI
122 132
IL.2
152
SRPSI 162
0
1
0.322
0.322
0.322
0.322
0.000
0.000
1
2
0.322
0.322
0.322
0.322
0.000
0.000
2
3
0.338
0.349
0.351
0.346
0.000
0.000
3
4
0.345
0.330
0.388
0.354
0.000
0.000
4
5
0.258
0.302
0.330
0.297
0.000
0.000
5
6
0.317
0.345
0.350
0.337
0.000
0.000
6
7
0.229
0.175
0.273
0.226
0.000
0.000
none
8
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
a. A maximum of 6 impactors of this type can be used.
-------
TABLE 6.
vi T CALIBRATION CONSTANTS FOR EACH STAGE OF FOUR
UNIVERSITY III IMPACTORSa
OF
WASHINGTON
MARK
Impactor
no.
:
A
B
C
D
none
none
.
Stage no.
I
SRPSI SRPSI
113
123
SRPSI
133
SRPSI SRPSI
11+3 153
SRPSI
163
Lfl
1
1
0.144
0.144
0.144
0.144
0.000
0.000
2
2
0.330
0.330
0.330
0.330
0.000
0.000
3
3
0.371
0.371
0.371
0.371
0.000
0.000
4
4
0.271
0.322
0.320
0.319
0.000
0.000
5
5
0.308
0.313
0.295
0.321
0.000
0.000
6
6
0.373
0.340
0.363
0.389
0.000
0.000
7
7
0.349
3.337
0.312
0.354
0.000
0.000
8
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
none
a. A maximum of 6 impactors of this type can be used.
-------
TABLE 7. I T CALIBRATION CONSTANTS FOR EACH STAGE OF ONE
METEOROLOGY RESEARCH INCORPORATED IMpACTORa
Impactor n
0.:
A
none
none
none
none
none
Stage
no.
I
SRPSI SRPSI
114
124
SRPSI
134
SRPSI
Ii z+
SRPSI
154
SRPSI
164
1 1 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 2 0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
3 3 0.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
4 4 0.34 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 5 0.29 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
6 6 0.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
7 7 0.40 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
8 none 0.00 Ô.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
a. A maximum of 6 impactors of this type can be used.
-------
The value of the slip correction factor C depends on the
definition of the cut point diameter being calculated. It may be
a function of DPC 1 or it may be given the value 1.0, i.e., C may
be a factor.
If physical density is assumed (RHO>l.0) or where the classi-
cally defined (TGLD) aerodynamic diameter is assumed (NAERO = 0 and
RHO=l.0), an iterative process is necessary to find each of the
DPC values, since C is defined as a function of DPC 1 and also as
a function of the mean free path at this stage in centimeters, L 1 :
C = 1 + DPC 10 [ 1.23 + 0.41 exp(—0.44 DPCix10 /Li)] (61)
In this case, each DPC 1 must be given an initial value SUB 1 MPACTY
in order to begin the iterative process. Each value of DPC 1 is
compared to DPCI which is the previously calculated value of DPC 1 .
If the two values are within 0.1% of each other (as checked at
card 044), the iterative calculation of DPC 1 is said to have con-
verged, and the program returns to the beginning of this loop to
calculate the D 50 of the next stage.
If aerodynamic diameter by Mercer’s definition is assumed
(NAERO=1 and RHO=l.0), the slip correction factor is essentially
not used. Rather than being a functional quantity, it is the
constant 1.0. In this case the first calculation of DPC 1 is
the same as the second calculation, and iteration is not neces-
sary.
If the Brink impactor is used (MPACTY=2), the lower cut
point for the cyclone, CYC3, is calculated in micrometers as a
function of the gas viscosity is poise, MU, the assumed density
in grams per cubic centimeter, RHO, and the gas flow rate under
impactor conditions in actual cubic feet per minute, Q:
CYC = 199.5 (MU/RHo Q) 1 / 2 (62)
67
-------
Note that the slip correction factor is not a factor here for any
assumed density. This is due to the fact that C becomes very
nearly 1.0 for large diameters. For example, assuming a mean free
path of 6.53 x 10-6 centimeters, the following values of C for
given cut points are:*
Particle diameter (i.im) C
10 1.0164
20 1.0082
30 1.0055
50 1.0033
100 1.0016
Subroutine CtJM--
This subroutine calculates the cumulative mass less than the
D 50 of the previous stage in grams, CUNM 1 , I = 1,NMASS (CUMMNMASS =
SUM = total mass) and the cumulative percent mass less than the
D 50 of the previous stage, PERCtI 1 , I = 1,NMASS (PERCU SS
100.0%). Also calculated are the total mass loading in grains per
actual cubic foot, GRNA, in grains per normal dry cubic foot,
GRNS, in milligrams per actual cubic meter, GRNAM, and in milli-
grams per normal dry cubic meter, GRNSM. Note that normal (or
engineering standard) conditions here are 21 degrees centigrade
and 760 millimeters of mercury.
013—016: After initializing the sum of masses, SUM, as 0.0
grams, the “DO 50” loop here finds the cumulative
mass at each stage in grams, CUMM 1 , I = l,NMASS,
by summing the masses MASS on all stages up to
and including the I stage:
J
CUMMJ = (MAss 1 ) (62)
1=1
where 3 = 1,NMASS
* These values are taken from the chart “Tables for Use in
Aerosol Physics” printed by BGI Incorporated, copyright 1971.
68
-------
After NMASS traverses of the loop:
NMPiS S
SUM = (MASS 1 ) (63)
1=1
which is the sum of all masses or the total mass
captured in the impactor in grams
017-019: This loop converts the cumulative mass at each
stage in grams CUMM 1 I = 1,NMASS to cumulative
percent of total mass captured (SUM), PERCU 1 ,
I l,NMASS:
‘3
PERCUJ = E [ (CUMM /SUM) 100.0] (64)
1=1 I
020-023: The total mass loading in grains per actual cubic
foot, GRNA, is calculated here as a function of
the total captured mass in grams, SUM, gas flow
rate under stack conditions in actual cubic feet
per minute, F, and the duration of sampling time
in minutes, DUR.
GRNA = SUM 15.4324/F DUR
The constant 15.4324 = grains/gram
024—027: The total mass loading in grains per normal dry
cubic foot, GRNS, is calculated here as a function
of the total mass captured in grams, SUM, the gas
flow rate under stack conditions in actual cubic
feet per minute, F, the duration of sampling in
minutes, DUR, the pressure at the iinpactor inlet
in atmospheres, POA, the stack temperature in
degrees Kelvin, TKS, and the fractional water
content, FG
— SUM 15.4324 (65
GRNS — F DUR (294.0/TKS) (POA/l.0) (l.0-FG 5 )
69
-------
The units of constants here are:
15.4324 = grains/gram
294.0 = degrees Kelvin = 21 degrees Centigrade
1.0 = 1 atmosphere
028—032: The total mass loading in milligrams per actual
cubic meter, GRNAM, is calculated here as a func-
tion of the total mass loading in grains per
actual cubic foot, GRNA:
GRNA = 2288.34 GRNA (66)
milligrams/grain
The constant 2288.34 = cubic meters/cubic foot
033-037: The total mass loading in milligrams per normal dry
cubic meter, GRNSM, is calculated here as a func-
tion of the total mass loading in grains per
normal dry cubic foot, GRNS:
GRNSM = 2288.34 GRNS (67)
The constant 2288.34 has units as given above.
Subroutine DMDNGD--
This subroutine calculates and prints out the set of stage
geometric mean diameters in micrometers, GEOMD, the M/AlogD
values in milligrams per dry normal cubic meter, DNDLD, and the
1 N/ logD values in number of particles per dry normal cubic meter,
DNDLD. The technique for finding these values and the printout
format varies only slightly depending on the type of impactor
and, if using the Brink impactor, also on the impactor configura-
tion. The statement at card 037 sends the program to the proper
section of the subroutine depending on the impactor used (con-
trolled by coding MPACTY = 1 for Andersen, 2 for Brink, 3 for
University of Washington, and 4 for MRI). Cards 038—137 comprise
a long section which calculates the GEOND, DMDLD, and DNDLD
values for the Brink impactor of any configuration and prints out
these values. If the cyclone, stage 0, stage 1,..., stage 5, or
70
-------
stage 6 and filter are used in the Brink, cards 043-081 are
executed. If stage 0, stage 1, stage 2,..., stage 5, or stage 6,
and filter are used in the Brink, cards 082-110 are used. If
stage 1, stage 2, stage 3, stage 4, stage 5, or stage 6, and filter
configuration are used in the Brink, cards 111—138 are executed.
There is only one configuration for the Andersen irnpactor, i.e.,
stage 0, stage 1, stage 2,..., stage 7, and filter. Also, there
is only one configuration for the University of Washington or MRI,
i.e., stage 1, stage 2, stage 3,..., stage 7, and filter. Cards
139—162 comprise the section which calculates and prints out the
GEOMD, DMDLD, and DNDLD values for the Andersen, the University
of Washington, or the MRI impactor. For each of these six con-
figurations, there are five sets of values found.
The value DIFF 1 is defined in a loop for each stage as being
the difference in the common logs of the cut point diameter of
the previous stage I - 1 and this stage I. DIFF 1 , however, must
be calculated outside this loop since there is no “cut point
diameter of the previous stage”. Here the common log of the max-
imum particle diameter DMAX is used instead. If the Brink impac-
tor is used with the cyclone, DIFF 2 must also be calculated out-
side this loop. In this case, DIFF 2 = log 1 o(CYC3 - logio(DPC
(1)), i.e., the name for the cut point of the cyclone is CYC3
and is not part of the ordinary D 50 array DPC. Also, for each
configuration, the final value of DIFFNS must be given outside
the loop since there is no lower cut point for this “stage”
(actually the filter). For each configuration, DIFFNS is defined
as log 1 o2 = 0.3010. This is a somewhat arbirary asigned value;
however, it has been found that the log 10 difference of consecu-
tive D 50 ’s is within this range.
The next set of values calculated for each configuration is
the AM/ logD value at each stage in milligrams per normal dry
cubic meter, DMDLD 1 , as a function of the common log difference
71
-------
in lower cut point diameters DIFF 1 (as found above) and the mass
loading for this stage in milligrams per actual cubic meter
GGRNS 1 as brought from the mainline program MPPROG:
DMDLD 1 = GGRNS 1 /DIFF 1 (68)
The geometric mean diameter in micrometers, GEOMD 1 , is then
found for each stage (including the cyclone if used and the
filter). This is the average of the logs of the maximum and ruin-
imum particle sizes found on the stage. It is calculated here as
the square root of the minimum cut point particle size of this
stage times the minimum cut point particle size of the previous
stage I - 1 (this latter particle size being an upper limit of
particle size for stage I). As in calculating the DIFF values,
there is no “lower cut point diameter of the previous stage”
when finding GEOMD 1 . Therefore, GEOMD 1 = the square root of the
maximum particle diameter in micrometers, DMAX, times the lower
cut point particle size of this first stage (or cyclone if used).
Also, as in finding the last value of DIFF, the GEOMD of the
filter must be found in a different manner since there is no lower
cut point diameter for the filter. It is found by multiplying
the lower cut point diameter of the previous stage by
i/vT= 0.707107. (This is again the result of defining the differ-
ence in the log of the last stage D 50 and the log of the “filter
D 50 ” as log 2.)
The next set of values calculated for each configuration is
the AN/AlogD value at each stage in number of particles per
normal dry cubic meter, DNDLD 1 , as a function of the J4/AlogD
value at the stage in milligrams per dry normal cubic meter,
DMDLD 1 , the assumed density in grams per cubic centimeter, RHO,
and the geometric mean diameter of the stage in micrometers
GEOND 1 . To show the development of this function for DNDLD,
note that AM/AlogD may be written as:
72
-------
M4/ 1ogD = A(Nm)/AlogD (69)
= m(AN)/L 1ogD
where m = mass of a single particle
AN/ logD = change in number concentration
due to particles caught on this
stage
Then L N/L logD may be expressed as:
N/AlogD = ( M/AlogD)/m (70)
Also the single particle mass m may be expressed as:
m = p ( 3) (lOs) (l0 ) (71)
where p particle density in grams per cubic
centimeter
= volume in cubic micrometers of a
particle with diameter D in microm-
eters
i0 3 = milligrams/gram
1o = centimeter/micrometer
Therefore:
AN/i logD = ( M/ 1ogD) [ 6/(pirD 3 )110 9 (72)
In terms of the program:
DNDLD = DMDLD [ 6/ (RHO GEOMD 3 ) iio (73)
The final part of each configuration section is the printing
of the GEOMD, DMDLD, and DNDLD values. Each of the six configu-
rations has its own format. The subroutine then returns to the
calling mainline program MPPROG.
73
-------
Block Data Subprogram COMBK1--
COMEK1 is a block data subprogram. It is used to define
the values of the cumulative fraction of pressure drop DELP.*
DELP is a two dimensional real array with elements DELP . The
ItJ
first dimension I specifies the stage of the impactor. The
second dimension J specifies the type of impactor (same as code
variable MPACTY where 1 indicates the use of the Andersen impac-
tor, 2 indicates the use of the Brink impactor, 3 indicates the
use of the University of Washington impactor, and 4 indicates the
use of the MRI impactor). The values of fractional pressure drop
used in this subprogram are empirically determined and are listed
in Table 8. Note that even though there are only 7 stages for the
Brink, University of Washington, and MRI impactors, a dummy value
of 0.0 for DELP 8 ,2, DELPØ, 3 , and DELPB,k must be used to keep
proper ordering in the 8x4 DELP array.
Block Data Subprogram COMBK2--
COMBK2 is a block data subprogram. It is used to define the
number of jets per stage, X, and to define the diameter of the
jets at each stage in centimeters, DC.**
X is a two dimensional integer array with elements X 1 .
The first dimension I indicates the stage of the impactor. The
second dimension J indicates the type of impactor. The number of
jets per stage as specified in COMBK2 are given in Table 9. Note
that even though there are only 7 stages for the Brink, University
of Washington, and MRI impactorS, a dummy value of 0 for X 812 ,
*The DELP values are used as a part of common block BLOCK1.
Variable values in a data statement must be initialized in a
block data subprogram for any information to be carried in the
specified common block as required by the DEC PDP 15/76 com-
puter system used by Southern Research Institute.
**The X and DC values are used as a part of common block BLOCK2.
Variable values in a data statement must be initialized in a
block data subprogram for any information to be carried in the
specified common block as required by the DEC PDP 15/76 com-
puter system used by Southern Research Institute.
74
-------
I
Andersen
Stage DELP
no. 1,1
1 0 0.000
2 1 0.000
3 2 0.000
4 3 0.000
5 4 0.000
6 5 0.176
7 6 0.294
8 7 1.000
MRI
DELP 24
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.045
0.216
1 . 000
0.000
TABLE 8. VALUES OF FRACTIONAL PRESSURE DROP USED IN COMBK1
Brink
-4
U,
Stage
no.
Stage
no.
DELP
1,2
Univ.
Stage
no.
of Wash.
DELP
1,3
0
0.000
1
0.000
1
1
0.004
2
0.000
2
2
0.008
3
0.000
3
3
0.014
4
0.000
4
4
0.045
5
0.057
5
5
0.143
6
0.566
6
6
1.000
7
1.000
7
none
0.000
none
0.000
none
-------
TABLE 9. NUMBER OF JETS PER STAGE FOR ANDERSEN, BRINK,
UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON. AND MRI IMPACTORS
Andersen
Stage
I flO. I,l
Brink Univ. of Wash.
Stage Stage
no. 1,2
MRI
Stage
flO
1 0 264 0 1 1 1 1 8
2 1 264 1 1 2 6 2 12
C . ’
3 2 264 2 1 3 12 3 24
4 3 264 3 1 4 90 4 24
5 4 264 4 1 5 110 5 24
6 5 264 5 1 6 110 6 24
7 6 264 6 1 7 90 7, 12
8 7 156 none 0 none 0 none 0
-------
X 83 , and X 81 i must be used to keep proper ordering in this
8x4 array.
DC is a three dimensional real array with elements DCIJK.
The first dimension I indicates the stage of the impactor. The
second dimension J indicates the impactor number (same as code
variable MPACNO used to distinguish between impactors of the same
type). The third dimension K indicates the type of impactor.
The diameter of the jets at each stage in centimeters as specified
in COMBK2 are in Tables 10, 11, 12, and 13. Note that even though
there are only four Brink impactors, three University of Washing-
ton impactors, and one MRI impactor used, a dununy value of 0.0 is
used for DC 152 , DC 162 , DC 1 3 , DC 153 , DC 163 , and DC 12 , ,-DC 16 ,,jet
diameters, also for DCBZK, DCO 3 K, and DCBI+K (even though there are
only 7 stages for the Brink, University of Washington, and MRI
impactors). Again, the dummy value 0.0 is used in these positions
to keep the proper ordering of this 8x6x4 array. The user should
use his own measured jet diameters in this array.
Input to Program MPPROG
Card Input--
Card A--The type of impactor used to obtain data is indicated
by coding on this card. Also, if physical density is input (card
D, colunms 18-21), this card contains the coding which indicates
whether the definition according to the Task Group on Lung Dyn-
amics 1 or Mercer ’s definition 2 of aerodynamic diameter is to be
used on the second calculation of D50’S cumulative mass loadings,
etc., for a given.rUfl.
Column 1: Punch a “1” here if the Andersen Mark III Stack
Sampler IS used to obtain data. Punch “2” here
if the modified Brink Cascade Impactor is used.
Punch 1t3fl here if the University of Washington
Mark III Source Test Cascade Impactor is used.
Punch “4” here if the Meteorology Research, Inc.,
Cascade Impactor is used.
77
-------
TABLE 10. AVERAGE DIAMETER MEASURED FOR EACH STAGE
SIX ANDERSEN IMpACTORSa
OF
Impactor
no.:
229
231
583
619
620
627
Stage no.
I
DC
Iii
DC
121
DC
131
DC
11.1
DC 1 5 1
DC 1 6 1
0
1
0.1632
0.1632
0.1671
0.1621
0.1621
0.1651
1
2
0.1233
0.1253
0.1281
0.1263
0.1249
0.1240
2
3
0.0954
0.0949
0.0953
0.0946
0.0935
0.0951
3
4
0.0742
0.0749
0.0780
0.0757
0.0751
0.0774
4
5
0.0577
0.0569
0.0547
0.0581
0.0563
0.0565
5
6
0.0368
0.0369
0.0359
0.0355
0.0359
0.0346
6
7
0.0254
0.0254
0.0269
0.0258
0.0264
0.0266
7
8
0.0255
0.0257
0.0253
0.0245
0.0250
0.0245
a. A maximum of 6 impactors of this type can be used.
-------
TABLE 11.
MEASURED JET DIAMETER FOR EACH STAGE
OF FOUR BRINK IMpACTORSa
Impactor no.
:
A
B
C
D
none
none
Stage
no.
DC 1
12
DC
122
DC
132
DC
I +2
DC
152
DC
162
-4
¼0
0
1
0.3554
0.3618
0.3658
0.3560
0.0000
0.0000
1
2
0.2422
0.2414
0.24 0
0.2461
0.0000
0.0000
2
3
0.1779
0.1737
0.1724
0.1778
0.0000
0.0000
3
4
0.1364
0.1366
0.1360
0.1368
0.0000
0.0000
4
5
0.0884
0.0918
0.0896
0.0937
0.0000
0.0000
5
6
0.0705
0.0719
0.0719
0.0730
0.0000
0.0000
6
none
7
8
0.0556
0.0000
0.0532
0.0000
0.0589
0.0000
0.0550
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
a. A maximum of 6 impactors of this type can be used.
-------
TABLE 12. AVERAGE JET DIAMETER MEASURED FOR EACH STAGE
OF FQUR UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON MARK III IMPACTORSa
Impactor no.:
Stage no. I
A
DC
113
B
DC
123
C
DC
133
D
DC
11 13
none
DC
153
none
DC
163
0
1
1
1.82372
1.82372
1.82372
1.82372
0.0000
0.0000
2
2
0.5768
0.5822
0.5874
0.5743
0.0000
0.0000
3
3
0.2501
0.2458
0.2459
0.2512
0.0000
0.0000
4
4
0.0808
0.0802
0.0807
0.0793
0.0000
0.0000
5
5
0.0524
0.0504
0.0532
0.0495
0.0000
0.0000
6
6
0.0333
0.0340
0.0376
0.0330
0.0000
0.0000
7
7
0.0245
0.0323
0.0260
0.0229
0.0000
0.0000
none
8
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
a. A maximum of 6 impactors of this type can be used.
-------
TABLE 13. AVERAGE JET DIAMETER MEASURED FOR EACH STAGE
OF ONE METEOROLOGY RESEARCH INCORPORATED IMPACTORa
Impactor
no:
A
none
none
none
none
none
Stage
no.
I
DC
114
DC
124
DC
134
DC
Iz +
DC
154
DC
164
1 1 0.870 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
2 2 0.476 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
3 3 0.205 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
4 4 0.118 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
5 5 0.084 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
6 6 0.052 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
7 7 0.052 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
8 none 0.000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
a. A maximum of 6 impactors of this type can be used.
-------
Column 2: Punch a “0” here or leave blank if the density
(on card D, columns 18-21) is physical density
and if the classic definition of aerodynamic
diameter is to be used for the second calculation
of D 50 1 s, i.e., Cunningham correction factor as
function of cut point diameter in an iterative
evaluation. Punch a “1” here if the density (on
Card D, columns 18-21) is physical density and if
Mercer’s definition of aerodynamic diameter is to
be used for the second calculation of D 50 1 s, i.e.,
Cunningham correction factor is 1 with no itera-
tion. The value punched here is overridden if
unit density is punched on card D, columns 18-21
(see below).
Card B--The general identification label is punched on this
card. Everything punched on this card will appear on any line
printer output and on any statistical graphs which pertain to
averaged data for all impactor runs using this impactor. See
mainline program STATIS. This label usually includes testing
site, date, and run numbers included in this job. The card is
read using 80A1 format. Therefore, any combination of letters,
numbers, or symbols is acceptable.
Columns 1—80: Punch the general identification label.
Card C--Coding to indicate the number of the impactor used
is punched on this card. This value together with the impactor
type coding punched in the first column of Card A indicates the
specific impactor. Impactor identification is given here for the
impactors available at Southern Research Institute, and only
serve as an example to the program user.
Column 2: If the Andersen impactor is used, the following
listing shows the number punched for the indicated
impactor used:
82
-------
Punch . . . if this Andersen impactor used
“1” #229
“2” #231
“3” #583
#619
“5” #620
#627
If the Brink impactor is used, the following list-
ing shows the number punched for the indicated
impactor used:
Punch . . . if this Brink impactor used
A
“2” B
“3” C
Il4 I D
If the University of Washington impactor is used,
the following listing shows the number punched for
the indicated impactor used:
Punch . . .if this U. of W. impactor used
“1” A
B
1 1311 C
“4” D
If the Meteorology Research, Inc., impactor is
used, punch “1” in Column 1.
Card C is the first of 6 cards read for each input data set.
The program will continue to read data sets until a card contain-
ing a nonpositive integer in Column 1 is read in this position.
The reading of a new data set can, therefore, be stopped by plac-
ing a blank card in this card position. This is then the last
data card.
83
-------
Card D——This card contains the inipactor pressure and temper-
ature conditions, the stack temperature, the assumed particle
density, the duration of sampling, maximum particle size, config-
uration constants (applicable if the Brink impactor is being
used(, and coding to indicate whether the back—up filter is used.
Columns 1-5: Punch the gas pressure at the impactor inlet
in inches of mercury using an F5.2 format.
Columns 6-11: Punch the temperature of the stack in degrees
Fahrenheit using an F6.l format.
Columns 12-17: Punch the temperature of the impactor in
degrees Fahrenheit using an F6.1 format.
Columns 18-21: Punch the assumed density of the particle in
grams per cubic centimeter to be used for the
first calculation of D 50 1 s using an F4.2
format. If the assumed physical density
(>1.0) is punched, it is used for the first
calculation of D 50 1 s, and the second calcu-
lation of D 50 ’s is based on assumed unit den-
sIty where the definition according to the
Task Group on Lung Dynamics (TGLD) 1 or Mercer’s
definition 2 of aerodynamic diameter is used
(dependent on coding punched on card A, column
2). If unit density is punched here, the TGLD
definition of aerodynamic diameter is used
for the first calculation of D 50 1 s; Mercer’s
definition of aerodynamic diameter is used
for the second calculation of D 5 ots regard-
less of value punched on card A, column 2.
Columns 22-26: Punch the duration of impactor sampling in
minutes using an F5.l format.
Columns 27-31: Punch the maximum particle diameter of
material collected in micrometers using an
F5.l format.
84
-------
Column 32:
Column 33:
Column 34:
Column 35:
Punch a “1” here if the Brink impactor is
used with cyclone. Otherwise punch “0” or
leave blank.
Punch a “1” here if the Brink impactor is
used with stage 0. Otherwise punch “0” or
leave blank.
Punch the index of the last stage if the
Brink impactor is used. This is either “5”
or “6”. If the Andersen impactor, University
of Washington, or MRI inipactor is used,
punch “0” or leave blank.
Punch a “1” here if the back-up filter is
used in the impactor. Punch “0” here or
leave blank if the filter is not used.
Card E--This card contains the fractional gas composition.
The composing gases are carbon dioxide (dry), carbon momoxide
(dry), nitrogen (dry), oxygen (dry), and water. All fractions
are read using F6.2 format.
Columns 1—6: Punch the dry gas fraction of carbon dioxide.
Columns 7—12: Punch the dry gas fraction of carbon
monoxide.
Punch the dry gas fraction of nitrogen.
Punch the dry gas fraction of oxygen.
Punch the fraction of water—steam.
Card F-—This card contains the particulate masses captured
at each stage of the cascade impactor. All masses are read using
F6.2 format.
Columns 1—6: Punch the mass captured on the back-up filter
in milligrams.
Punch the mass captured on the last (finest
D 50 ) stage in milligrams.
Punch the mass captured on the next to the
last stage in milligrams.
Columns 13—18:
Columns 19—24:
Columns 25—30:
Columns 7—12:
Columns 13—18:
85
-------
Continue this list using Columns 19-24, 25-30, etc., punching the
masses captured on each stage in milligrams. Note that the order
is by descending order of stage numbers so that the final number
punched on the card is the mass captured on the first (coarsest)
stage in milligrams or in the cyclone if the Brink impactor is
used. If a stage weight is zero, the field allocated to that
stage may be left blank or punched as “0”.
Card G--This card contains the impactor sampling flow rate.
The number is read using an F7.4 format.
Columns 1-7: Punch the impactor sampling flow rate in
actual cubic feet per minute.
Card H--This card contains the individual run identification
label. Everything punched on this card will appear verbatim at
the top of line printer output pertaining to that run, and also
above any graph plotted (see mainline program GRAPH) pertaining
to this one run. This label usually includes the name of the
testing site, whether inlet or outlet data, the run number, test-
ing date, and location of testing port. The card is read using
an SOA1 format. Therefore, any combination of letters, numbers,
or symbols is acceptable.
Columns 1—80: Punch the individual run identification
label.
Cards C through H are repeated for each new data set (i.e.,
for each run of the impactor). The final card (which would be in
card position C of the next set of data, had there been more runs
of the impactor to process) is left blank to end reading and
processing of further data.
File Input--
There are no variable values input to program MPPROG by
means of file reading.
86
-------
Output from Program MPPROG
Line Printer Output--
Each impactor run data set will cause two output forms of
the type discussed here. The first output for the given run is
the result of calculations made with density of the particles
taken as their physical density. Identical calculations are
made with density of the particles taken as unit density = 1.0
gram/cubic centimeter (aerodynamic diameter). Of course, output
values for the two differ where calculations are dependent on
this density. Two choices are available for unit density calcu-
lations. D 50 values can be calculated using the Task Group on
Lung Dynamics definition (TLGD), or the aerodynamic impaction
diameter definition of Mercer.
The individual identification label as input on Card B is
printed at the top of the page.
Line 1: The individual run identification label.
The next five lines give information on running conditions,
gas composition, and general characteristics of the particulate
content.
Line 2:
a. Impactor flow rate in actual cubic feet per minute
(as input)
b. Impactor temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (as
input)
c. Impactor temperature in degrees centigrade
d. Sampling duration in minutes (as input)
Line 3:
a. Impactor pressure drop in inches of mercury
b Stack temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (as input)
c. Stack temperature in degrees centigrade
87
-------
Particle density in grams per cubic centimeter.
This is as input for the first calculations of
D 50 1 s cumulative mass loadings, etc. This is 1.0
gram/cubic centimeter for the second calculation
of these same values.
b. Stack pressure (pressure at impactor inlet) in
inches of mercury (as input)
c. Maximum particle diameter in micrometers (as input)
Line 5:
Wet percent gas content of carbon dioxide
Wet percent gas content of carbon monoxide
Wet percent gas content of nitrogen
Wet percent gas content of oxygen
Percent gas content of water
a. Calculated total mass loading in grains per actual
cubic foot
b. Calculated total mass loading in grains per dry
normal cubic foot.
c. Calculated total mass loading in milligrams per
actual cubic meter.
d. Calculated total mass loading in milligrams per
dry normal cubic meter
The remainder of line printer output shows the particle con-
centration and distribution according to particle size in the form
of a chart.
Line 7: “IMPACTOR STAGE” followed by the column headings
for each stage, e. ., “Si”, “S2”, “S3”, “S4”, “SS”,
“S6”, “S7”, “S8”, and “FILTER” for the Andersen
impactor.
Line 4:
a.
a.
b.
C.
d.
e.
Line 6:
88
-------
Line 8: “STAGE INDEX NUMBER” followed by the column headings,
e It 3 II 114 II 1 15 I I , i t 6 , ‘ 7 “ , ‘ 8 “ , and
“9” for the Andersen impactor. The last number is
the stage index number for the back-up filter. Each
of the index numbers is aligned with its proper
“IMPACTOR STAGE” column heading. There are NMASS
such “IMPACTOR STAGE” and “STAGE INDEX NUMBER”
column headings.
Line 9: “D50” (MICROMETERS)” is followed by the particle
diameter lower size limit for each stage in
micrometers. There is no such “lower limit” given
for the all-capturing back-up filter, and, therefore,
there are only NMASS-l diameter sizes listed here.
Line 10: “MASS (MILLIGRAMS)” is followed by the mass captured
at each stage in milligrams as input. There are
NMASS values listed here.
Line 11: “MG/DNM3/STAGE” is followed by the equivalent mass
loading at each stage in milligrams per dry normal
cubic meter. There are NMASS values listed here.
Line 12: “CUM. PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN D50” is followed
by this cumulative percent value at each stage.
There are only NMASS—l percent values listed here,
since there is no lower size limit for the back—up
filter and no mass loading which escapes this filter.
Line 13: “CUM. (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN D50” is followed by the
cumulative particulate mass loading with diam-
eters less than the lower size limit of the given
stage. The units here are milligrams per actual
cubic meter. There are only NMASS—2 values since
there is no mass loading which escapes the back—up
filter.
Line 14: “CUM. (MG/DNCM) SMALLER THAN D50” as described
above but in units of milligrams per dry normal
cubic meter.
89
-------
Line 15: “CUM. (GR/ACF) SMALLER THAN D50 ” as described above
but in units of grains per actual cubic foot.
Line 16: “CUM. (GR/DNCF) SMALLER THAN D50” as described
above but in units of grains per dry normal cubic
foot.
Line 17: “GEO. MEAN DIAMETER” is followed by the geometric
mean diameter in micrometers of all particles which
may be captured at each stage obtained by taking
the mid-point diameter of the natural log difference
of the D 50 of the given stage and the D 50 of the
previous stage.
Line 18: “DM/DLOGD (MG/DNCM)” is followed by the change in
mass concentration at each stage in milligrams per
dry normal cubic meter. These are also known as
the values of the size distribution on a mass basis.
There are NMASS values.
Line 19: “DN/DLOGD (NO. PAI TICLES/DNCM)” is followed by the
change in number concentration at each stage in
number of particles per dry normal cubic meter.
These are also known as the values of the size dis-
tribution on a number basis. There are NMASS
dN/dlogD values.
Line 20: A footnote is given here for the definition of
“normal conditions” by engineering standards. It
states, “NORMAL (ENGINEERING STANDARD) CONDITIONS
ARE 21 DEG C AND 760 MM HG.”
Line 21: A footnote is given here if the figures on this
output page have been made for assumed aerodynamic
diameter, density 1.0 grain/cubic centimeter. The
definition used for aerodynamic diameter is sped—
fled by writing either “AERODYNAMIC DIAMETERS ARE
CALCULATED HERE ACCORDING TO THE TASK GROUP ON LUNG
DYNAMICS” or “AERODYNAMIC DIAMETERS ARE CALCULATED
HERE ACCORDING TO MERCER”.
90
-------
Graph Output--
There are no graphs plotted by program MPPROG
File Output—-
There is one random access file used for output in the pro-
gram MPPROG. It is referenced as “FILNAM” under the file name
“KMC 001” The file is referred to as file number 10 (decimally)
in all written statements for this file. File 10 has 101 records
each with 251 words. For each run of the impactor, 2 records are
used to store compiled data. If the first or odd numbered record
stores data compiled while assuming a physical density, the
second or even numbered record stores data compiled while assum-
ing unit density of 1.0 gram per cubic centimeter, using either
the TGDL or Mercer’s definition of aerodynamic diameter. If
the first or odd numbered records store data compiled while
assuming unit density, the TGLD definition of aerodynamic diameter
is used to get these values. In this case, the second or even
numbered records also store data compiled while assuming unit
density, but Mercer’s definition of aerodynamic diameter is used.
The last record, record 101, is used to store general information
which applies to all irupactor runs.
For records 1—100, below is listed the variable names, their
dimension and total number of words (integer variable values
requiring one word, real variable values two words) and a descrip-
tion of the variable. These records contain information referring
to an individual impactor run.
IS: This is a one-dimensional integer requiring one word.
It is the record index number.
NFIT: This is a one-dimensional integer requiring one word.
It is the total number of points which may be used in
making the cumulative mass loading curve fit in program
SPLIN1. This number of points comes from taking the
91
-------
nonzero values for cumulative mass loading of particu-
late less than the D 50 of the given stage vs. the stage
D 50 plus one point for the total grain loading vs. the
maximum particle diameter.
GRNAM: This is a one-dimensional real variable requiring two
words. It is the value of the total mass loading in
milligrams per actual cubic meter.
ID: This is a one-dimensional integer variable array with
80 elements requiring 80 words. It is the individual
run identification label giving such information as
name of testing site, whether it is inlet or outlet data,
the run number (not the same as IS), testing data, and
location of testing port.
RHO: This is a one-dimensional real variable requiring two
words. It is the value of the assumed density. This
is the physical density if IS is odd or unit density if
IS is even. The density is given in grams per cubic
centimeter.
TKS: This is a one-dimensional real variable requiring two
words. It is the temperature of the stack in degrees
Kelvin.
POA: This is a one-dimensional real variable requiring two
words. It is the pressure at the impactor inlet in
atmospheres.
FG 5 : This is one value of a five element, one—dimensional real
variable array. This one value requires two words. It is
the percent water content of the flue gas.
DSMA: This is a one—dimensional real variable requiring two
words. It is the smallest stage D 50 value in micro-
meters, i.e., the D 50 of the last (finest) stage.
DNAX: This is a one-dimensional real variable requiring two
words. It is the diameter in micrometers of the larg-
est particle captured.
92
-------
DPC: This is a one-dimensional real variable array with 8
elements requiring 16 words. These are the D 5 o values
or lower size limit values in micrometers for the stages
of the impactor.
CUMG: This is a one-dimensional real variable array with 8 ele-
ments requiring 16 words. These are the cumulative par-
ticulate mass loading values with diameters less than
the lower size limit of the given stage in milligrams
per actual cubic meter.
DMDLD: This is a one-dimensional real variable array with 9 ele-
ments requiring 18 words. These are the values at each
stage (including the back-up filter) of the size distribu-
tion on a mass basis in milligrams per dry normal cubic
meter. These values are also referred to as the change
in mass concentration at each stage.
GEOND: This is a one-dimensional real variable array with 9 ele-
ments requiring 18 words. These values are the geometric
mean diameter of all particles at each stage (including
the back—up filter) in micrometers.
DNDLD: This is a one-dimensional real variable array with 9 ele-
ments requiring 18 words. These are the values at each
stage (including back-up filter of the size distribution
on a number basis in number of particles per dry normal
cubic meter. These values are also referred to as the
change in number concentration at each stage.
CYC3: This is a one-dimensional real variable requiring two
words. It is the lower size limit of the cyclone in
micrometers. The value written here is 0.0 unless the
Brink impactor is used with the cyclone.
MC3: This is a one-dimensional integer variable requiring
one word. It is the code variable to indicate use of
the cyclone with the Brink impactor. If the cyclone is
used with the Brink impactor, 1 is entered here. Other-
wise, the MC3 value is entered as 0.
MOO: This is a one-dimensional integer variable requiring
one word. It is the code variable to indicate use of
93
-------
stage 0 with the Brink impactor. If this stage 0 is
used with the Brink impactor, 1 is entered here. Other-
wise, the MOO value is entered as 0.
MS: This is a one-dimensional integer variable requiring one
word. It is the code variable to indicate the last
stage of the Brink impactor. The figure entered here
is then 5 or 6 depending on the configuration used for
the Brink impactor. If the Andersen, University of
Washington, or MRI impaCtor is used, 0 is entered here
as the value of MS.
JV: This is a one-dimensional integer variable requiring
one word. It is the number of stage D 50 values. If
the Brink impactor is used, one is added for the cyclone
(whether it is used or not).
XNDPEN 1 , 11, NFIT: This is a one-dimensional real variable array
with NFIT elements requiring (2xNFIT) words.
These are the values of the independent variable
used for fitting in program SPLIN1. These
are the D 50 values of each stage of the
impactor and the maximum captured particle
diameter in micrometers (excluding the D 50
of stage 2 if the Andersen impactor is
used).
Y0 1 , 1=1, NFIT: This is a one-dimensional real variable array
with NFIT elements requiring (2xNFIT) words.
These are the values of the dependent variable
used for fitting in program SPLIN1. These
are the nonzero cumulative mass loading
values less than the stage D 50 and the
total mass loading in milligrams per
actual cubic meter (excluding the mass
loading less than D 50 of stage 2, if the
Andersen, University of Washington, or MRI
impactor is used).
94
-------
PROGRAM SPLIN1
Program SPLIN1 uses a series of overlapping, second degree
polynomials to fit each specified set of logio (cumulative mass
loading) vs. logio(D 5 o) values such that both the po1ynorc ia1s
and their first derivatives are continuous at the points of over—
lap. It is executed as the second program in the cascade impact—
or data reduction system. Impactor program MPPROG must first be
executed in order to store values to be used for fittinq on the
random access file KMCOO1 (file 10). These stored values are the
set of cumulative mass loadings and total mass loading YOl, I
=1, NFIT, in milligrams per actual cubic meter and the set of
stage diameter cut points and maximum particle diameter, XNDPEN
(I), I = 1, NFIT, in micrometers.
After fits are made, the following information is stored for
each data set in file FILSPL (file 11) for use in all subsequent
programs of the system:
NPT - the number of points used in making the fit
(X 11 Y 1 ), I = 1, NPT - the boundary point values
for each of these intervals. These include logio
(XNDPEN 1 ,Y0 1 ), I = 1, NFIT in addition to inter-
polated points. COE 1 J, I = 1, INT, J = 1, 3 -
the spline curve fit second degree polynomial
coefficients for each interval. Here INT = number
of intervals = NPT -1.
Breakdown of Program SPLIN1
028-029: Record 101 contains general information pertain-
ing to all runs. There are two records for each
run. ISFIN is the last record containing indiv-
idual run data in file 10.
034: The code variable KREAD is read to specify whether
all sets of data are to be fitted (KREAD = 0) or
whether only certain specified sets are to be
fitted (KREAD = 1).
95
-------
041—044: Each pair of logio(D5 0 ) values has its range
divided into equal subintervals (N = 4). R is
the real number equivalent, 4.0. The interval
between logio(D5o) of the largest D 50 stage and
the logic (maximum particle diameter) is divided
into NN equal subintervals (NN = 8). RR is the
real number equivalent, 8.0.
045: The loop begins here which on each pass reads a
set of cumulative mass loadings plus total mass
loading,Y0 1 , I 1, NFIT, and the corresponding
set of D5O values plus maximum particle diameter,
XNDPEN 1 , I = 1, NFIT. A new set of points (X,Y)
are defined based on the set of points, logio
(XNDPEN, YO), and points interpolated in between.
A series of overlapping, second degree polynom-
ials are fitted to these values such that the
polynomials and their first derivatives are
continuous for each contiguous set of data points.
The number of points NPT used to made the fits,
the point values (X, Y)i, I = 1, NPT (which are
the inverval boundary points), and the second
degree polynomial curve fit coefficients for the
intervals, COE 1 ; I = 1, INT and J = 1, INT
where INT = NPT —1, are stored on a record of
file FILSPL (file 11). Each traverse of the ioop
produces a polynomial fit to a new set of cumula-
tive mass loading vs. D5 0 values and stores the
results.
046—065: A record of file KMCOO1 (file 10) is read here to
obtain the following:
NFIT = the number of cumulative mass loading
vs. Dso points (+1 for total mass
loading vs. maximum particle diameter).
This is less than the number of stages
+1 if a cumulative mass loading is to
96
-------
be ignored as for stage 2 of the Ander-
sen, University of Washington, or MRI
impactorS.
XNDPEN 1 , I = 1, NFIT - the set of D 50 values
and maximum particle diameter (with
possible exclusions as noted above).
Y0 1 , I = 1, NFIT - the set of cumulative
mass loading values and total mass
loading (with possible exclusions
as noted above).
The other variables read from the record are not
used. The number of the record read, lAy, is the
same as the loop index, INDEX, if all sets of data
are to be fitted (}ZREAD 0). If only specified
sets are to be fitted, (KBEAD 0), the specific
record number to be read, lAy, is read by card
input. A blank card stops the program for KREAD
, 0.
066—074: Some constants used in the loop to follow are
defined here. NFIT is the number of original
points to be fitted.
NFIT1 = NFIT - 1 (74)
NFIT2 = NFIT — 2 (75)
NPT = total number of points used for
fitting between (and including) the
D 5 o of the last stage and maximum
particle diameter = (NFIT2 x 4) + 9 (76)
075—105: The loop begins here which defines the set of
points to be fitted from loglo(D5o) of the last
stage to loglo(D5o) of the first stage plus two
more extrapolated points beyond loglo(D50) of the
first stage. These are the (Xl,Yl) points or
(X,Y) points. The two sets are equivalenced to
each other. On each traverse of this loop, four
97
-------
more points are defined, except when I = NFIT2,
when seven more points are defined. The first
of these, (X1MIY 1 M)1 is a function of cumulative
mass loading vs. D 50 :
X 1 M = log (XNDPEN 1 ) (77)
= log (Y0 1 ) (78)
where M = (I-i) x 4 + 1, i.e., M increases
by 4 on each traverse so that:
(Xl,Yl) 1 = logio (XNDPEN 11 YO 1 )
(X1,Yl) 5 = logia (XNDPEN 2 Y0 2 )
(X1 1 Y1) 9 = logio (XNDPEN 3 ,Y0 3 )
.
(Xl ,Yl)MM log 10 (XNDPEN,YO)NFIT 2
where MM = (NFIT2-1) x 4 + 1
We will occasionally adopt the convention of writ-
ing log c (XNDPEN 1 YO 1 ) as logi 0 (XNDPEN,YO) 1
for ease of presentation. Thus:
(Xl,Yl) 1 = logio (XNDPEN,YO) 1
(Xl,Yl) 5 = logio (XNDPEN,YO) 2
(Xl,Yl) 9 = logio (XNDPEN,YO) 3
(Xl,Yl)MM log 10 (XNDPEN ,YO) IT 2
The additional number of (Xl,Yl) points to be
defined in traversing the “DO 100” loop is JJ =
3. These points are equally spaced on a common
log scale between logia (XNDPEN) 1 and logio
(XNDPEN)I+i. On the last traverse where I =
NFIT2, six more points are defined since JJ = 6.
The first three are equally spaced on a common
log scale as before. The fourth = log 10 (XNDPEN,
98
-------
° NFITl where NFIT1 = NFIT - 1. The last two
points are extrapolated beyond logio (XNDPEN,
° NFITl and are spaced by the same log o incre—
merit as the previous four points. This logio
increment between points, XINC, is defined as:
XINC = [ logio(XNDPEN) 1 1 - log 1 o(XNDPEN) 1 }/4. (79)
The range is divided by 4 here so that the logjo
interval of each pair of cumulative mass loading
vs. D 50 points is divided into 4 equal subintervals
with 3 interval boundary points to be interpolated.
106-134: The “DO 1100” ioop here prepares the input for
subroutine SIMQ (A, B, 3, KS). SIMQ is one of the
IBM 360 Scientific Subroutine Package—Version III
programs. SIMQ solves three simultaneous equations
here to fit a second degree polynomial to the fol-
lowing points:
logio (XNDPEN,YO) 1 (80)
logic (XNDPEN,YO) 1 1 (81)
log 1 o (XNDPEN,YO) 1 2 ( 82)
If
SLOPE = 82 + 2B 3 [ logio(XNDPEN) 1 J < 0, (83)
or if
SLOPE = B 2 + 2B 3 [ 1og 1 o(XNDPEN) 1 11 < 0, (84)
the original second degree polynomial coefficients
vector found by SIMQ is replaced with the
coefficients defining a straight line fit between
logi o (XNDPEN,YO) and logi o (XNDPEN,YO) 1+1:
= 1og 10 (YO) 1 - B 2 log io(XNDPEN) 1 (85)
82 = log 2 (YO 1 1 /YO 1 )/1ogi (XNDPENI+ 1 /XNDPENI) (86)
83 = 0.0 (87)
135—139: The three interpolated points between log 10
(XNDPEN,YO) 1 and log 0 (XNDPEN,YOI+i) (or
99
-------
six points if I = NFIT2) are defined here using
the appropriate fitting coefficients as described
at cards 106—134:
X 1 K = logio(XNDPEN 1 ) + (J) (xINc) (88)
= B 2 X 1 K + B 3 (X1 1 j 2 (89)
Here K = M + J. M is the index of the (Xl,Yl)
point which is the same as log 1 o(XNDPEN,YO) 1 ,
i.e. M = (I—i) x 4 ÷ 1 (see discussion of cards
075—105). J is the index of this small nested
“DO 100” loop which defines the three (six if
I = NFIT2) interpolated points.
At this location in the program, all (Xl, Yl) points to be
used for curve fitting over the range of the D50’s have been
defined. Any curve fitting up to this point has been on1 for
the purpose of defining the (Xl, Yl) points to be used for the
actual final fitting of log 10 (cumulative mass loading) vs. log 10
(D 50 ) in the section to follow. Note that (Xl, Yl) points have
not been defined over the range of logio(D 50 ) of the first stage,
= log1o(XNDPEN) 1 1 to log 10 (maximum particle diameter) =
log1o(XNDPEN) 1 ) except for two extrapolated points beyond
log1O(XNDPEN) 1 1 which will be replaced. The interpolated
(Xl, Yl) points for this last range are to be defined by a
hyperbolic fit to logic (XNDPEN,YO)NFIT 1 and log1o(XNDPEN1YO) 1
as opposed to the parabolic fit used previously. Also, the (Xl,Yl)
points used previously are now referred to as (X, Y) points.
These two sets are made the same by the equivalence statement at
card 018 as are the curve fitting coefficients COE and COE1.
140—154: The first three (X,Y) points, (X 1 ,Y 1 ), (X 2 ,Y 2 ),
and (X 3 ,Y 3 ), are fitted here with a second degree
polynomial in order to define the slope at (Xi,Yi).
As above we will c’ccasionally adopt the convention
100
-------
of writing (X 1 ,Yi) as (X,Y) 1 , etc., for ease of
presentation. The coefficients found here do not
define the final curve fit over the first interval
but are used only to define the slope at (X,Y) 1 =
log 1 o(XNDPEN,YO) 1 . The matrix equation AX B
must be solved for X. The coefficient matrix A
is defined as:
At+ A 7 \ /1 X 1 (X 1 ) 2 \
f A 2 A 5 A 8 ) = ( 1 X 2 (X 2 ) 2 J ( 90)
\A 3 A 6 A 9 1 \i x 3 (X )2/
The constant vector B is defined as:
/Bi\ /Y \
(B 2 ) = ( 2 ) (91)
\B31 \Y3/
Subroutine SIMQ replaces vector B with the solu-
tion vector X. Vector B now holds the coefficients
for the second degree polynomial fit to points
(X,Y) i, (X,Y) 2, and (X,Y) .
155—179: The slope, SLOPE, at (X,Y) 1 is calculated here:
SLOPE = B 2 + 2B 3 X 1 (92)
If SLOPE < 0.0, the polynomial curve fit through
(X,Y) i must be redefined to assure a positive
first derivative at this point. This is done by
defining a point (X 0 ,Y 1 ) where Xo = X 1 -(X 2 -X 1 )
and making a second degree polynomial curve fit
through (X 0 ,Y 1 ), (X 11 Y 1 ) and (X 2 ,Y 2 ). Since
(X 0 ,Y 1 ) and (X 11 Y 1 ) have the same ordinate value
and Y 2 >Yi, the only minimum of the second degree
polynomial must lie between Xo and Xi. The slope
at (X 1 ,Yi) is then positive. To find the fitting
coefficients, the subroutine SIMQ (A, B, 3, KS)
solves the matrix equation AX = B for X where A
is:
101
-------
Ak A 7 \ (i [ X 1 —(X 2 —X 1 )1 [ X 1 —(X 2 —X 1 fl 2 \
(A 2 A 5 Ae ) = kl x (X 1 ) 2
A 6 Ag ’ X (X 2 ) 2 /
and is:
/B \ / \
I 13 2 =(Yi) (94)
\B3/ \Y2/
The input vector 13 is destroyed in the cor puta-
tions of subroutine SIMQ. The solution fitting
coefficients are returned in place of .
180-181: T ie coefficients of the second degree polynomial
which fits through point (X,Y) i with non—negative
first derivative are saved as the fitting co--
efficients of the first interval between (X,Y) i
and (X,Y) 2 as COE (1,1), I = 1, 3. These are
only the temporary coefficients to find the first
derivative at (X,Y) 1 in order to make the final
fit over the first interval in the first traverse
of the “DO 50” loop beginning at statement 23
(card 204).
182-189: The beginning and ending index values are defined
here for the loop ;hich makes the final fits
over the intervals between log 1 o(XNDPEN,YO)i and
logIo(XNDPEN ,YO) 1 1 . The first interval, II,
is 1. The lower boundary point of this interval
is (x,Y) 1 = logio(XNDPEN,YO) 1 . The last inter-
val, INTS1, is NPT—9 = NFIT2 x 4. This interval
has an upper boundary (X,Y) (NFIT2X4)+1 = logio
(XNDPEN ,YO) NFIT1
190-235: This “DO 50” loop makes second degree polynomial
fits to all intervals between logio(XNDPEN,YO)i
and 1og1o(XNDPEN YO) 1 . These intervals are
defined by the boundary points (X,Y) ‘Thich also
102
-------
serve as the points to be fitted. The three equa-
tions used to define the fitting polynomial over
a given interval I, between (X,Y) 1 and
must meet the following three conditions:
1. The fitting polynomial over interval I
must have a continuous first derivative
with that of intervals I-i. (For I = 1,
the first derivative must he as found at
cards 140—181).
2. The polynomial to be calculated for
interval I must be continuous with the
polynomial fitting interval I-i. (For
I = 1, the polynomial must fit exactly
through (X,Y) 1 ).
3. The fitting polynomial of this Ith
interval which fits between points (X,
and (X,Y) 1 1 goes through the (I+3)rd
point. This means that a point beyond
the fitted interval I is used to deter-
mine the fit over I. This has the ef-
fect of “looking ahead” at the coming
points to influence the curve direction
as one would do visually when using a
French curve.
Mathematically, the above conditions may be
expressed in order by the following equations:
1. C0E 12 + 2C0E 1 X 1 = C0E 112
+ 2COE — x (95)
I 1,3 I
2. CUE 11 + C0E 12 X 1 + CUE 13 X
= C0E 11 + C0E 11 2 X 1 (96)
+ COE 1 _ 1 , 3 X
103
-------
3. C0E 111 ÷ COE 1 2 1 3 + COE 1 3 “ I+3
= Y 1 + 3 (97)
Here COE 1 J, J = 1,3 are the second degree poly-
nomial curve fit coefficients to be determined
for the Ith interval and COE 11 J1,3 are
similar coefficients found to fit over the prev-
ious interval. X 1 is the ordinate of the lower
boundary point of this Ith interval, and (X,Y) 1 3
is the point external to the actual fitted inter-
val which is 3 points beyond the lower boundary
of the Ith interval. To find the fitting coef-
ficients COE 1 J1,3 the matrix equation
is solved in the IBM 360 Scientific Subroutine,
SIMQ (A, B, 3, K). The vector is input as:
At A 7 \ /0 1 2x 1 \
( A 2 As A 8 i x 1 x J (98)
A 3 A 6 A 9 J \i x 1 3 x ÷ 3 /
The vector B is input as:
/ Bi\ / COE 1 _ 1 , 2 + 2C0E 1 _ 113 X 1
( B 2 1 = (C0E 11 ,i + COE 1 _ 1 , 2 X 1 + COEI 13 X J (99)
\ B 3 ,! ‘fI+ 3 /
The solution vector X found by SIMQ is then re-
turned with the fitting coefficient values.
The values of vector B are destroyed in the
computation and the solution coefficients of
vector are returned as B. Thus the values of
vector are saved in the “DO 45” loop at card
233 upon return from SIMQ as the vector COE 1
J1,3 for the fitting coefficients of interval I.
104
-------
This “DO 50” loop is executed twice. The
first execution fits second degree polynomials
to the intervals between 1og 10 (XNDPEN,YO) 1 and
log 1 0 (XNDPEN ‘ 10 NFITl The interval boundary
points (X,Y) over the second range are calcu-
lated according to a hyperbolic fit between loqio
(XNDPEN,YO)NFIT 1 and log (XNDPEN,YO)NFIT. The
program then returns to statement 23 (card 204)
for the second execution of the “DO 50” loop to
make curve fits over these last intervals. (See
discussion of cards 236—263.)
236—263: The boundary points of the last intervals for
which fitting coefficients are to be defined
are found here. These boundary points and their
intervals cover the range of log1o(XNDPFN,YO) 1 1
to logi (XNDPEN,YO)NFITI i.e., from logio (D 50 )
of the first stage to the logio(maximum particle
diameter), plus two extrapolated points beyond
log 1 o(maximum particle diameter). The interval
boundary points over this range are defined
according to a hyperbolic fit to (XNDPEN,logio
° NFITl and (XNDPEN ,logloYO) 1 :
log Y = Bi + B 2 /X C 100)
Note that the interval between these two points
is divided into 8 subintervals with (X,Y) bound-
ary points (rather than 4 subintervals as between
each pair of D 5 o’S) with 2 more extrapolated
(X,Y) points.
264—272: The index of the “DO 50” loop is the interval
number. Here the beginning and ending indices,
II and INTS1, respectively, are redefined for this
loop. These values are:
II = NPT - NN
105
-------
INTEl NPT-1
where NPT = total number of points between logio
(D 50 ) of the last stage to logio(maximum particle
diameter), and NN number of intervals defined
between loglo(D5o) of the first stage and logi 0
(maximum particle diameter). The program then
returns to the “DO 50” loop at statement 23 (card
204) to make continuous second degree polynomial
fits over this hyperbolic region just as is done
over the range of the D 50 ’s.
273-284: The program comes to statement 55 (card 277)
after curve fit coefficients for all intervals
between logio(Dso) of the last stage to logio
(maximum particle diameter),inclusive, have
been found. The total number of fitted intervals
INT is now:
INT = NPT-l
where NPT is as defined above. The number of
fitted points, NPT, the values of these points,
which form the interval boundaries, (x,Y) 1 = 1,
NPT, and the second degree polynomial curve fit
coefficients for these intervals COE 1 ; I = l
INT; J = 1, 3 are written on a record in the file
FILSPL, (file 11). The record number used here,
lAy, is the same as that in file KPCOO1, (file 10).
There the original cumulative mass loading and
total mass loading, Y0 1 , I = 1, NFIT, are recorded
along with the original stage D 50 ’s and maximum
particle diameter, XNDPEN 1 , I = 1, NFIT. In
all programs executed following SPLIN1 (i.e.,
GR’ .PH, STATIS, and PENTRA), these interval bound-
ary points and their curve fit coefficients are
used to reproduce the cumulative mass loading vs.
D5 0 curve fit and to derive the mass and number
size distributions.
106
-------
The program SPLIN1 now returns to the begin-
ning of the “DO 400” loop to read the next set
of cumulative mass loading (and total mass load-
ing) vs. D 50 ’S (and maximum particle diameter)
to be fitted, (XNDPEN,YO) 1 , I = 1, NFIT.
Subroutines Called by Program SPLIN1
Subroutine SIMQ (A, B, N, KS)--
This subroutine, the only subroutine called by SPLIN1, is
taken directly from the IBM 360 Scientific Subroutine Package-
Version III. It solves N simultaneous linear equations, AX = B
where A is the matrix of coefficients, B is the vector or original
constants, and X is the solution vector. The input values of
vector are destroyed in the computation and the solution values
of vector are returned in its place.
Input to Program SPLIN1
Card Input--
Card A--This card contains the integer code KREAD which
determines whether all records of file KMCOO1 (file 10) are to
be read and cumulative mass loading vs. Dso values to be fitted,
or whether only data from selected records are to be fitted.
Columns 1—2: The integer is read here in an 12 format. Punch
a non-positive integer here (e.g., 0 is punched
in column 2 or left blank) if all records of file
10 containing data are to be read, and fits are
made to the set of cumulative mass loading (and
total mass loading) vs. D 5 o (and maximum particle
diameter) values found at each record. In this
case Card A is the only card of the data deck.
Punch a positive integer here (e.g., 1 is punched
in column 1) if data from specified records is to
107
-------
be fitted. In this latter case, card set B
follows.
Card Set B—-Each of these cards has the record numl’er of
file KMCOO1 (file 10) containing cumulative mass distribution
values to be fitted. These cards are included only if card A
is punched with a positive number.
Columns 1—2: Punch the record number of the cumulative mass
loadings (and total mass loading) vs. D 50 1 s
(and maximum particle diameter) to be fitted.
This is an 12 format.
There are as many cards in this card set B as there are sets of
cumulative mass distributions to be fitted plus one additional
card to stop the program. The last card of this set should be
left blank (or 0 punched in columns 1 and 2) for this purpose.
File Input--
File 10--This is a random access file with the name KflCOO1.
It contains 101 records of 251 words each. The variables of
file 10 which are used in program SPLIN1 from records 1-100 are
named and described below. The last record, record 101, is used
to store general information which applies to all impactor runs.
See PROGRAM MPPROG — File Output for the variables which make up
each record of file 10.
Output from Program SPLIN1
Line Printer Output--
None
Graph Output--
None
108
-------
File Output--
File 11—-This is a random access file with the name FILSPL.
it contains 100 records of 507 words each. The following var-
iables make up each record of file 11:
NPT: This is an integer variable requiring one word.
It is the total number of points which are fitted
between log 1 0 (XNDPEN,YO), and log 1 (XNDPENIYO)NFIT 1
inclusive, i.e., between loglo(D5o of last stage,
cumulative mass loading of last stage) and logio
(maximum particle diameter, total mass loading).
X: This is a real variable array with NPT values
requiring 2 x NPT words. It is the set of abcissa
values to which SPLIN1 makes its series of contin-
uous second degree polynomial fits.
Y: This is a real variable array with NPT values
requiring 2 x NPT words. It is the set of ord-
inate values to which SPLIN1 makes its series of
continuous second degree polynomial fits.
COE: This is a two dimensional array with INT values
in the first dimension and three values in the
second dimension. COE thus requires 2 x INT x 3
words. Recall that INT, the number of intervals,
equals NPT-1. This is the set of curve fitting
coefficients for the cumulative mass distribution.
The first index refers to the order of the coef-
ficient. The second index refers to the order of
the coefficient. For example, COE (14,J), 3 =
1,3 is the set of second degree polynomial coef-
ficients fitting the 14th interval such that:
Y = COE(l4,l) ÷ COE(14,2) X + COE(l4,3)X 2
where X 1
-------
PROGRAII GRAPH
Program GRAPH is the third program of the Cascade Impactor
Data Reduction System. Its execution follows that of impactor
program MPPRQG and cumulative mass curve fitting program SPLIN1.
The purpose of GRAPH is to make all graphs desired for the indi-
vidual runs of the impactors. For each type of graph there are
two graphs possible - one for particle sizing data obtained by
assuming unit density and one for data obtained by assuming
physical density. These types of graphs include cumulative mass
loading less than the stage D 50 vs. stage D5o, and both dN/dlogD
and dN/dlogD size distribution plots vs. the geometric mean dia-
meter of the stages. There are also similar plots which show
the above “raw data” points plotted (finite differences data based
on the mass captured at each stage as generated by MPPROG), with
“fitted data” ( interpolation data as generated by SPLIN1) super-
imposed. A fitted curve may be superimposed on the cumulative
mass loading graph, and a dM/dlogfl or dN/dlogD size distribution
based on the derivative of fitted cumulative mass loading curve
may be superimposed on the original size distribution plot.
GRAPH is the oniy program of this data reduction system which
may be omitted from the execution series since it adds no values
to the random access files KMCOO1 or FILSPL(used in subsequent pro-
grams). GRAPH reads these files in order to label and plot graphs.
One other file is used internally. This is the random access file
named GRAPHO used to store plotting code values read in from the
card reader for each run of the impactor. The file GRAPHO then
contains instructions to plot or suppress any given individual run
graph. This file is used in no program other than GRAPH. There-
fore, if one is interested only in averaged data and penetration—
efficiency results, this program is not executed.
It should be noted that in the Breakdown of Program GRAPH
below, physical density is assumed to have been input to program
MPPROG. This results in calculations based on physical density
110
-------
and unit density (definition of aerodynamic diameter user speci-
fied) being listed alternately in output files. The user may in-
stead desire to input only unit density to MPPROG yeilding calcula-
tions based on the two different definitions of aerodynamic dia-
meter (Mercer’s 2 and Task Group on Lung Dynamics 1 )
Breakdown of Program GRAPH
029—045: Read the identification and general plotting input
data from file 10.
046-063: Read coding from cards to indicate how range and
number of cycles for graphs is to be determined.
Also, read coding to control read-in of coding
which specifies desired plots.
064-106: Read the individual run plotting codes from cards
in the manner indicated from above input, and
write these values on file 8.
107-111: The first graphs drawn will be based directly
upon the masses captured at each stage (along
with other factors such as flow rate, temperature,
etc.) rather than on points calculated from a
curve fit. These are sometimes referred to as
the “raw data” graphs. •The code value ISIG is
set equal to 0 here in order to produce these
graphs.
112-119: The remainder of the program is a large loop
beginning here at card 119. It is controlled
by the variable INDEX. All plotting and line
printer output is done within this loop. The
type of output data for value of INDEX is given
below:
INDEX Type of Data
1 Cumulative and Cumulative %
Mass Loading vs. D 50 for
assumed unit density.
2 dM/dlogD vs. Geometric Mean
Diameter for assumed unit
density.
111
-------
3 dN/dlogD vs. Geometric Mean
Diameter for assumed unit
density.
4 As INDEX = 1 for assumed
physical density.
5 As INDEX = 2 for assumed
physical density.
6 As INDEX = 3 for assumed
physical density.
7 Cumulative and Cumulative %
Mass Loading, dM/dlogD, and
dN/dlogD Distributions as
above with superimposed f it-
ting for assumed unit density.
8 As INDEX = 7 for assumed
physical density.
120: The variable INC is set equal to 2. This is the
interval of records read from file 10. This
means that every other record is read each time
the ioop from statement 730 to statement 790
(card 136 to card 325) is traversed. Data from
each record read in this manner have the same
density.
121-126: Determine the first and last possible record
numbers, ISTRT and lEND, to be read according to
the value of INDEX. For INDEX = 1, 2, 3 or 7,
ISTRT = 2 and lEND = the last even numbered
record containing data which is a function of
the number of runs, NRUN. Since every other
record is read, this results in the even records
being read where the assumed density is unity.
For INDEX = 4, 5, 6 or 8, ISTRT = 1 and lEND =
the last odd numbered record containing data
which is also a function of the number of runs,
112
-------
NRUN. This results in the odd records being read
where the assumed density is the physical density.
127-136: The loop which begins here contains the remainder
of the program (cards 127-324) and is inside the
loop described above. It is controlled by the
variable IAV which is equivalent to the record
number IS. This loop comprises the major part
of the program and controls all reading of
records and all calls to subroutines which pro-
duce the desired plots.
137-177: Record IAV = IS is read to retrieve stored
information on this impactor run at the assumed
density.
178-179: This section calculates the record number, IREC,
of file 8 which corresponds to the proper record
number, IS, of file 10 and reads this record.
Record IREC in file 8 contains the values of the
plotting code variables which indicate the de—
sired plots. The meaning of each of these var-
iables Jl, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6, JP1, JPCNT1, JP2,
JP3, JP4, JPCNT4, JP5, and JP6 is discussed at cards
284-323. There are two records in file 10 for each
run of the impactor. One is based on the assump-
tion of physical density; the other is based on
the assumption of unit density. There is one
record in file 8 for these two records in file
10. It contains the value of the plotting code
variables for both densities. For example, if
IS = 5 or IS = 6, the corresponding record in
file 8 is IREC (IS+l)/2 = 3 corresponding to
the third recorded impactor run. Note that
(IS+1)/2 = 3.5 for IS = 6 but setting this equal
to an integer variable truncates the fraction
0.5. The values of the plotting code variables
are then read at record IREC = 3. If IREC is
113
-------
greater than the total number of runs, NRUN, the
program has completed all graphs of the given
type (as determined by the value of INDEX), and
the program goes to the end of the !PDO 799U
loop to increment INDEX.
180-283: According to the value of INDEX, the program
goes to the appropriate statement which will
produce the desired graphs.
284—286: The program comes to this statement 731 (card
284) when INDEX = 1. If the plotting code var-
iable Ji is punched as “0” in column 2 on card
L, subroutine WALLY1 is called and produces a
graph of cumulative mass loading of particulate
less than the Stage D 50 in milligrams per actual
cubic meter, CUMG, vs. the Stage D 50 or the lower
size limit of particles on that stage in micro-
meters, DPC, assuming unit density. The total mass
loading GRNAM, is shown at the maximum particle
diameter, DMAX. The program will then return to
statement 730 (card 136) to read the next record
and make a similar plot either superimposed on
this graph (MPLOT = 0) or on a new grid (MPLOT >
0). If there is no “next record” (IREC > NRUN),
the program returns to card 119 where INDEX is
incremented by one for a new type of plot.
287-289: The program goes to statement 732 (card 287)
when INDEX 2. If the plotting code variable
J2 is punched as “0” in column 3 of card 13,
subroutine WALLY2 is called and produces a graph
of dM/logD in milligrams per dry normal cubic
meter, DMDLD, vs. the geometric mean diameter
of particles captured on the stage in micro-
meters, GEOMD, assuming unit density. The
program will then return to statement 730
(card 136) to read the next record and make a
114
-------
similar plot either superimposed on this graph
(M LoT = 0) or on a new grid (MPLOT > 0). If
there is no “next record”, (IREC > NRUN), the
program returns to card 119 where INDEX is
incremented by one for a new type of plot.
290—292: The program goes to statement 733 (card 290)
when INDEX = 3. If the plotting code variable
J3 is punched as “0” in column 4 of card B, sub-
routine WALLY3 is called and produces a graph of
dN/dlogD in number of particles per dry normal
cubic meter, DNDLD, vs. the geometric mean dia-
meter of particles captured on the stage in
micrometers, GEOMD, assuming unit density. The
program then returns to statement 730 (card 136)
to read the next record and make a similar plot
either superimposed on this graph (MPLOT = 0)
or on a new grid (MPLOT > 0). If there is no
“next record”, (IREC > NRUN) , the program returns
to card 119 where INDEX is incremented by one for
a new type of plot.
293-295: The program goes to statement 734 (card 293)
when INDEX = 4. If the plotting code variable
J4 is punched as “0” in column 5 of card B,
subroutine 7ALLYl is called and produces the
same graph as described by cards 284-286 above,
except that physical density is assumed. Again,
there is the option to superimpose these data
on the previous grid if MPLOT 0. After all
odd records are read and each desired cumulative
mass distribution graph is drawn, the program
returns to card 119 where INDEX is incremented
by one for a new type of plot.
296—298: The program goes to statement 735 (card 297)
when INDEX = 5. If the plotting code variable
J5 is punched as “0” in column 6 of Card B,
subroutine WALLY2 is called and produces the
115
-------
same graph as described by cards 288-290 above
except that physical density is assumed. The
input coding for Card B is explained elsewhere.
There is the option to superimpose these data
on the previous grid (if MPLOT = 0). After all
odd records are read and each desired mass size
distribution graph is drawn, the program returns
to card 119 where INDEX is incremented by one
for a new type of plot.
299-301: The program goes to statement 736 (card 300) when
INDEX = 6. If the plotting code variable J6 is
punched as “0” in column 7 of card B, subroutine
WALLY3 is called and produces the same graph as
described by cards 290-292 above except that
physical density is assumed. There is the option
to superimpose these data on the previous grid
(if MPLOT = 0). After all odd records are read
and each desired cumulative mass distribution
graph is drawn, the program returns to card 119
where INDEX is incremented by one for a new
type of plot.
Note that for INDEX = 7, an even record (assumed unit dens-
ity) is read once and then all graphs pertaining to those data
are plotted without having to repeat the reading of the record
for each plot. This is made possible by excluding the option
to superimpose data sets. There is already a superposition of
points derived directly from the particulate collected at each
stage with points derived from the fitting equation or its
derivative. Similarly, each odd record (assumed physical dens-
ity) is read only once to produce all graphs pertaining to these
data when INDEX = 8. Recall that none of the following graphs
may be drawn unless for each record concerned there has been a
116
-------
series of continuous second degree polynomials fitted to the log 10
(cumulative mass loading of particles less than the stage D 50 ) in
milligrams per actual cubic meter vs. log 10 (stage D50 or lower
size limit of each stage) in micrometers (done by execution of
program SPLIN1).
302:
The program comes to this statement 737 when
INDEX = 7. ISIG is set equal to a number > 0
(here ISIG = 1) in order to produce plots of
points based on curve fitting superimposed on
“raw data” plots.
An even record has just been read from file 10
(file KMCOO1) at Statement 800 (card 175) prev-
ious to reaching this statement. If the plot-
ting code variable JP1 is punched as “0” in
column 1 of card C, subroutine WALLY1 is called,
and the same cumulative mass loading graph as
discussed in the description of cards 284-286
is drawn. In addition, WALLY1 calls subroutine
JOEl to superimpose the cumulative mass loading
curve fit to these data. This graph is for
points derived assuming unit density.
INDEX is 7, and the data from the same record
as above are used. If the plotting code variable
JPCNT1 is punched as “0” in column 2 of card C,
subroutine CUMPCT is called. This produces a
probability scale vs. a common log scale on
which the curve of cumulative percent of total
mass loading less than the indicated particle
diameter vs. the particle diameter in micro-
meters is plotted. This curve is dependent on
the series cumulative mass loading fitting equa-
tions as used for the previous graph. This
graph is for points derived assuming unit density.
INDEX is 7, and the data from the same record as
303—304:
305—306:
307—308:
117
-------
above are used. If the plotting code variable
JP2 is punched as “0” in column 3 of card C, sub-
routine WALLY2 is called, and the same dM/dlogD
graph as discussed in the description of cards
287-289 is drawn. In addition WALLY2 calls sub-
routine 30E2 to superimpose mass size distribu-
tion points based on the derivative of the
cumulative mass loading curve fit. This graph
is for points derived assuming unit density.
309—313: INDEX is 7, and the data from the same record
as above are used. If the plotting code variable
JP3 is punched as “0” in column 4 of card C, sub-
routine WALLY3 is called, and the same dN/dlogD
graph as discussed in the description of cards
290—292 is drawn. In addition ¶ ALLY3 calls
subroutine JOE2 to superimpose the number size
distribution points based on the derivative of
a cumulative mass loading curve fit. This graph
is for points derived assuming unit density.
314—315: The program goes to statement 738 (card 315)
when INDEX = 8. An odd record has just been
read from file 10 (file KMCOO1) at statement 800
(card 180) before reaching this statement. If
the plotting code variable JP4 is punched as
“0” in column 5 of card C, subroutine WALLY1 is
called, and the same cumulative mass loading
graph as discussed in the description of cards
284-286 is drawn except that these points are
derived assuming physical density. In addition
WALLY1 calls subroutine JOEl to superimpose the
cumulative mass loading curve fit for physical
density to these data.
316—317: INDEX is 8, and the data from the same record
as above are being used. If the plotting code
118
-------
variable JPCNT4 is punched as “0” in column 6
of card C, subroutine CUMPCT is called. This
produces a probability scale vs. a common log
scale on which the curve of cumulative percent
of total mass loading less than the indicated
particle diameter vs. the particle diameter in
micrometers is plotted. This curve is dependent
on the cumulative mass loading curve fit as
used for the previous graph. This graph is for
points derived assuming physical density.
318-319: INDEX is 8, and the data from the same record
as above are being used. If the plotting code
variable JP5 is punched as “0” in column 7 of
card C, subroutine WALLY2 is called, and the same
dTi/dlogD graph as discussed in the description
of cards 287-289 is drawn except that these
points are derived assuming physical density.
In addition WALLY2 calls subroutine JOE2 to
superimpose the dM/dlogD points as calculated
from the derivative of the cumulative mass load-
ing curve fit for physical density.
320—323: INDEX is 8, and the data from the same record as
above are being used. If the plotting variable
JP6 is punched as “0” in column 8 of card C,
subroutine WALLY3 is called, and the same dN/
dlogD graph as discussed in the description of
cards 290-292 is drawn except that these points
are derived assuming physical density. In
addition, WALLY3 calls JOE2 to superimpose the
dN/dlogD points as calculated from the derivative
of the cumulative mass loading curve fit for
physical density.
119
-------
Functions of the Called Subroutines
Subroutine WALLY1--
This subroutine plots the cumulative mass loading of partic—
ulate less than the stage Dsa in milligrams per actual cubic
meter and in grains per actual cubic foot vs. stage D 50 micro-
meters. WALLY1 uses some plotting subroutines written especially
for the DEC PDP 15/76 computer system. These routines are identi-
fied and explained in the Appendix. Of these subroutines, WALLY1
uses SCALF, XSLI3L, XLOG, FCHAR, LGLBL, and YLOG.
024—025: Define it as P1 = 3.1415.
026—029: Define the output device for the subroutine as
M = 7 where 7 designates the output device as
the plotter.
030-036: Indicate whether working with a unit density
record or a physical density record. ii = 1
for a physical density record (all odd records).
U = 2 for a unit density record (all even
records).
037-041: When ISIG = 1, subroutine WALLY1 graphs the
cumulative mass loading in milligrams per actual
cubic meter and in grains per actual cubic foot
vs. the particle diameter as calculated directly
from the mass loading of each stage. This is
done in preparation for JOEl to draw the curve
fit to these points. A new grid must be drawn
for each new set of data. Therefore, in this
case the program goes immediately to the section
of WALLY1 which draws this grid without checking
MPLOT.
042: In the case where ISIG does not = 1, ISIG must
= 0, and there is the possibility of superimpos-
ing 2—10 sets of data on one graph. MPLOT is
checked here to see if superimposition of these
120
-------
data on the previous graph is desired. If this
is desired, MPLOT is input as non-positive
(usually MPLOT 0), and the subroutine skips
the section for drawing a new grid and proceeds
to plot. If a new grid is desired, MPLOT > 0,
and the subroutine continues by drawing the grid.
043—049: A new grid is to be drawn and the counter, KNT,
th
for the n set of data drawn on that grid is
reset to 0. Define the length of the horizontal
x—axis or particle diameter axis XIN in inches:
XIN 4.5
Define the length of the left perpendicular y—
axis or cumulative mass loading axis YIN in
inches: -
YIN 6.5
050—057: The code variable ISIZ1 1, e.g. ISIZ1 = 0,
when a standard number and range of cycles for
each axis is desired. The program continues to
define the standard maximum and minimum x—axis
values and y—axis values for the cumulative
mass loading graph to follow. If the code var-
iable ISIZ1 = 1, the nunther and range of cycles
for each axis are regulated according to the range
of the data for all runs.
058—06 2: The maximum and minimum axis values, and there-
fore the number and range of cycles, are defined
as standard values. XMAX and XMIN are the
maximum and minimum x—axis values to be plotted.
YMAX and YMIN are the maximum and minimum y-axis
values to be plotted.
YMAX = log 1 o(100.O) = 2.0
YMAX = 1og 10 (l0, 000 ) = 4.0
XMIN = 1og 10 (0.l) = —1.0
YMIN = log 1 o(0.l) = —1.0
121
-------
063-066: When ISIZ1 = 1, the program skips to this state-
ment 25 (card 63). The maximum and minimum axis
values, and therefore the number and range of
cycles, are regulated according to the range of
the data for all runs. XMIN is the common log
of the minimum cut point diameter in micrometers
for all runs. YMAX is the common log value of
the maximum total mass loading for all runs in
milligrams per actual cubic meter. YNIN is the
common log of the minimum cumulative mass load-
ing value for all runs in milligrams per actual
cubic meter. Note that the value of XMAX is
still standard. The function SLIM (MAXMIN,
ALIMIT) finds a maximum as a function of ALIMIT
when MAXMIN = 1. SLIM finds a minimum as a
function of ALIMIT when MAXMIN = 0. The graph-
ing limits are therefore:
XMAX = 1og 10 (l00.O) 2.0
YMAX = SLIM(lflog1o(CUMAX ))
where CUMAXN the maximum total mass loading
in milligrams per actual cubic
meter for all runs of the same
density as indicated by the
value of N.
XMIN = SLIM(0.loglD(DPMIN ))
where DPMINN = the minimum stage D 50 in micro-
meters for all runs of the same
density as indicated by the value
of N.
YMIN = SLIM(0 1oglo(CUMIN ))
where CUMINN the minimum cumulative mass load-
ing in milligrams per actual cubic
meter for all runs of the same
density as indicated by the value
of N.
122
-------
067-070: Calculate the x- and y-axis scale factors, xS
and YS, in inches per user’s unit (i.e., inches
per power of 10 for the conurton logarithmic
scale) :
XS = XIN/(XMAX-XMIN)
YS = YIN/ (YMAX-YMIN)
where XIN = x—axis length in inches
YIN = y-axis length in inches
XMAX—XMIN = difference in maximum and minimum
x—axis values = number of user’s
units along x-axis.
YMAX-YMIN = difference in maximum and minimum
y—axis values = number of user’s
units along y-ax±s.
071: Define the Y-coordinate location of the pen,
YORIG, when WALLY1 is called, in terms of the
minimum y-axis value, YMIN (which is the Y-value
at the graph origin), and the y—axis scale factor,
YS, in inches per user’s unit.
YORIG = YMIN - (2./YS)
The pen location should always be on the right
base line of the graphing paper when any plot-
ting subroutine is called. Therefore, the user’s
origin, (XMIN, YMIN) is 2 inches (or 2./YS)
above the original location of the pen, (XMIN,
YORIG).
072: The call to plotter subroutine SCALF (XS, YS,
YMIN, YORIG) stores the number of inches per
user’s unit along the x— and y—axis, XS and YS,
respectively, and the original location of the
pen, (XMIN, YORIG), in user’s units for later
reference by the plotter.
073—079: This begins the section which draws the x-axis.
Calculate the number of x-axis cycles IXPAN by
123
-------
taking the difference of the x-axis limits XMAX
and XMIN:
IXRAN = XMAX - XMIN
080: The call to plotter subroutine XSLBL (XS, YS,
XMIN, YMIN, IXRAN, XMIN) labels the x-axis for
the logio scale.
081: The call to plotter subroutine XLOG (XS, YS,
XM X, YMIN, -1, IXP.AN) draws the x—axis for the
logio scale.
082—086: This begins the section which labels the x-axis.
Define the desired width of written characters,
XCS, in inches and the desired height of written
characters, YCS, in inches for labeling of the
x—axis:
xCs = 0.15
YCS 0.15
087-088: Define the point (x,Y) in user’s units at which
the labeling of the x-axis is to begin. This
position should be at the lower left-hand corner
of the location at which the first character is
to be drawn. In order to center the label below
the x—axis, first define the X-coordinate of the
beginning pen position by placing the pen at the
center of x-axis length, i.e., XMIN + [ (XMAX-
xMIN)/21. Multiply one-half the total number
of characters to be written, including spaces,
by the number of inches for each character, XCS.
The label to be written is “PARTICLE DIAMETER
(MICROMETERS)” which contains 32 characters.
Therefore the number of inches to be “backspaced”
from the center is l6 XcS. Dividing this by the
inches per user’s unit along the x—axis, XS,
gives the number of user’s units to be back-
spaced from the center point. Therefore:
X = XMIN + [ (XMA.X-XMIN)/2] + [ (16•XCS)/XS].
124
-------
The Y coordinate is defined far enough below the
x-axis so that there is sufficient room to draw
the characters (0.15 inches) without interfering
with the drawn x-axjs. The Y-coordinate is there-
fore defined as 0.7 inches below the x-axis
allowing 0.55 inches between the top of the
characters and the y—ax±s.
089: Call the plotter subroutine FCHAR (X, Y, XCS,
YCS, 0.0) to initialize the annotation subroutine
by establishing the starting location for the
pen, (X,Y), in user’s units, the height and width
cf the characters in inches, XCS and YCS, respec-
tively, and the angle of writing relative to the
x—axis in radians, here 0.0.
090: Write the x-axis label “PARTICLE DIAMETER (MICRO-
METERS)”.
091—094: This begins the section which draws the y-axis
on the right side of the graph. Define the Y-
coordinate of the point at which this axis will
begin, Y0. It does not begin at YMIN as does the
left y-axis. This is because the left y—axis is
in milligrams per actual cubic meter and the right
y-axis is in grains per actual cubic foot. The
conversion factor between these two units is
4.3702 x 10 grains per actual cubic foot to
one milligram per dry normal cubic meter. This
means that on the graph of cumulative mass load-
ing, a value of 1 milligram per actual cubic meter
on the left y-axis is parallel to 4.3702 x 10
grains per actual cubic foot on the right axis.
In terms of the “user’s units” which are common
logs of these values, 0 is parallel to -3.3595.
As another example, 4 ( 10 k milligrams per actual
cubic meter) is parallel to 0.6405 (4.3702 grains
125
-------
per actual cubic foot). The right y-axis is
always different from the left by the logio
term, —3.3595. The right axis is drawn beginning
with the first integral logio value in grains
per actual cubic foot. The fraction of a cycle,
0.3595, must be added to the Y—coordinate of the
origin to locate the beginning Y-coordinate of
the right y—axis, 10:
Y0 = YMIN + 0.3595 (101)
095—097: Calculate the number of y-axis cycles IYRAN by
finding the difference in the y—axis limits,
YMAX and YMIN:
IYRAN = YMAX-YMIN (102)
098: Define the exponent of the first cycle in the
right axis, YLEF1, by subtracting 3.0 from the
first cycle on the left y-axis, YMIN. Recall
that the fractional difference between these
two y—axes (left and right) has been accounted
for with the fraction 0.3595. Here the remain-
ing difference in the total 3.3595 common log
difference is accounted for in the labeling of
each cycle:
YLEFI = YMIN - 3.0 (103)
099: This call to plotter subroutine LGLBL (XS,YS,
XMAX,Y0,IYRAN,YLEF1,0) labels the y-axis on the
right side of the graph for logio scale.
100: This call to plotter subroutine YLOG (XS,YS,XMAX,
YMAX + 0.3595, -1, IYRAN) draws the y—axis on
the right side of the graph for logio scale.
101—105: This begins the section for labeling the y-axis
on the right side of the graph. The pen posi-
tion in user’s units (X, Y) is defined for the
beginning of the right y-axis label. The 1-coord-
inate is such that the writing will be centered
126
-------
along the length of the right y-axis. The X-
coordinate is such that there is room for the
length of the characters without interfering
with the drawn right y-axis. See the discussion
of cards 87—88 for a detailed example of how
these are calculated:
X = XMAX + 0.8/YS
Y = YNIN + [ (YMAX + 0.3595 - Yr4IN)/2 - (16•XCS)
/YSI (104)
106: The call to plotter subroutine FCHAR (X,Y,XCS,
YCS,PI/2) initializes the annotation subroutine
by establishing the starting location for the
pen, (X,Y) , the height and width of the characters,
YCS and XCS respectively, and the angle of writing
in radians, here P1/2.
107: Write the y—axis label “CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING
(GR/ACF)”.
108-112: This begins the section for writing the identif i-
cation label, ID, and the density, RHO, above the
grid. Redefine the width of written characters,
XCS, in inches for writing the identification
label ID:
XCS 0.056
YCS = 0.100
113-114: Define the point (X,Y) at which writing will
begin for the run identification label ID as
being on the parallel with the left y-axis at
X = XMIN and 1/2 inch above the top of this grid
at Y = YMAX + (0.5/YS).
115—119: This DO—loop searches for the last character of
the identification label ID . This prevents any
unnecessary movement of the pen for identification
labels of less than 80 characters.
120: The call to plotter subroutine FCHAR (X,Y,XCS,
127
-------
YCS,O) initializes the annotation subroutine by
establishing the starting location for the pen,
(X,Y), in user’s units, the height, YCS, and
width, XCS, of the characters in inches, and the
angle of writing in radians, here 0.0.
121: Write the identification label for the run, ID.
122-123: Redefine the beginning pen location (x,Y) in
user’s units for writing the density RHO. The
beginning X-coordinate is defined so that the
first character is in line with the left y-axis,
as is the case for writing ID above. The begin-
ning Y—coordinate is 0.25 inches above the max-
imum y—axis value so that with characters 0.10
inches in height there is a 5.15 inch margin
between the writing for RHO and ID:
X = XMIN
Y = YMAX + (0.25/YS)
124: Call the plotter subroutine FCHAR(X,Y,XCS,YCS,
0.0) to initialize the annotation subroutine by
establishing the starting location for the pen
(X,Y), the width, XCS, and height, YCS, of the
characters and the angle of writing in radians,
here 0.0.
125: Write the assumed density, “RHO = .“
126—129: This begins the section for drawing the y-axis
on the left side of the graph. The call to
plotter subroutine YLOG(XS,YS,XMIN,YMAX,-1,IYRAN)
draws the y-axis on the left of the graph for
logio scale.
130: The call to plotter subroutine LGLBL(XS,YS,XMIN,
YMIN,IYRAN,YMIN,l) labels the y-axis on the left
for logio scale.
131-135: This begins the section for labeling the y-axis
on the left side of the graph. Redefine the
128
-------
width and height of written characters XCS and
YCS respectively in inches for labeling the left
y—axis:
XCS = 0.15
YCS = 0.15
136-137: The pen position in user’s units, (X,Y), is
defined for the beginning of the left y-axis
label. The Y-coordinate is defined so that the
writing will be centered on the midpoint of the
left y-axis. The X-coordinate is defined so
that the characters do not interfere with the
arawn left y—axis. See the discussion of cards
087-088 for a detailed example of how these
coordinates are calculated: -
X = XMIN—(0.7/XS) (105)
Y = YMIN + [ (YMAX-YMIN)/2] - [ (l6•XCS)/YS] (105a)
138: The call to plotter subroutine FCHAR(X,Y,XCS,
YCS,PI/2) initializes the annotation subroutine
by establishing the starting location for the pen,
(X,Y), the width, XCS, and height, YCS, of the
characters in inches, and the angle of writing
in radians, here P1/2.0.
139: Write the left y-axis label, “CUMULATIVE MASS
LOADING (MG/ACM)”.
Note: The plotting grid and labeling have been drawn. Cards
140-210 are concerned with the plotting of X and Y values for
cumulative mass loading in milligrams per actual cubic meter (and
total grain loading in the same units) vs. the stage D 50 ’s in
micrometers (and the maximum particle diameter in the same units).
140-147: The variable KNT is a code value for the number
of sets of data plotted on one graph up to this
point; e.g., KNT = 4 indicates that the 4th set
129
-------
of data is to be plotted on this grid, and a
special symbol for the 4th set will be used to
plot the points. Each time a new grid is drawn,
KNT = 0 and the first set of data has the KNT
value KNT+ 1 = 0 + 1 = 1.
148—151: The first point (X, Yl) to be plotted is:
x i = logia (DMAX)
Yl = logjo (GRNAM)
where DMAX = the largest particle diameter in
micrometers.
GPNAM = the total mass loading in milligrams
per actual cubic meter.
The functions XVAL(X1,XMAX,XMIN,XS) and YVAL(Y1,
YMAX,YMIN,YS) check the values of Xl and Yl
respectively to see if they are within the graph
boundaries XMAX, YMAX, SMIN, and YMIN. If Xl
and Yl are within XMAX-XMIN and YMAX-YMIN respect-
ively, the original values remain unchanged so
that:
XN = XVAL(Xl, XMAX, XMIN, XS) = xl
YN = YVAL(Y1, YMAX,. YMIN, YS) = Yl
If, however, one of the values is outside the
graph limits, it is returned as a value which
will be plotted 0.15 inches outside of the
boundary which it exceeds. For example, for
Xl = DMAX and Y 1 = G RNAM:
If Xl = logio(DMAX) = log (100.0) = 2.0
and XMAX = logio(10.0) = 1.0
then XN = XVAL(Xl, XNAX, XMIN, XS) =
1.0 + 0.25/XS
The plotted point (XN, YN) has a value which is
0.15 inches beyond the right y-axis and at the
appropriate Y-position, log 10 (GRNAM), assuming
o (GRNAM) < YMAX.
130
-------
152: The call to subroutine PIONT(KNT, XN, YN, XS, YS)
plots the point (XN, YN) at the appropriate posi-
tion using a symbol determined by the value of KNT.
153-158: The type of cascade impactor used is indicated by
the code variable IMPAC:
IMPAC = 1 - Andersen Mark III
= 2 - Brink
= 3 - University of Washington
Mark III
= 4 - Meteorology Research, Inc.
For the Brink cascade impactor there are various
possible impactor configurations. Therefore, if
IMPAC 2, the program goes to statement 181 (card
159) to test for the configuration used and plot
the points appropriately. If IMPAC = 1, 3, or
4, the program goes to statement 200 (card 203)
to plot the points excluding checks of the config-
uragion in which the impactor was run.
159-175: Check for the use of the cyclone as the first
stage. If it is used, MC3 = 0. The logia of
the cumulative mass loading of particles smaller
than the cyclone D 50 , CUMG 1 , in milligrams per
actual cubic meter and the logio of the cyclone
D 50 , CYC3, in micrometers are checked in functions
YVAL and XVAL. These values are altered only if
they lie outside the bounds of the grid. The
call to subroutine PIONT (KNT, XN, YN, XS, YS)
plots the point with a symbol determined by the
value of KNT. The remaining number of points to
be plotted, M, depends on whether the last stage,
MS , is 5, in which case M = 6, or whether the
last stage MS is 6, in which case M = 7. The
program then enters a loop which plots the logio
of the remaining non-zero cumulative mass loading
131
-------
values, CUMGJ 1 J=2, M+l, in milligrams per actual
cubic meter vs. the logio of the stage D 50 s,
DPCJ J = l,M. Each logio value is checked by
XVAL or YVAL before plotting.
176—187: If the cyclone is not included in the Brink
configuration (MC3 = 1) but stage 0 is included
(MOO=O), the program checks for the last stage
MS and from this determines the number of points
yet to be plotted, M. If the last stage MS is 5,
then N = 6. If the last stage MS = 6, then M =
7. The program then enters a loop which plots
the logio of all non—zero cumulative mass loading
values CUMGJ J = 1, M in milligrams per actual
cubic meter vs. the logio of the stage D 50 1 s
DPCJI J = l,M. Each logio value is checked by
XVAL or YVAL before plotting.
188—198: If neither the cyclone nor stage 0 is included
in the Brink configuration (MC3 = 1 and MOO = 1),
the program checks for the last stage, MS, and
from this determines the number of points yet to
be plotted, M. If the last stage MS is 5, then
M = 5. If the last stage MS is 6, then M = 6.
The program then enters a loop which plots the
logio of all non-zero cumulative mass loading
values (CUMGJ 1 J = l,M) in milligrams per actual
cubic meter vs. the logio of the stage D 50 ’s
(DPCJ 3 = 2, M+1). Each logio value is checked
by XVAL and YVAL before plotting.
199—210: If the Andersen, University of Washington, or
Meteorology Research, Inc., impactor is used,
there is only one configuration since a cyclone
is not used and the first stage is always includ-
ed. Therefore, the program enters the plotting
loop without checking for a configuration type.
132
-------
The number of points to be plotted, VV, is 8
for an Andersen impactor and 7 for the University
of Washington Mark III or the MRI impactor. The
logio of each non—zero cumulative mass loading
value, (CUMGJI J = 1, VV) in milligrams per actual
cubic meter, is plotted against the log o of the
stage D 50 ’s, (DPCJ, 13 = 1, VV). Each logio value
is checked by XVAL and YVAL before plotting.
211-233: Subroutine WALLY1 may have been called to plot
only the cumulative mass loading at each stage
vs. the D 50 of each stage. In this case, ISIG =
o and the program goes to statement 130 (card
219). There, WALLY1 calls subroutine LABEL
(KNT, XS, YS, YMAX, XMIN) towrite the number of
this set of data plotted on this graph and the
th
symbol used to plot this n set of data. For
example, if this is the 6th set of data plotted
on this one graph, LABEL causes “TEST 6 *“ to
be written above the graph indicating that the
symbol * is used for each point of this 6th
superimposed set of data points. The pen is then
returned to the base line of the plotter in the
up position and 4.5 inches beyond the maximum
x-axis limit. The pen is now ready for the
next plot. WALLY1 returns to mainline GRAPH
to seek instructions for the next graph. If
ISIG 1, the program now calls subroutine JOEl
(instead of LABEL and PIONT) to draw the cumula-
tive mass loading curve fit to this one set of
data. Only one set of data is represented on a
plot for these calls to WALLY1 where ISIG = 1.
After this curve is drawn on the plot and the pen
returned in readiness for the next plot, JOEl
returns to mainline GRAPH to seek instruction for
the next graph.
133
-------
Subroutine JOEl-- -
This subroutine plots the curve fit to cumulative mass
loading less than the stage D 5 o in milligrams per actual cubic
meter vs. stage D 50 in micrometers which was found in mainline
program SPLIN1.
026-036: Read record IS from file 11 (file FILSPL) con-
taining the information for fitting log (cum-
ulative mass loading) vs. log 0 (D 50 ) for this
run and assumed density. These variables are
the number of interval boundary points which are
fitted, NPOIN, the values of these points, (Xl,
Y1) 1 , 11,NPOIN, and the series of fitting second
degree polynomial coefficients, COE 1 JI 1=1, INT,
J=l,3, where INT is the number of fitted inter-
vals = NPOIN-l.
Define the first value of the independent variable
DLD as a function of the smallest stage D 50 ,
DSMA, in micrometers for this run:
DLD = log o (DSMA)
Define the last value of the independent variable,
DLDF, to be the common log of the maximum x—axis
limit, XMAX.
DLDF = logio (XMAX)
A loop begins here at card 055 continuing to
statement 750 (card 096) in which DLD = logio
(diameter in micrometers) is used as the independ-
ent variable in the log 1 (cumulative mass loading
in milligrams per actual cubic meter) fitting
equation. The resulting dependent variable is
PPP, equal to the 1og 10 (cumulative mass loading
in milligrams per actual cubic meter). At the
end of the loop, DLD is incremented by a very
small amount (see coimnent on cards 162-169). The
process is repeated until DLD DLDF.
037—049:
050—055:
134
-------
056-064: The “DO 20” loop here takes the diameter variable
DLD and compares it with ever increasing X—coordi--
nate values of the interval boundary points
(Xl, Yl), fitted in program SPLIN1, to find the
interval NINT containing DLD. For example,
suppose DLD = 0.135 (corresponding to a diameter
of io.o0 . 35 = 1.36458). Also suppose (Xl, Yl) 1
= (0.125,2.89) and (Xl, Y1) 15 (0.148,2.91).
Then Xllk
-------
XMAX, in the up position. This is where the pen
was positioned at the closing of subroutine
WALLY1 which prepared this grid for JOEl. On
subsequent traverses of the ioop, the plotter
subroutine FPLOT (0, XN, YN) is called. This
causes the pen to be moved to the new (XN, YN)
position without raising or lowering the pen.
Here the pen is already down, causing a solid
curve to be drawn from point to point.
088—096: The value of DLD is incremented an amount cor-
responding to a one one—hundredth of an inch
novement along the diameter axis:
DLD = DLD + (0.0l/XS)
where XS = the x-axis scale factor in inches
per user’s units.
This new value of DLD is compared to the final
logio value, DLDF. If DLD > DLDF, the program
exits the loop. If DLD < DLDF, the program
returns to the top of the loop at card 054 and
finds the logio (cumulative mass loading) for
the new diameter.
097: Raise the pen by calling plotter subroutine
FPLOT (+1, XN, YN).
098-106: After all plotting, the pen is moved in the up
position to the base line of the plotting paper
4.5 inches beyond the maximum x—axis boundary.
The plotter is now ready for the next plotting
subroutine. The program returns to the calling
subroutine WALLY1 which then returns to the
calling mainline GRAPH.
Subroutine CUMPCT- -
This subroutine plots the curve of cumulatiVe percent mass
loading less than a given diameter vs. the diameter in micrometers.
136
-------
It also provides a listing on the line printer of selected dia-
meter values in micrometers with the corresponding cumulative
percent mass loading less than this particle size.
033-037: Divide the range between 0.25 micrometers and
100.0 micrometers into 70 equal log o increments
DINC:
DINC = [ logio (100.00) — logio (0.25)1/70.0
= 0.0357142857 (108)
038-042: Define the first value of the independent var-
iable DLD as a function of 0.25 micrometers.
This is an arbitrary small particle size at
which to begin the plot.
DLD = logio (0.25)
043-046: Since there are several hundred points plotted
to make up the solid curve for cumulative percent
mass loading vs. particle diameter, only a few
specified values are printed out on the line
printer. A point chosen for print out is such
that the diameter is just greater than the “flag
diameter variable value”, Dl. Once a diameter
and associated cumulative percent mass loading
is printed out, Dl is redefined by repeated
addition of the increment DINC. Therefore, the
first Dl value is initialized here as:
Dl = DLD = logio (0.25)
In the large “DO 750” loop to follow the next
Dl value is defined as:
Dl = Dl + DINC = Dl + 0.0357142857
This increment, DINC, continues to be added
and values of diameter and cumulative percent
mass loading less than this diameter are printed
out up to the maximum diameter variable value,
DLDF.
047-053: Define the last value of the independent variable
137
-------
DLDF to be the maximum x-axis limit, XNAX.
Recall that the x-axis (diameter) is a common
log scale so that DLDF = XMAX is already in
common log form.
054—062: Call subroutine CPPLOT(IC, RHO, XMAX, XMIN, YMAX,
YMIN, XS, YS). CPPLOT causes the plotter to
draw a probability vs. logio grid, labels the
axes with “CUMULATIVE PERCENT” vs. “PARTICLE
DIAMETER (MICROMETERS)”, writes the identification
label for the run ID and particle density in
grams per cubic centimeter, RHO, above the grid,
E’.nd returns with the minimum and maximum axis
values XMAX, XMIN, YMAX, and YMIN and the scale
factors XS and YS in inches per user’s unit.
063-072: Read record number IS from file 11 (file FILSPL)
containing the information for fitting logio
(cumulative mass loading) vs. logio (Dso) for
this run and assumed density. These variables
are the number of interval boundary points which
are fitted, NPOIN, the values of these points,
(Xl,Yl) 1 , I = 1,NPOIN, and the series of fitting
second degree polynomial coefficients, COE 1 JI
I=l,INT, J=l,3. INT = NPOIN-l is the number of
fitted intervals.
073-077: Write the identification label, ID, and density,
RHO, in grams per cubic centimeter at the top
of the page on the line printer.
078-085: A loop begins here at card 085 continuing to
statement 750 (card 176) in which DLD logio
(diameter in micrometers) is used as the inde-
pendent variable to find the resulting dependent
variable, PPP logia (cumulative mass loading
in milligrams per actual cubic meter) - The
interval NINT containing DLD is first found.
138
-------
Then the DLD value is used as the independent
variable in the second degree polynomial fitting
this range of logio (cumulative mass loading)
vs. logio (diameter). Changes of variable are
made for plotting and printing. PPP is converted
to cumulative fractional mass loading. DPLOT is
defined as DLD = logio (diameter). These are the
plotting variables. At previously defined inter-
vals there is another change of variable for
printing. PPP is converted to cumulative percent
mass loading and DPLOT is converted to diameter.
The variable Dl = 10gb (diameter) is incremented
each time through the loop when there is line
printer output. The independent variable DLD =
logio (diameter) is incremented each time through
the loop. The process is repeated until DLD >
DLDF.
086-094: The “DO 510” loop here takes the diameter variable
DLD and compares it to ever increasing X—coord—
mate values of the interval boundary points,
(Xl,Yl) fitted in program SPLIN1, to find the
interval, NINT, containing DLD.
095-100: The second degree polynomial curve fitting
coefficients over the NINT interval, COENINTJI
J=1,3 are used here to calculate PPP = logio
(cumulative mass loading less than indicated
diameter in milligrams per actual cubic meter):
PPP = COENINT 1 + COENINT, 2 DLD (109)
+ COENINT, 3 (DLD) 2
101-106: Convert PPP from logio (cumulative mass loading
less than indicated diameter in milligrams per
actual cubic meter) to cumulative fractional
mass loading less than indicated diameter. First
139
-------
convert PPP to cumulative mass loading less than
indicated diameter in milligrams per actual cubic
meter, and then divide this quantity by the total
mass loading in the same units, GRNAM:
PPP = 10.0 /GRNAM (110)
107—110: Define the plotting abscissa value, DPLOT, to
be the same as the independent variable DLD.
111—115: The call to subroutine NDTRI (PPP, YV, D, IE)
returns the ordinate value to be plotted, YV,
in terms of the probability scale. This is a
subroutine from the IBM 360 Scientific Subroutine
Package.
116—125: Two statements check YV to see if it is within
the limits of plotting on the probability scale.
If YV is greater than the upper limit, 0.9999
(or 99.99 percent), YV is given an arbitrary
value (here, +4) which is greater than the equiv-
alent upper limit on the probability scale which
is +3.719244. If YV is less than the lower limit
of 0.0001 (or 00.01 percent), it is given an
arbitrary value (here, -4) which is less than
the lower limit on the probability scale which is
—3.7191244.
126-132: DPLOT and YV are checked by the functions XVAL
and YVAL respectively. The functions do not
change any value which is within the limits of
plotting so that the plotted point (XN, YN) =
(DPLOT, YVAL). Any value outside these limits
(e.g., YV = 4 or -4) is assigned a value which
causes the point (XN, YN) to be plotted 0.15
inches beyond the axis limit which it exceeds.
133-140: If this is the first point to be plotted, the
loop index I = 1. In this case, the pen is
moved to the first point and lowered by the
140
-------
141—146:
147—156:
157—161:
plotter subroutine FPLOT (-2, XN, YN). The pen
is in the up position previous to this instruc-
tion. On subsequent traverses of the loop, the
plotter subroutine FPLOT (0, XN, YN) is called.
This causes the pen to be moved to the new (XN,
YN) position without raising or lowering the
pen. Here the pen is already down, causing a
solid curve to be drawn from point to point.
Compare the diameter variable Dl with the value
of the diameter variable DLD. After a suffic-
ient number of loop traverses where DLD is
incremented each time, DLD > Dl. This is the
signal for line printer output of the plotted
values. Otherwise this printing section (cards
147—165) is skipped.
When DLD > Dl, there is a change of variable
for the line printer output. DPLOT is converted
from the plotted form logio (diameter) to
diameter:
DPLOT = 100 DPLOT (111)
The variable PPP is converted from cumulative
fractional mass loading to cumulative percent
mass loading:
PPP 100 x PPP (112)
The line printer point index number J is incre-
mented with each new printing:
J=J+1
113)
Write the point index number, 3, the diameter
in micrometers, DPLOT, and the cumulative per-
cent mass loading, PPP, on the line printer.
Thus, the result of many traverses of the loop
is a table of diameter values and corresponding
cumulative percent mass loadings of particulate
less than this indicated diameter. The diameters
141
-------
range from 0.25 micrometers up to approximately
the antilog of the x-axis maxmimum limit,
162-169: After each printing, the diameter variable Dl is
incremented by DINC (as defined at card 037).
The diameter variable DLD is incremented only
by the value equivalent to one one—hundredth of
an inch movement along the logio diameter axis.
This is a much smaller increment than DINC. Thus
Dl continues to be greater than DLD until several
traverses of the loop have taken place. When DLD
again is > Dl, there is another printing of
values.
170-176: The value of DLD is compared to the maximum desired
plotted value, DLDF. If DLD > DLDF, the program
exits this “DO 750” loop which began at card 084.
If DLD < DLDF, the ioop is repeated.
177-183: After all plotting and printing is completed,
raise the pen and move it to the base line of
the plotter 4.5 inches beyond the maximum x-axis
limit, XMAX. The pen is now ready for the next
plotting subroutine. Return to the calling main-
line program GJ APH.
Subroutine WALLY2--
This subroutine plots the AM/AlogD distribution values in
milligrams per dry normal cubic meter vs. the geometric mean
diameter of particles on each stage in micrometers.
024—025: Define the angle it in radians as P1 = 3.1415.
026-029: Define the output device for the subroutine as
M = 7, where 7 designates the output device as
the plotter.
030-036: The code variable N indicates the assumed density.
If the assumed density is the physical density,
then N = 1, and the data input to WALLY2 is taken
142
-------
from an odd numbered record. If the assumed
density is unit density, then N = 2, and the
data input to WALLY2 is taken from an even num-
bered record.
037-042: When ISIG = 1, graphing is not completed when
WALLY2 plots the AM/ logD distribution in milli-
grams per dry normal cubic meter vs. the geometric
mean diameter of particles on each stage in micro-
meters. This is done in preparation for JOE2 to
plot the dM/dlogD distribution as calculated
from the derivative of the fitted cumulative mass
loading equation. A new grid must be drawn for
each new set of data. Therefore the program goes
immediately to the section of WALLY2 which draws
this grid without checking MPLOT.
043: In the case where ISIG 0, there is the possibil-
ity of superimposing 2-10 sets of data on one grid.
MPLOT is checked here to see if superimposition
of these data on the previous graph is desired.
In that case MPLOT is non-positive (usually
MPLOTO). The subroutine skips the section for
drawing a new grid and proceeds to plot. If a
new grid is desired, MPLOT > 0, and the sub-
routine continues by drawing the grid.
044-050: A new grid is to be drawn and the counter for
the nth set of data drawn on that grid, KNT, is
reset to 0 at statement 20 (card 048). Define
the length XIN of the horizontal x—axis or part-
icle diameter axis in inches:
XIN = 4.5
Define the length YIN of the perpendicular y-
axis or mass size distribution axis in inches:
YIN = 6.5
051—057: If the code variable ISIZ2 1 (usually ISIZ2 =
143
-------
o in this case), standard number and range of
cycles for each axis is desired. The program
defines the standard maximum and minimum x—axis
values and y-axis values for the mass size distri-
bution graph to follow. If the code variable
ISIZ2 = 1, it is desired that the number and range
of cycles for each axis be regulated according
to the range of the data for all runs.
058-068: The maximum and minimum limits for the ordinate
and abscissa are defined as standard values here.
XMAX and XMIN are the maximum and minimum x—axis
values to be plotted. The standard values for
XMAX and XMIN are the same regardless of the
impactor used. They are:
XMAX = logio(100.0) = 2.0 (114)
XMIN = logio (0.1) = —1.0 (115)
YMAX and YMIN are the maximum and minimum y—axis
values to be plotted. The standard YMAX and
YMIN values are dependent on the impactor used.
For both the Andersen (IMPAC = 1), the University
of Washington Mark III (IMPAC = 3), and the
Meteorology Research, Inc., cascade impactors,
these values are:
YMAX = logio (l0 ) 4.0 (116)
YMIN = logio (102) = —2.0 (117)
For the Brink cascade impactor (IMPAC = 2),
these values are:
YMAX = logio (106) = 6.0 (118)
YMIN = logio (1.0) 0.0 (119)
069-072: ISIZ2 = 1 and the program skips to statement 25
(card 069). The maximum and minimum axis values
and therefore the number and range of cycles are
regulated according to the range of the data for
all runs. In this case, XMIN is the common log
value of the minimum geometric mean diameter
144
-------
sizes for all runs in micrometers. YNAX and YMIN
are the common logs of the maximum and minimum
values for all runs of the mass size distribution
in milligrams per dry normal cubic meter. Note
that the value of XMAX is still standard. The
function SLIM (MAXMIN, .ALIMIT) rounds ALIMIT to
the next higher integer when MAXMIN=l. SLIM
truncates ALIMIT to the next lower integer when
MAXMIN=0. Thus:
XMAX log o(lOO.O) = 2.0 (120)
YMAX = SLIM (l,log1o(DMAX )) (121)
XMIN = SLIM (0,log1o(GEMIN )) (122)
YMIN = SLIM (0 ,log1o(DMMIN )) (123)
where DMMAXN = the maximum value of the AM/t logD
distribution in milligrams per
dry normal cubic meter for all
runs of the same density, as
indicated by the value of N.
GEMINN = the minimum geometric mean dia—
meter in micrometers for all runs
of the same density, as indicated
by the value of N.
DMMINN = the minimum value of the AM/AlogD
distribution in milligrams per
dry normal cubic meter for all
runs of the same density as indi-
cated by the value of N.
073-077: Calculate the x— and y—axes scale factors, XS
and YS respectively, in inches per user’s unit
(i.e., inches per power of 10 on a natural
logarithmic scale):
XS = XIN/(XMAX-XMIN) (124)
YS YIN/(YMAX-YMIN) (125)
where XIN x-axis length in inches
145
-------
YIN = y-axis length in inches (126)
XMAX — XMIN = difference in maximum and minimum
x—axis values = number of user’s
units along x-axis (127)
YMAX - YMIN = difference in maximum and minimum
y—axis values = number of user’s
units along y-axis (128)
078: When WALLY2 is called, define the Y—coordinate
location of the pen, YORIG, in terms of the
minimum y-axis value YMIN (Y-value at the origin)
and the y—axis scale factor, YS, in inches per
Lser’s unit:
YORIG = YMIN - (2/YS) (129)
The pen location should always be on the base
line of the graphing paper when any plotting
subroutine is called. Therefore, the user’s
origin, (XMIN, YMIN), is 2 inches, (2/YS),
above the original location of the pen, (XMIN,
bRIG).
079: The call to plotter subroutine SCALF (XS, YS,
YMIN, YORIG) stores x— a.nd y-axes scale factors
XS and YS in inches per user’s unit, and the
original location of the pen (XMIN, YORIG), in
user’s units for later reference by the plotter.
080-086: This begins the section which draws the x-axis
using a coiimton log scale. Find the number of
x-axis cycles, IXRAN, by calculating the dif-
ference of the x-axis limits XMAX and XMIN:
IXRAN = XMAX — XMIN (130)
087: The call to plotter subroutine XSLBL (XS, YS,
XMIN, YMIN, IXRAN, XMIN) labels the x-axis for
logio scale.
088: The call to plotter subroutine XLOG (XS, YS, XMAX,
YMIN, -1, IXRAN) draws the x-axis for logio scale.
146
-------
089-093: This begins the section which labels the x—axis
cycles. Define the desired width and length of
written characters in inches, XCS and YCS, for
labeling the x-axis:
XCS = 0.15
YCS = 0.15
094-095: Define the point (X, Y) in user’s units at which
the labeling of the x-axis is to begin. This
location should be at the lower left-hand corner
of the position at which the first character is
to be drawn. In order to center the label below
the x-axis, first define the X-coordinate of the
beginning pen position by placing the pen at the
center of the x-axis 1ength, i.e., XMIN + (XMAX
-XMIN)/2.0. Multiply 1/2 the total number of
characters to be written (including spaces) by
the number of inches for each character, XCS.
The label to be written is “PARTICLE DIAMETER
(MICROMETERS)” which contains 32 characters.
Therefore, the number of inches to be backspaced
from the center is 16XCS. Dividing this by the
inches per user’s unit along the x—axis XS, one
obtains the number of user’s units to be back-
spaced from the center point. Therefore:
X XMIN + [ (xNAX—XMIN)/21 — [ (16•XCS)/XSI (131)
The Y—coordinate is defined far enough below the
x—axis so that there is room enough to draw
characters (0.15 inches) without interfering
with the drawn x-axis. The Y-coordinate is
therefore 0.7 inches below the x-axis which allows
0.55 inches between the top of the characters
and the y—axis:
Y = YMIN — (0.7/YS) (132)
147
-------
096: Call the plotter subroutine, FCHAR (X,Y,XCS,
YCS,0.0), to initialize the annotation sub-
routine by establishing the starting location
for the pen, (X,Y) in user’s units, the width
and height of the characters in inches, XCS
and YCS, and the angle of writing in radians
relative to the x-axis, here 0.0.
097: Write the x-axis label, “PARTICLE DIAMETER
(MICROMETERS)”.
098—102: This begins the section which writes above the
graph the identification label, ID, and assumed
density, RHO, in grams per cubic centimeter.
Redefine the width and height of written charac-
ters in inches, XCS and YCS, for writing the
identification label ID:
XCS = 0.056
YCS = 0.100
103—104: Define the point (X,Y) at which writing will
begin for the run identification label ID as
being in line with the y-axis at X = XMIN and
0.5 inch above the grid at Y = YMAX + (0.15/YS).
105-109: This DO-loop searches for the last character of
the identification label ID . This prevents
any unnecessary movement of the pen for identif i-
cation labels of less than 80 characters.
110: The call to plotter subroutine FCHAR (X,Y,XCS,
YCS,0.0) initializes the annotation subroutine
by establishing the starting location for the
pen (X,Y) in user’s units, the width and height
of the characters in inches, XCS and YCS, and
the angle of writing in radians, 0.0.
111: Write the identification label, ID, for the run.
112-113: Redefine the beginning pen location (X,Y) in
user’s units for writing the density, RHO. The
148
-------
beginning X-coordinate is defined so that the
first character is in line with the y—axis, as
is the case for writing ID above. The beginning
Y—coordinate is 0.25 inches above the maximum
y-axis value so that with characters 0.1 inch
in height, there is a 0.15 inch margin between
the writing for RHO and ID:
X=XMIN
Y = YMAX + (0.25/YS)
114: Call the plotter subroutine FCHAR (X,Y,XCS,YCS,
0.0) to initialize the annotation subroutine by
establishing the starting location for the pen
(X,Y) in userVs units, the width and height of
the characters in inches, XCS and YCS, and the
angle of writing in radians, with respect to
the x-axis, here 0.0.
115: Write the assumed density “RHO =
116-121: This begins the section for drawing the y-axis
on the left side of the graph using a common log
scale. Calculate the number of y—axis cycles,
IYRAN, by taking the difference of the y-axis
limits YMAX and YMIN:
IYRAN = YMAX-YMIN (133)
122: The call to plotter subroutine YLOG (XS,YS,
XMIN,YMAX,-1,IYRAN) draws the y-axis on the left
of the graph for a common log scale.
123: The call to plotter subroutine LGLBL (XS,YS,
XMIN,YMIN,IYRAN,YMIN,l) labels the y-axis on
the left for a common log scale.
124-128: This begins the section for labeling the y-axis
with powers of ten. Redefine the width and
height in inches of written characters XCS and
YCS for labeling the y-axis:
XCS = 0.15
149
-------
YCS = 0.15
129—130: The pen position in user’s units, (X,Y) is
defined for the beginning of the y-axis label.
The Y-coordinate is defined so that the writing
is centered on the midpoint of the y-axis.
The X-coordinate is defined so that the base of
the characters does not interfere with the drawn
y—axis. See the discussion of cards 094-095
for a detailed example of how these coordinates
are calculated:
X = XMIN - (0.7/XS) (134)
Y = YMIN + [ (YMAX—YMIN)/2.0] — [ 16•xCS)/YS} (135)
131: The call to plotter subroutine FCHAR (X,Y,XCS,
YCS,PI/2) initializes the annotation subroutine
by establishing the starting location of the
pen (X,Y), in user’s units, the width and height
of the characters in inches, XCS and YCS, and the
angle of writing in radians, here ¶12.
132: Write the y-axis label “DM/DLOGD (MG/DNM3)”.
Note: The plotting grid and labeling have been drawn. Cards
137-146 are concerned with the plotting of X and Y values for the
dN/dlogD distribution vs. the geometric mean diameter of the
particles at each of these stages, in micrometers.
133-137: The variable KNT is a code value for the number
of sets of data plotted on one graph up to this
point. For example KNT=4 indicates that this is
the 4th set of data to be plotted on this grid,
and a special symbol for the 4th set is to be
used to plot the points. Each time a new grid
is drawn, KNT is reset to zero and the first set
of data has the ENT value KNT+l=0+1=l.
150
-------
138: The number of points to be plotted on this graph
of mass size loading vs. geometric mean diameter,
IV, is one more than that plotted for the total
mass loading vs. maximum particle diameter plus
the number of cumulative mass loading vs. D 50
points, VV. This is because a value of the mass
size distribution and corresponding geometric
mean diameter can be expressed for the particu-
late matter collected on the back up filter.
However, there is no cumulative mass loading which
escapes the back up filter and no lower size limit
for the back up filter since it captures all re-
maining particulate. IV=8 for both the University
of Washington and Meteorology Research, Inc.
cascade impactors, and IV=9 for both the Andersen
and Brink cascade impactors.
139-146: The program enters a loop to plot the log 10 of
all non-zero values of the AM/AlogD distribu-
tion, DMDLDJ J=l, Iv in milligrams per dry
normal cubic meter vs. the logio of all non-
zero values of the geometric mean diameter of the
particles at each stage in micrometers, GEOMDJ
J=l, IV. If the values at a given stage are
zero, the point cannot be represented on the plot
since logio (0.0) is undefined. Each common log
value is checked by XVAL or YVAL to see if the
point is within the grid boundaries. If one of
the points’ coordinates exceeds a boundary, it is
given a value which will cause the point to be
plotted 0.15 inch outside the boundary. Sub-
routine PIONT(KNT,XN,YN,XS,YS) actually plots the
point with a symbol determined by the value of
KNT.
147-169: Subroutine WALLY2 may be called only to plot the
151
-------
values of the M/AlogD distribution vs. the
geometric mean diameter based on the mass cap-
tured on each stage. In this case, ISIG=O, and
the program then continues by calling subroutine
LABEL(KNT,XS,YS,YMAX,YMIN) to write the number of
this set of data plotted on the graph and the
symbol used to plot the nth set of data. For
example, if this is the 6th set of data plotted
on one graph, LABEL causes “TEST 6_* t to be
printed above the graph indicating that the
symbol * used for each point of this 6th super-
imposed set of data points. The pen is then
returned in the up position to the base line of
the plotter and 4.5 inches beyond the maximum
x-axis limit. It is now prepared for the next
plot. WALLY2 returns to mainline GRAPH to seek
instructions for the next graph. If ISIG=l, the
program now calls subroutine JOE2 (instead of
LABEL and PIONT) to plot the points for dM/dlogD
distribution vs. geometric mean diameter as
calculated from the derivative of the cumulative
mass loading curve fit. Only one set of data is
represented on a plot for these calls to WALLY2
where ISIG=l. After these points are plotted
and the pen returned in readiness for the next
plot, JOE2 returns to WALLY2. WALLY2 then re-
turns to mainline GRAPH to seek instructions for
the next plot.
Subroutine WALLY3--
This subroutine plots the N/ logD distribution values in
number of particles per dry normal cubic meter vs. the geometric
mean diameter of the stages in micrometers.
152
-------
024: Define the radian angle as P1 = 3.1415.
025: Define the output device for the subroutine as
M = 7 where 7 designates the output as the
plotter.
026-027: The code variable N indicates the assumed density.
If the assumed density is physical density, then
N = 1 and the data input to WALLY3 is from an odd
numbered record. If the assumed density is unit
density, then N = 2 and the data input to WALLY3
is from an even numbered record.
028-032: When ISIG > 0 (ISIG=6 in this subroutine), graph-
ing is not completed when WALLY3 plots the AN/A-
logD distribution in number of particles per dry
normal cubic meter vs. the geometric mean diameter
of particles on each stage in micrometers. This
is done in preparation for JOE2 to plot the
dN/dlogD distribution as calculated from the
derivative of the cumulative mass loading fitted
equation. A new grid must be drawn for each new
set of data. Therefore the program goes immed-
iately to the section of WALLY3 (statement 20,
card 034) which draws this grid without checking
MPLOT.
033: In the case where ISIG < 0, there is the possibil-
ity of superimposing from 2-10 sets of data on one
graph. MPLOT is checked here to see if super-
imposition of these data on the previous graph
is desired. In that case MPLOT is non-positive
(usually NPLOT = 0). The subroutine skips the
section for drawing a new grid and proceeds to
plot. If a new grid is desired, MPLOT > 0, and
the subroutine continues by drawing the grid.
034: A new grid is to be drawn and the counter for
the nth set of data drawn on that grid, KNT, is
reset to 0 at XIN, statement 20.
153
-------
035—040: Define the length of the horizontal x—axis or
particle diameter axis in inches.
XIN = 4.5
Define the length YIN of the perpendicular y-
axis or number size distribution axis in inches:
YIN = 6.5
041-047: If the code variable ISIZ3 l, a standard number
and range of cycles for each axis is desired.
The program keeps the standard maximum and min-
imum x—axis values and y—axis values for the
AN/ logD or dN/dlogD distribution graph to follow.
If the code variable ISIZ3=l, the number and range
of cycles for each axis will be regulated accord-
ing to the range of the data for all runs.
048—058: The maximum and minimum axis values, and there-
fore the number and range of cycles are defined
as standard values. XMAX and XMIN are the max-
imum and minimum x—axis values to be plotted.
The standard values for XNAX and XMIN are the
same regardless of the impactor used. They are:
XMAX = logio (100.0) = 2.0 (136)
XMIN = logio (0.1) = —1.0 (137)
YMAX and YMIN are the maximum and minimum y—axis
values to be plotted. These standard YMAX and
YMIN values are dependent on the impactor used.
For the Andersen (IMPAC = 1), the University of
Washington Mark III (IMPAC = 3), and the Meteor-
ology Research, Inc., cascade impactors, these
values are:
YMAX = log 10 (1015) = 15 (138)
YMIN = logio (106) = 6 (139)
For the Brink cascade impactor (IMPAC = 2) these
values are:
YMAX = logio ( 10 1k) = 14 (140)
154
-------
YMIN = log 10 (l0 ) = 5
059-062: ISIZ3 = 1 and the program goes to statement 25
(card 59). The maximum and minimum axis values,
and therefore the number of range of cycles, are
regulated according to the range of the data for
all runs. XMIN is the common log value of the
minimum geometric mean diameter for all runs in
micrometers. YMAX and YMIN are the common logs
of the maximum and minimum values for all runs
of the AN/ 1ogD or dN/dlogD distribution in
number of particles per dry normal cubic meter.
Note that XMAX is still set to the standard value.
The function SLIM (MAXMIN, ALIMIT) rounds the
variable ALIMIT to the next higher integer when
MAXMIN = 1. SLIM truncates ALIMIT to the next
lower integer when MAXMIN 0. Thus:
XMAX = logio (100.0) = 2.0 (141)
YMAX SLIM (l,log1o(DNMAX )) (142)
XMIN = SLIM (0,log1o(GEMIN )) (143)
YMIN SLIM (0,log1o(DMMIN )) (144)
where DNMAXN = the maximum value of the dN/dlogD
distribution in number of particles
per dry normal cubic meter for all
runs of the same density, as ind-
icated by the value of N.
GEMINN = the minimum geometric mean diameter
in micrometers for all runs of the
same density as indicated by the
value of N.
DNMINN = the minimum value of the dN/dlogD
distribution in number of particles
per dry normal cubic meter for all
runs of the same density, as ind-
icated by the value of N.
155
-------
063-067: Calculate the x and y axis scale factors, XS
and YS, in inches per user’s unit (i.e., inches
per power of 10 on a common logarithmic scale):
XS XIN/(XMAX-XMIN) (145)
YS = YIN/(Y 4AX-YMIN) (146)
where XIN x-axis length in inches (147)
YIN y-axis length in inches (148)
XMAX—XMIN difference in maximum and minimum
y—axis values = number of user’s (149)
units along y—axis.
068: When WALLY3 is called, define the Y-coordinate
location of the pen, YORIG, in terms of the
minimum y—axis value, YMIN, (i.e., Y-value at
the graph origin) and the y-axis scale factor,
YS, inches per user’s units:
YORIG = YMIN — (2./YS) ( 150)
The location should always be on the base line
of graphing paper when any plotting subroutine
is called. Therefore, the user’s origin,
(XMIN,YMIN) is 2 inches, i.e. (2/YS), above the
original location of the.pen, (XMIN, bRIG).
069: The call to plotter subroutine SCALF (XS,YS,YMIN,
YORIG) stores x and y axis scale factors, XS and
YS, in inches per user’s unit, and the original
location of the pen (XMIN,YORIG) in user’s units,
for later reference by the plotter.
070-076: This begins the section for drawing the x-axis
using a common log scale. Calculate the number
of x—axis cycles, IXRA1’I, by calculating the
difference of the x—axis limits XMAX and XMIN:
IXRAN = XMAX-XNIN (151)
077: The call to plotter subroutine, XSLBL (XS,YS,
XMIN,YMIN,IXRAN,YMIN) labels the x-axis for the
logao scale.
156
-------
078: The call to plotter subroutine XLOG (XS,YS,
XMAX,YMIN,-1,IXBAN) draws the x-axis for the
log 10 scale.
079-083: This begins the section for labeling the x-axis
cycles. Define the desired width and height of
written characters in inches, XCS and YCS:
XCS = 0.15
YCS = 0.15
084-085: Define the point (X,Y) in user’s units at which
the labeling of the x-axis is to begin. This
location should be at the lower left—hand corner
of the position where the first character is to
be drawn. In order to center the label below
the x—axis, first define theX-coordinate of the
beginning pen position by placing the pen at the
center of the x-axis length, i.e. XMIN + [ (XMAX-
XMIN)/2]. Multiply 1/2 the total number of
characters to be written, including spaces, by
the number of inches for each character, XCS.
The label to be written in “PARTICLE DIAMETER
(MICROMETERS)” which contains 32 characters.
Therefore, the number of inches to be “back-
spaced” from the center is 16XCS. Dividing
this by the inches per user’s unit along the
x—axis, XS, gives the number of user’s units
to be backspaced from the center point. There-
fore:
X = XMIN + [ (XNAX—XMIN)/21 — [ (16XCS)/XSI. (152)
The Y-coordinate is defined low enough below the
x-axis so that there is room enough to draw the
characters (0.15 inches) without interfering
with the drawn x-axis. The Y-coordinate is
therefore defined as 0.7 inches below the x—axis
allowing 0.55 inches between the top of the
characters and the y—axis.
157
-------
Y YMIN — (0.7/YS) (153)
086: Call the plotter subroutine FCHAR (X,Y,XCS,YCS,
0.0) to initialize the annotation subroutine by
establishing the starting location for the pen,
(X,Y), in user’s units, the width and height of
the characters in inches, XCS and YCS respectively,
and the angle of writing relative to the x-axis,
here 0.0 radians.
087: Write the x-axis label “PARTICLE DIAMETER (MICRO-
METERS)”.
088-092: This begins the section for writing the identifi-
cation label, ID, and the assumed density, RHO,
above the graph. Redefine the width and height
of written characters in inches, XCS and YCS,
for writing the run identification label, ID:
XCS = 0.056
YCS = 0.100
093-094: Define the point (X,Y) at which writing will
begin for the run identification label, ID, as
being in line with the Y-axis at X=XMIN and 1/2
inch above the top of the grid at YYMAX +
(0.5/YS).
095-099: This DO-loop searches for the last character
of the identification label, ID . This prevents
any unnecessary movement of the pen for identifi-
cation labels of less than 80 characters.
100: The call to plotter subroutine FCHAR (X,Y,XCS,
YCS,0.0) initializes the annotation subroutine
by establishing the starting location for the
pen, (X,Y), in user’s units, the width and height
of the characters in inches, XCS and YCS respect-
ively, and the angle of writing, here 0.0 radians.
101: Write the identification label, ID, for the run.
158
-------
102-103: Redefine the beginning pen location, (X,Y), in
user’s units for writing the density, RHO. The
beginning X-coordinate is defined so that the
first character is in line with the y-axis, as
is the case for writing ID above. The beginning
Y—coordinate is 0.25 inches above the maximum
y—axis value so that with characters 0.10 inches
in height, there is a 0.15 inch margin between
the writing for RHO and ID:
X = XMIN (154)
Y = YMAX + (0.25/YS) (155)
104: Call the plotter subroutine FCHAR (X,Y,XCS,YCS,
0.0) to initialize the starting location for the
pen, (X,Y) in user’s units, the width and height
of characters in inches, XCS and YCS, and the
angle of writing, here 0.0 radians.
105: Write the assumed density “RHO =
106—111: This begins the section for drawing the y-axis
on the left side of the graph using a common log
scale. Calculate the number of y-axis cycles,
IYRAN, by taking the difference of the y-axis
limits YMAX and YMIN:
IYRAN = YMAX—YMIN (156)
112: The call to plotter subroutine YLOG (XS,YS,XMIN,
YNAX,-l,IYRAN) draws the y-axis on the left of
the graph for common log scale.
113: The call to plotter subroutine LGLBL (XS,YS,XMIN,
YMIN,IYRAN,YMIN,l) labels the y-axis on the left
for common log scale.
114—118: This begins the section for labeling the y—axis
on the left side of the graph with cycles. Re-
define the width and height of written charac-
ters in inches, XCS and YCS, for labeling the
y—axis:
159
-------
XCS = 0.15
YCS = 0.15
119-120: The pen position in user’s units, (X,Y), is
defined for the beginning of the y-axis label.
The Y-coordinate is defined so that the writing
will be centered on the midpoint of the y-axis.
The X-coordinate is defined so that the base of
the characters does not interfere with the drawn
y—axis. See the discussion of cards 084—085 for
a detailed example of how these coordinates are
calculated:
X = XMIN — (0.7/XS) (157)
Y = YMIN + [ (YNAX-YMIN)/2.0] - [ 16XCS)/YSI (158)
121: The call to plotter subroutine FCHAR (X,Y,XCS,
YCS,PI/2) initializes the annotation subroutine
by establishing the starting location of the pen
(X,Y) in user’s units, the width and height of
the characters in inches, XCS and YCS and the
angle of writing, here ir/2 radians.
122: Write the y-axis label “DN/DLOGD (NO. PARTICLES/
DNM3) ”.
Note: The plotting grid and labeling have been drawn. Cards
123—135 are concerned with the plotting of X and Y values for the
N/ 1ogD distribution vs. the geometric mean diameter of the
particles at each of these stages in micrometers.
123-126: The variable KNT is a code value for the number
of sets of data plotted on one graph up to this
point. For example, KNT = 4 indicates that this
is the 4th set of data to be plotted on this
grid, and a special symbol for the 4th set will
be used to plot the points. Each time a new grid
is drawn, KNT = 0, and the first set of data has
the KNT value, KNT + 1 = 0 + 1 = 1.
160
-------
127: The number of points, IV, to be plotted on this
graph of AN/AlogD vs. geometric mean diameter is
defined here. It is one more than VV which is
the number of possible cumulative mass loadings
at each Dso plus one for total mass loading at
the maximum particle diameter. This is because
a value of the t N/L 1ogD distribution and corres-
ponding geometric mean diameter can be expressed
for particulate matter collected on the back up
filter. However, there is no mass which escapes
the back up filter since it captures all remain-
ing particles. IV = 8 for both the University of
Washington Mark III and the Meteorology Research,
Inc., cascade impactors, andIV = 9 for both the
Andersen and Brink cascade impactors.
128-135: The program enters a loop to plot the common log
of all non-zero values of the number size distri-
bution, DNDLDJI J = 1, IV, in number of particles
per dry normal cubic meter vs. the common log of
all non—zero values of the geometric mean diameter
of the particles at each- stage in micrometers,
GEOMDJI J = 1, IV. If the values at a given
stage are zero, the point cannot be represented
on the plot since logio (0.0) is negative infinity.
Each common log value is checked by XVAL or YVAL
to see if the point is within the grid boundaries.
If one of the point’s coordinates exceeds a
boundary, it is given a value which will cause
the point to be plotted at 0.15 inches outside
the boundary. Subroutine PIONT (KNT,XN,YN,XS,YS)
actually plots the point with a symbol determined
by the value of KNT.
136-146: Subroutine WALLY3 may have been called to plot
the values of the t N/L logD distribution vs. the
161
-------
geometric mean diameter based on the mass cap-
tured at each stage exclusively. In this case
ISIG = 0, and WALLY3 calls subroutine LABEL (KNT,
XS,YS,YMAX,YMIN) to write the number of this set
of data plotted on this graph and the symbol used
to plot this th set of data. For example, if
this is the 6th set of data plotted on this one
graph, LABEL causes “TEST 6_*” to be printed
above the graph indicating that the symbol * is
used for each point of this 6th superimposed set
of data points. The pen is then returned in the
up position to the baseline of the plotter, 4.5
inches beyond the maximum x-axis limit. It is
now ready for the next plot. WALLY3 returns to
mainline GRAPH to seek instructions for the
next graph. If ISIG = 6, the program calls sub—
routine JOE2 (instead of LABEL and PIONT) to plot
the points for the dN/dlogD size distribution vs.
geometric mean diameter as calculated from the
derivative of the cumulative mass loading curve
fit. Recall that JOE2 is also the subroutine
called by WALLY2 to plot a similar mass size
distribution based on this derivative of the
cumulative mass loading curve fit. The value of
ISIG is the code input to JOE2 which allows
this subroutine to distinguish which plot is
desired - ISIG = 1 for dN/dlogD distribution and
ISIG = 6 for dN/dlogD distribution. Only one set
of data is represented on a plot for these calls
to WALLY3 when ISIG = 6. After these points are
plotted and the pen returned in readiness for
the next plot, JOE2 returns to WALLY3. WALLY3
returns to mainline GRAPH to seek instructions
for the next plot.
162
-------
Subroutine JOE2--
This subroutine makes a plot of points from the dM/dlogD
(if ISIG = 1) or dN/dlogD (if ISIS = 6) distribution in milli-
grams or number of particles per dry normal cubic meter vs.
particle diameter in micrometers. This plot is based on the
derivative of the fitted curve to cumulative mass loading vs.
stage D 50 for the given run and given assumed density. It also
makes a listing on the line printer of diameter values in micro-
meters along with the corresponding differential size distribu-
tion value at that size.
028-038: Write the colunm headings at the top of the page
on the line printer. These headings are “INTER-
VAL”, “DIAMETER”, and “CHANGE IN MASS CONCENTRA-
TION (MG/DMN3)” or “CHANGE IN NUMBER CONCENTRA-
TION (NO./DNM3)”. The choice between the last
two column headings is determined by the value of
ISIG received by subroutine JOE2. If ISIG = 1,
this subroutine plots points of the dM/dlogD
distribution, and the former heading is printed.
If ISIG = 6, this subroutine plots points of the
dN/dlogD distribution, and the latter heading is
printed.
039-050: A logio diameter increment DINC is defined here.
This is the amount by which the common log of the
diameter is increased on each traverse of the
loop in which the dN/dlogD or dN/dlogD distribu-
tion values are calculated. DINC is defined by
dividing the difference in the common logs of
100.0 and 0.25 microns into 35 equal parts:
DINC = [ logio(1 00 .O) — logio(O.25H/35
051: The first value of the independent variable,
Dl, to be used in calculating the size distribu-
tion value is defined here as the common log of
an arbitrarily small particle size in micrometers.
163
-------
Thus, the Dl value is initially defined as:
Dl = logio(0.25) (159)
052-053: Define the last value of the independent variable
DLDF to be the maximum x-axis limit, XMAX. Recall
that the x—axis (diameter) is a common log scale
so that DLDF = XMAX is already in common log form.
054—057: Read record IS from file 11 (file FILSPL) contain-
ing the information for fitting logio (cumulative
mass loading) vs. logio (D 50 ) for this run and
assumed density. These variables are the number
of interval boundary points which are fitted NPOIN,
the values of these points (X1,Y1) 1 , I = 1, NPOIN,
and the series of fitting second degree polynom-
ial coefficients COE 1 , I =1, INT, J = 1, 3,
where INT is the number of fitted intervals,
NPOIN-l.
058: A loop begins here and continues through state-
ment 100 (card 145). The loop calculates the
mass size distribution value or number size
distribution value (depending on ISIG) at a
given diameter. This is calculated according
to the derivative of the second degree polynomial
curve fit to the cumulative mass loading vs.
diameter at this diameter as found in SPLIN1.
Both graph and line printer output are produced
in this loop.
059-063: DPLOT is the actual diameter in micrometers.
This is the value output to the line printer.
It is the result of taking the antilog of Dl,
the independent variable used in fitting:
DPLOT = (160)
064-073: The “DO 320” loop here takes the diameter var-
iable Dl and compares it to ever increasing
X—coordinate values of the interval boundary
164
-------
points, (X1,Y1), fitted in program SPLIN1 to
find the interval, NINT, containing Dl.
074—082: The value of DELM, the mass size concentration
at diameter DPLOT, is found here in milligrams
per actual cubic meter. Mathematically this is:
DELM = (161)
d(logi 0 DPLOT)
where M = mass concentration in milligrams per
actual cubic meter.
PPP, the cumulative mass loading fitting poly-
nomial over a specified interval, NINT, is the
common log of mass concentration as a function of
Dl, the common log of the diameter DPLOT:
PPP = log 1 oM = f(Dl) = f(1og 10 DPLOT) (162)
= COENINT l+COENINT 2 D1+COENINT, 3 (Dl) 2
where COE 1 ,J=l,3=fittiflg coefficients for
for interval NINT which contains diameter
DPLOT
This calculation of PPP is made at cards 079-081.
Card 078 expresses DELl, the derivative of this
common log of cumulative mass concentration with
respect to the common log of the diameter DPLOT:
— dPPP
DELl - J1og 1 oDPLOT (163)
— d(logioM )
- d(1 0g 10 DPLOT)
DELl = COLNINT 2 + 2 COENINT 3 D1
Using the following logic, DELM may be expressed
in terms of PPP and DELl:
d PPP
DELl = jI gioDPLOT) (164)
— d(logioM )
- d(logioDPLOT)
= d(logioM ) ___________
dM X d(1ogioDPLO {T
165
-------
Then it follows that
dN dN
DELM = d(1og 10 DPLOT) = DELl X d(logioM) (165)
dM
To find
d(logi 0 M)
M = exp (log M)
= exp (log lO x log 10 M) (166)
= exp (2.30258 log 10 M)
d(logioM) = d(logioM) [ exp(2.30 2585 logioM)I (167)
= 2.302585 e::p (2.302585 log 1 oM) (168)
d(log 1 oM) 2.302585 M (169)
Then
DELN = DELl x 2.302585 10 logioM (170)
or DELM = DELl x 2.302585 x 10 PPP (171)
This is the expression for DELM, the mass size
concentration in milligrams per actual cubic
meter, as calculated at card 082.
083-087: DELM as found above is in units of milligrams per
actual cubic meter. The conversion of the dif-
ferential mass size distribution to units of
milligrams per dry normal cubic meter is depend-
ent on the ambient pressure at the irnpactor
inlet in atmospheres, POA, the temperature of
the stack in degrees Kelvin, TKS, and the percent
water content of the gas, FG 5 : The conversion
is calculated by:
— [ (TKS/294) (l/POA) ] 1
DELM — DELM [ (l00—FG 5 )/1001 72)
088-092: The value of the dN/dlogD distribution at a
given diameter in number of particles per dry
normal cubic meter, DELN, can be expressed as
a function of the value of the dN/dlogD distribu-
166
-------
tion in milligrams per dry normal cubic meter,
DELM, the density of the particles in grams per
cubic centimeter, RHO, and the given particle
diameter in micrometers, DPLOT. To show the
development of this function, define the follow-
ing variables:
v = volume of one particle in cubic micro-
meters,
m mass of one particle in milligrams,
p = density of the particles in grams per
cubic centimeter,
M = total mass of particles in one cubic
meter in grams,
N = total number of particles in one cubic
meter, and,
DPLOT = particle diameter in micrometers.
The mathematical expressions for v, m, and H are:
n(DPLOT) 3 3
6 (pm)
gm mg (DPLOT) 3 3
m = p( ) x 10 (— t ) x (pm ) x
(l0’ )
pm
prr(DPLOT) 3 -g
6 xlO (mg.)
M = Nm (mg.)
Then DELN or d(log?.i DPLO may be expressed as
a function of DELM, p, and DPLOT:
dM d(Nm )
DELM = d(10g 30 DPLOT) = d(10g 10 DPLOT) (173)
dN
= (174>
dN — dM 1
Then d10g 10 DPLOT — flogioDPLOT) X (175)
DELM
(176)
167
-------
or d(1og 10 DPLOT) = DELMP.ff(D LOT) x i0 9 (nUIflber (177)
of particles
per dry nor-
mal cubic
meter)
which is the expression used in defining dN/dlogD
at card 102, where the program name is DELN.
093-098: Define the change in concentration as DEL. If
ISIG = 1 this refers to dN/dlogD, DELM, in milli-
grams per dry normal cubic meter. If ISIG = 6
this refers to dN/dlogD, DELN, in number of
particles per dry normal cubic meter.
099—111: If the cumulative mass loading fitting function
is always increasing, as it should, the change in
concentration, DEL, will be positive. Then the
common log of DEL can be taken at statement 65
(card 111) . If, however, there are some points
within the plotting range where the function is
non—increasing, the logio of the resulting zero
or negative DEL value cannot be taken. In this
case, instead ot taking the true logio value of
DEL, it is given the arbitrary extremely low
logio value of -50.0 at statement 60 (card 106).
This will later be seen as a signal of undesir-
able function behavior in the line printer out-
put.
112-120: This section uses the functions XVAL and YVAL to
check the values of the logio of diameter, Dl,
and the logio of change in concentration, DEL,
for values which would cause the plotter to plot
outside the limits of the graph (e.g., if DEL =
—50.0). It assigns to any such extreme coordinate
a value which causes the point to be plotted 0.15
inches beyond the exceeded boundary. The call to
168
-------
plotter subroutine FPLOT(—2, XN, YN) moves the
pen to the new point location (XN, YN) and lowers
it. The pen is in the up position when this is
called. The call to plotter subroutine SYMBOL
(9, 0.04) causes the symbol of a solid circle
0.04 inches in diameter to be drawn. Finally
the pen is raised in preparation for the next
pen movement by FPLOT (+1, XN, YN).
121: This statement causes the program to omit con-
verting the logio of the change in concentra-
tion if the former value -50.0. Finding the
antilog here would serve no purpose since —50.0
has no true meaning except as a signal to mark
undesirable function behavior.
122—125: For proper values of logio of change in concen-
tration, the antilog is taken. This yields the
original change in concentration value, DEL,
which will be printed:
DEL = 100 DEL
126-131: Write under the proper column heading the “slot
number” I which is a diameter index or point
index, the diameter in micrometers, DPLOT, and
the change in mass concentration (if ISIG = 1)
or the change in number concentration (if ISIG
= 6), DEL.
132—137: If the function shows non—increasing change in
concentration, this write statement takes the
place of the one at card 130. The program writes
under the proper column heading the diameter
index, the diameter in micrometers, DPLOT, and
“NON-INCREASING.”
138-145: The common log diameter value is compared with
XMAX which is the maximum x-axis limit, a common
log of the scale value. If Dl is larger than
169
-------
146—154:
this value, the plotting diameter range has been
covered, and the program exits the ioop. If Dl
is not greater than XMAX, it is incremented by
DINC. Recall that Dl is the independent variable
for the fitting equation, logio (diameter). The
program then returns to the top of the ioop at
card 058 to calculate log o (dM/dlogD) or log 10
(dN/dlogD) for this next Dl.
The pen is returned to the base linE in the up
position, 4.5 inches beyond the maximum x—axis
limit, XMAX, so that it is now ready for the
rext plot. The subroutine now returns to the
calling subroutine WALLY2 (if ISIG = 1) or WALLY3
(if ISIG = 6).
Input and Output for the Mainline Program GRAPH
Card Input and Resulting Output--
Card A—--Data punched on this card determine whether the cycles
shown on the logio axes of each plot will be of a standard range
and number or if this range and number will be regulated by the
span of the data. This coding has no bearing, however, on the
‘cycles’ shown on normal probability axes used in the graph of
cumulative percent mass loading vs. particle diameter in micro-
meters. Also, this card coding indicates whether plotting code
values (see cards C and C below) are to be read once and used for
all data sets, or whether new plotting code values are to be read
for each run.
Column 1:
Punch “0” or leave blank if the standard range
and number of cycles are desired for all plots
of cumulative mass loading in milligrams per
actual cubic meter vs. particle diameter in micro-
meters. The standard maximum and minimum cumula-
tive mass loading (Y) and particle diaraeter (X)
170
-------
axis limits are as follows:
XMAX = log o(1O0) = 2 (178)
YMAX logio(10 ) = 4 (179)
XMIN = logio(1O’) = 1 (180)
YMIN = logio(10’) = —1 (181)
Punch a hIuIt here if it is desired to regulate
the range and number of cycles of cumulative
mass loading plots according to the data. The
maximum axis limit for particle diameter is still
standard:
XMAX = logio(1 0 0) 2 (182)
The other axis limits are found by the function
SLIM(MAXMIN,ALIMIT). SLIM truncates ALIMIT to
the next smaller integer value if MAXMIN = 0.
SLIM rounds up ALIMIT to the next higher integer
if MAXMIN 1. Thus:
XMIN = SLIM (0,log1oDPMIN ) (183)
YMAX = SLIM (l,1og1oCUMAX ) (184)
YMIN SLIM (0,1og1oCUMIU ) (185)
DPMINN is the smallest lower size limit diameter,
in micrometers, of all the runs at the desired
density. When N = 1, DPMIN 1 is this lower limit
assuming physical density. Jhen N = 2, DPMIN 2
is this minimum assuming unit density. CUMAXN
is the largest total mass loading value, in
milligrams per actual cubic meter, of all the
runs at the density indicated by the value of N,
as described above.
CUMINN is the smallest cumulative mass loading
value, in milligrams per actual meter, of all
the runs at the density indicated by the value
of N as described above.
Column 2: Punch “0” or leave blank if the standard range
171
-------
and number of cycles are desired for all plots of
AM/AlogD or dN/dlogD in milligrams per dry normal
cubic meter vs. geometric mean diameter of part-
icles at that stage in micror eters. The standard
maximum and minimum size distribution on mass
basis (Y) and geometric mean diameter (X) axis
limits depend upon the impactor used. For the
Andersen, University of Washington Mark III
(Pilat), and Meteorology Research, Inc., impactors,
these standard limits are:
XMAX = logio(10 2 ) = 2 (186)
YMAX = logio(l0 ) = 4 (187)
XNIN = logio(10’) = —l (188)
YMIN = logio(10 2 ) = —2 (189)
For the Brink impactor, these limits are:
XMAX = logio(10 2 ) = 2 (190)
YMAX = logio(l0 6 ) = 6 (191)
XMIN = logio(10’) = —1 (192)
YMIN = logio(l) = 0 (193)
Punch a “1” here if it is desired to regulate
the range and number of cycles for plots of
1 J4/A1ogD or dN/dlogD according to the data.
The maximum axis limit for geometric mean dia-
meter is still standard.
XMAX = logio(10 2 ) = 2 (194)
The other axis limits are found by the function
SLIM(MAXMIN,ALIMIT). SLIM truncates the value
of ALIMIT to the next lower integer if MAXMIN =
0. SLIM rounds up the value of ALIMIT to the
next higher integer if MAXMIN = 1. Thus:
XMIN = SLIM (O,1og1oGDHIN ) (195)
YMAX = SLIM (l,1og1oDMMAX ) (196)
YMIN = SLIM (0,1og1oDMMIN ) (197)
172
-------
GDMINN is the smallest geometric mean diameter,
in micrometers, of all the runs at the desired
density. When N = 1, GDMIN 1 is this minimum
geometric mean diameter assuming, physical dens-
ity. When N = 2, GDMIN 2 is this minf mum,assum—
ing unit density. DMMAXN is the largest AM/AlogD
or dM/dlogD value in milligrams per dry normal
cubic meter of all the runs at the desired dens-
ity (indicated by the value of N as described
above). DMMINN is the smallest AM/AloqD or
dM/dlogD value in milligrams per dry normal cubic
meter of all the runs at the desired density
(indicated by the value of N as described above).
Column 3: Punch “0 ” or leave blank if the standard range
and number of cycles are desired for all plots
of AN/ logD or dN/dlogD in number of particles
per dry normal cubic meter vs. geometric mean
diameter of particles at that stage in micro-
meters. The standard maximum and minimum AN/
tdogD or dN/dlogD (Y) and geometric mean dia-
meter (X) axes limits depend upon the impactor
used. For the Andersen, University of Washington
Mark III (Pilat), and Meteorology Research, Inc.,
impactors, these standard limits are:
XMAX = logio(100) = 2 (198)
YMAX = logio(lO’ 5 ) = 15 (199)
XMIN = logio(l0’) = —l (200)
YMIN = logio(l0 6 ) 6 (201)
For the Prink impactor, these limits are:
XMAX = Iogio( 100 ) 2 (202)
YMAX = 1ogio(l0’’ ) 14 (203)
XMIN = logio(l0’) = —l (204)
YMIN = logio(l0 5 ) = 5 (205)
Punch a “1” here if it is desired to regulate
173
-------
the range and number of cycles for plots of AN/
tulogD or dN/dlogD according to the data. XMAX
and XMIN are based on the maximum and rain imum
geometric mean diameter values in micrometers,
GDMAXN and GDMINN. They are the same as described
in the section for “Column 2” above. The vertical
axis limits are as follows:
YMAX = SLIM(l ,log1oDNMAX ) (206)
YMIN = SLIM(0 ,log1oDNMIN )
DNMAXN is the largest AN/AlogD or dN/dlogD value
in number of particles per dry normal cubic meter
of all the runs at the desired density. When N
= 1, DNMAXi is this maximum assuming physical
density. When N = 2, DNMAX 2 . is this maximum,
assuming unit density. DNMINN is the smallest
L N/L\logD or dN/dlogD value in number of particles
per dry normal cubic riteter of all the runs at
the desired density (indicated by the value of N
as described above).
Column 4: Punch “0” here or leave blank if plotting code
values (see cards 3 and.C below) are to be read
once. In this case the plotting instructions
for all runs are read fron a single card B and
a single card C. Punch “1” here if plotting code
values are to be read for each set of data. In
this case there would be as many B and C cards
as there are number of impactor runs for which
there are sets of data, NRUN.
Card B--This card contains the values of plotting code var-
iables for the “raw data” plots. These are referred to as “raw
data” plots because they are based on the mass captured at each
stage. There is a code variable providing the option to super-
impose two or more data sets on one graph or to show each set of
174
-------
data on a separate graph. The plotting choices are:
a) cumulative mass loading less than each stage D 50 , in
milligrams per actual cubic meter CUMG 1 , I = 1, 8 (and
the total mass loading in the same units, GRNAM) vs. the
lower size limit of particles on that stage, in micro-
meters, DMAX
b) AM/t logD in milligrams per dry normal cubic meter,
DMDLD 1 , I 1, 9, vs. geometric mean diameter of all
particles on the stage in micrometers, GEOMD 1 , I = 1, 9
c) AN/AlogD in number of particles per dry normal cubic meter
DNDLD 1 , I = 1, 9, vs. the geometric mean diameter of all
particles on the stage in micrometers, GEOMD 1 , I = 1, 9.
There are actually two possible plots for each of the three
described above since separate calculations are made for physical
density and unit density.
The plots which may be obtained are discussed below. Note
that a value of “0” produces the plot desired while a value of
“1” suppresses the plot.
Column 1: Leave this column blank or punch a if it is
desired to superimpose the raw data points of
this run on the same grid as that used by the
previous run. Up to a maximum of 9 sets of data
may be superimposed on one grid, each set of data
plotted with a different symbol. Punch a pos-
itive number in this field, e.g. “1”, to draw a
new grid for each plot requested for this run.
The first card in card position B must have a
positive number punched in this field since there
is no grid available from a previousu plot.
Column 2: Punch “0” to receive a graph of cumulative mass
loading below each stage in milligrams per actual
cubic meter, CUMG, and the total mass loading in
the same units, GRNAM, vs. the lower size limit
of particles on that stage in micrometers, DPC,
175
-------
and the maximum particle diameter in the same
units, DNAX. Unit density, 1.0 gram per cubic
centimeter is assumed. The graph also shows a
secondary vertical axis to the right with
cumulative mass loading in grams per actual
cubic foot. Punch “1” in column 2 to suppress
the graph.
Punch “0” to receive a graph of AM/Alogi) in
milligrams per dry normal cubic meter, D 1DLD,
vs. the geometric mean diameter of particles
th
captured on the I stage GEOMD 1 assuming unit
density, 1.0 gram per cubic centimeter. Punch
“1” in column 3 to suppress the graph.
Punch “0” to receive a graph of AN/Aloc’D in
number of particles per dry normal cubic r ieter
DNDLD vs. geometric mean diameter of particles
th
captured on the I stage, GLOMD 1 , assuming unit
density, 1.0 gram per cubic centimeter. Punch
“1” in column 4 to suppress the graph.
ity. Punch “1” to suppress the graph.
Card C--This card contains the values of plotting code var-
iables to obtain plots for fitted data plots. For each plot
Column 3:
Column 4:
Column 5:
Column 6:
Column 7:
Punch “0” to receive the same graph as described
for Column 2 of this card except here the plotted
point values are found by assuming physical dens-
ity. Punch “1” to suppress the graph.
Punch “0” to receive the same graph as described
for Column 3 of this card except here the plotted
point values are found by assumin physical dens-
ity. Punch “1” to suppress the graph.
Punch “0” to receive the same graph as described
for Column 4 of this card except here the plotted
point values are found by assuming physical dens-
176
-------
required, there must be a record of the series of fitting poly—
nomials for these data present on file FILSPL (file 11). There-
fore, mainline program SPLIN1, in addition to mainline program
MPPROG, must be run previously before any of the following plots
can be obtained. The plot choices showing the results of curve
fitting are:
a) cumulative mass loading of particulate less than indicated
diameter in milligrams per actual cubic meter vs. particle
diameter in micrometers
b) cumulative percent mass loading of particulate less than
indicated diameter vs. particle diameter in micrometers
c) dM/dlocjD in milligrams per dry normal cubic meter vs.
geometric mean diameter of the size interval in micro-
meters
d) dN/dlogD in number of particles per dry normal meter vs.
geometric mean diameter of the size interval in nicro-
meters.
There are, again, two possible plots for each of the four describ-
ed above since there are separate calculations raade for physical
density and unit density. Except for the cumulative percent
plots, each of the plots described above show the “raw data”
points (as described for Card 13) superimposed on the fitted data.
To show more than one run of data on any one of these graphs
would create a cluttered and confusing plot. Therefore, there is
no option to superimpose more than one set of data on a graph,
as there was for those plots controlled by Card B.
For each plot of the type b, c, or d described above, there
is other output in addition to the graph. This consists of a
line printer table of plotted values. The plots which can he
selected on card C are discussed below. Again, note that “0”
produces the plot while “1” suppresses the plot.
Column 1: Punch “0” to receive the curve of cumulative
mass loading of particulate less than indicated
diameter, in milligrar S per actual cubic meter,
177
-------
vs. particle diameter, in micrometers, according
to the predetermined fitting equation where unit
density is assumed. The graph also shows the
points on which the curve fit was based. These
latter points are the same data as plotted accord-
ing to Card , Column 2. Punch “1” to suppress
the graph.
Column 2: Punch “0” to receive the line printer table and
graph of cumulative percent of total mass load—
ing for particulate less than the indicated dia-
meter vs. particle diameter in micrometers where
unit density is assumed. Punch U 1 11 to suppress
the graph.
Column 3: Punch “0” to receive the line printer table and
graph of dN/dlogD in milligrams per dry normal
cubic meter vs. particle diameter in micrometers
as determined froi the derivative of the pre-
determined fitting equation assuming unit dens-
ity. The graph also shows the AM/AlogD distri-
bution obtained from the particulate matter col-
lected at each stage. These latter points are
the same data as plotted according to Card E,
Column 3. Punch “1” to suppress the graph.
Column 4: Punch “0’ to get the line printer table and graph
of dN/dlogD in number of particles per dry normal
cubic meter vs. particle diameter in micrometers
as determined from the derivative of the pre-
determined fitting equation assuming unit density.
The graph also shows the N/L logD distribution
obtained from the particulate matter collected
at each stage. These latter points are the same
data as plotted according to Card B, Column 4.
Punch “1” to suppress the graph.
178
-------
Column 5: Punch “0” to receive the same graph as described
for Column 1 of this card except here the plotted
values are found by assuming physical density.
Punch “1” to suppress the graph.
Column 6: Punch “0” to receive the same table and graph as
described for Column 2 of this card except here
the values are found by assuming physical density.
Punch “1” to suppress the table and graph.
Column 7: Punch “0” to receive the same table and graph as
described for Column 3 of this card except here
the values are found by assuming physical density.
Punch “1” to suppress the table and graph.
Column 8: Punch “0” to receive the same table and graph as
described for Column 4 of this card except here
the values are found by assuming physical density.
Punch to suppress the table and graph.
File Input and Output---
Program GRAPh uses three random access files. One of these,
file number 8 under the file name “GRAPHO”, is used exclusively
within this program. All input into this file is made within
this program and the only reading of file 8 takes place within
this program. This file is discussed in further detail below.
File 10, under the file name “KrICOOl”, carries needed information
for programs SPLIN2 and GRAPH from the running of the impactor
program MPPROG. File 10 is only a source of input data for
program GRAPH. No additional values are added to it by this
program. The third file is file number 11 with the file name
“FILSPL”. It carries the fitting coefficients for fits made to
logio (cumulative mass loading) vs. logio(Dso) for each run and
assumed density. Two records are kept for each run as in file
10: one for assumed physical density and one for unit density.
File number 8, referenced as “FGRAPH” under the file name
“GRAPH”, is used to store the plotting code values for each run
179
-------
as input from cards. There are a total of 50 records, each allo-
cated 15 words. Each of these records contains the plotting code
values for one impactor run. These include the values for obtain-
ing both physical density plots and unit density plots. This is
unlike files 10 and 11 where there are two records for each im-
pactor run: one for data obtained assuming physical density and
one for data obtained assuming unit density. Each variable is
an integer requiring one word. The variables and their defini-
tions are as follows:
MPLOT: The value is 0 if a new grid is desired for plot-
ting data from this inipactor run. The value is
1 if data from this impactor run are to be super-
imposed on the graph of a previous run(s).
31: The value is 0 if the plot Qf cumulative mass
loading less than stage D 50 in milligrams per
actual cubic meter vs. stage D o in micrometers
is desired for assumed unit density. The value
is 1 if this plot is to be suppressed.
J2: The value is 0 if the plot of M/AlogD in milli-
grams per dry normal cubic meter vs. geometric
mean diameter in micrometers of each stage in
micrometers is desired for assumed unit density.
The value is 1 if this plot is to be suppressed.
J3: The value is 0 if the plot of AN/ logD in number
of particles per dry normal cubic meter vs.
geometric mean diameter in micrometers of each
stage in nicroireters is desired for assumed
density. The value is 1 if this plot is to be
suppressed.
J4: The value is 0 to obtain the same plot as given
for Ji = 0 except that physical density is
assumed. The value is 1 if this plot is to be
suppressed.
35: The value is 0 to oLt in the same plot as given
180
-------
for J2 = 0 except that physical density is
assumed. The value is 1 if this plot is to be
suppressed.
36: The value is 0 to obtain the same plot as given
for 33 = 0 except that physical density is
assumed. The value is 1 if this plot is to be
suppressed.
JP1: The value is 0 to obtain the same plot as for
31 = 0 with the fitted curve to these data super-
imposed. The value is 1 if this plot is to be
suppressed.
JPCNT1: The value is 0 to obtain the curve of cumulative
percent mass loading vs. particle diameter in
micrometers as determined from the cumulative
mass loading vs. D 50 curve fit assuming density.
The value is 1 if this plot is to be suppressed.
JP2: The value is 0 to obtain the same plot as for 32
= 0 with points of the dN/dlogD distribution
superimposed. This dM/dlogD distribution is
obtained from the derivative with respect to
logio (diameter) of the-cumulative mass loading
vs. D50 curve fit. The value is 1 if this plot
is to be suppressed.
3P3: The value is 0 to obtain the same plot as for
J3 = 0 with points of the dN/dlogD distribution
superimposed. Again this is obtained from the
derivative of the cumulative mass loading curve
fit. The value is 1 if this plot is to be
suppressed.
3P4: The value is 0 to obtain the same plot as for J1
= 0 except that physical density is assumed and
the fitted curve to this data is also superimpos-
ed. The value is 1 if this plot is to be sup-
pressed.
181
-------
JPCNT4: The value is 0 to obtain the curve of cumulative
percent mass loading vs. particle diameter, in
micrometers, for assumed physical density as
determined from the cumulative mass loading vs.
D 50 curve £ it. The value is 1 if this plot is
to be suppressed.
3P5: The value is 0 to obtain the sane plot as for
J2 = 0 except that physical density is assumed
and the points of the dN/dlogD distribution are
superimposed. This dN/dlogD distriJ ution is
obtained from the derivative with respect to
logio diameter of the cumulative mass loading vs.
D5 0 curve fit. The value is 1 if this plot is
to be suppressed.
JP6: The value is 0 to obtain the same plot as for
.33 = 0 except that physical density is assumed
and the points of the dN/dlogD distribution are
superimposed. Again this is obtained from the
derivative of the cumulative mass loading curve
fit. The value is 1 if this plot is to be sup—
pressed.
182
-------
PROGRAM STATIS
The program STATIS is designed to make statistical analyses
of the data taken during a number of impactor runs for a given
test situation.
The user may obtain the following results in both tabular
and graphical form:
a. average cumulative mass loading less than indicated
diameter in milligrams per actual cubic meter
b. average percent cumulative mass loading less than indi-
cated diameter
c. average differential particle-size distribution on a
mass basis in milligrams per dry normal cubic meter
(dM/dlogD)
d. average differential particle-size distribution on a
number basis in number of particles per dry normal cubic
meter (dN/dlogD).
Also calculated for each of these are the 50% confidence
limits. (Note: These may be changed to 90% confidence limits by
replacing the equations as indicated in this write-up.) Averages
and confidence limits are based on the exclusion of outliers.
Outliers are defined as any data not within a certain interval of
the original average (including all data). See the discussion of
subroutine AVCON for the specific definition of outlying data used
in this program. Each of the four types of analysis discussed
here is made for data where physical particle density is assumed
and where unit density is assumed.
The proçrams which must be run before the execution of STATIS
are the impactor program MPPROG and the cumulative mass loading
vs. diameter fitting program, SPLIN1. The impactor program stores
the data points for cumulative mass loading vs. stage D 50 for
each of the impactor runs, and the fitting program fits each of
these sets of data with a series of overlapping,continuous, second
183
-------
degree polynomials. The parameters for each curve fit (number of
intervals, interval boundaries, and coefficient values) must be
on file so that they may be used in program STATIS to regenerate
the cumulative mass loading vs. diameter curve fit for each impac—
tor run. From this, one may generate a cumulative percent load-
ing curve. With the original fitting equation and its derivative,
the dN/dlogD and dN/dlogD graphs may also be generated. Thus, all
calculations to obtain averages in STATIS are based on information
derived from cumulative mass loading vs. D 50 curve fits for indi-
vidual impactor runs stored by the fitting program SPLIN1.
The execution of program STATIS is also essential to the
execution of program PENTRA which is used to calculate the pene-
tration and efficiency of the gas cleaning device versus particle
size. PENTRA uses the magnitude of average dM/dlogD values at
the indicated diameters, and standard deviation about the average
stored on file by STATIS, in order to make the penetration and
efficiency calculations. STATIS must actually be executed twice—
once each for the inlet and outlet data sets.
It should be noted that in the Breakdown of Program STATIS
below, physical density is assumed to have been input to program
NPPROG. This results in calculations based on physical density
and unit density (definition of aerodynamic diameter user speci-
fied) being listed alternately in output files. The user may
instead desire to input only unit density to MPPROG yielding cal-
culations based on the two different definitions of aerodynamic
diameter (Mercer’s 2 and Task Group on Lung Dynamics 1 ).
Breakdown of Program STATIS
038—046: Read coding to indicate whether the data to be
used are inlet or outlet information, consequently,
the proper sequential file is established for out-
put from this program. If statistical calculations
are being made for inlet data, the information is
184
-------
stored in file 16; if statistical calculations are
being made for outlet data, the information is
stored in file 17.
047-073: Read coding to indicate whether even or odd
numbered records are to be used for averaging
(i.e., whether records for physical density,
respectively, are to be used, which plots
are desired, the plotting range for these plots,
and whether a constant of integration is to be
added to calculation of average cumulative mass
loading. The coding NOFILE = 1 is the indication
that there have been no fits made to the cumula-
tive mass loading vs. D 50 for this density. Thus,
no statistical calculations are to be made for the
data of this assumed density. The program enters
“flag” variable values which will indicate that
penetration—efficiency calculations cannot be
made for this density when read in program PENTRA.
These dM/dlogD values are “O”’s where the assumed
density and number of diameter points examined
would have been entered. For example, if N = 1
and NOFILE = 1, the assumed density is physical,
and the program returns to statement number 1
(card 067) to read in information concerning unit
density (N = 2). If N is 2 and NOFILE = 1, the
program ends with the STOP command.
074-087: A desired maximum plotted diameter may be read into
the program. Otherwise, the maximum plotted diam-
eter is 8.0 micrometers (PSTOP) for physical den-
sity and 10.0 micrometers (ASTOP) for unit density.
088-118: Read the general information record (record 101)
from file 10. This includes the number of impac—
tor runs, NRUN, coding for the type of impactor,
IMPAC, the general identification label, IDALL,
physical density, RHO1, and grid limits for all
185
-------
plots according to the range of the data, GEI’IAX
through CUMIN.
119—124: The assumed particle density for these statistical
calculations is saved as RHOX. This is the physi-
cal density RHO1 read from the general information
record 101 if N = 1. RHOX is the unit
density 1.0 gram per cubic centimeter if N = 2.
125-129: The last record containing run data for the assumed
density is defined here as ISFIN according to the
assumed density as indicated by coding N and
according to the number of impactor runs to be
statistically evaluated, NRUN. (Recall, there are
two records for each impactor run—odd records for
assumed physical density, even records for assumed
unit density.
130: The average total mass (grain) loading for this
assumed density, ATGLNS is given an initial value
of 0.0 milligram per actual cubic meter before its
calculation.
131-137: In a loop, the total mass loading, TGLIS in milli-
grams per actual cubic meter, is read from file 10
for each run.
138—150: IAVLD is coding in subroutine AVCON to indicate
whether confidence limits are to be found for
averages. It is set equal to 0 here so that con-
fidence limits are not calculated for the average
total mass loading, ATGLIS. The subroutine AVCON
(N, IAVLD, NDK, NOCON 1 , ISFIN, TGL, ATGLN AVDM1,
CUM2D 1 , CUM2LD, CISUM, SIGMA, CLU 1 , CLL 1 , DINC)
takes the total mass loading values, TGL, to cal-
culate a preliminary standard deviation SIGMA.
A new final average ATGLN is then calculated where
any outlying TGL 15 values are excluded. The vari-
ables NOCON 1 and AVDM1 through DINC are dummy van-
ables in this case. No confidence limits are
taken.
186
-------
151—158: CUM2D 1 is the cumulative mass loading less than
the specified diameter in milligrams per actual
cubic meter; CUM2LD is this same quantity up to
the previous diameter. CISUM is the sum of the
squares of the confidence intervals of all the
dM/dlogD values up to the specified diameter in
milligrams per actual cubic meter. AVDML is the
average dM/dlogD value at the previous specified
diameter in milligrams per actual cubic meter. At
this time, before entering the loop at card 153,
there are no “specified” diameters. Thus, CUM2D 1 ,
CUM2LD, CISUM, and AVDM1, are given initial values
of 0.0 here.
159-627: The program begins a large loop here through state-
ment 254 (card 627). The index MDK (or NDK = MDK -
2) specifies the type of calculations and output
to be made on each passage through the loop:
MDX = 1 or NDK = -l yields graph and line
printer output for average cumulative mass
loading less than specified diameter in
milligrams per actual cubic meter vs. speci-
fied diameter in micrometers. Also on this
same traverse NDK1 is changed from 0 to 1
to obtain the same output for cumulative
percent mass loading less than specified
diameter vs. specified diameter in micro-
meters.
MDK = 2 or NDK = 0 yields graph, line printer,
and file output for average dN/dlogD in
milligrams per dry normal cubic meter vs.
specified diameter in micrometers.
MDK = 3 or NDK = 1 yields graph and line
printer output for average dN/dlogD in
number of particles per dry normal cubic
meter vs. specified diameter in micrometers.
187
-------
All of the output discussed here also includes
upper and lower 50% confidence limits. (Note:
90% confidence limits may be obtained by substitu-
ting the formulas as specified in the discussion
of subroutine AVCON.) Also, a list of outlying
values is printed with each type of calculation.
188: NDK1 is a code variable whose value determines the
type of vertical scale desired for plotting.
NDK1 = 0 yields a common log vertical scale.
NDK1 = 1 yields a log probability scale (used only
for plotting of average cumulative percent mass
loading).
189-245: According to the type of calculations to be made,
i.e., according to the value of MDX, various head-
ings are written at the top of the page on the
line printer. The heading always includes the gen-
eral identification label IDALL and assumed den-
sity RHOX. For MDX = 1 there are column headings
for diameter index number, diameter in micrometers,
mean cumulative mass concentration less than spec-
ified diameter in milligrams per actual cubic
meter, and upper and lower 50% confidence limits
in the same units. For MDX = 2 there are column
headings for diameter index number, diameter
(micrometers), mean dM/dlogD in milligrams per dry
normal cubic meter, standard deviation, and upper
and lower 50% confidence limits all in the same
units. Likewise, for MDX = 3 there are the same
headings for dN/dlogD in number of particles per
dry normal cubic meter. Also if a plot is desired
(when IPLT1, IPLT2, or IPLT3 = 0 for MDX = 1, 2,
or 3, respectively) a plotting grid is drawn on
the plotter by subroutine STPLOT along with label-
ing of axes.
188
-------
246—255: Define the common log increment of the diameter to
be added on each traverse of the loop, DINC. For
calculations of cumulative mass loading, DINC is
defined such that there are 28 points per common
log cycle:
DINC = 0.0357142857 (208)
For calculation of dM/dlogD and dN/dlogD, DINC is
defined such that there are 14 points per common
log cycle:
DINC = 0.0714285714 (209)
The number of points per log cycle is arbitrary;
however, the number of points for cumulative mass
loading is twice that of the differential size
distributions in order to construct a more accurate
cumulative mass loading curve. (The ultimate would
be an infinite number of changes in mass concen-
tration summed over infinitely small logio diameter
intervals.)
256—261: Dl is the variable used in the derivative fitting
equation and is defined as the common logarithm
of the true particle diameter in micrometers. The
curve fit starts at 0.25 micrometers diameter.
This is an arbitrarily chosen size with which to
begin the fitting loop. The user should take appro-
priate caution in evaluating extrapolated data if the
D 50 or geometric mean diameter of the last stage is
greater than this beginning particle size of 0.25
micrometers. The initial value of Dl is:
Dl = log 10 (0.25) (210)
262—272: The maximum diameter at which calculations cease,
DSTOP, is defined in micrometers according to the
assumed particle density. (Recall discussion of
cards 074—087 that this maximum diameter is ASTOP
for assumed unit physical density.)
189
-------
273—274: The number of points (diameters) at which calcula-
tions are to be made, PLAS, is defined by dividing
the plotting range by the common log increment
DINC:
PLAS [ log 10 (DSTOP) - Dl]/DINC (211)
This real variable PLAS is changed to an integer
variable LAS with one point added for the initial
point Dl:
LAS = PLAS + 1 (212)
275—279: If calculations are being made for the mean
dM/dlogD size distribution (NDK = 0), the first
entry into a sequential file I4PACFL is made here.
MPACFL = 16 if the data here Is from inlet testing.
MPACFL = 17 if this data is from outlet testing.
(See discussion on cards 038-046). The information
from this file along with information from the
companion inlet or outlet file will be used in pro-
gram PENTRA to calculate penetration and efficiency
of the gas cleaning device. This first entry con-
sists of assumed particle density, RHOX, in grams
per cubic centimeter, and the number of tested
diameter points, LAS.
280—485: A loop begins here which contains all calculations
to obtain average cumulative mass loading
(NDK = -1), average dM/dlogfl (NDK = 0), or average
dN/dlogD (NDI< = —1) vs. particle diameter with 50%
confidence limits. Output to the line printer,
plotter, and file MPACFL (for NDX = 0) are also
made in this loop. The value of NSLOT is the diam-
eter index number and MSLOT NSLOT -l is the diam-
eter index number of the previous diameter. Note
that the average percent cumulative mass concen-
tration vs. particle diameter is calculated out-
side the loop.
190
-------
291-295: DPLOT is the actual diameter in micrometers, and
is a function of the curve fitting diameter van—
able Dl:
DPLOT = 100 D1 (213)
296-303: A sum of changes in particle concentration, SUM,
is calculated over all runs at the indicated diam-
eter, DPLOT. This is the sum of changes on a mass
basis in milligrams per actual cubic meter if
NDK = —1, or the sum of changes on a mass basis in
milligrams per dry normal cubic meter if NDK = 0,
or the sum of changes on a number basis in number
of particles per dry normal cubic meter if NDK 1.
SUM is given the initial value of 0.0, and the
number of runs contributing a quantity to this sum,
NUPTS, is also given an initial value of 0.
304-377: The loop begins here which sums the increments as
discussed above. Note that the index IAV is
incremented by 2 on each traverse of the loop so
that only those records having the same assumed
density provide data to be summed.
305—311: The record of each run for the assumed density is
read to obtain the stack temperature in degrees
Kelvin, TKS, the impactor inlet pressure in atmo-
spheres, POA, and the percent water—vapor content
of the gas, FGH2O. These are used to convert
average mass size distribution values from milli-
gram per actual cubic meter to milligrams per dry
normal cubic meter. (See cards 357-364.) Vari-
ables NFIT, GRNAM, ID, and RHO are dummy variables
here.
312—321: At the appropriate record IS, the number of inter-
val boundary points generated for the cumulative
mass loading fit, NPOIN, is read. The number of
intervals which these points bound, INT, is
191
-------
defined as NPOIN -1. From this record, the pro-
gram also reads the actual boundary point values,
X1 1 (I=l,NPOIN) and Y1 1 (I=l,NPOIN), and the
second degree polynomial coefficients which yield
the curve fit to the cumulative mass loading vs.
D 50 data for the run, COE 1 J (I=l,INT; J l,3).
322—330: The diameter variable Dl is tested in a ioop to
find the interval in which it lies. Starting at
the second smallest boundary diameter variable Xl 2 ,
Dl is compared to the boundary diameter variable
values until Dl . Xli. Then the interval, NINT,
in which Dl lies is equal to J -1. If there are
Dl values < Xl 1 (which is 1og 10 (D 50 ) of the smallest
stage cutpoint), they are defined as being in the
first interval NINT = 1. If there are Dl values
> Xli onj which is log 10 (maximum particle diam-
eter), they are defined as being in the last
interval NINT.
331—343: If average cumulative mass loading is being calcu-
lated (NDK= -1), and if this is the first traverse
of the loop (NSLGT=l, i.e .., finding the cumulative
mass loading of particulate < 0.25 micrometers),
and if a cumulative mass loading constant of inte-
gration is desired (NCUCON=0), this constant is
calculated for each run of this assumed density,
CUCONlis as a function of the diameter variable
with a value one increment smaller (DINC) than the
first value of Dl = log o(0.25):
CUCON 1 1 s = C 1 + C 2 (D1DINC) + C 3 (D1-DINC) 2 (214)
The value CUCON 1 found here is in the form of the
log 10 (cumulative mass loading). The antilog is
taken so that CUCON1 is actual cumulative mass
loading up to but not including 0.25 micrometers.
Note also that if this “initial” cumulative mass
loading is < l0 milligrams per actual cubic
192
-------
meter, it is given that value anyway. This is to
prevent such a large range of scale for the aver-
age cumulative mass loading grid.
344—357: The program calculates the change in mass concen-
tration with respect to logio (diameter), dM/dlogD,
in milligrams per actual cubic meter at the given
diameter. This requires both the value of logi 0
(cumulative mass concentration) , PPP, as determined
by the second degree polynomial fitting coefficints
of the interval, C 1 , C 2 , and C 3 , and the logjo
(diameter), Dl:
PPP = logM (215)
= C 1 + C (Dl) + C 3 (Dl) 2
and the value of the derivative of PPP with respect
to Dl, DELMBC, as determined by C 2 , C 3 , and Dl:
DELMBC = dlogM/dlogD
= C 2 + 2C 3 (Dl) (216)
The change in cumulative mass concentration
dM/dlogD is also named DELMBC. Thus, DELMBC is
redefined:
DELMBC = dM/d logD (217)
= 2.302585 DELMBC ( 10 • 0 )PPP
(See the discussion of JOE2 where it is shown that:
d( logD) = 2.302585 ( 100 )PPP ) . (218)
358—372: dM/dlogD is in units of milligrams per actual
cubic meter if NDK = -1. It is in milligrams
per dry normal cubic meter, DELM, if NDK = 0.
To make the conversion, DELNBC is divided by the
factor CONVRT:
CONVRT = (294/TKS) POA [ (100.O—FGH2O)/100.0] (219)
where TKS = temperature of stack (°K)
193
-------
POA = gas pressure at the impactor
inlet (atmosphere)
FGH2O = percent water content of the gas
dM/dlogD may be converted to dN/dlogD, DELN, if
NDK = 1, by dividing by particle density and
volume:
DELN = (6.0/p it D 3 ) DELM x (220)
where P = assumed particle density
(gm/cm 3 )
D = particle diameter (urn)
DELM = dM/dlogD (mg/ACM)
The variable DELiS is defined as the change in con-
centration at the given diameter DPLOT in one of
three systems of units, depending on the value of
NDK as discussed here.
373: The loop which began at card 304 ends here. The
loop returns to calculate DELIS at the same diam-
eter DPLOT and same assumed particle density, p,
for the next run until DEL 15 has been calculated
for all like density runs at the same diameter.
374-375: The code variable IAVLD is to be used in the call
to subroutine AVCON. By setting IAVLD = 1, AVCON
will calculate 50% confidence limits if there are
enough data to calculate these, i.e., two or more
values.
376—387: If average cumulative mass loading is being cal-
culated NDK = -1.
388—389: The value of code variable NOCONNSLOT signals,
upon return from AVCON, whether there were enough
data to calculate confidence limits. It is input
to AVCON as 0 and remains this value if confidence
limits are calculated. It is set equal to 1 if
the confidence limits are not calculated. Also,
the average change in particle concentration, AVD
(units depend on value of NDK), is initialized
as 0.0. 194
-------
390-426: Subroutine AVCON, (N, IAVLD, NDK, NOCONNSLOTI
ISFIN, DEL, AVD, AVDM1, CUM 2 DNSLOT, CUM2LD, CISUM,
SIGMA, CLUSNLOTf CLLNSLOT DINC) is called to cal-
culate the average, AVD, of all suitable values of
DEL. “Suitable values” refers to the exclusion of
any negative DELIS value and the exclusion of any
DEL 15 value determined to be an outlier (such DEL 15
values are set = —50.0 in subroutine AVCON as an
arbitrary negative “flag” value) . An average of
the cumulative mass concentration, CUM2D, is also
calculated for each increment in log 10 D if NDK = 1.
CUM2D represents this average cumulative mass
loading less than the specified diameter in milli-
grams per actual cubic meter. If there is a
sufficient number of data values, the upper and
lower 50% confidence limits, CLUNSLOT and CLLNSLOT
respectively, are also calculated. The method of
calculating these limits depends on the value of
NDK.
427: NSETS is a code variable which is a simple func-
tion of NOCONNSLOT:
NSETS = NOCONINSLOT + 1 (221)
NSETS = 1 is equivalent to NOCONNSLOT = 0 and
indicates that confidence limits are calculated in
subroutine AVCON. NSETS = 2 is equivalent to
NOCONNSLOT = 1 and indicates that there is insuffi-
cient data for calculation of 50% confidence
limits in subroutine AVCON.
428-455: The output of the line printer is dependent on
both NDK and NSETS, i.e., the type of average to
be calculated and whether confidence limits could
be calculated. The diameter index number NSLOT,
the diameter DPLOT, and the average (AVD = average
195
-------
differential concentration for NDI( 0 or 1, or
CUM2D average cumulative mass loading less than
indicated diameter for NDK -1) are printed
regardless of the value of NSETS. If NSETS = 1,
the value of the standard deviations, SIGMA, and
the upper and lower 50% confidence limits CLUNSLOT
and CLLNSLOT are printed for NDK = 0 or 1. The
upper and lower 50% confidence limits only are
printed for NDK -1. If NSETS 2, “INSUFFICIENT
DATA” is printed in each of these positions.
456—465: A loop occurs here which saves values excluded in
calculating averages and confidence limits at this
diameter (i.e., any DELIS value < 0.0). The
number of values excluded at a given diameter is
NOUTNSLOT. The record numbers of any excluded
values at the given diameter are also saved in a
two-dimensional matrix, THROUTNSLOTNTI where
NSLOT is the diameter index and NT is an index for
the number thrown out. These values are saved so
that excluded records may be printed out with the
table of averages and confidence limits for each
value of NDK. The number of values to be used in
calculating averages and confidence limits is
saved as NIN.
466: The output device used next depends upon the value
of NDK. If the averages and confidence intervals
for cumulative mass loading less than indicated
diameter (NDK = —1), or for dN/dlogD (NDK=l) are
calculated here, the program checks directly to
see if plotting is desired at statement 117 (card
467) or 119 (card 477), respectively. If the
averages and confidence intervals for dM/dlogD
(NDK=0) are calculated here, the program goes to
statement 118 (card 475) to first write values
196
-------
into file MPACFL (for use in program PENTRA)
before checking to see if plotting is desired.
467—474: The program comes to statement 117 (card 468) for
plotting the cumulative mass loading, CUM2D, less
than the indicated diameter, DPLOT, along with
upper and lower confidence limits CLUNSLOT and
CLLNSLOT, respectively, if NOCONNSLOT = 0. The
confidence limits will not be calculated or plotted
if NOCONNSLOT = 1. Recall that twice as many
diameters are being examined for the average cumu-
lative mass distribution than are examined for
either dM/dlogD or dN/dlogD. It is not desirable
to plot all these points on the graph, therefore,
a test is made so that only every other point is
plotted. Only when IPLOT is negative is a point
plotted. IPLOT is calculated as:
IPLOT = ( 1 )NSLOT (222)
Plotting is done by calling subroutine STATPT(NDK1,
NOCONNSLOT IJPLOT, CUM 2 DNSLOTI CLUNSLOT CLLNSLOTI
XMAX, XMIN, YMAX, YMIN, XS, YS) if IPLOT = -1.
Since NDK = 0 when this subroutine is called, the
plotting will be done on a log-log grid. The max-
imum and minimum axis values XMAX, XMIN, YMAX, and
YMIN along with scale factors XS and YS are also
input to STATPT. These are calculated in subroutine
STPLOT. If cumulative mass loading less than indi-
cated diameter is calculated (NDK= -1), the aver-
age dM/dlogD at the indicated diameter in milli-
grams per actual cubic meter, AVD, is redefined as
AVDM1, the average dN/dlogD at the previous diam-
eter in the same units. Likewise, the cumulative
mass loading less than the indicated diameter in
milligrams per actual cubic meter, CUM2D, is
197
-------
redefined as AVDM1, the average dM/dlogD at the
previous diameter in the same units. Likewise,
the cumulative mass loading less than the indicated
diameter in milligrams per actual cubic meter,
CtJM2D, is redefined in a similar fashion as CUM2LD,
the cumulative mass loading less than the previous
diameter. The program then goes to statement 150
(card 480) where Dl is incremented by DINC and cal-
culations are repeated for the new diameter.
475—476: The program comes to statement 118 (card 475) if
calculation of average dN/dlogD is made (i.e., if
NDK = 0). Here, an entry is made into the sequen-
tial access file MPACFL (file 16 if making statis-
tical calculations for inlet data, file 17 if for
outlet data) for use in the penetration-efficiency
program PENTRA. The values written into this
record are the diameter in micrometers at which
the average dM/dlogD value is being calculated,
DPLOT, the average dM/dlogD value in milligrams
per normal dry cubic meter, AVD, the standard
deviation of this average in the same units, SIGMA,
and the number of dM/dlogD values used to find
this average and standard deviation, NIN. The
program then checks plot coding IPLT2. If a plot
of average dN/dlogD vs. diameter, DPLOT, is desired,
IPLT2 0 (usually IPLT2=0), and the program goes
to statement 140 (card 478) for plotting. Other-
wise, the program goes to statement 150 (card 480)
to increment the logio(diameter) and traverse
again the loop ending at statement 200 (card 481)
for the new diameter variable, Dl.
477: Plot coding IPLT3 for plotting average dN/dlogD vs.
diameter DPLOT is checked here. If the plot is
desired, IPLT < (usually IPLT3 0), and the program
198
-------
goes to statement 140 (card 478) for plotting.
Otherwise, the program goes to statement 150
(card 480) to increment the logi 0 (diameter) and
traverse again the loop ending at statement 200
(card 481) for the new diameter variable, Dl.
478—479: The program comes to statement 140 (card 478) for
plotting the average dM/dlogD or dN/dlogD value at
the indicated diameter, DPLOT, along with upper
and lower 50% confidence intervals CLUNSLOT and
CLLNSLOT, if NOCONNSLOT = 0. Again, there are no
confidence limits plotted if NOCONNSLOT = 1. The
subroutine STATPT is called with the same result
as at statement 2117 (cards 470-471) except that
an average differential size distribution value,
AVD, is plotted instead of an average cumulative
mass loading less than indicated diameter, CUM2D.
480—481 The diameter variable Dl = log 10 (diameter) is
incremented here and the program returns to the
beginning of this loop (card 289) to make calcu-
lations at the new diameter.
482—498: A table of records whose outlying values were
excluded from averaging at each diameter is printed
out here. The table shows a heading of the general
identification label IDALL and assumed density
RHOX. Such a table is printed for each value of
NDK, i.e., one each for mean cumulative mass con-
centration less than particle diameter (NDK= -1),
mean dM/dlogD (NDK=0), and mean dN/dlogD (NDK -1).
Such a table is not printed out for mean cumulative
percent concentration less than particle diameter.
However, the table would be the same as that for
mean cumulative concentration.
499-508: The value of NDK is checked here. If values of
average cumulative mass loading less than the
199
-------
indicated diameter have been calculated (NDK= —1),
or if values of average dN/dlogD at the indicated
diameter have been calculated (NDK1), the program
goes directly to check if a plot has been made
(to statement 255 at card 513 or to statement 252
at card 618, respectively) so that the pen can be
put back in its “home position” at the base of the
plotter paper 2 inches beyond the maximum X -axis.
If values of average dM/dlogD at the indicated
diameter have been calculated (NDK=0) the program
goes to statement 251 (card 606) to make the final
entry into the file MPACFL for the density which
is a series of 5 asterisks, DAST, in place of diam-
eter, mean dM/dlogD, and standard deviation. Then
a check is made to see if the plotter is being
used as above.
509—525: The program comes to statement 255 (card 513) for
NDK = —1 to check if a plot of cumulative mass
loading less than indicated is being made. If so,
IPLT1 = 0, and the program goes to statement 304
(card 619) to put the pen in its “home position”
after plotting. If not (IPLT1=1), the program
goes to statement 253 (card 525) to write the
headings for average cumulative percent mass load-
ing less than indicated diameter. As before,
this includes the general identification label
IDALL and the assumed particle density RHOX. Also,
column headings are printed for diameter index
number, indicated diameter, average cumulative
percent mass loading less than indicated diameter,
upper 50% confidence limit, and lower 50% confi-
dence limit.
526-539: If a plot of average cumulative percent mass load-
ing vs. diameter is desired, IPLT4 = 0. In this
200
-------
case, the program goes to statement 257 (card 535)
to call subroutine CPPLOT (IDALL, RHOX, XMAX,
XMIN, YMAX, YMIN, XS, YS) which draws a log prob-
ability vs. common log grid, labels the axes for
cumulative percent mass loading vs. particle diam-
eter, and writes the general identification label
IDALL and density RHOX above the grid. If the
plot is not desired (IPLT4=l), the call to CPPLOT
is skipped, and the program goes to statement 258
(card 539) where the first diameter variable for
calculating average cumulative percent mass load-
ing, Dl, is defined:
Dl = log 10 (0.25) (223)
540: The code variable NKD1 is set equal to a -l as an
indication to the plotting subroutine STPLOT that
these points are to be plotted on a grid with a
log probability vertical axis (rather than a
common log axis as for previous plotting where
NDK1 = 0).
541—456: A loop begins here continuing to statement 270
(card 599) which plots average cumulative percent
mass loading less than indicated diameter vs.
diameter with 50% confidence limits. The loop
also gives a tabular line printer output of these
values. The common log of the indicated diameter
is incremented on each traverse of the loop.
547-550: The antilog of the plotted diameter variable Dl is
taken, yielding the output value for the line
printer, DPLOT:
DPLOT = 100 D1 (224)
551—560: The cumulative mass loading in milligrams per
actual cubic meter less than indicated diameter
CUM 2 DNSLOT, along with its upper and lower 50%
201
-------
confidence limits with the same units CLUNSLOT and
CLLNSL respectively, have been calculated.
These values are now converted to the cumulative
fraction of mass loading less than indicated diam-
eter with fractional upper and lower confidence
limits by dividing by the average total mass load-
ing in milligrams per actual cubic meter, ATGLN:
CUM 2 DNSLOT = CUM 2 DNSL /ATGLN (225)
CLUNSLOT = CLUNSLOT /ATGLN (226)
CLLNSLOT CLLNSLOT /ATGLN (227)
561: The code variable IPLOT is calculated so that odd
values of the diameter index number, NSLOT, yield
IPLOT = -1, while even NSLOT values yield IPLOT = 1.
Recall that there are twice as many values of cumu-
lative mass loading values as there are values of
dM/dlogD or dN/dlogD and, therefore, twice as many
cuniulative percent mass loading values. To keep
the graph from being too crowded with points, only
those diameters for which IPLOT = -l are plotted.
562: If a graph of cumulative percent mass loading less
than indicated diameter vs. diameter is not desired
(IPLT4=l), or if a particular point is not one
which is to be plotted (IPLOT —1), the call to
subroutine STATPT which would have plotted the
point is skipped.
563-569: The program calls subroutine STATPT (NDK1, NOCON
NSLOT’ Dl, CUN 2 DNSL CLUNS Ts CLLNSLOTS XMAX,
XMIN, YMAX, YMIN, XS, YS) to plot the cumulative
percent mass loading less than indicated diameter
CUM 2 DNSLOT along with its 50% confidence limits,
CLUNSLOT and CLLNSLOT vs. the indicated diameter
202
-------
DPLOT. Since NDK1 is input to the subroutine as
1, the variables CUM 2 DNSLOTS CLUNSLOT and
CLLNSLOT are used to find plotting variables in
terms of the log probability scale for the vertical
axis. (Recall that for NDK1 = 0, these arguments
would be used to find plotting variables in terms
of a common log scale). Note that CUM 2 DNSLOTI
CLUNSLOT, and CLLNSLOT are input as fractions
although the log probability scale used for the
plot shows these values as percentages. Also,
when NDK1 = 1, the indicated diameter Dl is input
already in terms of the common log scale. Recall
that for NDK1 = 0, this argument is input as the
literal diameter DPLOT and must be converted to a
common log variable within subroutine STATPT. The
upper and lower 50% confidence limits are not
plotted if NOCONNSLOT is input as 1. This indicates
insufficient data for calculation of the confidence
limits and CLUNSLOT and CLLNSLOT in this case are
only dummy arguments. For NOCONNSLOT = 0, the
confidence limits are plotted. The maximum and
minimum axis limits, XMAX, XMIN, YNAX, AND YMIN,
and the scale factors, XS and YS, are input as cal-
culated from CPPLOT.
570-576: CUM 2 DNSLOTI CLUNSLOTI and CLLNSLOT were input to
subroutine STATPT above as cumulative fraction of
mass loading less than indicated diameter and as
fractional upper and lower 50% confidence limits.
These are converted to percentages for line printer
output:
CUM 2 DNSLOT = 100 CUM 2 DNSLOT (228)
CLiJNSLOT = 100 CLUNSLOT (229)
CLLNSLOT = 100 CLLNSLOT (230)
203
-------
577-593: There are two line printer output forms which may
be used. If the confidence limits are calculated
(NOCONNSLOT=O)lthe program uses the write state-
ment at card 585 to print values of the diameter
index number NSLOT, the diameter in micrometers
DPLOT, the cumulative percent mass loading
CUM 2 DNSLOT the upper 50% confidence limit CLUNSLOTI
and the lower 50% confidence limit CLLNSLOT in
their respective columns. If the confidence limits
are not calculated (NOCONNsL 0 T 1 )I the program
skips to statement 261 (card 593) to write NSLOT,
DPLOT, and CUM 2 DNSLOT as above. However, in the
columns for CLUNSLOT and CLLNSLOTI “INSUFFICIENT
DATA” is written. This indicates that there are
less than three values of cumulative percent mass
loading less than the indicated diameter within
the allowed deviation from the average; (see sub-
routine AVCON) and therefore insufficient data for
calculating confidence limits.
594—599: The diameter variable Dl = 1og 10 (diameter) is
incremented, and the loop, is repeated at card 546
using this new value of the diameter variable.
600-605: If cumulative percent mass loading less than indi-
cated diameter vs. diameter has been plotted
(IPLT4=0), the program goes to statement 304
(card 619) where the pen is put back at its “home
position.” Otherwise, the program goes directly
to statement 254 (card 623). This is the end of
the loop with MDK as index. The program returns
to the top of the loop at card 180 where MDK = 2
and NDK = 0. Calculations are now made for
dN/dlogD vs. diameter.
606-612: When all calculations have been completed for
dM/dlogD vs. diameter, the program comes to state-
204
-------
ment 251. Here the last entry, DAST, is made into
file MPACFL for this particle density. DAST is
defined in a data statement as 5 asterisks. This
will be a signal in program PENTRA that all data
for this density has been processed to find pene-
tration and efficiency. Program STATIS now checks
to see if plotting was done for the dM/dlogD vs.
diameter graph. If so, IPLT2 = 0, and the program
goes to statement 304 (card 619) to place the pen
back in its “home position.” Otherwise, the pro-
gram goes directly to statement 254 (card 623)
which is the end of the loop where MDK is the
index. The program returns to the top of the loop
at card 180 where MDK now = 3 and NDK = 1. Calcu-
lations are now made for dN/dlogD vs. diameter.
613-618: When all calculations have been completed for
dN/dlogD vs. diameter, the program comes to state-
ment 252 (card 618). Here the program checks to
see if plotting was done for dN/dlogD at indicated
diameter vs. diameter. If so, IPLT3 = 0, and the
program goes to statement 304 (card 619) to place
the pen back in its “home position.” Otherwise,
the program goes to statement 254 (card 623) which
is the end of the ioop where MDK is the index.
The range of MDK is from 1 to 3. On this traverse,
MDK = 3, and all calculations of this loop from
card 180 to card 574 have been completed for the
assumed particle density.
623-624: Recall that the assumed particle density is indi-
cated by the code variable N = 1 for physical and
N = 2 for unit density. If all functions have
been completed for physical density (i.e., if
N1), the program returns to statement 1 (card 68)
to read in the required information for carrying
205
-------
out all of these same functions where the assumed
density is aerodynamic density (N=2). If this has
already been done, the program stops.
Functions of the Called Subroutines
Subroutine AVCON (N, IAVLD, NDK, NOCON, ISFIN, VAR, AVG, AVGM1,
CUM2D, CUM2LD, CISUM, SIGMA, CLU, CLL, DINC)--
Subroutine AVCON flags outliers and then, for remaining
values finds the average,AVG, standard deviation, SIGMA, and (if
desired) upper and lower 50% confidence limits, CLU and CLL, for
a list of input values, VAR.
VAR is an array containing similar values for two different
assumed particle densities. Every other value of VAR is used to
find the average so that this average represents values based on
only one density. The value of N determines the values to be
averaged. N = 1 causes odd values (where physical density is
assumed) to be averaged. N 2 causes even values (where unit
density is assumed) to be averaged.
The values of VAR are tested for outliers so that any such
values may be excluded from the final calculation of the average,
standard deviation, and confidence limits. As defined in the
Quality Assurance Handbook For Air Pollution Measurement Systems,
Vol. 1 Principles (EPA—600/9—76—005, January 1976, Section No.
F, pp. 5—9), outliers are defined as a function of the standard
deviation (before exclusion):
[ (v 1 — Y)/s] — T 0.0 (231)
where V 1 = VAR value being tested
V = average of the VAR values
/ISFIN,2 \½
_ (t\¼J= N (V 1 - )2 )
s = standard deviation of VAR values — -
N = 1 for evaluation if physical density is assumed
= 2 for evaluation if unit density is assumed
206
-------
The values of T are determined for an upper 5% significance
level (i.e. There is only a 5% chance that data outside the range
of the critical fraction of o would be excluded from the statis-
tical analysis in error.) In order to avoid storing the lengthy
table of n vs. Tc values in the program, functional forms are
fitted to this table with the following results:
T = 1.53, n < 3
T: = 0.102705+ 2.22946 log 10 (n), 3 < n < 7
T = 1.938, n = 7
Tc = 0.86552 + 1.308037 logjo (n), n > 7.
A second average and standard deviation are calculated excluding
the defined outliers. The test is then made a second time, pos-
sibly excluding more outliers.
The final average, standard deviation, and confidence limits
of the remaining VAR values may now be calculated. The value of
IAVLD determines whether 50% confidence limits, CLU and CLL, are
desired for the average. If IAVLD = 1, the upper and lower con-
fidence limits are desired and are calculated if there is suffi-
cient data (at least two averaged data values). If there is
insufficient data for calculating confidence limits, or i they
are otherwise not to be calculated (e.g., for average total mass
loading), the subroutine returns to STATIS with NOCON = 1. Assum-
ing that the confidence limits are desired and there is sufficient
data, the method of calculation is determined by the NDK value.
Recall that NDK = —l for calculation of average cumulative mass
loading, NDK 0 for calculation of average dM/dlogD, and NDK = 1
for calculation of average dN/dlogD. Thernethod for calculation
of confidence limits for the cumulative size distribution involves
calculating root mean square values for the increments up to the
point of interest.
It might be noted here that the user may wish to use other
than 50% confidence limits. If so, change card 128 which defines
the confidence interval CONIN. For example, for 90% confidence
limits, this card would be changed as follows:
207
-------
CONiN = [ sIGMA (1.645 + 2.6048 (NUPTS — 1)_1.18553)]/(NUPTS)½ (232).
A detailed description of the programming is given here:
015—017: The sum of all tested VAR values, SUM, the number
of values in this sum, NUPTS, and the standard
deviation of the VAR values, SIGMA, are initial-
ized as 0 here.
018-022: A running sum of the VAR values, SUM, is incre-
mented on each traverse of the loop here along
with the number of points in the sum NUPTS. Any
VAR value having a negative value is a ‘bad data
point’ and is skipped in this loop.
023—025: If there are three or more ‘good values’ (i.e.,
nonnegative, the program finds the average of
these, AVG, and continues to make the test for
outliers. The value of code variable LL, which
indicates the number of times the input values
VAR have been tested for outliers, is set equal to
1 for the first test. If there are less than
three values, none would be thrown out. In this
case the program skips the outlier test and goes
to statement 190 (card 083).
026—036: A loop here calculates the sum of the squares of
the difference of the odd or even (depending on
the value of N) VAR values from the average AVG 1
to obtain SIGPA. It is not yet standard deviation.
NUPTS, initialized as 0, is incremented by one for
each value in this sum. Only positive VAR values
are included in this sum, which serves to exclude
any undesirable values as input from mainline
STATIS. Also, for the second calculation of SIGPA,
outlier values, which have been set -50.0, are
excluded.
208
-------
037—042: The standard deviation, SIGMA, of the input VAR
values is found here:
SIGMA = (SIGPA /NUPTS_1)½ (233)
where SIGPA and NIPTS are as defined above.
043-057: The critical multiplier of SIGMA, TCRIT, which
determines the boundaries for the outlier test is
found here. The function defining TCRIT is depen-
dent on the number of values being tested (see intro-
ductory discussion of subroutine AVCON).
TCRIT = 1.153, for NUPTS<3
TCRIT = 0.102705 + 2.22946 1og 10 (NUPTS),
for 37
058-072: Each value VAR 1 is some multiple T of the standard
deviation SIGMA away from the average of the VAR
values, AVG:
T = - AVG) /SIGMA
A loop here finds this T value for each VAR 1 and
tests it to see if VAR 1 is an outlier, i.e., if
T>TCRIT. If T>TCRIT, VAR 1 is “tagged” as an out-
her by setting it equal to —50.0. This loop also
keeps a running sum of all good VAR 1 values and
the number of values in the sum NUPTS. Using
these, the program can find a second standard
deviation, SIGMA, and repeat the test for outliers
using the new AVG and SIGMA.
073—081: If this is the first execution of the outlier test
(LL1), and if there are at least three good
values remaining on which to test (NUPTS>3), the
second average, AVG 1 is calculated, LL is set
equal to LL + 1 = 2, and the program returns to
209
-------
statement 120 (card 025) where SIGPA and NUPTS
are reinitialized to 0.0 and 0, respectively. A
second standard deviation, SIGMA, is calculated
and a second test for outliers is made.
082—094: The program comes to statement 190 (card 083) after
all testing for outliers has been conducted. All
outlier VAR 1 values have a negative value. After
initializing SUM, NUPTS, and AVG as 0.0, a running
sum, SUM, of the “good” VAR values is kept along
with the number of values in this sum, NUPTS.
095—117: The average of these remaining VAR 1 1 s is calculated:
AVG = SUM/NUPTS (234)
The standard deviation SIGMA is initialized as 0.0.
If the 50% confidence limits are desired (IAVLD=l),
and if there are at least two good values from
which to calculate the confidence limits (NUPTS 2),
the program proceeds to statement 1195 (card 121)
to calculate SIGMA and the confidence limits CLL
and CLU. If IAVLD = 0, subroutine AVCON calculates
the average of total mass loading values. In this
case, SIGMA, CLL, and CLU are not calculated,
NOCON is set equal to 1, and the program returns
to the mainline STATIS. Also, if there is only
one value of VAR 1 , then SIGMA, CLU, and CLL cannot
be calculated, and, therefore, NOCON is again set
equal to 1. The program returns with only the
average dN/dlogD, AVG 1 and, for NDK = -1, the aver-
age cumulative mass concentration less than the
indicated diameter CUM2D:
CTJM2D = CTJM2LD + [ (AVG) (AVGM1]½(DINC) (235)
where CUM2LD = average cumulative mass concentration
less than the previous indicated
diameter
210
-------
AVG = average value of dM/dlogD at the
indicated diameter
AVGM1 = average value of dM/dlogD at the
previous diameter, and
DINC = log difference of this and the pre-
vious diameter
118—126: This ioop iteratively calculates the sum of the squares
of the deviation of good VAR values from the average to
obtain a precursory value of SIGMA. The final standard
deviation SIGMA is then:
SIGMA [ sIG &z /(NuPTs_n]½ (236)
127-128: The 50% confidence interval for change in size
concentration CONIN is calculated here as a func-
tion of the standard deviation, SIGMA, and the
number of values averaged, NUPTS. For NUPTS 2:
CONIN = SIGMA (0.674 + 0.32 (NUPTS — l)1.072) /(NUPTS)½
CONIN is the 50% confidence interval for dM/dlogD,
in milligrams per actual cubic meter if NDK = -1,
dM/dlogD in milligrams per dry normal cubic meter
if NDK = 0, or dN/dlogD in number of particles per
dry normal cubic meter if NDK = 1. (See the
introduction to this description of AVCON for 90%
confidence limits.)
129-160: The method of finding upper and lower 50% conf i-
dence intervals, CLU and CLL, respectively, is
dependent on the type of calculations being made.
If finding the average and confidence limits for
cumulative mass loading (NDJ< = -1), the program
comes to statement 150 (card 149), and a running
sum of the average dN/dlogD’s up to the previous
diameter, CUM2LD, is brought into the subroutine.
CUM2LD represents the area under the curve for
211
-------
average dN/dlogD vs. diameter (on log-log scale)
up to the previous diameter. Also, the value of
the average dM/dlogD at the previous diameter,
AVGM1, is one of AVCON’s arguments. In order to
calculate the average cumulative mass concentra-
tion up to this diameter, CUM2D, another increment
must be added:
CUM2D = CUM2LD + [ (AVG)(AVGM1)1½(DINC) (237)
where CUM2LD = sum of average dN/dlogD, or cumula-
tive mass concentration less than
the previous diameter
AVG = average dN/dlogD at this diameter
AVGM1 = average dM/dlogD at the previous
diameter, and -
DINC = difference in the common logarithms
of this diameter and the previous
diameter.
The upper and lower confidence limits for the average cumu-
lative mass concentration, CLU and CLL, respectively, are found
by using the root mean square of the confidence intervals for
average dM/dlogD up to the indicated diameter, (CISUM)½. This
value multiplied by the differential logarithms of this and the
previous diameter, yields the confidence interval for average
mass size concentration at the indicated diameter. Thus, the
average mass size concentration confidence limits are expressed
as:
CLU = CUM2D + (CISUM)½(DINC), and
CLL = CUM2D - (CISUM)½(DINC)
For finding these 50% confidence limits for average dN/dlogD
(where NDK = 0) or for average dN/dlogD (where NDK = -1), the
confidence interval calculated at card 128, CONIN, is added to or
subtracted from the average:
212
-------
CLU = AVG + CONIN, and
CLL AVG - CONIN
The program now returns to mainline program STATIS.
Subroutine STPLOT (IDALL, RHO, IMPAC, NDK, PDMIN, DXMAX, DXMIN,
ISIZ, XS, YS, XMAX, XMIN, YMAX, YMIN)--
Subroutine STPLOT draws a common log vs. common log plotting
grid, labels the axes appropriately for the type of plotting to
be done according to NDK, and writes the general identification
label IDALL and the assumed particle density RHO above the grid.
If NDK = -1, the grid is for average cumulative mass loading less
than indicated diameter in milligrams per actual cubic meter vs.
diameter in micrometers. If NDK 0, the grid is for average
value of dN/dlogD in milligrams per dry normal cubic meter vs.
diameter in micrometers. If NDK = 1, the grid is for average
dN/dlogD in number of particles per dry normal cubic meter vs.
diameter in micrometers. The range and number of plotting cycles
is dependent on ISIZ. If ISIZ = 0, there is a standard range and
number of cycles depending on the type of plotting to be done
(as determined by NDK as above) and on the impactor used which is
determined by the code value IMPAC. If ISIZ = 1, the range and
number of cycles are regulated according to the data. For data
regulated plotting limits, 100 micrometers and DXMIN are the
maximum and minimum horizontal axis limits, respectively, and
PDMAX and PDMIN are the maximum and minimum vertical axis limits,
respectively.
The scale factors XS and YS which are in inches per user’s
unit for each axis and the common log of the axes limits XMAX,
XMIN, YMAX, and YMIN are calculated for use in the subroutine
STPLOT. These variable values are returned as arguments to main-
line STATIS for use in plotting the individual points in subrou-
tine STATPT.
213
-------
Subroutine STPLOT incorporates several subroutines adapted
for use with the DEC PDP-15/76 computer system. These subrou-
tines are defined in the Appendix. Users of the subroutine STPLOT
will probably have to reprogram this subroutine for use with
their particular computing system.
A detailed description of the programming is given here:
022: Define P1 = 3.1415.
023: The output device to be used for writing in this
subroutine has the code name M and is defined here
as 7 which is the device number for the plotter.
024—025: The value of N is determined by the assumed parti-
cle density RHO. If the grid is to be drawn to
plot data where physical density is assumed, N 1.
If the grid is to be drawn to plot data where unit
density (RHO = 1.0 gram per cubic centimeter) is
used, N = 2.
026-031: The length of the horizontal and vertical axes,
XIN and YIN, respectively, are defined in inches:
XIN 4.5, and
YIN = 6.5
032-050: If ISIZ = 1, the maximum and minimum limits of the
graph are regulated according to the data. This
is done beginning at statement 25 (card 073).
Otherwise, ISIZ = 0, and the program continues to
define the maximum and minimum limits according to
the type of plotting done and the impactor used to
obtain the data.
051—067: If the grid being drawn is for average cumulative
mass loading vs. diameter (NDK = —1), the maximum
and minimum vertical axis limits, YMAX and YMIN,
respectively, are as follows:
214
-------
YMAX = i0 4 , and
YMIN = lO
If the grid is for either average dM/dlogD
(NDK = 0) or dN/dlogD (NDK = 1), these limits are
also determined by the impactor used. For NDK = 0,
if the Andersen Mark III (IMPAC = 1) University of
Washington (IMPAC = 3), or Meteorology Research,
Inc., (IMPAC = 4) cascade impactors, these limits
are:
YMAX = l0’ , and
YMIN = l0_2
For NDK = 0, if the Brink cascade impactor is used,
these limits are:
YMAX = 106, and
YMIN = 10°
For NDK = 1, if the Andersen Mark III (IMPAC = 1),
University of Washington (IMPAC = 3), or Meteorol-
ogy Research, Inc., (IMPAC = 4) cascade irupactor
is used, these limits are:
YMAX = 1015, and
YMIN = 106
If NDK = 1, and the Brink cascade impactor is used,
YMAX = l01 , and
YMIN = i o
068—072: The limits actually used by the plotter are the
common logarithms of the standard values and are
defined as such here. The horizontal maximum and
minimum axis limits, XNAX and XMIN, are also
defined here as common logs. XMAX and XMIN are
the same values regardless of the type of grid
being drawn or the impactor used. The final form
215
-------
of the axes limits are:
XMAX = logio(l00.0) = 1
YMAX = logio(YMAX)
XMIN = logio(O.l) = -1, and
YMIN = log 1 o(YMIN)
073—076: If the axes limits are to be regulated according
to the data rather than defined as standard values,
i.e., if ISIZ = 1, the program uses the function
SLIM (MAXMIN, ALIMIT) to find these common log
limits. If MAXMIN = 1, SLIM returns a maximum
axis limit which is a function of ALIMIT. If
MAXMIN = 0, SLIM returns a minimum axis limit
which is a function of ALIMIT. The limits, there-
fore, for ISIZ = 1 are:
XMAX = SLIM (1, log 10 (l0O.O))
= SLIM (1, 1.0) = 1.0
YMAX = SLIM (1, log1o(DXMAX ))
XMIN = SLIM (0, log1o(PDMIN )) and
YMIN = SLIM (0, lo 1o(DXMIN ))
DXMAXN is the average total mass loading of all
runs where the same particle density is assumed if
NDK = —l or NDK = 0, or is the average maximum
value of all the number size distributions of the
same assumed density if NDK = 1. PDMINN is the
average minimum D 50 for all runs of the same
assumed particle density if NDK = -1, and is the
average minimum geometric mean diameter if NDK = 0
or NDK = 1. DXMINN is the average cumulative mass
loading at the last impactor stage for all runs of
the same assumed density if NDK = 1 or 0, or is
the average minimum value of all the number size
distributions of the same assumed particle density
216
-------
if NDK = 1. The value of XMAX is a standard
value = 2.0 even though ISIZ = 1.
077—081: The horizontal and vertical axis scale factors,
XS and YS, are calculated here in inches per
user’s unit (inches per common log scale). XS is
a function of the length of the horizontal axis
in inches XIN, the maximum limit of the axis XNAX,
and the minimum limit of the axis XMIN:
XS = XIN/(XMAX—XMIN) (238)
Likewise YS is a function of the length of the
vertical axis in inches YIN, the maximum limit of
the axis YMAX, and the minimum limit of the axis
YMIN:
YS = YIN/(YMAX-YMIN) (239)
082: Define the Y-coordinate of the pen, YO, in its
original position, i.e., when subroutine STPLOT is
called, in terms of the Y—coordinate of the user’s
origin, YMIN, and the Y-axis scale factor, YS.
The pen should be on the lower baseline of the
plotting paper when any plotting subroutine is
called. The user’s origin should be placed 2
inches above this point in order to make room below
for the labeling of the horizontal X-axis. (Also,
this allows room for figure captions if the plot
is to be placed on 8-1/2 x 11” paper.) Thus, Y0
is defined as:
10 = YMIN - (2./IS) (240)
083: The call to plotter subroutine SCALF (XS, IS, XMIN,
10) stores X— and I-axis scale factors XS and IS,
in inches per user’s unit, and the original loca-
tion of the pen (XMIN, I) in user’s units for later
reference by the plotter.
217
-------
084—088: Calculate the number of X-axis cycles IXRAN by
calculating the difference of the X—axis limits
XMAX and XMIN:
IXRAN = XMAX-XMIN
089: The call to plotter subroutine XSLBL (XS, YS, XMIN,
YMIN, IXRAN, XMIN) labels the X-axis for log 0
scale.
090: The call to plotter subroutine XLOG (XS, YS, XMAX,
YMIN, —1, IXR1 IN) draws the X-axis for log 10 scale.
091-096: Define the desired width and height of written
characters in inches, XCS and YCS, respectively,
for labeling the X-axis:
XCS = 0.15
YCS = 0.15
097-098: Define the point (X,Y) in user’s units at which
the labeling of the X-axis is to begin. This
position should be at the lower left—hand corner
of the position at which the first character is to
be drawn. In order to center the label below the
X-axis, first define the X-coordinate of the begin-
ning pen position by placing the pen at the center
of the X—axis length, i.e., XMIN + (XMAX-XMIN)/2.0.
Multiply one-half the total number of characters
to be written (including spaces) by the number of
inches for each character, XCS. The label to be
written is “PARTICLE DIAMETER (MICROMETERS)” which
contains 32 characters. Therefore, the number of
inches to be “backspaced” from the center is 16
XCS. Dividing XCS by the inches per user’s unit
along the X—axis XS, one obtains the number of
user’s units to be backspaced for the center point.
218
-------
Therefore:
X=MIN + [ (xMAX—XMIN)/2] - (16XCS/XS) (241)
The Y-coordinate is defined low enough below the
X-axis so that there is space to draw the height
of the characters (0.15 inch) without interfering
with the drawn X—axis. The Y—coordinate is there-
fore defined as 0.7 inch below the X—axis allow-
ing 0.55 inch between the top of the characters
and the Y-axis:
Y = YMIN - 0.7/YS
099: Call the plotter subroutine FCHAR(X, Y, XCS, YCS,
0.0) to initialize the annotation subroutine by
establishing the starting location for the pen
(X, Y) in user’s units, the width and height of
the characters in inches, XCS and YCS, respec-
tively, and the angle of writing in radians rela-
tive to the X-axis, here 0.0.
100-103: Write the X-axis label “PARTICLE DIAMETER (MICRO-
METERS)”.
104-108: Redefine the width and height of written characters
in inches, XCS and YCS, respectively, for writing
the general identification label IDALL above the
grid:
XCS = 0.056, and
YCs = 0.100
109-110: Define the point (X,Y) at which writing will begin
for the general identification label IDALL as
being in line with the Y-axis at X = XMIN and one-
half inch above the grid at Y = YNAX + (0.5/YS).
111—119: A DO-loop searches for the last character of the
identification label IDALL(J) to prevent any
unnecessary movement of the pen for an identifica—
219
-------
tion label of less than 80 characters.
120: The call to plotter subroutine FCHAR (X, Y, XCS,
YCS, 0.0) initializes the annotation subroutine by
establishing the starting location for the pen
(X,Y) in user’s units, the width and height of the
characters in inches, SCS and YCS, respectively,
and the angle of writing in radians, 0.0.
121—124: Write the general identification label IDALL 1 .
125-126: Redefine the beginning pen location (X,Y) in
user’s units for writing the particle density RHO.
The beginning X-coordinate is located so that the
first character is in line with the Y-axis. The
beginning Y—coordinate is 0.25 inch above the maxi-
mum Y—axis value so that with characters 0.12 inch
in height, there is approximately a 0.12 inch
margin between the writing of RHO and IDALL:
X = XMIN, and
Y = YMAX + (0.25/YS)
127: Call the plotter subroutine FCHAR (X, Y, XCS,
YCS, 0.0) to initialize the annotation subroutine
by establishing the starting location for the pen
(X,Y) in user’s units, the width and height of the
characters in inches, XCS and YCS, respectively,
and the angle of writing in radians with respect
to the X-axis, 0.0.
128—131: Write the assumed particle density “RHO =
132—137: Calculate the number of Y-axis cycles IYRAN by
taking the difference of the Y-axis limits IYMAX
and IYMIN:
IYRAN = IYMAX - IYMIN (242)
138: The call to plotter subroutine YLOG (XS, YS, XMIN,
YMAX, -1, IYRAN) draws the Y-axis on the left of
the graph for common log scale.
220
-------
139: The call to plotter subroutine LGLBL (XS, YS,
XMIN, YMIN, IYRAN, YMIN, 1) labels the Y-axis on
the left of the axis for common log scale.
140—144: Redefine the width and height of written characters,
XCS and YCS, respectively, in inches for labeling
the Y-axis:
XCS = 0.15, and
YCS = 0.15
145—146: The pen position in user’s units (X, Y) is defined
for the beginning of the X-axis label. The Y
coordinate is such that the writing is centered
along the length of the Y-axis. The X-coordinate
is such that the base of the characters does not
interfere with the drawn Y-axis. See the discus-
sion of cards 097—098 for a detailed example of
how these coordinates are calculated:
X = XMIN — (0.7/XS), and (243)
Y = YMIN + [ (YMAX—YMIN)/2] - [ (17)(XCS)/YS] (244)
147: The call to plotter subroutine FCHAR (X, Y, XCS,
YCS, P1/2.) initializes the annotation subroutine
by establishing the starting location of the pen
(X, Y) in user’s units, the width and height of
the characters in inches, XCS and YCS, and the
angle of writing in radians with respect to the
X-axis, ii/2.
148-157: The labeling of the Y-axis depends on the type of
graphing being done, i.e., on the value of NDK.
If NDK = -1, cumulative mass loading less than
indicated diameter vs. diameter is being plotted,
and the program goes to statement 41 (card 158).
The section not only labels this left Y-axis
appropriately, but also draws a Y-axis on the
right for English units, and labels it appropri-
221
-------
ately. If NDK = 0, average dM/dlogfl vs. diameter
is being plotted, and the program goes to statement
42 (card 174) for labeling. If NDK = 1, average
dN/dlogD vs. diameter is being plotted, the pro-
gram goes to statement 43 (card 176) for labeling.
158: The write statement here labels this left Y-axis
as “CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING (MG/ACM) “.
159-163: The program continues here for NDK = -l to draw a
Y—axis on the right side of the graph for cumula-
tive mass loading less than indicated diameter in
grains per actual cubic foot. One milligram per
actual cubic meter converts to 4.37 x l0 grains
per actual cubic foot. In terms of common logs,
a value of 0 on the milligrams per actual cubic
meter scale is parallel to a value of —3.3595 on
the scale of grams per actual cubic foot; a value
of 1 on the former scale is equivalent to —2.3595
on the latter scale, etc. If one wishes to begin
the Y-axis on the right (in English units) at an
integral value, a fraction of a scale equal to
0.3595 must be added to the left Y—axis origin
position YMIN. Thus, the vertical pen position
for the beginning of the right Y-axis in terms of
the left Y-axis metric units is:
YO = YMIN + 0.3595
This begins the left Y-axis at a position which
has an integral value in English units. To arrive
at this integral value YLEF, one must subtract the
remainder of the common log conversion factor
(which is 3) from the left Y-axis origin YMIN:
YLEF = YMIN -3
164: The call to plotter subroutine LGLBL (XS, YS, XMAX,
YO, IYRAN, YLEF, 0) labels this right-hand Y-axis
222
-------
on the right of the axis for common log scale.
165: The call to plotter subroutine YLOG (XS, YS, XMAX,
YMAX +0.3595, -1, IYRAN) draws the Y-axis on the
right side of the graph for common log scale.
166—170: The pen position in user’s units (X, Y) is defined
for the beginning of the right Y-axis label. The
Y-coordinate is such that the writing is centered
along the length of the left Y—axis. The coordi-
nate is such the height of the characters does not
interfere with the right Y-axis. See the discus-
sion of cards 097—098 for a detailed example of
ho these coordinates are calculated:
X = XMAX + (0.8/XS), and (245
Y = YMIN + [ (YMAX + 0.3595) — YMINJ/2.0 — [ (l6xCS/YS)] (246
171: The call to plotter subroutine FCHAR (X, Y, XCS,
YCS, P1/2.) initializes the annotation subroutine
by establishing the starting location of the pen
(X, Y) in user’s units, the width and height of
the characters in inches, XCS and YCS, respective-
ly, and the angle of writing in radians with
respect to the X-axis, rr/2.
172-173 Write “CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING (GR/ACF)” along the
right side of the right Y-axis. Go to statement
60 (card 177) where the program returns to main-
line STATIS.
174—175: The program comes to this write statement when
NDK = 0 and appropriately writes “DM/DLOGD
(MG/DNM3)” along the Y-axis. Go to statement 60
(card 177) where the program returns to mainline
STAT IS.
176-177: The program comes to this write statement when
NDK = 1 and appropriately writes “DN/DLOGD (NO.
223
-------
PARTICLES/DNM3)” along the Y-axis. The program
then returns to mainline STATIS.
Subroutine STATPT (NDK1, NOCON, DPLOT, BVD, DLtJ, DLL, XMAX, XNIN,
YMAX, YMIN, XS, YS)--
Subroutine STATPT is called from the mainline program STATIS
to plot a point BVD and its upper and lower confidence limits, DLtJ
and DLL, respectively, along a vertical common log scale if
NDK1 = 0 (for plotting of cumulative or differential size distri-
bution) or along a vertical probability scale if NDK1 = 1 (for
plotting of cumulative percent mass loading). The diameter is
plotted along the horizontal common log scale. The average value
only is plotted if NOCON = 1. In this case, there is insufficient
data for calculation of confidence limits, and DLL and DLLJ are
only dummy arguments. In order to properly locate a point, the
horizontal limits, XMAX and XNIN, the vertical limits, YMAX and
YMIN, and the number of inches per user’s unit along each scale,
XS and YS, are also brought into the subroutine as calling argu-
ments from the mainline program STATIS. A detailed description
of the programming is given here:
013-016: The average, upper confidence limit, and lower
confidence limit are brought into subroutine STATPT
as the arguments BVD, DLU, and DLL, respectively.
Their names are changed in these first steps to
AVD, CLU, and CLL in order that they will be
returned as the original values to the mainline
program STATIS.
017—025: If NDK1 = 1, this subroutine is plotting percent
cumulative mass loading less than particle diam-
eter vs. diameter.
026: If there was insufficient data for the calculation
of confidence limits, the argument NOCON comes
into STATPT as 1. In this case, the program skips
224
-------
to statement 108 (card 039) omitting the section
which converts confidence limits to their common
log values.
029-043: The average, AVD, upper and lower confidence limits,
CLU and CLL, respectively, and diameter, DPLOT, are
converted to common log values for plotting
(except for plotting percent cumulative mass load-
ing as noted above). AVD, CLU, and CLL must each
be checked for a zero or negative value before
taking the common log. If this occurs, the vari-
able is given a “flag value” of -50.0.
044-049: The horizontal pen position for the lower confi-
dence limit is found here as XN. The function XVAL
gives the plotted variable, here DPLOT, a value
just oustide the plot grid if it exceeds the plot-
ting limits. Otherwise, the value is unchanged.
050—054: If confidence limits could not be calculated,
NOCON = 1. Then CLU and CLL (or DLU and DLL) are
only dummy variables and the subroutine omits plot-
ting the confidence limit bars. It skips to
statement 408 (card 087) to plot only the average
value.
055-059: This begins the section for drawing the lower con-
fidence limit bar. If cumulative mass loading,
dN/dlogD, or dN/dlogD is being plotted (i.e.,
NDK1 = 0), the lower confidence limit is already
in the common log form to be plotted. The subrou-
tine then goes directly to check this value to see
if it is within the plotting grid. This is state-
ment 405 (card 074). Otherwise, NDKI = 1, and
percent cumulative mass concentration is being
plotted. The program continues to find the lower
confidence limit value in terms of the probability
scale.
225
-------
060-073: The lower confidence limit value CLL is tested to
see that it is within the range of 0.001 to 0.9999.
If it is above this range, the probability variable
YV which represents the lower confidence limit is
given the value 4.0. This could be any arbitrary
value greater than the normal probability conver-
sion of 0.9999 which is 3.71912. If CLL is below
this range, YV is given the value -4.0. This
could be any arbitrary value less than the normal
probability conversion of 0.0001 which is -3.71912.
If CLL is within the 0.0001 to 0.9999 range, its
normal probability conversion value YV is deter-
mined by the subroutine NDTRI (CLL, YV, D, IE).
074-075: The lower confidence limit value YV (which may be
in terms of a probability scale or common log
scale as discussed above) is checked by the func-
tion YVAL (YV, YMAX, YMIN, YS). If YV is within
the plotting limits YMAX and YMIN, its value is
not changed. If it does exceed one of these limits,
YV is given a value 0.25 inch outside the exceeded
limit (i.e., YMAX + 0.25/YS or YMIN - 0.25/YS where
YS is the scale factor in inches per user’s unit).
076-080: The lower confidence limit bar is drawn here. The
beginning horizontal position is 0.03 inch less
than the common log of the plotted diameter. The
pen draws 0.06 inch across and then back to the
original position. The plotter subroutine which
moves the pen to each new position (XN, YN) is
FPLOT (I, XN, YN). The value of I determines the
sequence of raising, lowering, and relocation of
the pen.
081-097: This section finds the average in terms of the
normal probability scale if NDK1 = 1 (for percent
cumulative mass concentration), just as for the
226
-------
lower 50% confidence limit CLL at cards 060-073.
Recall that if confidence limits are not to be
drawn, the subroutine comes directly to statement
408 (card 087) to draw the average value point
without drawing a lower confidence limit bar.
098—099: The pen draws the bar at the common log diameter
value from the lower 50% confidence limit to the
average by calling the pen control subroutine
FPLOT (I, XN, YN). At that point the subroutine
SYMBOL (J, R) is called to draw a solid circle
(obtained when 3 = 9) of 0.04 inch in diameter
(P = 0.04)
100: If confidence limits are not calculated, NOCON = 1,
and the following section for drawing the upper
confidence limit bar is omitted. The subroutine
goes directly to statement 417 (card 123) where
the pen is raised and the program returns to the
mainline program STATIS.
101—116: This section finds the lower confidence limit in
terms of the normal probability scale if NDK1 = 1
(for percent cumulative mass concentration) just
as for the lower 50% confidence limit CLL at cards
060—073 and for the average AVD at cards 081-097.
117—120: The pen draws the bar at the common log diameter
value from the average to the upper 50% confidence
limit by a call to the pen control subroutine
FPLOT (I, XN, YN). There it also draws a small
0.06-inch horizontal upper limit bar by calls to
the pen control subroutine FPLOT (I, XN, YN).
121-125: The pen is raised here in preparation for the next
call to subroutine STATPT (which will plot the
average and upper and lower confidence limits at
the next diameter examined). If all points have
been drawn, STATPT is not called again, but the
227
-------
pen is in position to be moved to the base of the
plotter paper upon return to mainline program
STAT IS.
Input for Mainline Program
Card Input--
Card A. This card has a code value which indicates whether
the data to be analyzed by this execution of program STATIS are
inlet data or outlet data.
Column 1: Punch a “1” in column 1 if this execution of
STATIS is for analysis of inlet data. Punch a
“2” in column 1 if it is for analysis of outlet
data.
Card B. This card has a code value which indicates the
assumed particle density; a code value which indicates whether
statistical calculations are desired for this assumed density;
code values to indicate if average cumulative mass loading, aver-
age dM/dlogD, average dN/dlogD, and average cumulative percent
mass loading, respectively, are to be plotted; and code values
for each of these to indicate whether the range and number of
plotting cycles is to be standard or to be regulated according to
the data.
Column 1:
Punch a “1” here in order to make calculations for
data where the assumed density is physical density.
Punch a “1” here if statistical calculations and
plots are not desired for data where physical density
is assumed. Punch a “0” here to make these calcu-
lations and plots.
Punch a “0” here if the plot of average cumulative
mass loading less than indicated particle diameter
vs. particle diameter for assumed physical density
is desired. Punch a “1” here to suppress the plot.
Column 2:
Column 3:
228
-------
Column 4: Punch a “0” here if the plot of average dM/dlogD
vs. particle diameter for assumed physical density
is desired. Punch a “1” here to suppress the plot.
Column 5: Punch a “0” here if the plot of average dN/dlogD
vs. particle diameter for assumed physical density
is desired. Punch a “1” here to suppress the plot.
Column 6: Punch a “0” here if the plot of average cumulative
percent mass loading less than indicated particle
diameter vs. particle diameter for assumed phys-
ical density is desired. Punch a “1” here to
suppress the plot.
Column 7: Punch a “0” here for standard range and number of
cycles for both axes of the plot of average cumu-
lative mass loading less than, indicated diameter
vs. particle diameter where physical density is
assumed and for the horizontal (diameter) axis of
cumulative percent mass loading less than indicated
diameter vs. particle diameter where physical den-
sity is assumed. Punch a “1” here to regulate the
range and number of cycles according to the data.
Column 8: Punch a “0” here for standard range and number of
cycles for both axes of the plot of average
dM/dlogD vs. particle diameter for assumed phys-
ical density. Punch a “1” here to regulate the
range and number of cycles according to the data.
Column 9: Punch a “0” here for standard range and number of
cycles for both axes of the plot of average
dN/dlogD vs. particle diameter for assumed physical
density. Punch a “1” here to regulate the range
and number of cycles according to the data.
Column 10: Punch a “1” here to calculate a constant of inte-
gration for average cumulative mass loading < 0.25
micrometers. Punch a “0” here if the constant of
integration is not desired.
229
-------
Card C. This card contains the maximum particle diameter to
be averaged and plotted in micrometers for physical density plots
if 8.0 micrometers is not satisfactory. The decimal point must
be included since an F5.l format is used. This card is omitted
if column 2 of card B is punched as “1”.
Columns 1—5: Punch the maximum desired particle diameter in
micrometers for all plots where physical density
is assumed if other than 8.0 micrometers. If 8.0
is satisfactory, this card may be left blank.
This number cannot be greater than the maximum
particle size collected, DMAX. Note : This card
is completely omitted if column 2 of card B is
punched as “1” -
Cards D and E. Repeat as in cards B and C, respectively,
with all values punched pertaining to data where unit density
(aerodynamic diameters) is assumed. Column 1 of card D must be
punched as “2” to indicate that unit density is assumed for all
values to follow. As for card C, card E is to be omitted if
there is a “1” punched in column 2 of card D. If card E is left
blank, this will cause the maximum particle diameter for unit
density plots to be 10.0 micrometers rather than 8.0 micrometers,
as is the case for physical density plots.
File Input-- -
The random access file number 10 which has the name “KMC 001”
is used for input into program STATIS. It is necessary that
first the impactor program MPPROG be executed in order to record
information on this file which is needed in STATIS. This
includes the number of impactor runs for which there is recorded
data, NRUN, the code for type of impactor used, IMPAC, general
identification label, IDALL, physical density, P1101, and the max-
imum and minimum data limits for geometric mean diameter (GENAX,
230
-------
GEMIN), dM/dlogD (DMMAX, DMMIN), dN/dlogD (DNMAX, IDNMIN), and
cumulative mass distribution (CUMAX, CUMIN), the maximum collected
particle size, DPMAX, and the minimum stage diameter cut point,
DPMIN. Some information pertaining to each individual run is also
used from this file. These values are the record number, IS, total
mass loading, TGL, stack temperature, TKS, pressure at the impac-
tor inlet, POA, and percent water—vapor content of the gas, FGH2O.
The random access file number 11 which has the name “FILSPL”
is also used for input into program STATIS. The program which
fits curves to the cumulative mass loading less than stage D 50 vs.
D 50 , called SPLIN1 must be executed before STATIS (and following
execution of MPPROG) in order to have the necessary data on file.
For each run, these data are the total number of interval bound-
ary points over the log 10 (cumulative mass loading) vs. logio
(D 50 ) range, NPOIN, the values of these points X1 1 , I 1, NPOIN
and Y1 1 , NPOIN, and the coefficient values which fit a second
degree polynomial over each of these intervals, COE 1 J I = 1, INT,
J = 1, 3 (INT = number of fitted intervals = NPOIN -1).
Output for Mainline Program STATIS
Line Printer Output--
Pages 1-2: The general identification label is printed on
the first line followed on the second line by the
assumed physical density. Written next are
column headings for diameter index number, diam-
eter in micrometers, average cumulative mass
loading less than this indicated diameter in
milligrams per actual cubic meter, upper 50% con-
fidence limit of this average in the same units,
and lower 50% confidence limit of this average in
the same units. This is followed by a listing
of these values for diameters ranging from 0.25
231
-------
micrometer to 8.0 micrometers (unless otherwise
indicated on card C). The increment between
diameters here is such that there are 28 diam-
eters over each common log cycle. The line—
printer output on pages 1 and 2 is not made if
“1” is punched in column 2 of card B.
Pages 3—4: After the general identification label IDALL and
assumed physical density RHOX are written, column
headings for interval index number, diameter in
micrometers, and records excluded from mean cumu-
lative mass concentration are written. A table
is then given showing at each diameter from 0.25
micrometer to 8.0 micrometers (unless otherwise
specified on card C), the record numbers of any
runs for which an outlier value of cumulative
mass concentration was calculated. Since the
records used in averaging here contain data for
assumed physical density, any record numbers
shown are odd. For example, if record numbers
5, 11, and 21 are listed at a diameter of 3.27
micrometers, this indicates that the cumulative
mass concentration values calculated at 3.27
micrometers where physical density is assumed for
runs 3, 6, and 11 are excluded from calculation
of the average standard deviation and 50% confi-
dence limits. If no records are excluded at a
given diameter, “NONE” is printed. The line
printer output on pages 3 and 4 is not made if
“1” is punched in column 2 of card B.
Pages 5—6: The first two lines give the general identifica-
tion label IDALL and the assumed physical density
RHOX. Written next are column headings for diam-
ieter index number, diameter in micrometers,
average cumulative percent mass loading less
232
-------
than the indicated diameter, upper 50% confidence
limit of this average, and lower 50% confidence
limit of this average. The latter three headings
have no units. This is followed by a listing of
these values for diameters ranging from 0.25
micrometer to 8.0 micrometers (unless otherwise
indicated on card C) . There are 28 diameters
indicated over each common log cycle. The line
printer output of pages 5 and 6 is not made if
l” is punched in column 2 of card B. Note that
a table of outliers is not given here for mean
cumulative percent mass concentration. This
would be the same as given on pages 3 and 4.
Page 7: The first lines give the general identification
label IDALL and assumed physical density RHOX.
The column headings are then written for diameter
index number, diameter in micrometers, average
value of dM/dlogD at the indicated diameter in
milligrams per dry normal cubic meter, the stand-
ard deviation of this average in the same units,
the upper 50% confidence limit of the average in
the same units, and the lower 50% confidence
limits of the average in the same units. This is
followed by a listing of these values for diam-
eters ranging from 0.25 micrometer to 8.0 micro-
meters (unless otherwise indicated on card C)
There are 14 diameters indicated over each common
log cycle. The line printer output on page 7 is
not made if a is punched in column 2 of
card B.
Page 8: After the general identification label IDALL and
assumed physical density RHOX are written, column
headings for interval index number, diameter in
micrometers and records excluded from the mean
233
-------
dN/dlogD distribution are written. A table is
then given showing, at diameters from 0.25 micro-
meter to 8.0 micrometers (unless otherwise speci-
fied on card C), the record numbers of any runs
for which an outlier value of dN/dlogD was calcu-
lated. Any record numbers listed here are odd.
(See discussion of pages 3 and 4 for example.)
“NONE” is printed at each diameter where there
are no outlier values found. The line printer
output on these pages is not made if “1” is
punched in column 2 of card B.
Page 9: The first two lines show the general identifica-
tion label IDALL and assumed physical density
RHOX. Written next are column headings for diam-
eter index number, diameter in micrometers, aver-
age value of dN/dlogD at the indicated diameter
in number of particles per dry standard cubic
meter, the standard deviation of this average in
the same units, the upper 50% confidence limit of
the average in the same units, and the lower 50%
confidence limit of the average in the same
units. A listing of these values follows for
diameters ranging from 0.25 micrometer to 8.0
micrometers (unless otherwise indicated on card
C). Over each common log cycle, there are 14
diameters indicated. If a “1” is punched in
column 2 of card B, the line printer output on
page 9 is omitted.
Page 10: After the general identification label IDALL, and
the assumed physical particle density RHOX are
written, column headings for interval index num-
ber, diameter in micrometers, and records excluded
from mean change in number size concentration are
written. A table is then given showing, at diam-
234
-------
eters from 0.25 micrometer to 8.0 micrometers
(unless otherwise specified on card C), the
record numbers of any runs for which an outlier
value of dN/dlogD was calculated. Any record
numbers listed here are odd. (See discussion of
pages 3 and 4 for example). “NONE” is printed at
each diameter where there are no outlier values
found. The line printer output is not made if
“1” is punched in column 2 of card B.
Pages 11—20: Print out is given exactly as on pages 1-10
except that the assumed particle density is 1.0
gram per cubic centimeter. All averages, stand-
ard deviations, 50% confidence limits and out-
liers are found by making calculations on the
even numbered records of files 10 and 11 (“KMCOOl”
and “FILSPL”, respectively). The listings of
outliers would, of course, show even numbered
records if any are excluded. For example, suppose
that records 4, 10, and 16 are listed as outliers
at diameter 3.27 micrometers for calculation of
mean dM/dlogD (listed on page 18 of line printer
output). This indicates that dN/dlogD values
calculated at this diameter where unit density is
assumed for runs 2, 5, and 8 are excluded from
calculation of the average standard deviation,
and confidence limits. If no records are excluded
at a given diameter, “NONE” is printed. All
statistical values (i.e., all tables of averages,
standard deviations, 50% confidence limits and
outliers) for assumed unit density are excluded
if “1” is punched in column 2 of card D.
235
-------
Graph Output--
There are 8 possible graphs which may be output from program
STATIS. Each shows the averaged results as described in the dis-
cussion of line printer output. For each tabular output listed
in that section (except listings of outliers) there is a corre-
sponding graph of these values. Only the diameter index number
and the standard deviations are not shown on the plots. All axes
have a common log scale, except for those plots of average cumu-
lative percent mass loading less than indicated diameter vs. diam-
eter, where the horizontal diameter axis has a common log scale
and the vertical axis has a normal probability scale which shows
a range of 0.01 percent up to 99.99 percent.
The plotting of results listed on pages- 1-10 is controlled
by code values punched on card C. A “0” punched in the proper
column produces a certain plot while a “1” suppresses the plot.
On card C the value punched in column 3 controls plotting of
results on pages 1, 2, 5, and 6; the value punched in column 4
controls plotting of results on page 7; the value punched in
column 5 controls plotting of results on page 9.
Likewise, the plotting of results listed on pages 11—20 is
controlled by code values punched card E. “0” produces a graph,
while “1” suppresses it. On card E the value punched in column 3
controls plotting of results on pages 11, 12, 15, and 16; the
value punched in column 4 controls plotting of results on page
17; the value punched in column 5 controls plotting of results on
page 19.
File Output--
One of two sequential files is used for output from program
STATIS. If the program is to analyze data taken at the inlet of
a gas cleaning device, i.e., if “1” is punched in column 1 of
236
-------
card A, file number 16, which has the name “JWJ 001” is the file
used. If the program is to analyze data taken at the outlet of
the gas cleaning device, i.e., if “2” is punched in column 1 of
card A, file number 17, which has the name “JWJ 002”, is the file
used.
The first group of entries made into the file are for assumed
physical density. The first two of these are general information:
RHOX: This is a one-dimensional real variable requiring two
words. It is the assumed particle density for the
first group of entries, which is the physical density
in grams per cubic centimeter.
LAS: This is a one-dimensional integer variable requiring
one word. It is the number of diameter points at
which average change in mass concentration is calcu-
lated.
NOTE: If statistical calculations are not desired where
physical density is assumed, i.e., if “1” is punched in column 2
of card B, zeroes are written in the file “MPACFL” where RHOX and
LAS are normally written. The values to be written following
this begin the section of the file pertaining to unit density.
(The diameter, average and standard deviation values as described
below are omitted.) These zeroes are a series of “signal values”
to the penetration-efficiency program PENTRA that penetration-
efficiency values for assumed physical density are not to be
calculated.
If RElaX and LAS are nonzero values, the entries following
them are the diameter, average value of dM/dlogD at that diam-
eter, and the standard deviation about this average. These three
entries are made for each diameter analyzed. This number of
diameters is LAS. The variables and number of words taken by
each are as follows:
237
-------
DPLOT: This is a one-dimensional real variable requiring
two words. It is the diameter in micrometers at
which the average dM/dlogD is being analyzed.
AVD: This is a one-dimensional real variable requiring
two words. It is, in this case, the average
dM/dlogD in milligrams per dry normal cubic meter,
at diameter DPLOT.
SIGMA: This is a one—dimensional real variable requiring
two words. It is, in this case, the standard devia-
tion about the mean dN/dlogD in milligrams per dry
normal cubic meter at diameter DPLOT.
NIN: This is a one dimensional integer variable requiring
one word. It is the number of dM/dlogD values used to
calculate the mean. -
After the above four entries are repeated for the number of
diameter sizes analyzed (LAS), a final entry is made for this
assumed physical particle density:
DAST: This is a one—dimensional real variable array requiring
two words. It is defined as five asterisks (*****).
It is written three times and integer zero is written
once as the last entry for this assumed physical density.
These asterisks serve as “signal values” in the program
PENTRA to indicate that all values of average dM/dlogD
on record for this density have been examined.
The program now repeats the above entries beginning with
assumed density RHOX (here—unit density), and number of diam-
eters examined, LAS, for calculations. Zeroes are written in the
file “MPACFL” here where RHOX and LAS are normally written if
statistical calculations are not desired for assumed unit density;
i.e., if “1” is punched in column 2 of card D. In this case, no
further entries are made into file “MPACFL”. If statistical
calculations are desired (“0” punched in column 2 of card D), the
values of DPLOT, AVD, SIGMA, and NIN are entered for each of the LAS
238
-------
diameters examined just as in the case for assumed physical parti-
cle density above. Again, the last entries are three asterisk
variables, DAST, and one integer zero.
239
-------
PROGRAM PENTRA
The purpose of mainline program PENTRA is to compare the
differential particle size distribution (dM/dlogD) calculated
at the inlet of a gas cleaning device to those calculated at the
device outlet in order to find its penetration and efficiency at
various specified particle sizes.
In order to execute this program, the impactor program
MPPROG, the cumulative mass concentration curve fitting program
SPLIN1, and the averaging program STATIS must all have been exe-
cuted for both inlet and outlet data. MPPROG establishes the
values of cumulative mass concentration less than stage D 50 vs.
D 50 for each run. SPLIN1 fits a curve to these values for each
run. STATIS finds the derivative of each of these curves
(dN/dlogD) at specified diameters and calculates the average and
standard deviation of the differential mass size distribution at
these specified diameters. STATIS then records these results on
the appropriate (inlet or outlet) sequential file to be used by
PENTRA. PENTRA makes a “parallel” reading of both inlet and out-
let sequential files (in order to read information pertaining to
the same particle size). Calculations yield both a printout and
a plot of the control device’s efficiency (%) for the specified
particle sizes.
It should be noted that in the Breakdown of Program PENTRA
below, physical density is assumed to have been input to program
MPPROG. This results in calculations besed on physical density
and unit density (definition of aerodynamic diameter user speci-
fied) being listed alternately in output files. The user may
instead desire to input only unit density to MPPROG yielding
calculations based on the two different definitions of aerodynamic
diameter (Mercer’s 2 and Task Group on Lung Dynamics 1 ).
Breakdown of Program PENTRA
026-050: Information is input here by means of the card
reader. The general identification label is read
240
-------
in as IDGEN and contains general information con-
cerning all runs, e.9 ., plant site, testing
dates, running condition of control device, etc.
Unless otherwise specified by input here, the
efficiency plot covers a range of 80.0% to 99.99%.
This range is controlled by the values of YMINFR,
IMIN, and IMAX. IMIN = 16 is the code value
which yields a minimum limit of 80.0% on the per-
cent efficiency grid. This requires that the
minimum fractional efficiency value YMINFR = 0.800.
IMAX = 25 is the code value which yields a maximum
limit of 99.99% on the percent efficiency grid.
Other ranges may be used if the code value ICHANGE
is input as being not equal to 0.
051-060: The “Call Seek” gains access here to the two sequen-
tial files containing the inlet and outlet informa—
tion to be compared for efficiency calculation.
File 16 contains inlet average dM/dlogD values at
specified diameters for both assunied physical den-
sity and assumed unit density. File 17 contains
the same information as calculated from outlet
data.
061-070: A DO-loop begins here which covers the entire pro-
gram. Each pass of the loop yields a printout and
plot of the penetration-efficiency characteristics
at specified diameters for different assumed parti-
cle densities. In the first pass, MDEX = 1, and
calculations are made for physical density. In
the second pass, MDEX = 2, and calculations are
made for assumed unit density.
071—088: This section checks to see if there are “complete”
files of both inlet and outlet information for the
assumed particle density. For example, when pro-
gram STATIS is executed on outlet information,
assume only aerodynamic average dN/dlogD values
are calculated. This is known when, for MDEX = 1,
the command to “READ(17)RHO, LAS2” yields LAS2 = 0.
MDEX = 1 indicates that data for assumed physical
diameter is being read. Reading file 17 indicates
that outlet data is being read. LAS2 is the
241
-------
number of diameters examined for dM/dlogD values
at the outlet. In this case, penetration-effi-
ciency calculations cannot be made for assumed
physical density. The next reading in file 17
would yield RHO and LAS2 for assumed unit density
(RHO = 1.0 gram per cubic centimeter). Therefore,
no further reading in file 17 should be made until
MIDEX = 2. Since both files 16 and 17 are sequen-
tial files, file 16 must be read to obtain all
entries pertaining to physical density for inlet
information. In this case, the values are read
LAS1 times as dummy variables XXX, XXX, XXX, and
lxx in order to keep files 16 and 17 “parallel”
with one another. (If the values read are to be
used, they are DPLOT, AVIN, SIGIN, AND NIN. See
the discussion of cards 202—221.
089—94: NDTRI is a subroutine from the IBM 360 Scientific
Subroutine Package. It takes the first argument
in a fractional form and returns it in terms of
the probability scale as the second argument to be
used as the vertical scale for penetration—effi-
ciency. Here, the maximum and minimum plotting
limits are found. The maximum and minimum frac-
tional limits given are 0.9999 and YMINFR
(usually = 0.800), respectively. The returned
probability scale equivalents are YMAX and YMIN,
respectively.
095—100: The horizontal maximum and minimum plotting limits,
XMAX AND XMIN, are found here in terms of the
common log scale. The maximum particle diameter
to be plotted is 100.0 micrometers. Thus,
XMAX = 1og 10 (100.0) 2. The minimum particle
diameter to be plotted is 0.1 micrometer. Thus,
XMIN = 1og 10 (0.l) = -1.
242
-------
101-105: The lengths of the horizontal and vertical axes
XINCH and YINCH, respectively, are established here
as XINCH 4.5 inches and YINCH = 6.5 inches.
These dimensions leave adequate room for legends
and a caption on an 8-1/2 inch format.
106—110: The horizontal and vertical scale factors, XS and
YS, are established here in inches/user’s unit:
XS = XINCH/(XMAX-XMIN), and
YS = YINCFI/(YMAX-YMIN)
111-119: When program PENTRA begins execution, the plotter
pen should be in its “home position”, i.e., on the
base line of the plotter paper. This position must
be defined in terms of the user’s origin and
stored as a reference point for the plotter. The
user’s origin is (XMIN, YMIN) and has values as
defined above (at cards 097 and 091). The pen’s
“home position” is (XMIN, YO). The horizontal
coordinate is the same as for the user’s origin.
The vertical coordinate is defined such that the
user’s origin is placed two inches above the “home
position”:
YO = YMIN-2/YS (247)
120—123: This section draws the Y-axis on the left. The
call to subroutine FPLOT (0, XMIN, YMIN) moves
the pen to the left. side of the plot. The call to
subroutine YPROB (XS, YS, XMIN, 0, IMIN, IMAX)
causes the 1—axis to be drawn here beginning with
the maximum efficiency to be plotted (usually
99.99% obtained by code IMAX = 25). Tick marks
are drawn downward along the vertical axis to the
minimum efficiency to be plotted (usually 80.0%
obtained by code IMIN = 16). XS and IS are the
horizontal and vertical scale factors as previously
243
-------
defined. XMIN is the horizontal position (on a
probability scale) of the Y-axis. The fourth argu-
ment KODE = 0 indicates that the axis is to be
labeled to the left of the axis.
124—131: This section labels the left Y—axis as percent
efficiency. The character width and height, xcs
and YCS, respectively, are each defined as 0.15
inch. The initial horizontal pen position (at base
of first character) is one inch to the left of
XMIN:
X = XMIN - l/XS (247a)
The initial vertical pen position is such that the
label is centered along the vertical axis:
Y = YMIN + (YMAX-YMIN)/2 - (9) (xCS)/Ys (248)
The angle of writing is P1/2 where P1 = 3.1415.
The plotter is prepared for writing the label by
the call to FCHAR (X, Y, XCS, YCS, P1/2.), and the
write command prints “PERCENT EFFICIENCY” along
the left vertical axis.
132-137: This section draws the X-axis. This axis is drawn
as a common log scale. The call to plotter sub-
routine XSLBL (XS, YS, XMIN, YMIN, IXRAN, XMIN)
labels the X—axis for the log 10 scale. The call
to plotter subroutine XLOG (XS, YS, XMAX, YMIN, -1,
IXRAN) drawn the X-axis scale. (It is drawn from
(XMAX, YMIN) to the left since the fifth argument
= -1.).
138-142: This section labels the X-axis as “PARTICLE
DIAMETER (MICROMETERS)”. The initial horizontal
pen position, X, for describing the horizontal axis
is defined so that the writing is centered along
the horizontal axis:
244
-------
X XMIN ÷ (XMAX-XMIN)/2 - (16) (xCs)/XS (249)
The initial vertical pen position Y is located far
enough below the X—axis (0.7 inch) that the height
of written characters does not interfere with the
drawn axis:
Y = YMIN - 0.7/YS (250)
The call to plotter subroutine FCHAR (X,Y,XCS,YCS,
0.) gives the initial pen coordinates (X,Y) and
the character width and height, XCS and YCS, and
the angle for writing in radians, 0.0. This pre-
pares the plotter for the command to write
“PARTICLE DIAMETER (MICROMETERS)” along the hori-
zontal axis.
143-151: This section draws the Y-axis on the right of the
plot using a probability scale and labels it
“PERCENT PENETRATION”. The commands here are very
similar to those at cards 120—131 except that the
axis labelling is made to the right of the axis
(fourth argument of YPROB is nonzero, here = 1).
The range of the plot is usually 0.01 at YMAX to
20.0 at YMIN. This is the result if code variables
IMIN and IMAX are input as 16 and 25, respectively.
The range may be altered by different input for
IMIN and IMAX.
152—160: A general heading of “PENETRATION-EFFICIENCY” is
written above the graph in this section. The char-
acter width and height, XCS and YCS, are each
defined as 0.12 inch. The beginning horizontal
pen position X is such that the heading is centered
over the graph:
X = XMIN + (XMAX-XMIN)/2 - (11) (xCS)/XS (251)
The beginning vertical pen position Y causes the
heading to be written 0.75 inch above the graph:
245
-------
Y = YMAX + 0..75/YS (252)
The writing is to be made at an angle of 0.0
radians. The call to plotter subroutine FCHAR
(X,Y,xcs,ycs,0.,) prepares the plotter for the
command to write “PENETRATION-EFFICIENCY”.
161—178: This section writes the general identification
label IDGEN and density RHO above the plot (beneath
“PENETRATION-EFFICIENCY”). IDGEN is written with
an initial pen position (X,Y) such that X = XMIN
(in line with the left vertical axis) and
Y = YMAX + 0.5/YS or 0.5 inch above the plot.
This is low enough not to interfere with the “PENE-
TRATION-EFFICIENCY” heading since the characters
are small. They have a width and height in inches
of:
XCS = 0.056, and
YCS = 0.100
The DO-loop at cards 166-169 finds the last charac-
ter of the IDGEN array and labels it as IDGEN (J).
This prevents undue pen movement in writing the
identification label. The initial pen position
(X,Y) for writing the density is, again, in line
with the left vertical axis and 0.25 inches above
the graph:
X = XNIN, and
Y = YMAX + 0.25/YS
Character width, height and angle of writing are
the same as for writing IDGEN.
179—181: These statements write the general identification
label IDGEN and assumed density RHO at the top of
a page on the line printer. (Percent efficiency
characteristics will follow on that same page.)
246
-------
182-186: A statement here writes the column headings “INTER-
VAL”, “DIAMETER”, “AVERAGE EFFICIENCY”, “UPPER
CONFIDENCE LIMIT OF EFFICIENCY”, and “LOWER CONFI-
DENCE LIMIT OF EFFICIENCY” on the same page as
above.
187—189: ISIG is a code variable whose value indicates when
the end of entries pertaining to the given assumed
particle density for inlet data has been reached.
ISIG is initialized as 0 here. ISIG = 1 when all
entries pertaining to the given assumed density
for inlet data have been read. KSIG is this same
code variable as applied to the reading of outlet
data entries.
190—201: The loop begins here which calculates the percent
efficiency and confidence limits for each specified
diameter. The index of the loop, NSLOT, is the
diameter index number. RSLOT is this same index
as a real number. For the diameter indicated by
NSLOT, the average efficiency, AVEFF, upper confi-
dence limit of efficiency, CLUE, and lower conf 1-
dence limit of efficiency. CLLE, are all initial-
ized as 0.0. Also, the average penetration, AVPEN,
upper confidence limit of penetration, CLUP, and
lower confidence limit of penetration, CLLP, are
all initialized as 1.0. NCON is a code variable
whose value indicates whether or not limits are to
be calculated and drawn. It is initialized here
as 0. If the average inlet change in mass size
concentration = 0, confidence limits cannot be cal-
culated and the value of NCON is changed to 1.
202—221: Parallel entries of the inlet file (file 16) and
outlet file (file 17) are read. By “parallel”
here is meant that the entry read from each file
concerns the same diameter. From file 16 is read
247
-------
the diameter, DPLOT, average dM/dlogD at the inlet
for this diameter, AVIN, the standard deviation
about the average SIGIN, and number of dM/dlogD
values used in calculating AVIN and SIGIN, NIN.
From file 17 is read the diameter, DPLOT, dM/dlogD
at the outlet for this diameter, AVOUT, the stan-
dard deviation about this average, SIGOUT, and
number of dM/dlogD values used in calculating AVOUT
and SIGOUT, NOUT. When the end of the file has
been reached for entries for this assumed density,
the value of DPLOT is DAST, which is five aster-
isks. With this “flag”, the code variable for this
file which signals the end of entries for this
assumed density (ISIG for file 16, KSIG for file
17) is set equal to 1. If this end is reached for
one file before the other, reading of the longer
file continues without calculation of efficiency
for these larger diameters.
222-242: If entries are read for both inlet (DPLOT, AVIN,
SIGIN, and NIN) and outlet (DPLOT, AVOUT, SIGOUT,
and NOUT), the program comes to statement 210
(card 222). All penetration-efficiency and confi-
dence limits calculations are made here. If the
average inlet dM/dlogD at this diameter AVIN is
nonpositive, or if the number of inlet dM/dlogD
values, NIN, or the number of outlet dM/dlogD
values for this diameter is zero, no calculations
are made in this section. The variables keep their
initialized values (see discussion of cards 190-
201), the code variable NCON is set equal to 1 to
indicate that there are no confidence limits, and
the program skips out of this section to statement
50 (card 246). Otherwise, the average fractional
penetration, AVPEN, at this diameter is calculated
248
-------
as a function of the average inlet dM/dlogD at
this diameter, AVIN, and the average outlet dM/dlogD
at this diameter, AVOUT:
AVPEN = AVOUT
The average fractional efficiency, AVEFF, is then:
AVEFF = 1.0 - AVPEN
In order to calculate 50% confidence intervals, the
Student’s t-distribution multiplier must be deter-
mined for the number of samples taken at the outlet,
NOUT, and inlet, NIN. These t-distribution values
are calculated at card 230 for the outlet and card
231 for the inlet. The square of the confidence
interval, SIGIO, is calculated at cards 232-233.
SIGIO is a function of the standard deviation of
the outlet dM/dlogD at this diameter, SIGOUT; the
average inlet dM/dlogD at this diameter, AVIN; the
average fractional penetration at this diameter
(as found above), AVPEN; the standard deviation of
the inlet dM/dlogD at this diameter, SIGIN; the
number of outlet dM/dlogD values used to calculate
AVOUT and SIGOUT, NOUT; the number of inlet
dM/dlogD values used to calculate AVIN and SIGIN,
NIN; and the t-distributiOn values for the outlet
and inlet, TOUT and TIN:
+ [ TIN : ]2 } (253)
If SIGIO is a positive number, the square root is
taken and confidence limits determined.
The upper and lower confidence limits of the frac-
tional penetration, CLUP and CLLP, respectively,
may be calculated as:
NOUT
249
-------
1
CLUP = AVPEN + (SIGIO) 2
CLLP = AVPEN - (SIGI0)+
The upper and lower limits for fractional effi-
ciency, CLUE and CLLE, respectively, are then:
CLUE = 1.0 - CLLP
243—254: This begins the section for plotting percent pene-
tration and percent efficiency vs. log 10 diameter.
The diameter DPLOT is first converted to its
plotted common log form. The subroutine XVAL
(DPLOT, XMAX, XMIN, XS) checks the variable DPLOT
to see if it lies between the horizontal plotting
bounds XMAX and XMIN. If so, its value is not
changed, and XVAL DPLOT. If DPLOT falls beyond
one of these bounds;
XVAL = DPLOT + 0.15/XS DPLOT > XMAX
or
XVAL = DPLOT - 0.15/XS DPLOT < XMIN
In such a case, the diameter coordinate has a value
0.15 inch beyond the exceeded bound. The horizon-
tal coordinate variable to be plotted, XN, is set
equal to the result of function XVAL.
254-284: If confidence limits have been calculated, i.e.,
NCON 1, the plotted probability YV, which corre-
sponds to the lower confidence limit of fractional
efficiency, CLLE, is calculated in this section.
First, CLLE is checked to see if it falls within
the range of 0.0001 to 0.0000. If CLLE < 0.0001,
YV is given an arbitrary value of -4. (This might
be any number < -3.7191244 which is the probability
equivalent for a fractional efficiency of 0.0001.)
If CLLE > 0.9999, YV is given an arbitrary value
of +4. (This might be any number > +3.7191244
which is the probability equivalent for a frac-
250
-------
tional efficiency of 0.9999.) Unless CLLE lies
outside the bounds 0.0001 to 0.9999, the value of
its equivalent probability variable, YU is found
by the subroutine NDTRI (CLLE, YV, D, IE). The
probability variable YV is then checked by the
function YVAL (YV, YMAX, YMIN, YS) to see if it is
within the vertical plotting limits, YMAX and YMIN.
If YMAX < YV < YMIN, YVAL YV. If YV < YMIN, YVAL
is given a value which falls 0.15 inch to the left
of the minimum boundary, or YVAL = YV - 0.15/YS.
If YV > YMAX, YVAL is given a value which falls
0.15 inch to the right of the maximum boundary, or
YVAL = YV + 0.15/YS. The vertical coordinate vari-
able to be plotted, YN, is set equal to the result
of function YVAL. Recall that the horizontal
coordinate variable XN is the result of a similar
testing function XVAL. See discussion of cards
243—253.
284—288: This section draws a horizontal tick mark 0.06
inch long for the lower 50% confidence limit at
the indicated diameter. The plotter subroutine
FPLOT (I, XN, YN) controls movement of the pen.
289-303: The value of the probability variable YV is found
here for the average fractional efficiency at this
diameter, AVEFF, in the same manner as for the
lower 50% confidence limit of efficiency, CLLE, as
discussed for cards 254-28 3. The variable to be
plotted, YN, is again the result of the testing
function YVAL.
304-306: The pen is moved by the plotter subroutine FPLOT
(0, XN, YN) to the average efficiency value on
the probability scale. If the lower 50% confidence
limit has been drawn, this movement draws the bar
from this point to the average. Otherwise, the
251
-------
pen is in the up position when moved to the aver-
age (no bar drawn) and the pen must be lowered by
calling FPLOT (2, XN, YN).
307—311: The call to subroutine SYMBOL (9, 0.04) draws a
solid circle 0.04 inch in diameter for average
fractional efficiency at this diameter.
312—330: If 50% confidence limits have not been calculated
and therefore are not to be shown on the plot, i.e.,
if NCON is positive, the pen is raised by the call
FPLOT (1, XN, YN). In this case the program skips
to statement 55 (card 342) and omits the plotting
of the upper 50% confidence limit of efficiency,
CLUE. Otherwise, the value of the probability
variable YV is found here for the upper 50% conf i-
dence limit of fractional efficiency at this diam-
eter, CLUE, in the same manner as for the lower 50%
confidence limit of efficiency, CLLE, as discussed
for cards 254-283. The variable to be plotted, YN,
is the result of the testing function YVAL.
331-336: The pen is moved from the point of average frac-
tional efficiency to the upper 50% confidence
limit. There it makes a horizontal tick mark 0.06
inch long. The pen is then raised so that it is
ready for plotting the average efficiency and con-
fidence limits at the next diameter. All pen
movement is controlled by the plotter subroutine
FPLOT.
337-345: The diameter index number RSLOT, the particle
diameter DPLOT, the average fractional efficiency
at this diameter AVEFF, the upper 50% confidence
limit of this average, CLUE, and the lower 50%
confidence limit of this average CLLE were set
equal to RBTJF 1 , RBUF 2 , RBUF 3 , RBUF +, and RBUF 5 ,
respectively, by an equivalence statement. Here a
252
-------
DO-loop converts average fractional efficiency and
upper and lower 50% confidence limits of fractional
efficiency at this diameter to percentages. Any
of these values > 100% is given a value of 100%.
Any of these values < 0% is given a value of 0%.
346—349: For printing purposes, the log 10 diameter variable
DPLOT (used for plotting diameter) is converted
back to its original antilog value. DPLOT is now
the diameter.
350-354: The diameter index number NSLOT (or RBUF 1 ), the
diameter in micrometers DPLOT (or RBUF 2 ),the aver-
age percent efficiency at this diameter AVEFF (or
RBUF 3 ), the upper 50% confidence limit of the per-
cent efficiency (or RBUFI+), and the lower 50% con-
fidence limit of the percent efficiency (or RBUF 5 )
is output on the line printer here. T,he program
then returns to the top of the loop at card 193 to
repeat all calculations and output for the next
diameter.
355—362: When the average efficiency and confidence limits
have been found for all specified diameters for
this assumed density (physical when MDK = 1, unit
when MDK = 2), the plotter pen is returned to its
“home position” on the baseline of the plotter
paper 4.5 inches beyond the maximum horizontal axis
limit XMAX. The pen is now in the proper position
for any future plots. Statement 200 (card 362)
ends the large loop which began at card 061 which
makes all efficiency calculations for one assumed
density. If this is the end of the first traverse
of the loop, i.e., MDK = 1 for efficiency calcula-
tions where physical density is assumed, then the
program returns to the top of the loop, MDK = 2,
and all efficiency calculations are made for an
253
-------
assumed unit density. If this is the end of the
second traverse of the loop, the program ends.
Functions of the Called Subroutines
Subroutine NDTRI (P, X, D, IE)--
This is an IBM 360 Scientific Subroutine Package subroutine.
Its first argument P is given as a fraction ideally between 0.001
and 0.9999. A value based on a conversion to the probability
scale is returned as the second argument X. Since this subroutine
is called by more than one program, details of NDTRI may be found
in the section on “General Subroutines and Functions”.
Subroutine YPROB (XS, YS, XLIM, KODE, IMIN, IMAX)--
This is a subroutine written by R. W. Gaston, 1975, which
draws and labels left (for KODE = 0), or right (for KODE = 1)
Y—axes for normal probability scale. This subroutine also is
called by more than one program. Details of YPROB may be found
in the section on “General Subroutines and Functions”.
Input to Mainline Program PENTRA
Card Input--
A general identification iS input to the program which heads
both graph and line printer output. Also, the plotting range is
input according to code values.
Card A: This card gives the general identification label
in columns 1-80. It is read by an 80A1 format and
may contain such information as testing location,
dates, conditions of control device operation, etc.
Card B: A code value in columns 1 and 2 indicates whether
the internally determined probability plotting
range is to be used or whether further cards are
to be read to specify a different range.
254
-------
Columns 1—2: Punch zeroes here (or leave blank) if the
internally specified probability plotting lain-
imum of 80% for percent efficiency is to be
used. This yields a percent penetration maxi-
mum of 20%. If another minimum percent is
desired, punch any one or two digit nonzero
number here.
Card C: This card is included only if a minimum percent
efficiency other than 80% is desired (i.e., if card
B is punched with a nonzero number) . A code value
is punched here which indicates the minimum frac-
tional efficiency limit to be plotted.
Columns 1—2: Punch the integral code value corresponding to
the desired minimum fractional efficiency plot-
ting limit using an 12 format. (See Table 14.)
Card D: This card is included only if a minimum percent
efficiency other than 80% is desired (i.e., if
card B is punched with a nonzero number). The min-
imum fractional efficiency for plotting is punched
on this card.
Columns 1-5: Punch the minimum fractional efficiency limit
for plotting using F5.4 format.
File Input--
The two random access files 16 and 17 under the names
“JWJOOlBIN” and “JWJOO2BIN”, respectively, are used by program
PENTRA. Both of these files are the result of the execution of
program STATIS. File 16 contains the results of inlet data
reduction, and file 17 contains the results of outlet data reduc-
tion. The first record of each of these files contains the
following entries:
RHO: This is a real variable requiring two words. It is
the physical density in grams per cubic centimeter.
It is the assumed density for the data to follow.
255
-------
TABLE 14. RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN IMIN AND THE CORRESPONDING
MINIMUM FRACTIONAL EFFICIENCY
Corresponding minimum
IMIN fractional efficiency
1 0.0001
2 0.0005
3 0.0010
4 0.0020
5 0.0050
6 0.0100
7 0.0200
8 0.0500
9 0.1000
10 0.2000
11 0.3000
12 0.4000
13 0.5000
14 0.6000
15 0.7000
16 0.8000
17 0.9000
18 0.9500
19 0.9800
20 0.9900
21 0.9950
22 0.9980
23 0.9990
24 0.9995
256
-------
LAS1 (if read from inlet file 16) or
LAS2: (if read from outlet file 17) - This is an integer
requiring one word. It is the number of diameters at
which the average dM/dlogD has been calculated. This
is then also the number of records to be read where
physical density is assumed.
LAS1 or LAS2 records follow this first record with the follow-
ing entries:
DPLOT: This is a real variable requiring two words. It is
the diameter at which the average dM/dlogD was cal-
culated for this record.
AVIN (if read from inlet file 16) or
AVOUT: (if read from outlet file 17) — This is a real vari-
able requiring two words. It is the average change
in dM/dloq at diameter DPLOT.
SIGIN (if read from inlet file 16) or
SIGOUT: (if read from outlet file 17) — This is a real vari-
able requiring two words. It is the standard devia-
tion about the specified average change in dM/dlogD.
NIN (if read from inlet file 16) or
NOUT: (if read from outlet file 17) — this is an integer
variable requiring one word. It is the number of
dM/dlogD values used in finding the average and
standard deviation.
The final record for this assumed density (unless
LAS 1 = 0, if read from inlet file 16 or LAS2 = 0,
if read from outlet file 17) is three groups of
five asterisks followed by 0 or DAST, DAST, DAST,
IBLAK where DAST = ***** and IBLAK = 0. These
values have been written instead of DPLOT, AVIN
(AVOUT), SIGIN (SIGOUT), and NIN (NOUT) to flag the
end of records for assumed physical density for the
inlet (outlet).
257
-------
The second half of files 16 and 17 consists of the
same entries as in the first half except that RHO
is now 1.0 gram per cubic centimeter. All values
loaded in the records to follow are the results of
data reduction where unit density is assumed.
Output from Mainline Program PENTRA
Line Printer Output—-
Two pages of output are given by program PENTRA. The first
page shows the general identification label (as input to the pro-
gram by card read) and the assumed physical density. This is
followed by a table listing the diameter index number, the diam-
eter in micrometers, the average percent efficiency, the upper
50% confidence limit of this efficiency, and the lower 50% confi-
dence limit of this efficiency. The second page shows the general
identification label and the assumed unit density, 1.0 gram per
cubic centimeter. A table follows giving the same type of list-
ings as for physical diameter calculations.
Graph Output--
Two graphs are output by this program—the first for assumed
physical density, the second for assumed unit density. Each is a
plot of percent efficiency for the gas cleaning device vs. parti-
cle diameter in micrometers. The grid is a probability scale vs.
common log scale. Each plot also has a vertical probability
scale on the right side for percent penetration.
File Output--
None.
258
-------
PROGRAM PENLOG
The purpose of mainline program PENLOG is the same as that
of mainline program PENTRA, i.e., to compare differential size
distributions calculated for the inlet and outlet of a control
device in order to obtain penetration—efficiency information for
various particle sizes. As with program PENTRA, the execution of
mainline programs MPPROG, SPLIN1, and STATIS is required for both
inlet and outlet data before PENLOG may be executed.
PENLOG differs from PENTRA in input and output format. The
set range for efficiency is from 90% to 99.99% and therefore 0.01%
to 10.0% for penetration. Thus, there is no option to read in a
minimum value for the efficiency axis. The graphical output of
PENLOG yields a common log scale for both penetration and effi-
ciency, rather than the log probability scale produced by PENTRA.
Line printer output is the same for both programs.
Since the PENLOG and PENTRA programs are so nearly alike,
the reader should refer to the Breakdown of Program PENTRA for
explanation of PENLOG, except for the points noted here.
1. Variables IMIN, IMAX, and YMINFR are not initialized.
2. The option to change the range of the penetration-
efficiency graph has been omitted, i.e., code variable
ICHRAN is not read in and consequently values for IMIN
and YMINFR are also not read into the program. The
option to plot or suppress confidence limits is pre-
served. Therefore, NSPCON is still read in an Il
format.
3. The maximum and minimum penetration values are set at
log (lO.0) for 10% and log o(O.Ol) for 0.01%. Thus,
subroutine NDTRI is not called to find maximum and
minimum efficiency values.
259
-------
4. The y—axes for penetration and efficiency are inter-
changed. Penetration is on the right, efficiency is on
the left.
5. The penetration and efficiency axes are obtained by
plotter subroutines YLOG and LGLBL to set up a common
log scale, rather than using subroutine YPROB, as in
PENTRA, to set up a log probability scale.
6. Logarithms of the average penetration and the associated
confidence intervals are plotted at each diameter. This
differs from PENTRA where a log probability scale is
used. Penetration values are checked to determine if
they lie in the range of 0.0001 to 0.10. Values not in
this range are plotted slightly above or slightly below
the set maximum or minimum values.
260
-------
GENERAL SUBROUTINES AND FUNCTIONS
The following subroutines and functions are called by more
than one of the mainline programs discussed in this section.
Subroutine SYMBOL (KODE, SIZE )
Subroutine SYMBOL (KODE, SIZE) draws a symbol whose shape is
determined by the value of the variable KODE and whose size is
determined by the value of the variable SIZE. The eleven symbols
drawn are listed here with respect to the value of KODE:
KODE Symbol drawn
1 Square
2 Triangle
3 Circle
4 +
5 X
6 (+ over X)
7 Solid square
8 Solid triangle
9 Solid circle
10 Diamond
11 Solid diamond
Of course, various other symbols are possible by calling this
subroutine more than once to superimpose symbols. SIZE is the
length in inches of the side of a square which would enclose the
symbol. Subroutine SYMBOL leaves the pen in the same position as
when the subroutine is called.
Breakdown of Subroutine SYMBOL--
036-037: The arithmetic function RND (XX) is defined so
that the argument XX is rounded to a higher value
261
-------
by adding 0.5 to the value of XX if XX is positive,
or XX is rounded to a lower value by subtracting
0.5 from the value of XX if XX is negative.
038-039: IXZ2 is defined here as an integer equal to half
the length of one side of the enclosing square in
hundredths of an inch. The rounding function has
the effect of rounding to the next higher size in
hundredths of an inch in case SIZE is specified
more exactly than hundredths of an inch. (The
smallest pen movement is 1/100 inch.)
040: SIZE1 (real value) and ISZ (interger value) are
bcth the length of the enclosing square in hun-
dredths of an inch (SIZE, on the other hand, is in
inches).
041-043: These three logic tests check for out of range
values of KODE, SIZE, and ISZ2. If an out of
range value is found, SYMBOL returns to the call-
ing program without plotting.
044: ISTRT is the initial value of the DO-loop index
which draws the symbols (except the circle) begin-
ning at statement 550 (card 118). It is initial-
ized here as 1. ISTRT remains = 1 for the drawing
of +, X, or 1. Other symbols begin the 550 DO-
loop with ISTRT = 2.
045—047: (lxi, lYl) is the beginning pen location for the
drawing of +, X, and and is defined as (0,0).
(1X6, 1Y6) is the beginning pen position, relative
to (0,0) for the drawing of the square and the
triangle. It is defined as (ISZ2, —ISZ2). Fig-
ure 3 shows these pen locations relative to the
initial pen position and the enclosing square.
048—049: The read statement to the plotter (device 7)
defines the previous pen position, the absolute
position of the pen when SYMBOL is called, as
262
-------
SIZE1 or ISZ
except for a
diamond
Enclosing square
(0,0)
Pen position when SYMBOL
is called to begin drawing of
a plus, x, or asterisk
Pen position to begin
— — drawing of a circle or
I diamond
lSZ2,0)
Pen position to begin
drawing of a square or
triangle
I
ISZ2
I I
Figure 3. Beginning pen position for drawing of figures relative
to pen position at call to SYMBOL. The enclosing
square is shown with dashed lines.
263
-------
(LASTX,LASTY), the last character sizes 1X2 and
1X3 (dummy variables here, not used), the last
sine and cosine of the character sizes 1X2 and 1X3
(dummy variables here, not used), the last sine
and cosine of the character angle 1X3 and 1X4
(dummy variables here, not used), and the pen
position code IPEN. If the pen is up IPEN = 0,
if down IPEN 100000. These are octal numbers.
050-053: Except for the symbols +, X, and , the pen must
begin the drawing in a position other than its
original position, and the starting code value for
the drawing loop index is defined as ISTRT = 2.
If a square or triangle is to be drawn (KODE = 1,
2, 7, or 8),the beginning pen position, (1X6, 1Y6),
is as defined above at (ISZ2, -1Sz2). This is in
the lower right-hand corner of the enclosing
square. If a circle or a diamond is to be drawn
(KODE = 3, 9, 10, or 11), the beginning pen posi-
tion, (1X6, 1Y6), is defined as (ISZ2, 0) so that
the pen is in the middle of the right side of the
square. These relationships are shown in Figure 3.
The pen is then moved by the write statement to
the plotter (device 7) using mode 4 which has the
function of moving the pen in the up position to a
new set of coordinates. The change in coordinates
here is (1X6, 1Y6) as defined above according to
the value of KODE.
054: Each change in coordinates must be defined for the
pen movements which produce the indicated symbol.
Therefore, the program skips to the proper section
depending on the value of KODE. Note that KODE =
4, 5, and 6 are dummy directions since the program
would have already proceeded to statement 400 or
500 to draw a +, X, or X.
264
-------
055-063: The drawing of a square is discussed here. Four
pen movements are needed to draw the square. Since
the beginning ioop index has been defined as
ISTP .T = 2, the ending loop index is defined as
lEND 5. The pen begins at (1SZ2,-ISZ2) relative
to the original pen position when SYMBOL is called.
(1X2, 1Y2) through (1X5, 1Y5) are defined as the
changes in coordinates at each pen movement.
These are not absolute coordinate values, but
changes relative to last pen position. Figure 4
shows the four pen movements and the change in
coordinates for each movement. The program goes
to statement 550 (card 118) to draw the square.
064-073: The drawing of a triangle is discussed here.
Three pen movements are needed to draw the tri-
angle. Since the beginning loop index has been
defined as ISTRT 2, the ending loop index is
defined as lEND = 4. Changes in pen coordinates
(1X2, 1Y2) through (1X4, 1Y4) are defined here.
These are not absolute coordinate values, but
changes relative to last pen position. Figure 5
shows the three pen movements and the change in
coordinates for each movement.
074—091: This section draws the circle symbol. Other
symbols are drawn at the DO-loop beginning at
statement 550, card 118. The circle begins at the
point ISZ2 which is half the width of the enclos-
ing square. Initial movement is horizontal from
the point at which subroutine SYMBOL is called,
LASTX, LASTY). The angle here, THETA, is initial-
lized as 0.0 radians. The last angle to which
the pen will move, THLAST, is defined as 2ir
radians = 6.283185 radians. The angle increment
through which the pen moves at each WRITE state-
265
-------
I
I SZ
3 { =(O,— ISZ}
2 ( 1X3, 1Y3)
(—ISZ,O)
1 ( 1X2, 1Y2)
=(O,ISZ)
Pen position at
beginning of the
loop
Figure 4. Pen position- changes to draw a square.
Pen position when
SYMBOL is called
( 1X5, 1Y5)
=(ISZ,O)
266
-------
I
lsz —
t
I SZ2
1
( 1X3, 1Y3)
2 =( 1sz2,Isz)
Pen position at
beginning of the
loop
Figure 5. Pen position changes to draw a triangle.
,
(I X2, I Y2)
1 =(—ISZ,O)
( 1X4, 1Y4)
3 =(ISZ2,—ISZ)
267
-------
ment, THINC, is defined as 2.0/SIZE1 radians.
Note that this is inversely proportional to the
dimension of the square, SIZE1. Thus, even for a
large circle, each pen movement is small so that
the result appears as a circle rather than a poly-
gon. Statement 325 (card 82) begins an implied
DO—loop which sets up the coordinate increments,
lxi and lYl, the new coordinates, (1X2, 1Y2), and
moves the pen from point to point at each traverse,
thus, drawing the circle. Note that the incre-
ments lxi and IY1 are defined as changes relative
to the original position of the pen, (LASTX, LASTY).
The original pen location is the point around
which the circle is being drawn. 1X2 and 1Y2 are
absolute coordinates and not changes in coordi-
nates. Figure 6 shows the pen positions and
changes in coordinates. Since the coordinates are
absolute values, the write statement to the plotter
uses mode 3, as opposed to mode 5, which moves by
changes in delta coordinates. Delta coordinates
are coordinates referred to the last pen location.
These options are explained in Appendix A, DEC
PDP — 15/76 Plotter Subroutines in the section
entitled “Unichannel XY Plotter Handler”. After
each pen movement, the angle THETA is incremented
by THINC and tested to see if the circle has been
completed (THETA > THLAST). If not, the subroutine
returns to statement 325 (card 82) to continue
drawing. If the circle has been completed and
only a “hollow” circle is desired (RODE = 3), the
subroutine skips to statement 750 where the pen is
raised and moved to the center of the circle
(LASTX, LASTY). There the original pen position
(when subroutine SYMBOL was called) is checked,
268
-------
I SIZE2
I,
‘I
/ I
/ I
/ I
/ I
/ I
‘6
/ __L__j
-
lxi
( 1X2,1Y2)
I
lyl
1
(LASTX,LASTY)
Figure 6. Pen positions for drawing of a circle are defined as
functions of the pen position when SYMBOL is
cal/ed. These are (LASTX,LASTY) and the circle
radius, SIZE2.
269
-------
and the pen is put back into this position, up
or down, before returning to the calling program.
If a solid circle is desired (KODE = 9), the
dimension of the enclosing square SIZE1 is decreas-
ed by 2/100 inch and a slightly smaller circle is
drawn inside the first. This process continues
until the original circle is filled in. The sub-
routine then skips to statement 800 (card 146)
where the pen is placed into the same up or down
position as when SYMBOL was called. Then SYMBOL
returns to the calling program. Note that the pen
is already in the center of the circle at (LASTX,
LASTY) and it is not necessary to go to statement
750 to move it there.
092-100: The series of changes in position for the drawing
of a diamond is discussed here. Only four pen
movements are needed to draw a diamond. However,
since all pen movements are in 1/100—inch vertical
and horizontal pen movements, a small diamond does
not have smoothly drawn sides. Therefore, a dia-
mond is drawn again superimposed over the first to
“smooth” the diamond. Eight pen movements are
then needed. The loop at statement 550 (card 118)
has a beginning index value ISTRT = 2. Therefore,
the last index value is defined here as lEND = 9.
The pen begins at (ISZ2,0) relative to the origi-
nal pen position when SYMBOL is called. (1X2, 1Y2)
through (1X9, 1Y9) are defined as the changes in
coordinates for each pen movement (not absolute
coordinate values). Figure 7 shows the eight pen
movements and the change in coordinates for each
movement. The program then goes to statement 550
to draw the diamond.
270
-------
(1X4, 1Y4)
3 =(ISZ2,ISZ2)
2 (1X3,1Y3)
=(—ISZ2,ISZ2)
= Cos(45°)(SIZE1/2.0)
=0.707107 x SIZE2
I SZ
N
Pen position at
beginning of
foop
6 ( 1X7, 1Y7)
(—ISZ2,—ISZ2)
( 1X8, 1Y8)
7 =( ISZ2,— ISZ2)
5 ( 1X6, 1Y6)
=(—ISZ2,ISZ2)
(IX9 IY9)
8 =(ISZ2,ISZ2)
Pen position at
end of loop
Figure Z Pen position changes to draw a diamond for: a) a ioop
index of 2 (ISTRT) through 5; b) a ioop index of 6
through 9 (lEND).
a)
( 1X5,1Y5)
=(ISZ2,—ISZ2)
1 { ( 1X2,1Y2)
=(—ISZ2,—ISZ2)
b)
271
-------
101-108: The series of pen changes for drawing the symbol +
is discussed here. Eight pen movements are used
to draw this symbol. Since the beginning loop
index value has been defined as ISTRT = 1, the
ending loop index value is defined as lEND = 8.
The drawing begins with the pen in its original
position when subroutine SYMBOL is called.
(lxi, IY1) through (1X8, 1Y8) are defined here as
the changes in coordinates ateach pen movement.
These are not absolute coordinate values, but are
the “Delta” coordinate values mentioned above.
Figure 8 shows the eight pen movements and the
change in coordinates for each movement. The pro-
gram goes to statement 550 (card 118) to draw the
109-114: The series of pen changes for drawing the symbol X
is discussed here. Eight pen movements are used
to draw this symbol. Since the beginning loop
index value has been defined as ISTRT 1, the
ending loop index is defined as lEND = 8. Drawing
begins with the pen in its original position when
subroutine SYMBOL is called. (lxi, IY1) through
(1X8, 118) are defined as the changes in coordi-
nates at each pen movement. These are not absolute
coordinate values, but “Delta” coordinate values
mentioned above. Figure 9 shows the eight pen
movements and the change in coordinates for each
movement. The program goes to statement 550 (card
118) to draw the X.
115-120: The DO-loop here draws all symbols except the
circle. (See cards 074-091 for drawing a circle.)
Coordinate changes have been defined previously
for each possible symbol. The beginning and end-
ing loop index values ISTRT and lEND, have also
272
-------
3 (1X3,1Y3)
=(O,ISZ2)
a)
4( (1X4,1Y4)
=(O,—ISZ2)
,7 2! 1
Pen position when
SYMBOL is called,
at beginning of loop
and at end of loop
1 (IX1,IY1)
=(O,—ISZ2)
b)
6 ( 1X6, 1Y6) (lX8, 1Y8)
=(ISZ2,O) =(—ISZ2,O)
(1X7 1Y7)
5 (1X5,1Y5) 7 =(ISZ2O)
=(—ISZ2,O)
Figure 8. Pen position changes to draw a plus for: a) a ioop
index of 1 (ISTRT) through 4; b) a loop index of
5 through 8 (lEND).
273
-------
/
3 (lX3 ,lY3)
=(—ISZ2 ,ISZ2)
4 ( 1X4 , 1Y4)
=( ISZ2 ,—ISZ2)
I
/
Pen position when
/ SYMBOL is called,
at beginning of loop
/ and at end of loop
/
/
(1X2, 1Y2)
=(— ISZ2 , ISZ2)
1 { (lXl,lYl)
=(—ISZ2, ISZ2)
(1X7,lY7}
7 =(ISZ2,ISZ2)
Figure 9. Pen position changes to draw an X for: a) a loop index
of 1 (ISTRT) through 4; b) a ioop index of 5 through
8 (lEND).
a)
b)
6{
5 (1X5 ,1Y5)
=(—I SZ2 ,— I SZ2)
274
-------
been defined for each symbol to set up the proper
number of pen movements (one movement for each
traverse of the loop). Note that the WRITE state-
ment to the plotter (device 7) uses mode 5 for pen
movement. This has the function of moving the pen
by the change in coordinates defined, IX(I) and
IY(I), with the pen down. The use of different modes
is explained in the Appendix.
121: The computed GO TO statement transfers to statement
750 (card 144) for those “hollow” symbols (square,
triangle, diamond) to put the pen back in its
original position (including up or down position)
when subroutine SYMBOL was called and then return
to the calling program. The GO TO 750 for the
hollow circle is a dummy instruction since the
program skips to statement 800 before reaching this
GO TO statement when KODE = 3. For the + and X
symbols, the program skips to statement 800 where
only the original up or down position of the pen
is checked and reset before returning. The pen is
at the starting point after drawing + or X. The
other symbols require more drawing. For the sym-
bol X, the + is drawn first and them X is super-
imposed on top of this. For this the program
skips to statement 625 (card 126) to see if X has
been superimposed. For the other solid figures
(square, triangle, diamond) , the program skips to
statement 640 (card 129) or statement 645 (card
133) to decrement the size parameter for drawing
smaller and smaller figures, thus, “filling in”
the original figure. The GO TO 800 statement for
the solid circle is a dummy instruction, since the
program does not reach this statement when
KODE = 9.
275
-------
122—127: Here the subroutine checks to see if the symbol
X has been superimposed over the + for drawing
the symbol I. If + has just been drawn, the last
vertical pen change, 118, is 0 and the symbol X is
still to be drawn. In this case the subroutine
goes to statement 500 (card 112) to perform the
superposition. If this has been done, 118 = ISZ2,
and the subroutine goes to statement 800 (card
146) to reset the pento its original position
when subroutine SYMBOL was called.
128—139: This section decrements the size parameters for
the drawing of a solid square, a solid triangle,
or a solid diamond, depending on the value of
KODE. The new enclosing square has each dimension,
ISZ, 1/100 inch shorter for the smaller diamond
and 2/100 inch shorter for the smaller square or
triangle. The pen first must move in within the
previous symbol 1/100 inch to begin. Therefore,
lxi = -1. 111 must also be redefined to bring
the pen in for drawing the square or triangle.
Therefore, in each of these two sections, 111 =
—lxi = 1 or 1/100 inch. The length of half the
enclosing square, ISZ2, is also reduced by 1/100
inch. The pen must move to the point where the
drawing of the new smaller symbol is to start.
Therefore, the drawing loop index is given a
beginning value ISTRT = 1, rather than 2. The
subroutine uses the computed GO TO statement to
go to the appropriate section for defining pen
movement coordinates according to KODE. Smaller
and smaller symbols are drawn filling in the orig-
inal until the pen is in the center of the symbol
at the original point around which the symbol is
being drawn. Then the subroutine skips to state-
276
-------
ment 800 (card 146) to reset the pen to an up or
down position, as it was when subroutine SYMBOL
was called.
140-148: If not already at the original location when SYMBOL
was called (for the “hollow” square, triangle,
circle, or diamond), the subroutine skips to state-
ment 750 (card 144) to define the writing mode as
mode 2. Next, using the write statement 775 (card
145), the pen is carried to the original point
(LASTX, LASTY) with the pen up. If the pen is at
the original point (for +, X, , solid square,
solid triangle, solid circle, or solid diamond),
the subroutine comes directly to statement 800
(card 146) to check the original up or down posi-
tion of the pen. IPEN 0 if the pen was up, or
IPEN = 100000 (octal) if the pen was down. If
IPEN is negative, it is a “flag” that the pen has
been placed back in the original “called position.”
If IPEN = 0, the subroutine goes to statement 725
(card 143) where the writing mode is set equal to
2 to raise the pen at the. write statement 775
(card 145). IPEN is set equal to -l to indicate
that the pen is properly set and the subroutine
returns to the calling program. If IPEN > 0
(i.e., IPEN = 100000), the subroutine goes to
statement 700 (card 140) where the writing mode is
set equal to 3. This lowers the pen at write
statement 775. IPEN is set equal to -l to indi-
cate that the pen has been properly set and the
subroutine returns to the calling program. These
writing modes are more fully explained in the
append ix.
277
-------
Function SLIM (MAXMIN, ALIMIT )
This function, SLIM (MAXMIN, ALIMIT), finds the maximum or
minimum axis limit given the largest or smallest value to be
plotted, ALIMIT. A minimum limit is found if MAXMINO.
Then the value of ALIMIT is the greatest value to be plotted with
respect to this axis.
Breakdown of Function SLIM--
016: Define the truncated integer LIMIT as the value
which is to determine the maximum or minimum plot-
ting limit:
LIMIT = ALIMIT
017: Define the difference of these two values as DIFF:
DIFF = ALIMIT-LIMIT
018-019: The value of MAXMIN indicates whether SLIM is
called to find a maximum plotting limit or a min-
imum plotting limit. If MAXMINO, this function goes to statement 2
(card 021) to return a maximum.
020: The program reaches statement 1 when a minimum is
desired. If DIFF is negative, the value of ALIMIT
is a negative real number (i.e., the common anti-
log of ALIMIT is a value < 1.0 but greater than
zero), and the program goes to statement 3 (card
026). If DIFF is zero, this indicates that the
value of ALIMIT is an integer (i.e., the common
antilog of ALIMIT is a value which is an integral
power of 10) and the program goes to statement 4
278
-------
(card 031) . If DIFF is positive, this indicates
that the value of ALIMIT is a positive real number
(i.e., the common antilog of ALIMIT is a value
> 1.0, not an integral power of 10.) and the pro-
gram goes to statement 4 (card 031).
021: The program reaches statement 2 when a maximum is
desired. The various values of DIFF (negative
real number, zero, or positive real number) have
the same meaning for ALIMIT as in the description
of card 020 above. However, the value of DIFF
causes the program to proceed to different state-
ments than above in order to find a maximum. The
program goes to statement 5 (card 038) if DIFF is
either a negative real number or zero. The pro-
gram goes to statement 4 (card 031) if DIFF is a
positive real number.
022—027: The program reaches statement 3 only when ALIMIT
is a negative real number and SLIM is called to
find a minimum limit (MAXMIN=0). In this case the
returned limit value SLIM is:
SLIM = LIMIT—i (254)
For example, suppose the program searches for the
minimum diameter axis value where the smallest
diameter is 0.3 micrometers:
SLIM (MAXMIN,ALIMIT) (255)
= SLIM(0, logio(0. 3 )) (256)
= SLIM(0,—l.523) (257)
In this case LIMIT = —l so that
SLIM = —l —l = —2 (258)
With SLIM returned as -2, the minimum limit for
the diameter axis is 10-2 or 0.01. Therefore,
even the smallest diameter value, 0.03, can be
plotted on the resulting grid.
279
-------
028-032: The program reaches statement 4 only when ALIMIT
is a positive real number and the search is for a
maximum grid limit (MAXMIN = 1). In this case
the returned limit value, SLIM, is:
SLIM = LIMIT + 1 (259)
For example, suppose the program searches for the
maximum cumulative mass loading axis limit when
the largest value of the data is 8.6xlO milligrams
per actual cubic meter:
SLIM (MAXMIN,ALIMIT) (260)
= SLIM(l,log o(8.6xl0’)) (261)
= SLIM(l,4.934) (262)
In this case, LIMIT = 4 so that
SLIM = LIMIT + 1 = 5.0 (263)
With SLIM returned as 5.0, the maximum limit for
the cumulative mass loading axis is 1 .05 .0. There-
fore, even the largest cumulative mass loading
value, 8.6xlOk, can be plotted on the resulting
grid.
033-039: The three conditions for reaching statement 5 (card
038) and the resulting value of SLIM are discussed
below. In each case SLIM = LIMIT.
1.) ALIMIT is a negative real number and the
search is for a maximum grid limit (MAXMIN=l).
Suppose the program is searching for the maxi-
mum cumulative mass loading axis limit when
the largest value of the data is 0.8 milli-
grams per actual cubic meter:
SLIM (MAXMIN,ALIMIT) (264)
= SLIM(1,logi 0 (0.8)) (265)
= SLIM(l,—0.0969) (266)
280
-------
In this case, LIMIT 0 so that
SLIM = LIMIT = 0.0 (267)
With SLIM returned as 0.0, the maximum limit
for the cumulative mass loading axis is
100.0=1. Therefore, even the largest cumula-
tive mass loading value, 0.8, can be plotted
on the resulting grid.
2.) ALIMIT is an integer. The search may be for
either a maximum (MAXMIN=1) or a minimum
(MAXMIN=0). Suppose the program searches for
the maximum axis limit for the dM/dlogD values
is l.0x10 6 milligrams per dry normal cubic
meter:
SLIM (MAxMIN,ALIMIT) (268)
= SLIM(1,1og 10 (l.0x10 6 )) (269)
= SLIM(1.6) (270)
In this case, LIMIT 6 so that
SLIM = LIMIT = 6.0 (271)
With SLIM returned as 6.0, the maximum axis
limit for the dM/dlogD values is 106.0. The
largest value of the dM/dlogD distribution,
l.0x10 6 , can be plotted on the resulting grid.
3.) ALIMIT is a positive real number and the
search is for a minimum grid limit (MAXMIN=0).
Suppose the program searches for the minimum
diameter axis value where the smallest diam-
eter is 1.2 micrometers:
SLIM (MAXMIN,ALIMIT) (272)
= SLIM(0,logio(l.2)) (273)
= SLIM(O.0.0792) (274)
In this case, LIMIT = 0 so that
SLIM = LIMIT = 0 (275)
281
-------
With SLIM returned as 0.0, the minimum limit
for the diameter axis is 100.0 = 1.0. There,
fore, the smallest diameter value, 1.2, can be
plotted on the resulting grid.
040: Statement 6 returns the function value SLIM to the
plotting subroutine which called it.
041: End.
Function XVAL(X1F,AMAX,AMIN,AS )
Function XVAL(X1F,AMAX,AMIN,AS) compares the value X1F to
the given maximum and minimum grid values, AMAX and AMIN. If X1F
is within the range of these two values, XVAL is set equal to X1F
and returned. However, if X1F>AMAX, XVAL is returned as a value
which would be plotted 0.15 inch outside the maximum grid limit,
AMAX. Similarly, if X1F
-------
statement 88 (card 013) where the variable XVAL is
set equal to a value less than the minimum grid
value, AMIN:
XVAL = AMIN - 0.15/AS (277)
The function returns this value of XVAL to the
calling subroutine.
015—017: The function routine goes to statement 89 (card
015) only if AMIN
-------
the IBM 360 Scientific Subroutine Package-Version
III. It takes the first argument, P, in a frac-
tional form and returns it in terms of the proba-
bility scale as the second argument, X. Here,
NOTRI is used to find the maximum and minimum plot-
ting limits for the vertical cumulative percent
axis which is to use a probability scale. The max-
imum and minimum fractional limits used here for
the first argument, P, are 0.9999 and 0.0001,
respectively. The probability equivalent values
returned as the second argument, X, are YMAX =
+3.7191244 and YMIN = 3.7191244, respectively.
019—026: The lengths of the horizontal and vertical axes,
XINCH and YINCH, are established here. XINCH =
4.5 inches and YINCH = 6.5 inches. These dimen-
sions leave adequate room for legends and a cap-
tion on an 8-1/2 x 11-inch format.
027-033: The horizontal maximum and minimum plotting limits,
XMAX and XMIN, are defined here in terms of the
common log scale. The maximum particle diameter
to be plotted is 100.0 micrometers. Thus, XMAX =
log 10 (100.0) = 20. The minimum particle diam-
eter to be plotted is 0.1 micrometer. Thus,
XMIN = log o(O.l) = l.0.
034-038: The horizontal and vertical scale factors, XS and
YS, are established here in inches/user’s unit:
XS = XINCH/(XMAX-XMIN) (278)
YS = YINCH/(YMAX-YMIN) (279)
039-042: When subroutine CPPLOT begins execution, the
plotter pen should be in its “home position”,
that is, on the base line of the plotter paper.
This position must be defined in terms of the
user’s origin and stored as a reference point for
the plotter. The user’s origin is (XMIN, YMIN)
284
-------
and has values as defined above at card 018 and
card 033. The pen’s “home position” is (XMIN,Y0).
The horizontal coordinate is the same as for the
user’s origin. The vertical coordinate is defined
so that the user’s origin is placed two inches
above the “home position”:
Y0 YMIN - 2.0/YS (280)
043—047: Subroutine SCALF(XS,YS,XMIN,Y0) stores the X
and Y axis scale factors, XS and YS, and also the
original pen position at the call of subroutine
CPPLOT, (XMIN, Y0), for use by the plotter.
048—061: This section draws the Y-axis on the left side of
the graph. The call to subroutine FPLOT (0, XMIN,
YNAX) moves the pen to the left side of the plot
without up or down pen movement. (The pen is in
the up position at this call to FPLOT.) Code
variables IMIN = 1 and IMAX = 25 are defined here
for use by subroutine YPROB. IMIN is the code
value which determines the minimum cumulative
fraction limit for the graph. IMIN = 1 causes
this minimum limit to be 0.0001. IMAX is the code
which determines the maximum fraction limit for
the graph. IMAX = 25 causes this maximum limit to
be 0.9999. The call to subroutine YPROB(XS, YS,
XMIN, 0, IMIN, IMAX) causes the Y-axis to be drawn
beginning with the maximum cumulative percent to
be plotted, 99.99%. Tick marks are drawn downward
along the vertical axis to the minimum cumulative
percent to be plotted, 0.01%. XS and YS are the
horizontal and vertical scale factors previously
defined. XMIN is the horizontal position of the
Y—axis. The fourth argument, KODE = 0, indicates
that the axis is to be labeled to the left of the
axis.
285
-------
062-071: This section labels the left Y—axjs as cumulative
percent. The character width and height, XCS and
YCS, are each defined as 0.15 inch. The initial
horizontal pen position (at base of first charac—
ter) is one inch to the left of XMIN, that is, one
inch to the left of the Y—axis:
X = XMIN - l.0/XS (281)
The initial vertical pen position os defined so
that the label is centered along the Y—axis:
Y = YMIN + (YMAX-YMIN)/2. - 9.(YCS/YS) (282)
The angle of writing is P1/2. where P1 = 3.1415.
The plotter is prepared for writing the label by
the call to FCHAR(X,Y,SCS,YCS,PI/2.), and the
write command prints “CUMULP TIVE PERCENT” along
the left vertical axis.
072—077: This section draws the X-axis. This axis is drawn
as a common log scale. The number of common log
cycles to be drawn, IXRAN, is defined as the
difference in the maximum and minimum X-axis
limits:
IXRAN = XNAX - XMIN (283)
The call to plotter subroutine XSLBL(XS, YS, XMIN,
YMIN, IXRAN, XMIN) labels the X—axis for the com-
mon log scale. The call to plotter subroutine
XLOG(XS, YS, XMAX, YMIN, -1, IXRAN) draws the
X-axis scale. It is drawn from (XMAX,YMIN) to the
left since the fifth argument is —1.
078-084: This section labels the X-axis as “PARTICLE DIAM-’
ETER (MICROMETERS)”. The initial horizontal pen
position, X, for describing the horizontal axis
is defined so that the writing is centered along
the horizontal axis:
286
-------
X = XMIN + (XMAX-XMIN)/2. - 16.(XCS/XS) (284)
The initial vertical pen position, Y, is located
far enough below the X-axis (0.7 inch) that the
height of written characters does not interfere
with the drawn axis:
Y = YMIN - 0.7/YS (285)
The call to plotter subroutine FCHAR(X,Y,XCS,YCS,
0.) gives the initial pen coordinates (X,Y) and
the character width and height, XCS and YCS, and
the angle for writing in radians, 0.0. This pre-
pares the plotter for the next to command which
is to write “PARTICLE DIAMETER (MICROMETERS)”
along the horizontal axis.
085—099: This section writes the general identification
label IDGEN above the plotting grid. IDGEN is
written with an initial pen position (X,Y) so that
X = XMIN, in line with the vertical axis, and
Y = YMAX + 0.5/YS, 0.5 inch above the plot. The
width and height of these characters in inches are:
XCS = 0.056 (286)
YCS = 0.100 (287)
The DO-loop at cards 093-097 finds the last
character of the IDGEN array and labels it as
IDGENj. This prevents undue pen movement in
writing the identification label.
100-104: This section writes the density, RHO, above the
plotting grid beneath IDGEN. The initial pen
position (X,Y) for writing the density is, again,
in line with the vertical axis and 0.25 inch above
the graph:
X = XMIN (288)
Y=YMAX÷0.25/YS (289)
287
-------
Character width, height, and angle of writing
are the same as for writing IDGEN.
104: Subroutine CPPLOT returns to the calling program
either subroutine CUMPCT or mainline program
STATIS.
Subroutine YPROB ( XS,YS,X,KODE,IMIN,IMAX )
This subroutine, YPROB(XS,YS,X,KODE,IMIN,IMAX), draws the log
probability ordinate used in graphing cumulative percent concen-
tration and penetration-efficiency.
Before calling YPROB, the calling arguments must be defined.
XS and IS are the horizontal and vertical scale factors in inches
per unit. X is the position on the X-axis at which the 1-axis
is to be located. RODE determines whether labeling of the axis
is to the left (KODE 0) or to the right (KODE = 1) of the
1—axis. For example, when drawing the grid for cumulative per-
cent concentration or percent efficiency, this 1—axis is drawn on
the left side of the graph. KODE is set equal to zero to write
percentages to the left of the tick marks, beginning at the top
with 99.99% and descending to the desired minimum value. When
drawing the grid for percent penetration, this 1-axis is drawn
on the right of the graph. KODE is set equal to one to write
percentages to the right of the tick marks. The percentages
begin with 0.01% at the top and ascend in value downward to the
desired maximum. IMIN and IMAX are code values for the minimum
and maximum cumulative percent or percent efficiency to be shown
on the plot. The fractional value corresponding to each value of
IMIN or IMAX is given in Table 15 along with fractional big tick
mark values, number of small tick marks between this and the next
large tick mark, and the fractional increment between each of
these small tick marks. The position of each tick mark on the
grid, and the vertical position of each plotted fraction, is
288
-------
TABLE
15 GUIDE
TO YPROB SUBROUTINE
Big tick
Small tick
Number of
IMIN
Fractional
values
(BTV)
increments
(STI)
small ticks
(NST)
(or)
IMAX
efficiency
number
YMIN
0.0001
0.0001
3
1
0.01
0.0005
0.0001
4
2
0.05
0.001
0.0005
1
3
0.1
0.002
0.001
2
4
0.2
0.005
0.001
4
5
0.5
0.01
0.002
4
6
1.0
0.02
0.01
2
7
2.0
0.05
0.01
4
8
5.0
0.1
0.01
9
9
10.0
0.2
0.02
4
10
20.0
0.3
0.02
4
11
30.0
0.4
0.02
4
12
40.0
0.5
0.02
4
13
50.0
0.6
0.02
4
14
60.0
0.7
0.02
4
15
70.0
0.80
0.01
4
16
80.0
0.9
0.01
4
17
90.0
0.95
0.01
2
18
95.0
0.98
0.002
4
19
98.0
0.97
0.001
4
20
99.0
0.995
0.001
2
21
99.5
0.998
0.0005
1
22
99.8
0.999
0.0001
4
23
99.9
0.9995
0.0001
3
24
99.95
YMAX
0.9999
0.0
0
25
99.99
289
-------
determined by taking the inverse of the normally distributed
probability function. This is done in the subroutine NDTRI from
the IBM 360 Scientific Subroutine Package - Version III.
Subroutine YPROB was written at Southern Research Institute.
However, its only function, like YLOG, LGLBL, XLOG, and XLBL, is
to draw an axis according to a functional form, and is, therefore,
not discussed here in a line by line breakdown.
290
-------
SECTION 4
USER INSTRUCTIONS
This section is a user’s guide for each of the mainline pro-
grams and should provide enough information for the user to execute
the mainline programs easily. Refer to Section 3 if any program-
ming changes are to be made. For each mainline program, require-
ments for program execution are given (e.g., maximum number of runs
for one execution, cards which may be omitted under certain circum-
stances, etc.). Also, a table of card formats is included for each
of the mainline programs. It should be noted that the job streams
listed are for the PDP 15/76 computer system. They are presented
here to show the file names and numbers which must be assigned and
also to show the ordering of data cards. Necessary changes in the
Job Control Language (JCL) must be made for other computer systems.
File reference information, and a table listing which subprograms
and functions are called by mainline programs and other subroutines
are included at the end of this section.
MAINLINE PROGRAM MPPROG
Requirements for Program Execution
The following is a list of implied user instructions for
execution of mainline program MPPROG:
1. Only one type of impactor data (e.g., Andersen, Brink,
etc.) can be run under one MPPROG XCT.
2. A maximum number of impactor data sets is 50 under one
MPPROG XCT.
291
-------
3. Cards 1—2 apply to one test (a test being made up of
runs where one type of impactor is used). These cards
may not be repeated.
4. Cards 3—8 make up one impactor run. These cards may be
repeated.
5. Card 3 stops the program if MPACNO = 0 (i.e., 0 punched
in column 1 of card 3).
6. The user should make the appropriate changes in subrou-
tine CUT and the COMMON BLOCK routine for Common Block 2
in order to load calibration constants (values of ‘r)
and hole diameter sizes for the impactors used. The cal-
ibration values listed in program MPPROG are those used
by Southern Research Institute and are here for purposes
of illustration only.
Card Format
Table 16 gives the variables to be punched on each card for
MPPROG,columns in which to punch them and format used. A descrip-
tion of the variables, and any options available are also given.
Sample Job Stream
The following is a listing of a sample job stream for 10
impactor runs as would be required for the PDP 15/76 computer
system:
$JOB ENAME
$D DP1 KMCOO1
$ASG l2:DP1(K 4 )
$XCT MPPROG:DP1 (KMC)
CARD 1
CARD 2
CARDS 3-8
CARDS 3-8
292
-------
Card
Variable
Card no.
column
Format
name Description/options/units
1
2
12
MPACTY
Impactor type, 1 = Andersen, 2 = Brink, 3 = University of
Washington (Pilat’, 4 = MRI
Ds 0 values are calculated twice. If the physical density
is used first, i.e., the value of RHO punched on card 4 is
> 1.0, then a choice is available as to which definition of
aerodynamic diameter (unit density) is used in the second
pass through MPPROG. If MAERO = 0, the ‘classic” definition
of aerodynamic diameter defined by the Task Group on Lung
Dynamics (TGLD) is used. If MAERO 1, the aerodynamic
impaction diameter as defined by Mercor or Calvert is used.
If no physical density results are desired, then RHO is
entered as 1.0 and results for both unit density definitions
of particle diameter are presented. The TGLD definition is
given first. In this case the value of MAERO punched on
this card is overridden. See the description of RHO on
card 4.
IDALL Run identification. This should include test site, dates,
conditions, etc. Applies to all runs in the Set.
MPACNO 1 -
Brink A
U. of H. Pilat A
ANDY(plate set) 1
MRI -- A __________
Gas pressure at inlet, inches of Hg.
Temperature of stack, “F
Temperature of impactor, “F ’
Assumed density for the first calculation of D 50 ’S. If RHO
is entered as the physical density (i.e., P110>1.0), then
the second calculation of D 50 ’s is based on an assumed unit
density where the definition of aerodynamic diameter is
determined by MAERO on card 2 above. If RHO is entered as
unity (i.e., P110=1.0 ), then the first calculations of D; ’S
are made using the classic definition of aerodynamic diam-
eter (Task Group on Lung Dynamics) and the second calcula-
tions of D 50 s are made using the aerodynamic impaction
diameter (Mercer—Calvert)
22—26 F5.l DiJR
27—31 F5.1 DMAX
32 Il ?4C3
33 Il MOO
34 Ii MS
35 Il MF
4 12 MLAERO
1—80 80A1
2
3 2 12 MPACNO Impactor number - MPACNO = 0 stop program
MPACNO > 0 run program
1—5
6—il
12—17
18—21
2 3
B C
B C
2 3
F5.2 PU
i’6.l TFS
F6.l TFI
F4.2 RHO
4 5 6
D
D
8 7 6
Duration of sampling, minutes
Maximum particle diameter collected, micrometers
MC3 = 1, if Brink with cyclone; 0 if no cyclone used
MOO = 1, if Brink with stage 0; 0 if no stage 0 used
last stage, MS = 5 or 6, if Brink; 0 if Brink not used
HF 1 to compute SPLIN1 fit with backup filter catch
included in fit; 0 if not included in fit
Dry gas fraction of carbon dioxide
Dry gas fraction of carbon monoxide
Dry gas fraction of nitrogen
Dry gas fraction of oxygen
Fraction of water—steam
Mass captured on impactor stages in milligrams
U. of W. MRI
1—06
F6.4
FG(1)
7—12
F6.4
FG(2)
13—18
86.4
FG(3)
19—24
86.4
FG(4)
25—30
F6.4
FG(5)
1—6
F6.2
MASS(1)
7—12
F6.2
MASS(2)
13—18
F6.2
MASS(3)
19—24
F6.2
MASS(4)
25—30
F6.2
MASS(S)
31—36
86.2
MASS(6)
37—42
86.2
MASS(7)
43—48
F6.2
MASS(8)
49—54
F6.2
MASS(9)
ANDERSEN
Stage 8
Stage 7
Stage 6
Stage 5
Stage 4
Stage 3
Stage 2
Stage 1
BRINK
Backup filter
Stage 6
Stage 5
Stage 4
stage 3
Stage 2
Stage 1
Stage 0
Cyclone
1—7 87.4
Stage 7
Stage 6
Stage 5
Stage 4
Stage 3
Stage 2
Stage 1
F
1—65 80A1 ID
Stage 7
Stage 6
Stage 5
Stage 4
Stage 3
Stage 2
Stage 1
Impactor flow rate in ACFM
Run number, date, time, port/points, type of test, location
of test site
293
-------
CARDS 3—8
CARDS 3—8
CARDS 3—8
CARDS 3-8
CARDS 3-8
CARDS 3-8
CARDS 3-8
CARDS 3-8
CARD 3 (Last card blank or nonpositive integer.)
$END
$SPOOLER END-OF-DECK CARD
MAINLINE PROGRAM SPLIN1
Requirements for Program Execution
The following is a list of user instructions for the execu-
tion of mainline program SPLIN1:
1. Mainline program MPPROG must be executed prior to execu-
tion of mainline program SPLIN1 since all data used by
SPLIN1 are stored on file by MPPROG.
2. Unless otherwise specified on card 1, curve fits are
made for all data sets (for both Stokes diameter and
aerodynamic diameter where physical density was input
to t1PPROG or for both definitions of aerodynamic dia-
meter where unit density was input to iPPROG).
3. Card 2 is omitted if all data sets are to be curve fit.
Card 2 is repeated for each set of data to be curve fit
and left blank to end program.
Card Format
Table 17 gives the variables to be punched on each card for
SPLIN]., columns in which to punch them and format used, a descrip-
tion of the variables, and any options.
294
-------
Card
Variable
Card no. column Format name Description/options/units
1—2 12 KREAD KREAD = 0, make fit to all sets of cumulative mass loading
vs. D 50 of values on file; KREAD = 1, read in sets to be
fitted by record number.
2 1—2 12 IAV Record number of run to be fitted if physical density was
input to MPPROG, IAV = 1, 3, 5, ..., 2N + 1 for runs with
Stokes diameter; IAV = 2, 4, 6, ..., 2N — 1 for runs with
aerodynamic diameter (definition of aerodynamic diameter
user specified in MPPROG). If unit density was input to
MPPROG, odd records contain data for Mercer’s 2 aerodynamic
diameter; even records contain data for aerodynamic dia—
meter as defined by Task Group on Lung Dynamics. 1
IAV = 0 to show end of the card deck after last record.
This card is omitted if KREAD on card 1 is 0 or left blank.
U,
-------
Sample Job Streams
It should be noted that comments regarding the sample job
streams listed here refer to the case in which the physical par-
ticle density is input to program MPPROG.
The following is a listing of a sample job stream for 10
impactor runs as would be required by the PDP 15/76 computer
system. This job stream would make cumulative mass loading vs.
D 50 curve fits to runs 1, 4, 5, 7, and 8 assuming physical den-
sity (Stokes diameter) and runs 2, 3, 4, 6, 9, and 10 assuming
unit density (aerodynamic diameter):
$JOB ENAME
$D DPi FILSPL
$ASG 12:DP1(KMC)
$ASG 13:DP1(KMC)
$XCT SPLIN1:DP1 (KMC)
CARD 1 (Reads integer >0 in columns 1-2)
CARD 2 (Reads 01)
CARD 2 (Reads 07)
CARD 2 (Reads 09)
CARD 2 (Reads 13)
CARD 2 (Reads 15)
CARD 2 (Reads 04)
CARD 2 (Reads 06)
CARD 2 (Reads 08)
CARD 2 (Reads 12)
CARD 2 (Reads 18)
CARD 2 (Reads 20)
$END
$ SPOOLER END-OF-DECK CARD
The following is a listing of a sample job stream for 10
impactor runs, and yields cumulative mass loading vs. D 50 curve
fits to all runs for both physical and aerodynamic diameter:
$JOB ENAME
$D DPi FILSPL
$ASG l2:DP1(KMC)
$ASG 13:DP1(KMC)
296
-------
$XCT SPLIN1:DP1 (KMC)
CARD 1 (Reads blank or nonpositive integer in columns 1-2)
$ END
$SPOOLER END-OF-DECK CARD
MAINLINE PROGRAM GRAPH
Requirements for Program Execution
The following is a list of user instructions for execution
of the mainline program GRAPH:
1. Mainline program MPPROG must be executed prior to execu-
tion of mainline program GRAPH. If any plots derived
from and including cumulative mass loading fits are
called for, mainline program SPLIN1 must also be executed
before GRAPH.
2. Card 1 applies to one test and may not be repeated.
3. Cards 2—3 are not repeated if the types of graphs
desired are the same for every run.
4. Cards 2—3 apply to one impactor run and are repeated
if the types of graphs desired are different for differ-
ent impactor runs. In this case the variable IREPET is
set equal to 1. Refer to Table 18 for more specific
information.
5. Up to 10 sets of raw data can be plotted on one graph.
Only one set of fitted data can be plotted on one graph.
Card Format
Table 18 gives the variables to be punched on each card,
colunms in which to punch them, the format used, a description of
the variables, and any options. Descriptions/options/units are
discussed under the assumption that physical density is input to
program MPPROG. The results based on physical density and unit
density (definition of aerodynamic diar ieter user specified) are
stored in alternating records of the output file from MPPROG.
297
-------
18. GRAPH INP’JT CARD FORMAT
______ _____ DescriptiOn/OptiOnS/UnitS
iSIZl= 0 for cumulative mass loading and cumulative % graphs to
have standard grids; ISIZ1 = 1 for data regulated grids
ISIZ2 = 0 for mass size concentration to have standard grids;
ISIZ2 1 for data regulated grids
ISIZ3 = 0 for number size concentration to have standard grids;
ISIZ3 = I for data regulated grids
IREPET = 0 for plot variables to be the same for all runs. If this
is the case, then only one set of plotting control variables is
read into the program. IREPET = 1 for plot variables to be differ-
ent for each run. In this case, as many card sets as there are
impactor runs are read in.
2 1 Il MPLOT MPLOT = 1 to make new grid for all of the raw data graphs of cumula
tive mass loading, mass size concentration, and number size concen-
tration. This applies to both aerodynamic and Stokes diameter
graphs. For the first data set this value must be greater than zero.
If MPLOT = 0 for each data set after the first, more than one run of
the same type will be plotted on the same graph. (That is, if six
runs of cumulative mass loadings are desired on the same grid, use
MPLOT = 1 for the first data set and MPLOT = 0 for the remaining 5
data sets.) This variable only applies to the raw data point graphs.
31 0, make a cumulative mass loading plot for unit density; 31 1,
suppress plot
32 0, make a mass size distribution plot for unit density; 32 = 1,
suppress plot
33 = 0, make a number size distribution plot for unit density; 33 = 1,
suppress plot
34 = 0, make a cumulative mass loading plot for physical density;
34 = 1, suppress plot
35 0, make a mass size distribution plot for physical density;
35 = 1, suppress plot
36 = 0, make a number size distribution plot for physical density;
36 1, suppress plot
3 1 11 JP1 JP1 = 0, make fitted cumulative mass loading graph for unit density
superimposed on plot of raw data; JP1 = 1, suppress plot
2 Il JPCNT1 JPCNT1 = 0, make fitted cumulative % mass loading distribution for
unit density; JPCNT1 1, suppress plot
plot
JP2 = 0, make fitted mass size distribution for unit density superim-
posed on plot of raw data; 3P2 = 1, suppress plot
3P3 = 0, make fitted number size distribution for unit density superim-
posed on plot of raw data; JP3 = 1, suppress plot
JP4 = 0, make cumulative mass loading for physical density superimposed
on plot of raw data; JP4 = 1, suppress plot
JPCNT4 = 0, make cumulative % mass loading for physical density;
3?CNT4 = 1, suppress plot
JP5 = 0, make mass size distribution for physical density superimposed
on plot of raw data; 3P5 = 1, suppress plot
3P6 0, make number size distribution for physical density superim-
posed on plot of raw data; 3P6 = 1, suppress plot
Card
Card no. column
1 1
2
3
4
Format
Ii
Xl
Ii
Ii
TABLE
—* -—
Variaui.c
name
isizi
ISIZ2
1S 113
IREPET
2 Ii 31
3 Ii 32
4 Il 33
5 Il 34
6 Il 35
7 Xl 36
3 Ii 3P2
4 Il JP3
5 Ii JP4
6 Ii JPCNT4
7 Il JP5
8 Il JP6
-------
Sample Job Streams
The following is a sample job stream for impactor runs where
different graphs are desired for particular impactor runs:
$JOB ENAME
$ASG 12:DP1(KMC)
$ASG lO:DP1(KMC)
$ASG 13:DP1(KMC)
$XCT GRAPH:DP1(KMC)
CARD 1
CARDS 2-3
CARDS 2-3
CARDS 2-3
CARDS 2-3
CARDS 2-3
CARDS 2-3
CARDS 2-3
CARDS 2-3
CARDS 2-3
CARDS 2-3
$END
$SPOOLER END-OF-DECK CARD
The following listing is a sample job stream for 10 impactor
runs, but this job stream yields the same graphs for all runs as
instructed by coding on cards 2-3:
$JOB ENAME
$ASG 12:DP1(KMC)
$ASG lO:DP1(KMC)
$ASG 13:DP1(KMC)
$XCT GRAPH:DP1(KNC)
CARD 1
CARDS 2-3
$ END
$SPOOLER END-OF-DECK CARD
299
-------
The user may instead desire ‘to input only unit density to MPPROG
yielding calculations based on the two different definitions of
aerodynamic diameter (Mercer’s 2 and Task Group on Lung Dynamics’).
MAINLINE PROGRAM STATIS
Requirements for Program Execution
The following is a list of user instructions for execution
of mainline program STATIS:
1. Mainline programs MPPROG and SPLIN1 must be executed
prior to the execution of STATIS.
2. No statistical information can be calculated unless
SPLIN1 has processed the cumulative mass versus particle
diameter data and made curve fits.
3. Card 1 applies to a test where all runs (either inlet or
outlet) are to be statistically combined. Card 1 is not
repeated.
4. Input data cards 2-3 apply to calculations for a pivsi-
cal density. Cards 4—5 apply to unit density calcula-
tions. All four cards are included if statistical
analysis for both densities is desired. When statisti-
cal results are desired for one density and not the
other, one card is deleted. For example, if statistical
analysis of only physical density data are desired,
card 5 is omitted since this card specifies the maximum
plotting diameter for statistical results where a unit
density is assumed.
5. This program processes control device inlet or outlet
information separately. Care must be taken not to
delete an “inlet DM/DLOGD file” when executing STATIS on
control device outlet results.
Card Format
Table 19 gives the variables to be punched on each card,
columns in which to punch them, the format used, a description
of the variable, and any options available to the user.
300
-------
TABLE 19. STATIS INPUT cARD FORMAT
Card
Variable
Card no.
column
Format
name
Des
crip on/op
tiO
n/units
1
1
Ii
INOUT
INO1JT = 1
for inlet
data;
INOUT 2
for
outlet data
1 Ii N N = 1 for physical density data
2 Ii NOFILE NOFILE = 1, calculations are not to be made for this density and remain-
der of variable values on this card are ignored; NOFILE = 0, calculations
are to be made for physical density
3 Il IPLT1 IPLT I 0, plot statistical graph of cumulative mass loading; IPLT1 1,
suppress plot
4 Ii IPLT2 IPLT2 = 0, plot statistical graph of mass size distribution; IPLT2 1,
suppress plot
5 Ii IPLT3 IPLT3 -r 0, plot statistical graph of number size distribution; IPLT3 1,
suppress plot
6 Ii IPLT4 IPLT4 = 0, plot statistical graph of cumulative % mass loadings;
IPLT4 = 1, suppress plot
7 Il ISIZ 1 ISIZ1 = 0 for cumulative mass loading to have standard grids; ISIZ1 = 1
for data regulated grids
8 Il ISIZ2 ISIZ2 = 0 for mass size distribution to have standard grids; XSIZ2 = 1
for data regulated grids
9 Ii ISIZ3 ISIZ3 = 0 for number size distribution to have standard grids; ISIZ3 1
for data regulated grids
10 Ii NCUCON NCUCON = 0, calculate a constant of integration for particles with diam-
eters smaller than 0.25 micron to find average cumulative mass loading;
NCUCON = 1, do not calculate a constant of integration for particles with
diameters smaller than 0.25 micron to find average cumulative mass loading
F5.l PEND Largest diameter size for calculations for assumed physical density; all
statistical plotting stops at this diameter unless PEND = 0. Then the
physical density plots and calculations stop at 8.0 micrometerS. This
card is omitted if NOFILE = 1 on card 2.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Il
Il
Il
Ii
Il
Il
Ii
Ii
Ii
N
NOFILE
IPLT1
IPLT2
IPLT3
IPLT4
ISIZ1
1 5 1Z2
ISIZ3
NCUCON
N = 2 for unit density data
As on card 2, applied to unit density
As on card 2, applied to unit density
As on card 2, applied to unit density
As on card 2, applied to unit density
As on card 2, applied to unit density
As on card 2, applied to unit density
As on card 2, applied to unit density
As on card 2, applied to unit density
As on card 2, applied to unit density
15
F5.1
PEND
Largest diameter size for calculations for
statistical plotting stops at this diameter
unit density plots and calculations stop at
is omitted if NOFILE = 1 on card 4.
assumed unit density; all
unless PEND = 0. Then the
8.0 micrometers. This card
0
H
1—5
-------
Descriptions/options/units are discussed under the assumption that
physical density is input to program MPPROG. The results based on
physical density and unit density (a definition of aerodynamic
diameter user specified) are stored in alternating records of
the output file from MPPROG. The user may instead desire to in-
put only unit density to MPPROG yielding calculations based on
the two different definitions of aerodynamic diameter (Mercer’s 2
and Task Group on Lung Dynamics’).
Sample Job Streams
The following is a sample job stream for statistical analysis
of assumed Stokes diameter data (inlet or outlet) assuming physical
density input to MPPROG:
$JOB ENAME
$D DPi JWJOO1 (for inlet analysis)
or
$D DP1 JWJOO2 (for outlet analysis)
$ASG 12:DP1(KMC)
$ASG 13:DP1(KMC)
$ASG 20:DP1(KMC) (for inlet analysis)
or
$ASG 21:DP1(KMC) (for outlet analysis)
$XCT STATIS :DP1 (KMC)
CARD 1
CARDS 2-3 (N = 1 and NOFILE = 0 on card 2)
CARD 4 (N = 2 and NOFILE = 1)
$ END
$ SPOOLER END-OF-DECK CARD
The followingis also a sample job stream for statistical analy-
sis of data. This job stream yields statistical analysis for both
Stokes diameter data and aerodynamic diameter data assuming physical
density input to MPPROG:
$JOB ENAME
$D DPi JWJOO1 (for inlet analysis)
or
$D DPi JWJOO2 (for outlet analysis)
$ASG 12:DP1(KMC)
$ASG l3:DP1(KMC)
302
-------
$ASG 20:DP1(KMC) (for inlet analysis)
or
$ASG 21:DP1(KMC) (for outlet analysis)
$XCT STATIS:DP1 (KNC)
CARD 1
CARDS 2-5
$ END
MAINLINE PROGRAM PENTRA
Requirements for Program Execution
The following is a list of user instructions for execution
of mainline program PENTRA:
1. Mainline programs MPPROG, SPLIN1, and STATIS must be
executed in this order twice before PENTRA can be exe-
cuted: once for inlet and once for outlet statistical
analysis.
2. Card 1 is a general identification label for the test
(site, date, etc.) and is not repeated.
3. Card 2 indicates whether the operator wishes to use the
internally defined minimum limit of the fractional effi-
ciency graph (0.800 or 80%). If so, card 2 is left
blank and cards 3-4 are omitted. Cards 3-4 are included
if ICHRAN does not = 0. Card 3 then gives coding for
this minimum limit, IMIN; card 4 specifies this limit as
a fraction, YMINFR. See Table 20 for values of IMIN and
the corresponding minimum fractional efficiency.
Card Format
Table 21 gives the variables to be punched on each card,
columns in which to punch them, the format used, a description
of the variable, and any options available to the user.
303
-------
TABLE 20. MINIMUM FRACTIONAL EFFICIENCY CORRESPONDING
TO A CHOSEN VALUE OF IMIN
Minimum fractional
IMIN efficiency, YMINFR
1 0.01
2 0.05
3 0.1
4 0.2
5 0.5
6 1.0
7 2.0
8 5.0
9 10.0
10 20.0
11 30.0
12 40.0
13 50.0
14 60.0
15 70.0
16 80.0
17 90.0
18 95.0
19 98.0
20 99.0
21 99.5
22 99.8
23 99.9
24 99.95
25 99.99
304
-------
Card
TABLE 21. PENTRA INPUT CARD
Variable
FORMAT
Card no. column Format name
Description/options/units
1 80 80A1 IDGEN General identification label that is output to line—
printer, and written at the top of the efficiency graph
2 1 Il ICFIRAN ICHRAN = 0, determines the standard output for the effi-
ciency plot, which is 99.99—80 percent efficiency and
20—0.01 percent penetration for the probability axis.
The log—log axis standard output is 100—0.01 percent
0 penetration and 99.99-0.0 percent efficiency. ICHRAN = 1
gives the option of changing the axis on the y scale of
the efficiency plots by card input.
2 Il NSPCON NSPCON = 0, plot confidence limit if possible; NSPCON = 1
suppresses confidence limits.
3 1-2 12 IMIN Coding to correspond to minimum value on y axis. See
Table 19 for IMIN coding corresponding to YMINFR values.
This card is omitted if ICHRAN 0 on card 2.
4 1-5 F5.4 YMINFR Minimum fractional efficiency on plot. This card is
omitted if ICERAN = 0 on card 2.
-------
Sample Job Streams
The following is a listing of a sample job stream for pene-
tration-efficiency analysis which yields the minimum graph limit,
80% efficiency, defined in PENTRA:
$JOB ENAME
$ASG 20:DP1(KMC)
$ASB 21:DP1(KMC)
$XCT PENTRA:DP1 (KMC)
CARD 1
CARD 2 (blank or 0’s in columns 1-2)
$ END
$ SPOOLER END-OF-DECK CARD
The following is also a listing of a sample job stream for
penetration—efficiency analysis. This job stream yields a mini-
mum graph limit of 95% efficiency:
$JOB ENAME
$ASG 20:DP1(KMC)
$ASG 21:DP1(Kr4C)
$XCT PENTRA:DP1(KMC)
CARD 1
CARD 2 (nonzero integer in column 1-2)
CARD 3 (18 in columns 1—2)
CARD 4 (.9500 in columns 1—5)
$END
$SPOOLER END-OF-DECK CARD
FILE REFERENCE INFORMATION
Table 22 shows pertinent information about the files used
in all of the main programs which comprise the cascade impactor
data reduction system. File names, decimal and octal record
numbers, record numbers, type, and program use are included in
this table.
306
-------
TABLE
22. FILE
REFERENCE INFORMZ TION
File name
File no.
(decimal)
File no.
(octal)
Record
length
(words)
Number
of
records
Random
or
sequential
Used in
programs
Input or
output to
program
MPPROG
0
FILNAM KMCOO1
BIN
10
12
251
101
R
SPLIN 1
GRAPH
I
I
STATIS
I
SPLIN1
0
FILSPL = FILSPL
.
BIN
11
13
507
100
R
GRAPH
STATIS
I
I
FGRAPH = GRAPHO
BIN
8
10
15
50
R
GRAPH
0
.
STATIS
0
FILNM1 = JWJOO1
BIN
16
20
S
PENTRA
I
PENLOG
I
STATIS
0
FILNM2 = JWJOO2
BIN
17
21
S
PENTRA
I
PENLOG
I
-------
PROGRAM AND SUBPROGRAM CALLING LIST
Table 23 lists the subroutines and function subprograms
called by mainline programs and other subroutines in the cascade
impactor data reduction system. This list should aid the user
when mainline programs or major subprograms are run separately.
308
-------
TABLE 23. SUBROUTINES AND FUNCTION SUBPROGRAMS CALLED BY MAINLINE AND OTHER SUBROUTINES
Mainline programs
MPPROG
GRAPH
PENLOG
PENTRA
SPLIN 1
STAT IS
Subroutines
CUMPCT
CPPLOT
JOEl
JOE2
LABEL
LGLBL
PIONT
STATPT
ST PLOT
WALLY1
WALLY2
WALLY3
XLOG
XSLBL
YLOG
YPROB
0
‘.0
0
CALLED SUBPROGRAMS
AND FUNCTIONS
0
0
-4 9
Z O
00
00
i- 1
E-
0
Q E-i
Z 0 -
r
C’4
Z
Z
Z ‘-
O 0
E iEi
OO
E i-1
E E i
(I)i-1
H
r- rqm
> 4 4
‘- i-
<
0 0
> )< 1>4
0 i-1
I.
-•
. .
.
.
.
S
S..
.•
.
.
S
• •••
S
S.
.
.
.
SSS
S—S
.
I
S
S
S •
S
S
S
I
S
..
S
•
S.
S
I
S
S
S
S
S
I
‘I
S
.
.
S S
SS
I•
S
S
S
S
S
IS
IS
••
.
•
IS
S•
••
S
S
S
S
S
•
II S
• ••I
S SSS
S S•S
•
S
S
S
.
.
IS
S
-------
SECTION 5
EXAMPLE CALCULATIONS
In this section we present the results of example calcula-
tions which may be used to check the proper functioning of the
programs. This section is divided into two parts. The first
part results from a series of executions of MPPROG for every
allowed configuration of an Andersen, Brink, University of Wash-
ington (U of W), and Meteorology Research Incorporated (MRI)
impactor. There are other possible configurations for the Brink
and MRI impactors, but we have selected those which are most
commonly used. Other configurations can be used with program
modification. The data decks are given first, then the printouts
for physical and unit density follow. Results for all three
particle diameter definitions are presented for each configura-
tion of each impactor: Stokes, Task Group on Lung Dynamics (TGLD),
and Mercer. Note that all data decks are set up with NAERO=O so
that results with Stokes diameters for physical density and TGLD
aerodynamic diameters for unit density will be printed. For
aerodynamic diameters based on Mercer’s definition, NAERO must be
set to 1 or RHO must be set equal to 1.0. See Table 16 for
further explanation of the input data for MPPROG.
The negative M/ logD and N/ logD values which occur on the
U of W and MRI printouts result from the D 50 of stage 2 being
larger than the D 50 of stage 1. This occurs because the measured
viV calibration constant for stage 1 is significantly different
from the ideal value of 0.38 predicted by Ranz and Wong. 7
310
-------
Stage calibration constants for these impactors were reported by
K. Cushing et al. , in EPA Report 600/2-76-280, Particulate Sizing
Techniques for Control Device Evaluation: Cascade Impactor Cali-
brations. For this reason, when curve fits are made, stage catches
for the first two stages of Andersen, U of W, and MRI impactors
are automatically combined. This was discussed earlier in Section
2.
The second part of the example calculations uses the entire
cascade impactor data reduction system. Programs MPPROG, SPLIN1,
GRAPH, and STATIS are executed for data taken at the inlet and
outlet of a control device. These data were taken with Brink and
Andersen impactors. Next, programs PENTRA and PENLOG are used to
calculate penetration-efficiency information. As with the first
part of this section, data decks are included before the results.
Graphs are included along with printouts. These graphs are
usually located after the printout containing the data to be plot-
ted. Representative fits are shown for single inlet and outlet
impactor runs. In these graphs, raw data are shown as small
squares. Two graphs are included in which raw cumulative mass
loading information is overlaid to show the grouping of data taken
under the same conditions. One graph contains inlet data; the
other graph contains outlet data. Other graphs show averaged
inlet and outlet data and penetration-efficiency results from
PENTRA and PENLOG. Note that in the plot produced by PENLOG that
efficiencies less than 90% are plotted slightly off the edge of
the plotting grid.
311
-------
CARD COLUMN
NUMBERS
)ATA DPCK Ft,P P A 4 P4PPROG
111111111
123 5 789012 567 oI 2345678Q0 I 2345b7 9o I ?3’i e7 0123’$56789O 1 23a56789n I p3a56789fl
0100
CIDR$ V R TON I T 81 Ffl ANt R8 W,
SO,Ob ?80 O 280,02d$0 60,0 0,fl0001
.1 •00 , 0 •r e ,08
0I 4 0•3Q 1.90 £I,39 1,53 0 .I 0,5 0.29 1.22
•
4VP0YWETICAI. ANO€R8EN
00
-------
I
52
2
53
HYp(rTMETICAL ANDERSEN
IMPACTOR !LOWRAT! • 0,358 ACFM IMPAC1’OR TEMPERATURE s 5OO F S 137,8 C SAMPLING
DURATION S 60,00 sIN
YMPACTOR PRESSURE DROP 5 0,2 IN, C F HG STACk T 1PERATURp: ‘ 280.0 F $ 137.8 C
ASSUMED PARTICLE DENSITY s 2 ü0 GM/CtJIC 4. 8TACk PRESSURE • 30 .0 pJ, OF HG MAX, PARTICLE DIAMETER s
50.0 M!CNOMETSR$
GAS COMPflBITTO (PERCENT) CD? 12.88 Co ‘ 0,00 N2 s 73I60 02 i 5.52
H20 • 8.00
CALCI MASS LOADING s 7,917a5.03 GR’ACF 1, IR6SE .02 GR/DMCF t ,8118E+01 MG/ACM
2 ,738fl+01 MG/DNCM
IMPACTOR STAGE $ & 55 56 57
58 FILTER
STAG! INDEX NUMBER 3 9 6 7
050 (MICRoMETERS) 9• 7 5,67 5,26 3,63 1,59 0,56 0,55
0,27
MASS (MILLIGRAMS) 1,22 0.29 0 ,S8 0,18 1,53 £i ,3 1.90
0,39
MG/ DNCM/ STAGE 3.03E+00 7 ,21E.01 1,444 !+0fl 4,97!.01 3,8oE.00 1.095+01 4,725+00
9,6+5.01 1,395+00
CUM, PERCENT OF 4 S$ SMALLER THAN D5 p5,93 5 ,30 Pt,03 79,40 5,S2 25.68 1,94
4,90
CUM, (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 050 1,615+01 1,565+01 1. 7E+01 1,94 !sot 1,195+01 9,655+00 1,535+00
8,885.01
CUN, CMG/DNCM) SMALLER THAN 050 2,a45+0i 2,365+01 2,225+01 2,175,01 1.795+01 7,035+00 2,315+00
1,345+00
CUM, CGR/ACF) SMALLER THAN 050 7,04E 03 6,835.03 6. ’42E03 6,295.03 5,195—03 2,035.03 6,685.09
3,885.09
CUM. (GR/DNCF) SMALLER THAN 050 1,oeE—02 1,035.0? 9,705—03 9,505.03 7,845.03 3,075.03 1,015.03
5,665.04
050, M5 N DIA, (I4TCROMETERS) 2,195+01 5,915.00 6,755400 9,375+00 2,585.00 1,265+00 6,6?E.fl1
3,875.01 1,945.01
OM/OL000 (MG,DNCM) I ,12E .00 2,975,01 6,655+00 2.775,00 1,295.01 3,335+01 2 .31!+0l
3,295.00 9,065+00
ON/OLOOF) (NO, PAPTICLES/DNCM) 3,34E+0 5 3,345.07 1,725+07 2,60E .o7 5,965.08 1,335+10 5,835+10
9,955+10 4,685+11
NORMAL (ENGINEERING STANDARD) CUNDITIONS ARE 21 050 C AND 760MM HG,
-------
NORMAl., (EP4GINFERING STANDARD) CONDIT!ONS APE 21 DEG
AERODyNAMIC DIAME!ER3 ARE CALCUL&1ED HERE ACCORDIP4G
C AND 140MM 1 1 G .
It) MVRC P.
‘I
I
$2
a
(A)
$3
3
8I
a
5.”
HYPOTHUICAL £ND1P8 N
IMPACTOR FLt)WRAT! a 0,336 ACFM IMPACTOR TENPERATtJ E S 280.0 P 1 137,8 c SAMPLING
DUPATTOM • 60,00 HIM
IMPACTOR PRESSURE OROD S 0,? 7N, O HG STACK TEMPERATURE a 750•0 F a 131.8 C
ASSUMED PARTICLE NSITY a 1,00 GM/ClJ,CH. STACK PR($$UR! I 50,04 IN. OF MG MAX. PARTICLE DIAMETER I
17 .5 MZCROMETER$
GAS COMPOSITION (PERC(NTI C D? • 12.88 CO $ 0.00 M2 • 73 ,60 02 • 5,52
0 • $00
tALC. MASS LOADING a 7,91741.03 GR/ACF 1.19461.02 OP/ONC’ 1,61161+0* MG/ACM
2 .73*71 .0* MO/ONCH
IMPACTOR STAGE 55 lb $7
$5 FILTER
STAGE INDEX NUM8ER 3 4 7
5 3
050 CMZCROMEYEQ$) 14,37 13.60 3,01 1,50 1.01
0,3.
MASS (MILLIGRAMS) 1,22 0,2 3 0,36 0,16 1 .53 4,33 1,90
0,53 0,5 4
MG/DNCN/STAG I 3,o31+00 1,211—01 1.aaEsoo a,a7E.oj 3 ,S0E+00 1,091.01 4,721,00
9.691.0* 1,348.00
CU . •ERCENT p MASS SMALLER 714AM 050 86,93 66.30 81,03 73,40 43.52 23,66 6, 54
4,90
CUM, (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 050 1,611+01 1,361+01 1 41E+01 1,441,01 1.191+01 4.651+00 1,331•00
1,801.01
CUM, (MGIONCM) SMALLER THAN 030 2,441+01 2,361+0* ? .22F+0i 2.171+01 1,791,01 7 ,031+00 2,511.00
1 ,341,00
CUM, (OR/AC ,) SMALLER THAN D30 1,041.03 6,831—03 6,4a1.03 6,291.03 5,191.03 2,031.03 6,861.04
3,681.04
CUM. t&R/DNCP) SMAlLER THAN MO 1 ,061—02 1,031—02 9,701—03 9,301—03 7 ,8aE.03 3,071.03 1,011.03
5, 161.04
Gb. MEAN 0 1*, (MICROMETERS) 3,341+01 1,401+01 1,061+01 6,341,00 4,171+00 2,131.00 1,231+00
1,461.01 4.lfl .ot
DM/DL000 (MG/DNCM, 4,141+00 3,011+01 6,741+00 2,631+00 1,341+01 3,6$E+O1 2,711.01
4,041,00 4 .461+00
ON/OLOGO (No, PAR,ICLE$/ONCM) 2,131+05 2,101,01 1,011+07 1,621,07 3,321.08 7,161+09 2,801.10
1.141,10 t ,lU ,11
-------
NORMAL CENG!NECRING STANDARD) CONDIT!ONS ARE 21 DEG C AND 740MM HG,
I . - ’
U,
MYPOTNETICAL ANDERSEN
IMPACTOR p 0wRATE $ 0,358 ACFN MPACY0R TF$PER4TURE 280,0 1 a 137,8 C $AKPLING
DURAT!O 4 * 60,00
!MPACTOR PRESSURE DROP • 02 !N , OF HG STACI( TEP4P!RATIJRE • 280 0 P I 137,8 C
ASSUMED PARTXCLE DENSITY • 1’ ,OO GMICU,CM. 874CM PRESSURE • 30,04 IN. 01 140 MAX• PARTICLE DIAMETER •
71,8 MICROMETERS
GAS COMPOSITION (PERCENT) CD2 • 12.88 CD • 0 O0 N? $ 73,60 02 a 8,52
1420 • 8,00
tALC. MASS LOADING a 7,91 7’4e.o3 OR/AC! 1.196$E D2 OR/ONC ! 1 ,$II6E+Oi MG ACM
2 ,73S7E+01 MG/DP4CM
IMPACTOR STAGE SI $2 83 54 55 Sb 81
$8 FILTER
STAE INDEX NUMUP 1 2 3 4 5 4 7
8 9
030 CM!CROMET 5RS ) A ,;6 13,49 8,21 3•68 2,90 1,39 0,90
0,48
MASS (MILLIGRAMS) 1,22 0,29 0 38 0,18 1,53 4,39 1,90
0,39 0,54
NG/DNCM/STA S E 3,03E+00 7 ,21E 01 1.,44E’OO a,47E 01 3,SOE+O0 1 ,09E+01 il,72E+00
9,69E.01 1.34E900
CUMI PERCENT OF MASS SMALI..ER THAN b8o se ,e3 86,30 e1 ,03 79,110 65,52 28,68 8,44
4,90
CUM. (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 080 1 .oIE,01 i .SéE.0i 1 ,Üfl+01 1,MGE+01 1,19E+OI 4,65E+00 t,53Es00
8,86F.01
CUll. CMG/ONCM) SMALLER THAN 030 2, !+OI 2,36Ee01 P 22E+OI 2,ITE+ot I,79E+Ot 7,03!+00 2,31E,00
t,34!+00
CUll, CQR/AC ! SMALLER THAN 050 ?,04E.03 4 ,SJE.03 6 ,M?E.03 6 ,29E.03 5 ,19E.03 ?.03E.03 e.oSE.04
3,BSE.04
CUll. (OR/ONC?) SMALLER THAN 080 i,ObE.02 1,03Eu02 9,YOE.03 9.50!.03 7,8uE.03 3 ,07Eu03 1,0 .Eu03
8,86E.0
050, MEAN 014, (MItPOMETIR$) 3,325401 1,3 ,5401 1,055401 ,835+nO 4,065s00 2,011+00 1,125.00
6,875.01 3,395.01
DM 101 ,000 dM;/DNtM 6,155+00 2.985401 6,6914011 2,795+00 1,305401 5,435+01 2,495+01
3,815,00 ‘4,465+00
DN/DL000 (NO. PART!CLES/DNCM) p,jSE.O5 2,155,07 1,105,07 1,675+07 3,735+05 e ,05Es09 3,385+10
2,381.10 2,195+11
AERODYNAMIC DIAMETERS ARE CALCULATED HERE ACCURDIP4 TO THE TASK GROUP ON LUNG OY AMtC8.
STOP 000000
-------
DATA DECK FOR PRflGPAM MPPROG CARD COLUMN
111111111 122222222223333333333 tJ Li44U455555555556666b6666677777777778 ) /
123 6789 0123a5618 9 0123 6789012345878901 2345678Q012345676901?3456789o12345678 9o F
0200
C!DRS VERSION y y FOR BRINK.
03
29.50 330,0 330,02,40 15.0168 ,O11b1
,1400 .0000 .8000 •0600 .0800
0.19 0.10 0.30 1.1$ 1.63 2.16 2,90 6.12 39e38
0.0310
4YPOTHEYTCAL. BRINK TEST • CYC, STAGE 0 — STAGE 6, FILTER
03
?9,So 330.0 33O,o2 . jo 15,0168,o1 151
.1000 ,0000 .8000 .0600 .0800
0.19 0.00 0.30 1.18 1,63 2.16 2.90 6 .12 39•35
0.0310
)4YPOTHETICAL RPIWK TEST • CYC, STAGE 0 • $TAGE 5, FILTER
H 03
30.00 300,0 300.02,40 15,0168,flh160
11400 .0000 .8000 •0600 ,0800
0,00 0.10 0,30 1.18 1,63 2.16 2,90 6.12 39,38
0.0310
MYPOTkET!CAL P INK TEST • CYC, STAGE 0 • STAGE 6, NO FILTER
03
30,00 300,0 300.02.40 15,0168.01150
.1400 .0000 ,-000 .0600 ,O800
0.00 0,00 0,30 1.18 1,63 2,16 2.90 6.12 39,38
0.0310
HYPOYkETICAL BRINK TEST • CYC, STAGE 0 • STAGE 5, NO FILTER
03
29,50 330,0 330,02 .ao 15,0168 ,ootoi
.1400 .0000 .8000 .0600 ,0R00
0.19 0.10 0,30 1.18 1,63 2.16 2,90 o’.12 0,00
0,0310
HYPOTHETICAL RPTNK TEST • STAGE 0 • STAGE 6, FILTER
03
-------
30,00 300,0 300,02 ,40 iS .0168,00151
,1400 •0000 ,M0 00 ,0600 •o8oo
0,19 0.00 0,30 1.18 1,63 2,16 2,90 6,12 0.00
0,0310
HYDOTHETICAL. BRINK TEST — STAGE 0 — STAGE c, F!LTER
03
30.00 300,0 300,02,80 15,OtbS,00160
•1800 .0000 •8o0 ,neOO ,0800
0.00 0,1 ) 0,30 1.18 1,63 2.16 2,90 6 ,12 0,00
0,0310
HYPOTHETICAL RRI JK TEST • STAGE 0 • STAGE 6, NO FILTER
03
30,00 300.0 300,02.40 15.0168,00150
,1400 ,0000 .8000 ,0600 ,0800
0.00 0.00 0,30 1.18 1,63 2.16 2.90 # .i2 0,00
0.0310
HYPOTHETICAL RPINK TEST • STAGE 0 — STAGE 5, NO FILTER
03
2 ,50 330,0 330,02,40 15 ,01be ,00061
.1400 ,0000 .8000 .0600 ,OR00
0,19 0,10 0,30 1.18 1,63 2.16 2.90 0 00 0.00
0,031 0
HYPOTHETICAL BRINK TEST • STAGE I — STAGE 6, FILTER
03
30.00 300.0 300,02.40 15.0168.00051
,1 00 .0000 .8000 •OeOO ,0800
0,19 0,00 0,30 1,18 1,63 ?,16 2 .9fl 0.00 0,00
0,0310
HYPOTHETICAL RR NK TEST — STAGE I STAGE c, FILTER
03
30,00 300,0 30O 02,40 15,0168,00060
,1400 ,.0000 .8000 ,o400 , )800
0,00 0,10 0,30 1,18 1,63 2.16 2,90 0.00 0.00
0.0310
HYPOTHETICAL BRINK TEST — STAGE S. — 8TAGF 6, Nfl FILTER
03
30,00 300,0 300.02S40 15.0168.00050
,1400 .0000 .8000 , 600 ,0800
0,00 0,00 0,30 1.18 1,63 2 ,16 2.90 0.00 0,00
0,0310
HYPOTHETICAL BRINK TEST • STAGE I • STAGE 5, NO FILTER
00
317
-------
HYPOTHFT çA TEST • CYr, STAGE 0 — STAGE 6. FILTER
IHPACTOR FLOWRATE $ 0 ,011 ACFM IMPACTOR TEMPERATU4E 330,0 E s I6S.$ c SAMPLING DURATION a 15,00 P 7Pd
IMPACTOR PRf$s%iRr r flD $ 1 .? IN, nF HG STACK TEMPFRATLJRF $ 330,0 F a 1 5 .6 C
AsSUMEr) PARTICLE DENSITY a 2,40 GM/Cfi CM. STACK PRESSURE a a9,co IN, OF HG MAX, PARTICLE DIAMETER 1 168.0 MICROMETERS
GAS CDMPOSITI )N (PFRCENT) CO a 1 ,8fi Co a 0,00 Pd? a 73,60 02 a 5,52 $20 a 8,00
CALC. MASS LOADING a 1•790$E+00 GR/ACF 2,94501,00 cR/DPd F a ,0q$OE ,(F3 MG/ACM 6,73911+03 MG/DNCN
TMPACTDR STAGE CYC $0 S i 82 53 50 55 FILTER
STAGE INDEX WI)N$ P 2 o 7 8
050 CM!CROM T R$ 11,00 6,6 5 3,63 2,28 1,7’ l 0,73 0.53 0,25
KA5S (MILLT .PAMS1 q,3$ 6,12 2,90 2.16 1,63 1.18 0,30 0,10 0,19
MG/DWCM/8TAGE 4,021+03 7,641.02 3,621+02 2.701+02 2,001+02 1,471+02 3,751+01 1,251+01 2.371+01
CUM. PERCENT OF MASç SMALLER THAN 050 27,02 15.6$ 1t .30 6,30 3.28 l ,0 0,54
diM. MC,/ACM) SMALLER 7 14AM 050 l,ilE.03 6,421.02 4.221+02 2,581+02 1,341.0? 4,481,01 2,201,01 1.441+01
03 CUM, (MG,OHCM) SMALLER THAN 050 1,821+03 1,061+05 6,941+02 4,251+02 2,211+02 7.371+01 3,621+01 2,371,1)1
CUM, (SR/ACE) SMALLER 114AM 050 4,841—01 2,511.01 I,85E•Oj 1, 3Fe01 5,871.02 1,061.02 0,621.03 6 ,31E03
dUN, CGR,OMCF SMALLER THAN 1)50 7,961.01 4,421.01 3.031—01 1.861 01 9,661.1)2 3,221—02 1,551.0? 1,001—02
010. 441AM 01*, MICROMETERS) o,sor,o l 8,571+00 4,921+01) 2.881 .1)0 1,991+01) 1,131+00 e ,?oE— * 3,631.01 1,761.01
OM/OLOGO (MG/DNCI4) 4 ,151403 5,531+05 1,371.1)3 1,331.03 1,731+03 3,901+02 2,671+02 S .841 ,03 7.85E.Oi
DN/DL000 (NCr• PARITCLE$/DHCM) £1,161.07 £4,461.09 Q,t1E+OQ 4,461+10 1.751+11 2.181+11 5,911.11 6,’401+jl 1,141.13
NORMAL CENGINUPTNG STANOARD) CONDTT!ON$ APE 21 DIG C AND 760MM 4G .
-------
JCRMAL WGTNF R7Nr, STANOARO) Cr)Nt)fl’IflNS *Rf 1 D G C AM’ 760MM Hf,,
AERODYNAMIC OI F1’ERS ARf CALCIJLATFf) HERE ACC0 O1NG TO MERCER.
‘ 0
HYPC)THET!CAL P1 ’M T .ST — fYf, STAGE 0 — STAGE 6, FILTER
tMPACTr R FLONRATE 0,031 ACFM IMPACTOR TEMPERATuRE • 330,0 F • 165.6 C SAMPLING DUPATTON • 15,00 141N
TMPACTOR PR 8S(IRF OPOP a 1.2 IN, F HG STACK TEMPERATURF a 330,0 F a 165,6 C
ASSUMEO PARTICLE OENSITY a 1 O0 GM/CU.CM. STACK PRFSSUP • PR,50 IN. OF HG MAX, PARTICLE OTAMETER • 260,3 MICROMETERS
GAS COMPOSITION (PERCENT) CO? a 12.08 C a 0.00 N? • 73,60 02 a 5,52 H?O • 8,00
CAIC, 1 1*58 LOAOI G a ,7 0 E 4 O GR/ACF .9USOF.400 GR,ONCF 4,0980E+03 MG/ACM 6,7391E+03 MG ,IDNCM
IMPACTOP STAGE c c so Si 82 83 84 88 86 FILTER
STAGE INDEX NUMP R 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
050 (MICROMETERS) 10 .54 5,81 3,72 2,88 1.31 1,00 0,57
MASS (MILLIGRAMU 39,38 6.1? 2,16 1.63 118 0,30 0,10 0,19
MG/ONCM/STAGE 4,Q?E103 7,6RF+02 3 ,6?E$02 2,70E+0? 2 ,OUEsO2 t,47E+02 3,75!+01 t,28E+01 2,37!+0t
CLIM, PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 050 27.02 15,68 10.30 6,30 3,28 1.09 0,54 0,35
CUM, (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 050 1,11E+03 6.42E+02 4 ,22E+02 2 .58E+02 1,34E+O2 4.48E+Oi ?.?OE.01 1,44E+01
CUM. (MG,DNCM) SMALLER THAN 050 j,82E+03 i,C 16E+03 6 .94E+O2 a ,25E.02 ?,21E+O2 7 .37E+01 3,6?E+01 2.37E+01
CUM, (r,R ACF) SMALLER THAN 050 4,814E01 2,81E—fl l 1 85E—01 1,13E01 5,87E—02 1,Q6E.02 Q,62E.03 6,31E.03
CUM, (GR,DP4CF) SMALLER THAN 050 7.RoE—0t 4,62E.O1 3 ,03E—01 t ,86E.0t 9 bbE —02 3 .22E.02 t,58€.02 1.04F.02
GEO, MEAN 01*, (MICROMETERS) A, E$0t 1,34E+0j 7 ,83E+n0 4,65E+00 3 ,27E+00 i.RGE+00 , 14E+0O 7 , 0E.01 4 ,00E.01
OM/DLOGD MG/r)NCM £4,ISE+03 3 ,66E.O3 1.40E+03 j,39E+03 l,83E+03 4 .30E 02 3,I6E,02 5 ,09f+O1 7,SSE,0S
DN/DL000 ( P 4 0, PAPrTCLES ,#DNCM) ?,6RE+07 ?,Q1E+09 5 58E+09 2,64E,t0 i,00E+11 1,13E+tt 4,0b!.it Vi.30E+11 2,35E+12
-------
NORMAL (ENGINEERING ST*Nr,APD) t.ONDITIOMS ARE 2t (lEG C AND 760MM HG,
AERODYNAMIC DIAMETERS ARE CALCULATEI) HF.RE ACCORDING TO THE TASM f,RDUP ON LUNG DYNAMICS.
0
HYPOTMETICAL. RPIWK TEST • CYC, STAGE 0 • STAGE 6. FILTFR
IMPACTOR FLOMR&TE fl,031 ACFM IMPACTOR TEMPEPAI’(JR! • 330,0 F $ 165,6 C SAMPLING DURATION 15,00 MIN
IMPACTOR PRESSURE ORnP 1.2 J, ( F H( STACK TEMPERATURE P 330,0 P 165.6 C
ASSIJMED PARTICLE DENSITY u j•flO GM/CU,CM. STACK $SuP pq ,5n yP , OF MG M*X• PARTICLE DIAMETER • 260,3 MICROMETERS
GAS COMPOSTTTON (PERCENT) CC ? 2.8R Co a 0,00 N? i 73,60 02 P 5.5? H?O • 8.00
CALC . MASS LOADING * t.7QOAE.00 SR/ACE 2.9450E+00 SR/ONCE a ,OqSQFi.03 MG/ACM 6,73911+03 MG/DNCM
IMPACTOR STAGE CYC SO St 52 83 54 55 Sb FILTER
STAGE INDEX NUMBER 1 3 4 6 7 8 9
050 (MICROMETERS) ii,nu i0,l 2 .6Q 3,60 2,16 1.19 0,88 0,45
MASS (MILLIGRAMS) 39,3 5 6.12 2q90 2,16 1,63 t,tB 0,30 0.10 0,19
M0/DNCM,ST*G! ( .q2E O3 7,641 ,02 3,621+02 2.701+0? 2,081+0? 1.471,02 3,751+01 1,251+01 2,371+01
CUM, PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN D50 27,02 15,68 10.30 6,30 3 ,28 1.09 o,sa 0.35
CUM. (MG/AC ) SMALLER THAN 050 1,111+03 6,421+02 4 .221+02 2,581.02 1,341.02 4 .481+01 2.201+01 1,691.01
CUM. ING/ONCH) SMALLER THAN 050 1,821+03 1.061+03 6,991+02 4,251.0? 2.211+02 1,371+01 3.621+01 2 ,37F+01
CUM. (GP/AC 1 SMALLER THAN 050 4,541.01 2, 511—01 1.551—01 1.131—nt 5,871—02 1 ,q6€ 0a 9,621.03 6,311—03
CUM, (SR/ONCE) SMALLER THAN 050 7,961—01 0,621.01 3,031.01 1,861.01 9,661.02 3,221—02 1,351.02 1,091.02
010, MEAN 07*, (MTCPOMETERS) 6,661+01 1.331+01 7,701+00 4,321.00 3,151.00 j,8t1+00 1.021+00 6,271—01 3,161—01
OMIDL000 (MG/DNCM) 4,151+03 3,381+03 1.381+03 1,351.03 1,771.03 a,041+02 2 .591,02 4,261.01 1,681+01
ON/OLOGO (N C, PARTYCLES/ONCM) 2,691.07 2,891+09 5,771+09 2,791,10 1,081+11 1,301+11 5,071.11 3,301.11 4,751.12
-------
I )
I’.j
HYPOTHETICAL BRINK TEST — C C, STAGE 0 • STAGE 5, FILTER
IMPACTrJR FLnWPATE i 0.031 ACFM IMPACIOR TEMPERATIJRE • 330,0 F • 165.6 C SAMPLING
DURATION • 15,00 NIN
THPACTOR PRESSURE tROP t U G TN, f )F HG STACk TEMPERATURE : 330,0 F • 165.6 C
AS$IJMEI) PARTICLE DENSITY • 2.R0 GMICU ,CM. STACK PRESSURE • 29,50 IN, OF HG MAX PARTICLE DIAMETER •
t 8,o I4ICROMETERS
GAS COMPOSITION (PPPCE.NT) Ct)? s 12.88 C • 0,00 N2 • 73,60 fl2 • 5.52
H20 $ 8,00
CALC, MASS LOADING • 1.7875Es00 GR/ACF 2 ,9395E+00 OP/ONCE 4 ,090’ E+03 MG/ACM
b .7266E+03 MG/DNCM
IMPACTOR STAGE c c $1 53 54 55
STAGE INDEX NUMBER 2 3 4 5 7
050 (MICROMETERS) 11,00 6.68 3 63 2,28 1,7’4 0,73 0,53
MASS (MILLIGRAMS) 39.38 6,12 ? 90 2,16 1,63 1,18 0,30
o•t
MG/DSCM/STAGE 4,92E+03 7.eiSF+0? 3,62E+02 2,70E+02 2,04E+02 t,47E,02 3,TSE+O1
2 ,3fl.O1
CUN, PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 050 26,88 15 ,52 10.14 6 ,13 3,10 0 ,91 0,35
CUM. (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 050 t ,IOE+03 6 .35E+02 ‘4,ISE+02 2,51Es02 1,2TE+02 3 ,72E,Ot i,aar,oi
CUM, (MG/ONCM) SMALLER THAN 050 1,SIE+03 1 .oaEsO3 6 ,82E+02 4 .12E+02 2,OQE+02 b ,12Es01 2,37E+01
CUM. (GPIACF) SMALLER THAN 050 £i ,51E01 2,77E01 1 ,81E01 1 ,10E01 5 ,5AE.fl2 j .63E.02 b .31E.03
CUM, CGP/DNCF) SMALLER THAN 050 7,90E.01 4& ,56E.Ot 2,981—01 1,SOE.01 9.111—02 2,671.02 i,0( !.02
010, MEAN DIA, (MICROMETERS) “,30E401 8 ,57E+00 4,92E+O0 2,881+00 1,991+00 1 ,13E+00 6,211.01
1,821.01
DM/DLOOI) (MO/ONCH) 4,15E+03 3 ,53E+03 1.37E+03 i,33E+03 1,731+03 3,QIE+02 2,691+02
7,881+01
DN/DLOGD (HOe PARTTCLES/DI tCM) 4,I6E+07 4,46E+04 9,111+09 4.46E+10 1,751+11 2,171+11 8,911+11
1.041+13
NORMAL (ENGINEERING STANDARD) CflNDITIQN$ ARE 21 DIG C AND 760MM HG,
-------
NORMAL (ENGINEERING STANDARD) CONDITIONS APE 1 DEG C AND 160MM HG,
AEPOOYNAMIC DIAMETERS * E CALCULATEO HERE ACeORDIPIG TO MUtER,
(A)
HYPOTHETICAL PINK TEST • eYe, STAGE 0 • STAGE 5 FILTER
IMPACTOP F1.OWRATE a 0,031 ACFM IMPACTOR UATUPE I 330,0 F U 165.6 C SAMPLING DURATION U 11.00
IMPACTOR PRESSURE DROP • 0,4 IN, OF HG STACK TEMPERATURE • 330,0 F I 165.6 C
ASSUMED PARTICLE DENSITY • 1,00 GP4/CU,CN’, STACK PRESSURE • 29.50 IN. OF HG MAX, PARTICLE DIAMETER • 260,3 MICROMETERS
GAS COMPO$!IION (PERCENT) CU? a 2q88 Co • 0.00 N? • 73,60 fl2 • 5.52 P420 I 5 ,00
tALC. MASS LOADING a 1,78151+00 GP/ACF 2,93931+00 GR/ONCP G 0904E.03 MG/ACM 6.72641+03 MG/OP.CM
IMPACTOP STAGE CYC 50 81 $ 83 $ $3 FILTER
STAG! INDU NUMBER 2 3 4 3 6 7
050 CMICROMETER$) 7,04 10,54 3,$1 3,12 2, 1 1 1,31 1.00
MASS (MILLIGRAMS) 39.38 6,12 2,90 2,16 1,63 1.1$ 0.30 0 . 1 9
MG /DSCM/$TAGE 4.921+03 1 ,64E+02 3,621,02 2.701+02 2 ,041+02 1,471+0? 3,751+01 2.37 ! + Ot
tUM. PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 030 26,55 15,52 10,14 6.13 3,10 0,91 0,35
CUM. (MG/ACM) $ 4LLE THAN 050 I .IOE+03 6.551+0? 4 .15! ’02 l ,31!+O2 1,211.0 ? 3,121+01 1,441,01
CUM. (MG/DMCM) SMALLER THAN 050 1,811+03 1.041+03 6,821+02 6.121+02 2,091.0? 6,121.01 2,311.01
CUM. (GR/ACF) SMALLER THAN 050 a ,e1!.01 ?,?7E.01 1,511 .01 1 .t0E.0t 3 ,SaE .02 1,631.02 6,3t!.03
CUM, (GR/DNCF) SMALLER THAN 050 7,901.01 4,361.01 2 ,96E .01 1,801.01 9 ,IIE.O2 2,671.02 1,041.01
Gb , MEAN 01*. (MICROMETERS) 6,è6!401 1.361+0) 7.831+00 4,651.00 3,271.00 1,941+00 1,141+00 4,031.01
OM/OLOAD (M5/DNCM) ,t5E+05 3,681+03 1,901+03 1.3 ,1,03 1,83f+03 4,311.02. 5,17E.02 7.881+01
ON/OLOGO (NO, PART!CL!S/DNCM) l ,e9E+01 2,QLE ,09 5 58!•0Q 2,641410 1,001+11 1.121+11 4,061+11 2.261+12
-------
HYPOTMEITCAL LINK TEST — CYC. STAGE 0 — S1’AGE 5, FILTER
IMPACTOR Ft.OWRATE 0.031 ACFM IMPACYOR TfMPERATUPE a 330.0 1 * 165.6 C SAMP(.ING DURATTON • 15,00 MI
!M ’ACT0P PRESSURE l’ P a Q J, nF STACK TEMP€.RATIIR a 330,0 F 165.6 C
ASSUMED PARTICLE OFNSIIY * 1.00 GM/CU,CM’, STACK PRFSSURE a 29,50 N, OF MG SAX. PARTICLE DIAMETER • 260,3 MICROMETER8
GAS COMPOSITTOM EPCE 1) CD? 12,00 CD 0,00 • 73,60 02 a 5,52 H20 • 5,00
CALC. MASS LOADING a 1.7875E+00 GR/ACF 2,Q395 +00 GR/DNCF 4,0904Es03 MG/ACM 6.7266E+03 MG/ONCM
IMPACTUR STAGE CYC 50 St $2 $3 $ 85 FILTER
STAGE INDEX NUMBER 2 3 Li 5 6 7 a
050 (MICROMETEPS) 17,04 10,42 5•69 3,60 ?,76 1.19 0,00
MASS (MILLIGRAMS) 39,38 6,12 2,90 2,16 1,63 0.30 0,19
MG,DSCM,STAGE £l,92E403 7,64E+02 3 ,b2E+02 2,70E+02 2,O4E,02 1 ,1 17E+02 3,75E+0t 2,37E+0i
CUM, PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 050 26,08 15,52 10,14 6,13 3,10 0,91 0,35
CLJM . (MG/ACM) SMALLER 114AM D5O 1,IOE+03 6,35E+02 4,1SE+02 2,S IE+02 1 ,27Es02 3,72E+Ot 1,44E,01
L)
CUM, (MG/DNCM) SMALLER THAN 050 1,SIE+03 1,04EP03 b ,82Ei02 4 ,12E402 2,OQE+02 6,l2Ei-01 2.37Es01
CUM. (GR/ACF) SMALLER THAN 050 Li,01E01 ? ,77E.01 1 ,SIE.01 t,IOE—01 5 ,514t—02 i .63E.02 e,31E—03
CUM. (OR/ONCE) SMAlLER THAN 050 7,QOE —01 4 ,5bE—01 ? ,98E01 1,SOE.01 9,ttE.02 2 ,b7!—02 1.04!.O2
GEO, MEAN DIA, (MICROMETERS) 6 ,e6E+01 1 ,33E+01 7•70E+0O 4,52E+0O 3 ,15!+01) 1,$IE+00 1.02E+00 3,24E.01
DM/DLOGD (MG/DNCM) Li , ISE+03 3,58E+03 l ,38E+03 t,35E.03 1 ,77E+03 L3 ,04E+02 2.SoE+o2
DN/DLOGD (NO, PAPTTCLES/DNCM ) 2,e E+07 2,RQFsOO 5,77!+00 2,79€+10 1,OSE.11 1,30E411 5 ,OTE.t1
NORMAL (ENGIWEERTN( STANDARD) COHDTTTONS APE 21 DEG C AND 760MM MG•
AERODYNAMIC DIAMETERS ARE CAI.CULATEO MERE ACIDRDING TO THE TASK GROUP ON LUNG OYNAMTCS.
-------
r vc
$0 SI
U)
52
$3
MYPOTNET!CAL PRINK TEST • CYC, STAG€ 0 — S1&G , NO FTLT
tMRACTc FLOWRATE a 0,031 ACFM IMPACYOR T MPERATUPE a 300,0 a is ,o C 5AP4 L2NG
DURATION • 13.00 sIN
IMPACTOR PPE$SURF O OP • 1.2 IN. OF HG STACK TFMP RA1’URF a 300,0 F * 148.0 C
ASSUMED PART CLE DENSITY • 2 . n GM/CU,CM• STACK p ssuR , 30.00 p’ 1 or HG MAX. PARTICLE DIAMETER C
168,0 MICROMETERS
GAS CrIMPO$!YIo ., (PERC iNT) CD? tp .6A Co 0 0fl N? I 73.60 02 U 3•55
520 1 8.00
CAI.CØ MASS t 0AO1Nr, • t,7845E.00 GP/ACF 2,1760E,00 GDPJCF “ ,0836E+03 MG/ACM
6,3325E+03 $G/OPdCM
IMPACTOP STAR
$6 F!I .1•ER
STAGE INDEX MUMRPP I 2 3 4 5 6 7
8
030 (MICR0M TER$) 10.84 6,59 3 ,38 2.23 1.72 0.72 0•53
0,25
MA$$ (MI% RAM3 30,38 6.12 2,90 2,16 1,63 1.18 0,30
0.10 0.00
MG/DNCM/$TAGE £i,63E+03 7.23E.02 3.43E.o2 2,35E,0? I .93E+o2 1,39E+02 3,54E+01
t.I8E,OI 0,00E’Ol
CU . PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER TWAN 030 26,76 15.38 0 .90 5 ,97 2,90 0,1 14 0,19
0.00
CUM, (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN D50 t,09!403 6.?8E#0a 4.oSE+o? 2 ,44E+0? 3,?0E,02 3.014E+01 7 .SOE,00
0 .OOE —01
CUP4 , (MG/DNCM) SMALLER THAN 050 t,70E+03 9,17E+02 6.34E+02 3 .79E.02 1,67E.02 ‘i,73E+01 1,ISE+01
O.OOE —01
CUM, CGRS ACF) SMAlLER THAN 050 4,YSF—01 2,714E.01 1.78E —01 1.OYEOI S .24E.02 i,33E—0? 3,322.03
0,002.01
CUM, (GR/DHCF) SMALLER THAN 030 7 43E—0i ‘4,212.01 2 ,772—01 1,662.01 8,162.02 2,072.02 5,162.0%
0,002.01
GED. MEAN 01*, CMTCRDMET(RS) 4 1 ,272401 8,452400 4 S6F,00 2,892,00 1,972,00 1.122+00 6,112.01
3,632—01 1,Tfl.01
FIM/DLOGD (MG/TINCM) 3,OIEi03 3,352+03 t 306.O3 1.262,03 1,6a2,03 3.712+02 2,532+02
3,682,01 0,002.01
ON/OLOGO (NO. PARTTCL.E$/ONCM) LI,00E+07 41,412,09 8,082.09 4,392+10 1,722.11 2,132+11 8,632+11
6,122+11 0,00t ”OI
NORMAL (ENGINEERING $TANDARD) CONDITIONS APE 21 bEG C AND 760MM MG,
-------
NORMAL (CNGNEERZNG 8TANDARD CONDITIONS ARE 2t DIG
AERODYNAMIC DIAMETEPS ARE CALCULATED HERE ACCORDING
C AND 160MM HG,
TO MERCER,
HYPOTHETICAL BRINK TEST • CYC, STAGE 0 • STAGE 6, NO PILTER
!P4PACTOR FLONRAT! • 0,031 ACFM IMPACTOP TEMPERATURE ‘ 300,0 F • 148,0 C SAMPLING DURATION • 15,00 MIN
4PACTOR PRESSURE DROP • 1.2 IN. OF HG STACK TEMPERAIURE • 500,0 F • 148,0 C
ASSUMED PARTICLE H5ITY t ,00 GM/ U ,Cw , STACK pq St R • p , OF s* . PARTICLE DIAMETER • 2 60,S MICROM!TERS
0*3 COMPOSITION (PERCENT) eoa s CO • 0 ,00 N2 • 73,60 02 • 3.52 ao • e .oo
CALC. MASS LOADING • 1.78431 ,00 GR/ACF 2,17601+00 GR DNCF 4,06361+03 MG ACM 6,33251+03 HG/DNCM
IMPACTOR STAGE CYC so St 52 53 34 55 36 FILTER
STAGE INDEX NU$481R I 2 3 4 5 6 7 3 9
030 (M!CP0M T PS) t6 ,7Q 10 ,38 5,73 5,66 2,84 1,20 0,98 0,36
MASS (MILLIGRAMS) 39,36 6,12 2 9O 2 ,16 1.63 1.18 0,30 0,10 0,00
MG DNcN/s1’Au 4,651+03 7,231,02 3.431402 2,351.02 1,931.1.02 1.391+02 3,541+01 1,181.01 0,001.01
CUM. PERCENT OP MASS SMALLER THAN 030 26.76 15,35 9.99 5,97 2,94 0 ,14 0.19 0,00
CUM, (MG ACM ) SMALLER THAN 050 1,001+03 6,261+02 4’ .0SE+02 2.441+0* 1.201,02 3,041+01 7,591+00 0.00E.01
CUM, (MG/OMeN) SMALLER THAN 050 t,701+03 9,771,02 6.341+0? 3,791+0* t ,$7I+02 4,731+01 1,181401 0,001.01
CUN, (OR/AC!) SMALLER THAN 030 4.761—01 2,741.01 1,781’Ol 1,071—01 3,241.02 1,331.02 3,321.03 0,001.01
CUM, (GR,DNCF) SMALLER THAN 050 7,431•01 4,271.01 2,77 !•Ot 1,661.01 8,161.02 2,071.02 5,161.03 0,001.01
010, MEAN 01* . (MICROMETERS) 6,611+01 1,321+01 1,711+00 4,381+00 3,221,00 1,911+00 1,121+00 7,301.01 3,941.01
DM/DL000 (MG/DNCM) 3.911403 3.871+03 1,331+03 1,311+03 1,731.03 4,071+02 2,991.02 4,611,01 0,001.01
ON/OL000 (NO, PART!CLE$IDNCM) 2,561407 2,881.09 3,521+09 2,611+10 9 ,9Of (O 1,111.11 4,011.11 2,281+11 0,001.01
-------
HYPOTHETICAL RRINK 1 S • cvc, STAGE 0 • ST*f,F b, O ‘aTER
IMPACTOR FLOwI A1’E u 0,031 ACFM IMPACTOP MPEPATIJPE 300,0 F a taM.Q C SAMPLING DURATION a 15,00 NIN
TMPACTDR PR SStIRF DROP $ j N , r,F STACK ¶FMPE ATURF i 300•O F * C
ASSUMED PARTICL.E DENSITY • 1.00 GM/CIJ,Cu. STACK PRE$S(JR • 30,00 IN. OF l MAX. PARTICLE DIAMETER • 260,3 MICROMETERS
GAS COMPOSITION (P PCENT) C02 $ 12,$6 CO I 000 ? • 73.60 02 • 5,52 1120 I 8,00
CALC. MASS LOADING • l.lSaSE,00 GR/ACF 2.77b0 .O0 GR/ONCF a ,0636!p03 MG/ACM e ,3525E+03 MG/DNCM
IMPACTOR STAGE CYC $0 51 32 53 54 35 $6 FILTER
STAGE INDEX NUMNER 2 3 a 6 7 6 9
0541 (HICP4ET P3) 16.74 10 ,? ? 5,61 3.55 2.72 1,18 0,87 0 ,43
MASS (MILLIGRAMS) 3Q, 8 6.12 2 Q0 2,16 1.63 1,18 0,30 0,10 0,00
MG/DNCM/ STAGE a,oSE+o3 7.23E+0 3,a3Ei02 2, 55E.02 1 ,93E,02 1,39Es02 I,SRE+0i t,IU+01 0,00E—0t
CON, PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 050 26,76 15.3$ 9 Q9 5,9 1 2 .QA 0.74 41.19 0,00
CON, (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 050 1,098+03 6,288,0? 4,081+02 2.448+02 1,208.02 3.048+01 7,591+00 0,008.01
CON, (Mr,,DNCM) SMALLER THAN 050 1,708+03 9,718,02 6.348+02 3.798,02 1,811+02 4,738+01 1,188.01 0,008—01
CUM, (QP/ACF) SMALLER 711AM 030 i,y E—0t 2,748.01 1,781—01 1,018.01 5,2a8.02 1,338.02 3,328.03 0,008.01
CU’ , (GR/DNCF) SMALLER THAN 0541 1,a38 ’Oi 4,278—01 2,778—01 1,668—01 6,laE—02 2,4178.02 5,168.03 0,008.01
080, MEAN 01*, (MYCROMETERS) o,eIE+01 1,318+01 7 598 .00 4,468 .410 3,111,00 1,798+00 1,4118.00 6,238—01 3,158.01
OM/DLOGD (NG/DNCM) 3,018.03 3,398.03 1,318.03 1,288+413 1,618+03 3,S38 02 2 ,708 ,fl2 4,068.01 0,008.01
ON/OLOGO (NO. PAPTICLES/DNCMI 2,561+07 2,868+09 5,108.09 2,731+10 1,068,11 1,278+11 £4,958.11 3,208.11 0,008.01
NORMAL (EMGIMEERTNC. STANDARD) CONDITIONS ARE 21 DIG C ANt) 760MM HG,
AERODYNAMIC DIAMETEPR *48 CALCULATEI) HERE ACCORDING TO THE TASK GROUP ON LUNG DYNAMICS.
-------
H PCTH T2CAL BRINK FST — C C, STAGE 0 — STAGE 5, NO FILTER
IMPACTOR FLONRATE 0,03) ACFM IMPACTOR TEMPERATURE • 300,0 F • 148,9 C SAMPLING DURATION • 15,00 MIN
TMPACTOR pR $SUpp OROP 0.4 IN. F STACK TEMPERATURE • 3fl0,0 F ‘ 148,9 C
ASSUMED PARTICLE OPNSITY 2 .Qo GM/CIj,CM, STACK PRESSURE t 3O. o I , OF MG MAX, PARTICLE DIAMETER • toS ,o MICROMETERS
GAS COMPOSITION (PERCENT) CC? 12. co $ o ,oo H Z 73.60 02 ‘ 5,52 M20 a
CALC. MASS LOADING I.781?E.o0 GR/ACF 2.7709E+o0 GP,DNCF I ,0760E+O3 MG/ACM 6 ,3407E+03 MG/ONCM
IMPACTOR STAGE CYC 80 51 82 53 S 55 FILtER
STAGE INDEX NUMSER 2 3 5 6 7 5
050 CM!CRC)METERS iO,m4 6,59 3,58 2,25 1.72 0,72 0,53
MASS (MILLIGRAMS, 39.38 6.12 2,90 2.16 1.63 1,18 0,30 0,00
MG/D SCM ,STAGE 4 ,65E403 7.23E+02 3 ,li3E+02 2,SSE+OZ t,93E+02 1,39Eso2 3,54E+01 o,00E.o l
CUM, PERCENT OF MAS$ SMALLER THAN 050 26,63 15,22 9,82 5,79 2,76 0.56 fl ,00
A)
1 .) CUM, (MG/ACM) 5MALL Q THAN 050 1,oQE+03 6,?OE+02 4.00Es02 2,36E.OZ 1,12E+0? 2 ,28Es01 O.OOE.01
CUM (MG/I)HCM) SMALLER TMAN D50 1,eQE+03 9,6SE+02 6 ,23E+O? 3.67E+02 1,75E+82 3, 54Es01 0.COE.Ot
CLIP4 , (GR/ACF ) SMALLER THAN 050 4,7aE—0t 2 ,TIE—01 1.75E•O1 1.03E —0i ‘4,91E—02 9 ,QbE.03 0,00f.01
CUM, (GR/DNCF) SMALLER THAN 050 7,38E.01 4,22E—01 2.72E —01 1.bIE—0t 7,64E.02 1 .55E.02 0,00E.01
CEO, MEAN 01*, (MICROMETERS) 4,27E+0t 8,45E+Oo 0 .R6E+Oc 2,84E+00 1 .97E+O0 t,12Fs00 6,tSE.Ot 1•,83,—O1
OM/OLOGO (MG/OHCM) 3 ,9(E+03 3,35E.03 l ,30E+03 1,ZbE+03 1 .64E+03 3,71E.fl2 ?,SbE.02 0,00 E.01
DN/DLOGD (MO, PART!CLES/DNCM, 4,00E+07 4 .S 1E+0Q 8,98E.no 4,39!,10 1.T2E+11 2,13Es11 8 ,65E+11 0, 0 0E.o1
NORMAL ( HGTP4URING STANOARO) CONDITIONS ARE 21 DEC C AND 760MM MG
-------
WYPOTHETICAI. SRINK TEST • CYC, STAGE 0 • STAGE . NO FILTER
IMPACTOR FLONRATE a 0,031 ACFM IMPACTOP TEMPERATURE • oo,o F a 146 .Q C $AMPLP4G DURATION • 15 00 MIN
IMPACTOR PPE$sURf DROP I 0 5 P4 , OF HG STACK TEMPERATURE • 300,0 F a *GB. C
ASSUMED PARTICLE DENSITY • 11.00 GN/CU.CM. STACK PRESSURE • 30.00 IN. OF HG MAX, PARTICLE DIAMETER • 260.3 MICROMETERS
GAS COMPOSITION (PERCENT) co2 • *2.66 CO • 0,00 HZ a 73,60 02 • 5.52 H20 • 6.00
tALC. MASS LOAOZNG • 1.7618 .00 GR/ACF 2,77091.00 / P4 4,O76OE O3 MG/ACM b.3407E,03 MG/DNCM
IMPACTOR STAGE CYC so $1 $2 s sa FILTER
STAGE INDEX NUMBER 1 2
030 (M ROM(Y R$ 16,7 , 10,36 3 73 3.66 2 ,6* 1.29
MASS (MILLIGRAM$1 39.36 6 , 12 2,90 , 1A 1 A3 1,16 0,30 0,00
HGID S C$ /$TAGE 4,63 1403 7,lff+0? 3,43E402 2.33E .02 1.93(402 t .391402 3,341.01 0 , 0 0E.01
CUM . PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 050 26.63 13,22 9,62 5,79 2 .76 0,56 0.00
CUM. (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 030 1,oqt.03 6 ,ZOE4OP ‘4 ,00E,02 ?,36E•02 1 ,1?E•02 2 ,PSE,01 0,00E.0l
CUN. MG/DNCM $MALL!R THAN 090 i ,o9E .05 9,651+02 6,23E+02 3 ,bYE,02 t ,73! .02 3 .34E+01 0 .00E.01
CUM• (GR/ACF) $MAI .LER THAN 050 1,741.01 1,711.01 1 ,TSE•0t 1 ,03E .01 A,9tC.0? q•961.03 0,001.01
CUM, (GR/ONCF) SMALLER THAN 050 7,381.01 4 ,PZEeOt 2 ,?2E •0l *.bIE.01 7,AIE.0Z i ,SSE.02 0,00E.01
010. MEAN DIA, (MICROMETERS) 6,611 ,01 1.38+01 7 .IIE+O0 4,58E.00 3 .ZPE+O0 1,911+00 1,131+00 3 .99 1.01
OM/OLOGO (MG 0NCM) 3,911+03 5,471+03 1.33E+o3 1,51E403 1 ,TaE.03 4 ,07E+0Z 3,001.02 0 1 00E.01
DP4IDLOGD (P40, PARTICLIS/DNCH) 2,581407 1.681+09 5,52E409 ZUbIE4IO 9,901+10 1.111411 4,08+11 0 00E.O1
NORMAL (ENGINEERING 5TANDARD) CONDITIONS ARE 21 010 C AND 760MM HG’,
AERODYNAMIC DIAMETERS ARE CALCULATED HERE ACCORDING TO MERCER,
-------
NORMAL C GXN P!NG STANDAMD CONDITIONS ARE 21 DEG C AND 760MM HG,
AERODYNAMIC DIAMETERS ARE CALCULATED HERE ACCORDING TO THE TASK GROUP ON LUNG DYNAMICS,
t’.)
HYPOTHETICAL RRTNK TEST — CYC, STAGE 0 . ST GF. 5, NO
* t5 D0 sIN
TMPACTOR FL0 NRATF * 0,031 ACFK IMPACTOP TEMPERATURE 303,0 F 1’18,Q C SAMPLING
PIPACTOR PR S$URE IIHØP O.L4 IN, OF HG STACK TEMPERATURE 3oo,o F * C
ASSUMED PARTIClE oE JSI 1 Y E 1,00 GM1CU,CM. STACK PRESSURE * 30,00 IN, OF M C, MAX, PARTICLE DIAMETER ‘ 260,3
N20 • 8,00
GAS COMPOSITION (PFPCEN ) C 02 12.08 CO 0,00 N2 73,60 02 : 5.52
MG/DNCM
CALCI MASS LOADING * 1 ,78i Ee3fl GR/ACF 2.7709E+00 GR/DNCF g ,OlbOEeD3 MG/ACM 6 ,3407E+03
FILTER
IMPACTOP STAGE c c so SI $2 53 $i4 $5
STAGE INDEX NUMOEP 1 2 3 Li 5 6 7
050 (MICROMETERS) 16,79 10,21 5 ,61 3,55 2,72 1 ,18 0,87
0,00
MASS (HILLIOPAMS) 39,38 6,12 2,90 2,16 1,63 1,18 0.30
0 ’ .00E 01
MG/DSCM/STASE 4, 5E.03 7,2SE+02 3 ,43E+0? 2 ,55E+02 1 ,93E,02 I ,39E+02 3 ,5RE+01
CUM, PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 050 26,63 15.22 9,82 5,79 2,76 0,56 0,00
CUSS (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 050 I,noE.03 6,20E+02 4 ,00E+02 2,36E+02 1 ,12E.02 2 .28E+01 0,00E01
CUSS (MG/DNCH) SMALLER THAN 050 I,69E+03 Q,6SE,02 b.23E+02 3 ,67E+02 t,YSE+02 3,SRE+0I 0,00E—01
CUM. (OR/ACE) SMALLER THAN 050 4 ,74E.01 2 ,ltEOI I75E—Oj 1,03F.—OI 4 ,QIE—02 q•RoE.03 0.OOE —01
CUM, (GR/DNCF) SMALLER THAN 050 7 ,38E —Ot M ,22E.01 2 ,72Ee01 1 ,6IE—01 7 ,6NEeO2 t,55E02 c,00E.01
I,7QE+00 1,02E+00 3 .23E .01
GECI MEAN DIA, (MICROMETERS) 6,6IE+01 I,31E+0I 7 S9E4O0 Li,R6EfOO 3,IIE.00
OM/OL000 CMG/DNCM) 3,OIE+03 S,39E+03 1,31E+03 I,28E.03 t,68E.03 3,84E +02 ?,72E+02
DN/DL000 (MO, PaRTI LES DNCM) 2,56E+07 ?,RbE+ 9 S ,70E+0Q 2.TSE+10 1,06E+I1 i,27E+t1 ll,96E+11 0, 00E—01
-------
8AMPLI G DURATION I 15.00 N I H
0
M2O • *.O0
I .82091+03 NC/DNCN
HyPOTt.4ETXCAL RPp ’K TEST • STA F 0 81*
, FILTEP
IMPACTOR FLOWR*TF a 0 ,031 ACFM
IMPACTOR TEMPERATURE a 330.0 F I 1 3,b C
TM ’ACTnR PPE.SSUPF r’RflP a 1 .2 t’i, r F ‘40
STACK TEMPERATURE 5 330 ,0 F $ lb5 .b C
ASSUMEO PARTICLE r)FP48 1T’V 2.40 GM#CU .CM.
STACK PRESSURE a 29.30 IN. OF Ax PARTTC ! DIAMETER • 1 8,0
MICROMETERS
GAS CflMPOSiTIO CRERCENU C02 a
Co a 0 ,On N? a 73,A0 02 I 3 ,3 ?
CAL C . MASS LOADING • 4 .83R8 !.01 GP/ACF
7 .Q5131—0I GR/ONCF I,1013E+03 MG/ACM
IMPACTOP 5?AGF
So 81 82 83 84 35
-‘
o
STAG! INDEX N4 FR
2
3 4 5
050 CNTCRONET !PS)
A,A8 3 ,A3 2,23 1 ,14 0•13 0,53
MASS CMILLI(RA ’ 4$)
b ,12 2,90 2,1b 1.18 0 ,30
UG/ DNCPI’/8TAGE
1.hP!+02 3,6?!+O? 2.701,02 2 .041+02 1,471+02 3,751+01
CUM. PERCINT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 030
SS ,02 38.13 23,32 12.14 &.o5 1 ,99
CUM, (MG/ACM) SMALLER TMAP’, 030
6,421+02 4,221+02 2,381.02 1 ,3 !+02 4.481+01 2,201+01
CUM, C ’ 4G/D ’ 4C ’ 4) SMALLER THAN 030
1 ,0bE+03 o .9 t+02 4,25E.02 2,211,02 7,371+01 3,621+01
CUP4, (GR/ACF) SMALLER THAN 030
2,811—01 1,851 .01 I,131 •flt S,$1E .02 t,Qbf.02 0 ,621 .03
diM, (GR/D CF1 SMAtLEP THAN 050
p .621.01 3 ,03! —01 1,86 !.0I 9,661.02 3,221.02 1,581—0?
010, MEAN 0 1*, (MICROMETERS)
3,SSE+0t 4,421+00 2.881,00 1,941+00 1,131+00 6,201—01
DM/DLOGD Mr,/DNCMI
5,461+02 1,371.03 1.331+03 1,131+03 3,901.02 2.671+02
ON/OL000 C ’O. PARTICLES/DNCM)
1.161+07 9,111+04 4,46E+1O 1,751+11 2,181.11 8,911+11
86
7
0.25
0,10
I ,?5E+01
1,30
I .441+01
2,37E+0t
b,31E.03
I .041.02
3 .63E.0 I
FILTER
S
0,19
2. 37! +01
1,1 6 1—01
3,841+01 7•881+0I
6,MOE+tt 1.141+13
NORMAL (ENGINEERING STANDARD) CONDITIONS ARE 21 010 C AND 160MM MG.
-------
HYPOTHETICAL SPINK TEST • STAGE 0 • STAGE
IMPACTOR FLOWRAT! a 0.031 ACFM
IMPACTOR PRESSURE DROP a t .2 IN. OF HG
ASSUMED PARTICLE DENSITY a 1: ,00 GM/CU.CM .
GAS COMPOSITION (PERCENT) CO? a
CALC. MASS LOADING a ‘4.8388E.0l GR/ACF
6, FILTER
II4PACTOR TEMPERATURE • 330.0 F a 165.6 C
STACK TEMPERATURE • 330,0 F I 165.6 C
STACK PRESSURE • 29,50 IN. OF MG
12.88 C D a 0.00
7.9573E.Dt QR,DHCF
SAMPLING DURATION • 15,00 MIN
NORMAL (ENGINEERING STANDARD) CONDITIONS APE 21 DEG C AND 760MM HG
AERODYNAMIC DIAMETERS ARE CALCULATED HERE ACCORDING TO I4ERC!R .
MAX. PARTICLE DIAMETER U 260.5 MICROMETERS
H? a 73,60 02 a 5.32 H20 a 5,00
t .1073t.03 MG/ACM 1,S2OQE+03 MG/DNCM
!MPACTOR STAGE
STAGE INDEX NUMSER
050 (MICROMETERS)
MASS (MILLIGRAMS)
MG ID NC MI IT A GE
CUM. PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 030
CUN, (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 050
CUM• (MG/DNCM) SMALLER THAN 050
CUM, (GR/ACF) SMALLER THAN 050
CUM, GRIDNCF) SMALLER THAN 050
4 (0, MEAN 01*. (NICROMETERS)
DM/DI.000 (MG/DNCM)
DH/DL000 (NO, PARTIcLES/DNCM
50 51 52
1 2 3
10.34 5.81 3,72
6,12 2.90 2.16
7 .b4E+O2 3,62E102 ?.70!+0?
S.02 38.13 25.32
b.AZEsOZ 4.22!402 2.58E*02
t.06E+03 ê, 4E+O 4,25E+0?
2.S IE.01 1 85E 01 t.13C.01
4.b2E.01 3 .03E 01 i.SôEvOl
5,24E.01 7 .$SEsOO 4.bSE+00
5.4qE,02 1.40(403 1,39Ei03
7,SOEpOb 5 .SU+09 2.64EiiO
Si
4
2,88
1.63
2, 0 REp 02
12.14
I ,34E.02
2,21Es02
5.87E.02
9,66!.02
3 ,27E.0O
1 .83E+05
j.O0E+11
SR
3
1.31
1.18
1. 07E+ 02
4 .05
4 ,48E+OL
7. STE #0 1
1 .96E02
3.22E 0?
i ,94E+00
4. SOE*02
1. I SE+11
$3
6
1.00
0,30
3,I SE+0t
1.99
2.2 OEi0t
3.62E,0j
I ,38E.02
t.14E ,00
3, 16E+02
4,06E+ 11
Sb
7
0.57
0.10
1 .2SE+01
1.30
I .44E,01
2,37E+01
6,3 1E.03
1. ORE.O2
7, S OE.01
5, OQE +0 1
2.30E+ 1*
FILTER
8
0, IQ
2.37 +0t
4,00E.01
2, SSE +1?
-------
)4YDOTMFUCAL URIHK TEST — STAGE 0 — STAGF . FTLTE
IMPACTOP FLC)WRATE . 0,031 ACFM
P PACT0R PR SSlsRF flP s N , (iF HG
ASSUMED PARTICLE 0E iSITY $ 1.flO Gr4/CU ,CM,
GAS COMPOSITION PFRCENT) COP
CALCI MASS LOAnING • 4,83$$E.o GRIACF
IMPACTfl STAGE
STAGE INDEX MUMRFR
NORMAl.. (ENGINEERING STAP4OARD) CONDITIONS iRE ?t C AND ‘760MM HG,
AERODYNAMIC DIAMETERS APE CALCI LATE ( i HERE ACCORDING TO THE TA5K GROUP ON LUNG DYNAMICS,
8AMPLZWG DUPATION • p’ N
IMPACTOP TEHPFRATIJRF • 330,0 F • 165,6 C
5TAC TEMPERATURE • 330,0 F ‘ 165.6 C
STACK PRESSuRE ‘ 2 ,S0 jN, OF HG MAX, PARTICLE DIAMEI’ER • 260 ,3 MICROMETERS
to • 0.flO M2 • 73,60 02 • 5,S2 H2O • 8000
7.4571E—01 GA/DNCF t , IOYJE,03 MG/ACM 1.8209E+03 MG/DMCM
‘-A.)
LA .)
50 82
56 FILTER
2
oso (MI ROP 4 ET RS
10.42
5.69 3 ,60
2,76
1.t
0 .88
0, 43
MASS (MILLIGRAMS)
6,12
2,90 2,16
1,63
1,18
0 ,30
0,10
0,1 ,
MG/DNCM, STAGE
7,ô4Ei02
3.62E+0? 2.10E,02
2 .O4F,02
t.47Es02
3,131 .01
1,231.01
2,3T!s0i
CUM, PERCENT OF MASS SMALLEM THAN
050
58.02
38,13 23 ,32
12,14
4,05
1,R9
1,30
CUM. (M6 ACH) SMALLER 1’HAN 050
h,42F+0?
O,22E 02 2,561+02
1,3a1,O2
u,48E,Oi
2,201+01
1,441.01
CUM. (MG/DNCM) SMALLER THAN 050
taObE+03
6.Q E.O2 4 ,25E+02
2.2 11+02
7,371+01
3,621.01
2 .371+01
CUM, (GR/ACF5 SMALLER THAN 050
2,811—01
1 . 5E01 1,131.01
3,511.02
1,961.02
9,621.03
6,311.03
CUM, (GRIDNCF) SMALLEN THAM 030
4,621—01
3,031-01 1,861—01
9,661—02
3.221’02
1,581—02
1,041.02
010. MEAN nu. M7 RflMETERS
5 .211+01
7,701+00 4,521+00
3,131,00
1,811,00
1,021+00
6,271—01
3,161.01
DM/DLOr4D fMG/f)NCM)
5,471.02
1,381+03 1,351+03
1,771.03
4,O $E,02
2,641+02
4.261,01
7,881+01
-------
HYP3TTTr At. RT iI rEST • STAGE 0 • STARE 5, FTLT R
XMPACTOR FLnWRAT a 0 .0.3 1 ACFH
IMPACTOR PRES5U E oROP a (IF r,
ASSUMEP PARTICLE DENSITy • 2.40 GMICIJ.CM
GAS COMPOSITION (PERCE 1T) CC ?
CALC. MASS IOAOTNG £4 ,R056E OI GP/ACF
IMPACTOR STAGE
STAGE INDEX NIJM R
050 (MICROMETERS)
MASS (MILLIGRAMS)
MG/DNCM/STAGE
CUN . PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 050
CUM, (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 050
CUM. (MG/DNCM) SMALLER THAN 050
CUM. CGR/ACF) SMALLER THAN 050
CUM, (DR/ONCE) SMALLER THAN 050
GEO, MEAN DIA. (MICROMETERS)
OM/OLOGO (MG/DNCM)
ON/OLOGrI (NO. PARTICLES/DNCM)
CO a 0,00 W2 I ?3,6O
7 ,4757F—O1 GR/DNCF j ,oqq7E,03 MG/ACM
IMPACTOP TEMPERAIHPE • 300,0 F I 145 ,4 C SAMPLING DURATION • 15,00 MIN
SIACI( TEMPERATURE a 3 •O F a 1t45, C
S1AC PRESSURE • 30.00 IN. OF HG MAX, PARTICLE DIAMETER • 165,0 MICROMETERS
0? ‘5,52 H20 B S,00
1 ,YIOTE+03 MG/DNCM
So
1
2
3
4
‘5
6
7
6.59
3 ,5
2,25
1,72
0,72
0,53
6 ,12
2,40
2,16
1,63
1.18
0,30
0.1
7 ,?3E+02
3 .43E+02
2 ,55E,02
1,93E+02
1 .39E+02
3 ,54Es01
2 .2aE$01
57,73
37.71
22.7Q
11.53
3 ,38
1,31
6 ,35E+02
4,I ’ 5E+02
2 .51E.O2
I,27E+02
3,72E+01
1,44E+0t
9 .85E+02
6 . 5E+02
3,ROE,02
1,91F.0?
‘5,7 E+01
2,24E.0i
2.77E—O1
1 ,SIE—01
1,IOE—O1
S ,SRE.02
i,63E—02
6,31E.03
4.32E—O1
2 ,S2EuOl
1,IOE.0l
8.62E”02
?,53E.O2
9,81E.03
3.33E,O1
4 ,86E+0fl
?,84E+O0
1,91E+O0
1 ,I2F+0O
6,j5f.0i
3 ,73E O1
5 ,14E+02
1 ,SOE+03
t ,26E.C13
t,64E+03
3,71f.02
2,36E+02
7 ,46 E+01
NORMAL (FNG INEFR!wr, STANOARD) CONOITIOWS ARE 21 DEG C AND 760MM HG,
-------
NYPOTi.4FT!CAL RR .i TEST • STAGF • 5TA 5, FILTFR
IMPACTOR FLOWPAFF s 0,032 ACFM
IMPACTOR PRES RE DROP • 0.4 IN. OF NO
A8$UMFD PARTICLE r)EN$ITY • 1,00 GH /CL1 ,CM,
CAS COMPOSITION Cpr CENT ) CD?
CALC, MASS LOADING • ‘ .A056t.0i GR/ACF
IMPACTOR STAGE
NORMAL (ENGINEERING STANDARD) CONDITIONS ARE 21 DEG C AND 760MM MG,
AERODYNAMIC DIAMETERS ARE CALCIILATED MERE ACCORDING TO MERCER.
SAMPLING DURATION • 15,00 HIM
IMPACTOP TEMPERATURE • 300,0 F a IRA.9 C
ST*C T MP RATURF 300.0 F C
STACK PRFSSIJRE a 30 ,00 OF MG MAX, PARTICLE DIAMETER • 260.3 MICROMETERS
1?.SR C ) $ 0.00 N? $ 73 bO 02 • 3,5 4?O • 8,00
7 .4757E—01 GP/DMCF i,OeQfl.03 MG/ACM 1.71071+03 MG/ONCM
53 s
L .J
51 5?
STAGE INDEX NUHSFR
1
2
3
a
5
6
050 (MICROMETERS)
t ,38
5 ,73
3,66
? ,
1.29
0 .QR
MASS (MILLIGRAMS)
6,12
2,16
1,63
1.18
0,30
0 .19
MG/DNCM/ STAGE
7,23E,02
3,431+02
2,SSE.O?
1,931,02
j ,39fs02
3,541+01
2.241+01
CUM. PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN
050
57.73
37.71
22,79
11.53
3 3R
2.31
CUM. (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 050
e ,35E+02
4,15E+0?
2,SIE+0?
2,271+02
S.72E401
1,441+01
CUM, CMG /bNCM) SMALLER THAN D50
9.581+02
6,451+02
3,901+02
1,971,02
5,791+01
2,241.01
CUM, (GR/ACF) SMALLER THAN 050
2.TTE.0I
t .Stf •01
1,101.01
5,541.02
1 ,63E.O2
6,311.03
CUM. CGR/DNCF) SMALLER THAN 050
4.321.0*
? .52101
1,701.01
8,b2E.02
2,53E02
9,811.03
CEO , MEAN lI lA, (MICROMETERS)
5,201,01
7,711400
4.581400
3,221,00
1.91E+00
1.131+00
b.95L.0 1
DM/DL000 (MG/DNCM)
5.171,0?
1,331+03
2.SIE+03
1 ,laE,03
4,071+02
3,001.02
7 .46 1•01
ON/DL000 (NO, P&RTICLES/DNCM )
7,031.Oe
5,5?E409
2,611+10
9 ,901it0
1.111+11
M,02E+U
4,251 ,21
-------
NORMAL (ENGINEERING $!ANI)ARD) CONOITTONS ARE 21 OEG C AND 760MM HG.
AERODYNAMIC DIAMETERS ARE CALCULATED HERE ACCORDING TO THE. TASK GPflt)R OW LUNG DYNAMICS.
HYPDTHF1ICAI t4RI IK IFST — STAC. o • sTioF
IMPACTOR m .RATF 0.03% CFM
IMPACTOP PRFSSLjPP DROP z o a IN, OF H ,
ASSUMED PARTICLE DEPSITY z 1.00 GM/CU.CM.
GAS COMPOSITION (PFPCENT) CD?
CALC. MASS LDAOTNG ‘i ,ROS6E.O1 GR/ACF
1MPACTD STAGE
STAGE INDEX MUMMER
050 (MICROMETERS)
c, FTL.TEP
IMPACTOR ¶tMPEPATURE s 300,0 F j 8 ,R C SAMPLING DURATION • 15.00 NIN
S1AC TFMPEPATLJPr c 3i) ,0 F 1€ 8•9 C
SIACX PRESSURE 30,00 %N, OF PIG MAX, PARTICLE DIAMETER • 260 ,3 MICROMETERS
CO $ 0.00 N? • 73,60 02 • 5,52 P 120 • 8,00
7 ,4157E01 GM/DNCF 1 .ORQ1E+03 MG/ACM % ,7107E+03 MG/DNCM
30 82 53 55 FILTER
1 2 3 5 7
10,27 5,61 2,72 t , 18 0,8 1
MASS (MILLIGRAMS,
6,12
2,R0
2,16
MG/DNCM/$TAGF
7.23E.02
3 ,43E+0?
2 , 55E+02
1,93E402
t .39E.o2
3 ,54F+01
2 ,24Es01
CUM. PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN
050
57,73
37.11
22,79
11,53
3,38
1.31
CUM, (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 050
6,33E+02
R ,15E+fl?
? ,S1E+02
¶ ,27E.O2
3 ,72E+01
1, 4RE+0t
U,
5,79E+O1
2 ,2i E+0i
CUM. (MG/DWCM) SMALLER THAN 050
R,SME+02
b.USE+02
3,QOE+0 ?
CON, (GM/ACE) SMALLER THAN 050
,77F.0t
t ,A%!sO%
i,io —ot
5 ,SRE.o1
t ,63E —O2
6 ,3tE03
CUI4. (GM/ONCE, SMALLER THAN 050
‘4 .32Ea01
2 ,82E—O1
1,70E—O1
8,62E.02
2.53E—0?
9,SIE.03
GEO, MEAN DIA. (MICROMETERS)
S,17E+01
7.59F.O0
4 ,R6E+fl0
3,IIE+00
i,79E.00
%,D2E#00
6 , ISE.01
OM/OLOGO (MC/DNCM)
5,15E+02
t ,31E’03
1.?RF+03
1,68E+03
3,8 4E+O2
2,72E+O?
7 ,46E,01
-------
(A)
C.,
POT TC t. !P4M FS • sr c n •
, o
MIN
1NØACY R F(_I1WPAYF . ) , 31 ACF’
IMPACTOR TEMPERATURE • 300.0 F a jos•c C 5AMPL.IWG DUIIATTON • 15,00
AcTo P SSIIRE Wf P a N, F HG
STACK T lURE a 300,0 F • t46,Q C
A3SU Efl PARTICLE flFNSITY 2.40 0P4/CU,CM.
STAC ( PRE$StJ E a 30.00 TN. OF HG MAX, PARTICLE DIAMETER • 145,0 MTCROMETERS
GAS C0 P0SITT(1W CPEPCE ’T) C02 •
I2 ,S CO 0 fl0 2 a 73,60 02 5,52 HZ0
M/DNCM
ChIC. MASS L0A D’G a C .77S7E.0t GR ACF
7,42Q?E01 OR/ONCE 1 Oq2qE4O3 MG/ACM t, 001E,03
!MPACTT5P STAGE
90 51 52 53 55 86 FILTER
STAGE INDEX NtIMRER
2 3 4 5 6 7 $
030 CMICROMETEaS
3.35 ?.25 1.7? 0,72 0,53 0.25
MASS (MZLI.TGRAMS)
6.12 2 ,Q0 2,16 1.63 t .t8 0 30 0,10 0.00
MG,DNCM,$TAGE
1,23E+02 3,43E+0? 2 1 55E+02 1 ,93E,02 1 .39E.02 ,SI4E.Ot t,ISE.01 O .00E • t
CUM. PERCENT CF MASS SMALLER THEN 050
57. 7 37.3? 22.31 10 . $ 2.7$ 0 .b 0.00
CUM. CMG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 050
b.25E+ ? a•OSE+o2 2.QaE,oa 1,ZOE+02 3 ,04E+01 y,sqr+oo o ,00E.ol
CUM, (MG/DNCM) SMALLER THAN 050
Q 1 77E+02 6 34E+02 3,79E+02 t $7E+02 4 1 73E+0t t 1 teE,0t 0,00E—Ot
CUM, COP/ACE) SMALLER THAN 050
2.74E.0I 1,7$E.01 1,07E •01 S ,24E—02 1,33E.02 3,3fl.03 0 .00E.O1
CUM. COP/ONCE) SMALLER TNAPd 050
a,27E.01 2 ,77F—01 t,bÔE.01 $ 1 16E—02 2 1 07E.02 5,IbE.03 0,00E.O1
CEO. MEAN OTA, Ø4!CRflMETERS)
S,33E+0t 4,$6E400 2,SPEsOO i, 7 .oo ¶,12E400 b ,tTF.0t 3,43!.01 t .77f—01
OM/OL.000 (MG/DHCM)
5,14E+02 1,30E+03 1 ,26E+03 1,64E.03 3.71E+02 2,S SE+02 3 ,6 5E.O1 0,00E.01
NORMAL (ENGINEERING STIMOARDI CONDITIONS ARE 21 bEG C ANO 760M M HG.
-------
NORMAL (FNGIN RTNr, 3r*Nr)ARD ) CDNDTTIr)NS APE ?I DIG C AND ThOMM MG.
AERODYNAMIC DIAMETERS ARE CALCULATED H PE ACCORDING TO MERCER.
MYPOTMETICAL B TNK TEST • STAGE A •
STAr,F , NO FILTER
IMPACTAR
FLDWRATF
* 0,031 LCFM
YMPACTOP T MPEPATUPF
• 300,0
F m 143,0 C
SAMPLING DURATION *
15,00 M N
TMPACTOP
PRFSS RF
f W
t.2 r ,
O
HG
SrACK TEMPERATURE
.
300 ,0 F . 148,0 C
ASSUMED
PARTICLE DENSITY
* 1.00 GM/CU,CM ,
STACM PRESSUQL g
30.00 TN, OF MG MAX, PARTICLE DIAMETER a 260,3 MICROMETERS
6*5 COMPOSITION (PERCENT)
Cfl2 12.38 cr, a 0.00
N? a 73,60
02 • 5,52
H20 • 6.00
CALC, MAS$ L0At)ING a 4,77571—01 OR/ACE
7 .a?Q2F.o1 OR/ONCE
1,09291+03 MG/ACM
1,70011+03 MG/l NCM
pIPACTCIR S *GE
SO SI
82
33
84
85
86
FILTER
STAGE INDEX NUMBER
I 2
3
a
5
6
7
6
DS0 (MTCP M1T1P5)
10,38 5,73
3,66
2,84
1,29
0,98
0,56
MASS (MILLIGRAMS)
6,12 2.90
?,Ib
1,63
1.18
0,30
0,10
0,00
MG/DNCM /STAGE
7.231+02 3,431+0?
2,551+02
1,931+02
1,391+02
3,341.01
1,161401
0,001.01
L
CUM . PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN
CUM, (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 050
050
57.07 37.32
e.?8E+O2 4.081+0?
22.31
2,441+02
10,98
1,201+02
2.18
3,041.01
0.69
7,591400
0,00
o,oc .ci
CUM, (MG/ONCM) SMALLER THAN D50
9.171+02 6.341+02
3,791+02
1.671+02
4,131.01
1,181+03
0,001.01
CUM, (GP/ACEI SMALLER THAN 050
2,741.01 1 .181—0 1
j.G7E . t
5.241—02
1.331—02
3,321.03
0,001—at
CUM, (GR/DNCF) SMALLER THAW 050
4,271—01 2,771.01
1,661.01
8,161.02
2 ,071 .02
5,161.03
0,001—01
GED, MEAN 01*, (M!CPOMETERS)
5,201,01 7,711+00
4,581.00
3,221+00
1,911+00
1,121,00
7,391.01
3,941.01
ON/bLOOD (MO/ONCH)
5,171+02 1,331.03
1,311.03
1,731+03
4,071+02
2,991+02
4,811.03
0,001.01
DN/DLOGD (NO, PAPTYCLIS/DNCM)
1.031+06 5 52F+0o 2,611+10 0,901+10 1,111+11 4,011+11 2,26F+jI 0,001.01
-------
6, lO FILTER
NYDOTI4ETICAL RIWk TEST • STAGE 0 — STAGE
IMPACTOP FLOMPATE $ 0,031 ACFM
IMPACTOR PRESSURE RflP • (‘.2 IN. flF MG
ASSUMED PARTICLE 0EN5IT ’ • 1 ,00 GM/CtI,CM ’.
GAS COMPO$ITI0 (PERCENT) C02 s
CA C . MAS$ LOADING • 4 .7757E.01 GP/ACF
IMPACTOR TEMPERATUPE • 300.0 ‘ I j $ .Q C
STACK TEMP RATURF2 a 300.0 I (48, C
STICK PRESSURE a SO O0 IN. 0 MG
12,88 Co • 0,00
7292E ’.Ot SR/ONCE
SAMPLING DURATION a 15.00 MIN
MAX 1 PARTICLE DIAMETER • 260,3 MICROMETERS
a 73 60 02 • 5.32 $20 Z 5.00
t ,0424t+03 MG/ACM 1.7001E,03 MG,ONCM
NORMAl. (ENGINEERING STANDARD) CONDZT!0NS ARE 21 DEC C AND 160MM 4G.
AERODYNAMIC DIAMETERS ARE CALCULATED HERE ACCORDING TO THE TASK GROUP OW %.tJP4G DYNAMICS.
OD
IMPACTOR STAGE
So
51 82
33
8
STAG! INDEX ‘ 8E
2 3
4
3
6
7
D5O (MICROMETERS)
10.27
S•6t 3.53
2q12
, l8
0 81
0 , 45
MASS (MILLIGRAMS)
6.12
2.90 2,16
1.63
1.t
0,30
0,10
0,00
MG,DNCM/ STAG E
1 ,23E.02
3,443E4 ’02 2,SSE+02
1,93E+02
1 ,34E.0a
1,548t.Ot
t,1$E+01
0,001 .01
CUM. PERCENT OE MASS SMALLEN THAN
050
57,447
37,32 22.31
10.98
2.18
0 .6Q
0.00
CUM. (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 050
b,?SE+02
4 .08E40? 2,44AE+02
1,201402
3,0’4140t
1,541400
0,001.01
CUM, (MG/DNCM) SMALLER THAN 050
Q ,1YE+02
b 34E+02 3,791s02
1 81E+02
4,731+01
1,181.01
0,001.01
CUM. CGR/AC!) SMALlER THAN 030
2 .14E ’Ol
t•74E0t 1.071.0*
5,214E.02
l ,331 . .0S
3,321.03
0 .001.0*
CIJM, COP/ONCE) SMALLER THAN 050
‘4 ,21E.01
2,77101 1,661.01
8,leE.02
2,07E 02
5,161.03
0,001.01
6,231.01
3,151.01
CEO, MEAN D!A• (MICROMETERS)
5,111+01
1•591s00 4 ,461*00
3,111.00
1,191+00
1,011+00
OM/OLOGO (MG/DWC$)
5,151+0?
1,311+03 1,281+03
1,671+03
3,831402
2,701+02
1,061+01
0,001.01
DN/DL000 (NO, PAP1ICLES/DNCM)
7,121+06
5,701404 2,731+10
1,0b!.1t
1,271,11
4,951+11 3 . 101+ 11 0,001.01
-------
HYPOTHETICAl BR! TEST • STAGE 0 • STAGE
IMPACTOR FLONRATE s 0,031 ACEM
IMPACTOP PRESSURE DROP a 0,U IN, OF HG
ASSUMEM PARTtCLE OENSIYY 2’ , i0 GM/CU,CM
GAS COMPOSITION (PERC .NT5 C02 a
CALCI MASS LOADING a 4,7426E.01 OR/ACE
, r Fj T R
IMPACTOR TEMpERATURE • 300.0 F a 14A ,9 c
STACK TEMPERATuRE a 300.0 F a 148,9 C
STACK PRESSURE a 30.00 IN, OF MG
¶2.88 CO a 0,00 N?
7.3776E01 OR/ONCE
SAMPLING DURATION 15.00 MIN
MAX, PARTICLE DIAMETER I 15$ O M !CR0NET( S
a 73,60 02 * 5,52 M20 • 8,00
I ,0853E.03 MG/ACM 1,o8821+03 NG/DMCM
$5
6
L .J
¼0
IMPACTOR STAGE
SO
SI
$2
53
54
E!t.TER
STAGE INDEX NUMB P
1
2
3
4
5
7
050 (MtCROPlETE 5)
6, 59
3 5R
2.25
1 .12
0,72
0.53
MASS (MILLIGRAMS)
6,12
2.90
2.16
1,63
1,18
0,30
0,00
MG/DNCM/$TAGE
7,23E+OZ
3 ,’41E+02
2 ,55E*02
t ,93E+0?
t,3RE+02
3,54E.0t
0 . OOE—01
CUM, PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN
050
57,17
36,88
21,76
10,36
2.10
0,00
CUM, (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 050
6,20E+02
4,00F+02
2,36E+fl2
1 .12!+02
2 .28E+01
0.OOE.01
CUN, (MG/DNCM) SMA(.LER THAN 050
R ,65E+02
b.?3E,0?
3.6TE+02
1 ,7SEi02
3 ,54E+01
o,00E.0t
CUM, (OR/ACE) $MALL.ER THAN 050
2,71E—0j
1 0 75E—01
l,03E.01
4,QIE—02
4 ,QéE 03.
0,00E.01
CUM, (OP/ONCE) SMALLER THAN 050
M ,22E.01
2.72E—0j
t ,b IE.01
7 ,64E.0?
1 ,55E.02
0,00E—0t
GEO, MEAN DIA, (MICROMETERS)
3 ,33E.01
4 ,86E+O0
?,84E+00
1,97E+0O
1,12Es00
E .,18f.01
3,13E.01
OM/OL000 (MG/OHCM)
5,IGE+02
l,30E403
1 ,?ÔE+03
1 ,60Es03
3 ,71Ek02
2 ,56E,02
0.OOE—01
DN/DLOGO (NO• PART!CLES/DNCM)
1,IIE+07
8 ,98F+0Q
4,39E4i0
1,T2E+t1
?,13E+11
8,65E+11
O, 0 0E.01
NORMAL (ENGINEERING STANDARD) CONDITIONS ARE 21 DEG C AND 760MM HG,
-------
NORMAL C GINEERING 8rANDAPD) r.ONDTTIPNS ARE 21 o c
AERODYNAMIC DIAMETERS ARE CALCULATED RE ACCORDING
C AND 160MM HG,
To M CER•
0
NYP0TI4 TICAL RPINK TEST • STAGE 0 • STAr,F
5, NO FILTEP
IMPACTOR FLOWPATE a 0,031 ACFM
IMPACTOR TEMPERATURE a 300,0 F a jAS,9 c SAMPLING
DURATION C 15.00 HIM
IMPAC7DR PRESSURE DROP C O•U )N 1 fl
STACK TEMPERATURE a 300.0
F *
ii s,q
C
ASSUMED PARTICI,! DENSITY a 1 00 GP4/CU,CM .
STACx PRESSURE • 30.00 TN.
OF
)4
MAX, PARTICLE DIAMETER •
fl ,3 MICROMETERS
GAS COMPOSITION (PERCENT) C ? a
l? ,R$ CO • 0.00
N? • 73, O 02 • 5,32
h420 a 5,00
CALC. MASS LOADING • ‘4.7Q?bE.01 GR/ACF
7.3776E—0l GR/DNCF
t ,0853E+03 MG/ACN
, S?E4O3 MG/DP4CH
TMPACTOP STAGE
SO SI
82
83
FILTER
STAGE INOEX N41MR R
1 2
3
D50 (MICROMETERS)
10,35 5•73
MASS (MILLIGRAMS)
6,12 2 90
0.00
MG/ DNCM/ STAGE
7.23F4-0? 3.43F+02
0 .OOE.Ot
CUM. PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 050
57.11 36.58
CUM, (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 050
6 .?OE4O? £ ,00E,O2
CUM. CMG/DNCM) SMALLER THAN 050
9.65E.0? b.23E+02
CUM, CGR/ACF) SMALLER THAN D50
2 .YIE.0t 1 .75E01
CUM. COP/ONCE) SMALLER THAN 050
4.22E .0t ?.72!’01
CEO. MEAN DIA. (MICROMETERS)
5,?OE+0t 7 ,71E400
6,9 5E.01
DM/DLOGI) CMG/DNCM)
S ,IYE,02 1,33E+03
0.00E.01
ON/DLOGD (NO, PART?CLES/DNCM)
7,03E,Ob %•!2EP0Q
0, 0 0E.01
3.66
2,18
2, 55 ! + 02
21.76
2 .36Ei02
3, 6 1Ff 02
1,03E .01
I ,b1f .01
‘i,5S !+00
I ,31E+O3
2, 61!. 10
SQ
3
1,29
1.18
I .3 f+02
2 .10
3, 54Ef0 1
Q 9bE.03
I .S5E 02
I ,QiE+00
a,OlEsO2
I • I lEft I
1.63
I . 3E+02
0,36
I . 12E ,02
1,75 5+02
4,91F ’02
7 ,6aF.02
3, ??E+ 00
1 .7 E,03
9,90E,1 0
55
6
0,98
0,30
3, 5QE .01
0 00
fl.00! .0t
0,00e•01
0, 0 0E—OI
0, 0 0! .01
1. 13E .O0
3, 0OE+0?
4. 0 2! +1 1
-------
NORMAL (ENGINEERING STANDARDI CONDITIONS APE 21 DEG C AND 760MM HG,
AERODyNAMIC DIAMETERS ARE CALCULATED HERE ACCORDING 70 THE TASK GROUP ON LUNG OVNAMICS.
I —I
MYRO HElICAL BPpJi TEST — AGF 0 • STAGE
5, NO FILtER
XMPACTL1R FLOWRATE 0,031 ACFM
IMPACTOR TEMPERATURE • 300,0 F a 1 6.9 C SAMPLING
DURATION a 15,00 NIH
IMPACTOP PRESSuRE OROP 0.4 IN. OF HG
STACK TEMPERATURE 300.0 F s ,g C
ASSUMED PARTICLE DFNSITY • 1.00 GM/CU.CM,
STACK PRESSURE • 30,00 IN. OF HG NAX• PARTICLE DIAMETER •
260.3 MICROMETERS
GAS COMPOSITION (PERCENT) CD?
12.8 CO a 0.00 N? • 73,60 02 a 5.52
H20 . 6.00
CALCI MAS$ LOADING a ‘4,7426E—01 GP/ACF
7 .3776E —O1 GR/DP4CF I,0553E+03 MG/ACM
1 ,66621+03 MG/DNCM
IMPACTOR STAGE
SO 51 52 83 54 85
FILTER
STAGE INDEX NUM5 R
1 2 3 4 5 6
1
050 (MICROMETERS)
10,27 5, 61 3,55 2.72 1,1 5 0,6 1
MASS (MILLIGRAMS)
6.12 2,90 2,16 1 ,63 1,16 0.30
0,00
NG/DNCM/$TAGE
7.23E+O2 3 ,43E+O? 2,551+0? 1,931,02 1,391.02 3,541,01
0.001 —01
CUMI PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 050
57.17 36.R6 21.76 10.36 2 10 0,00
CUM, (MG/ACM) SNAI,.LER THAN 050
6 ,?OE ,0? 4,001+0? 2,361.0? 1,121.0? 2.281+01 0,001.01
CUM, (MG/DNCM) SMALLER THAN 050
9,651+0? 6 .231+0? 3,671+02 1.751+02 3,541+01 0,001.01
CUM, (GR/ACF) SMALLER THAN 050
2,711—01 1,751—01 1,031 .01 4,91102 9 , 6E.O3 0,001—01
CUP ’, (GR/DNCF) SMALLER THAN 050
4,221.01 2 .721 .O1 1,611’Ol 7,641.02 1,551.02 0,001.01
Gb, MEAN DIA, (MICROMETERS)
5,171+01 7 .591+oo 4,461,00 3,111.00 1,791+00 1,021,00
6.tS! ’O l
ON/OLOGO (MC/ONCM)
S.ISE+02 1,311+03 1,281+03 1,651,03 3,6’JE•O2 2,721,02
0 00E*01
DN/DI.OGD (NO, PARTTCLES/DNCM,
7.121+06 5.701+09 2,751.10 1.061+11 1,271.11 4,961+11
0,001—Ct
-------
t’J
HYPOTHETICAL p7NK T $T • STAGE I • STAGE
A. FILTIR
SAMPLING DURAtTO • 15.00 HIM
IMPACTr Q FLOWIAT! . 0.031 ACFM
IMFACTOR TIMPERATUP! • 330,o F • i 5.é C
IMPACTOR PRES$UR! DROP • 1 .Z ft , o, HG
STACK TEMPIRATUPE • 33O O F a $65,A C
• 166,0 MICROMETERS
ASSUMID PARTICLE DENSITY • 2 ,40 GM/CU .CM
STACK PRESSURE • 29.30 IN, OF HG MAX, PARTICLE DIAHETIR
5,32 20 a 6.00
GAS COMIOSITION (PERCENT) CD I I
12.56 CO • 0.00 N? • 73.40 0?
i .oSôAf .OS MG/DNCH
CALC . MASS LOADING • 2,80771.01 GR/ACP
‘4,41721.01 R#DP4CP 4,42301402 MG /ACM
*6
IMPACTOP STAG!
$1 $2 53 544
6
STAG! INDEX NUMBER
1 2 3 4 5
050 (N CROM T R$
363 2,26 1.74 0 ,73 0.53 0,25
MASS (MILLIGRAMS)
2 50 2 ,16 1,63 1,16 0,30 0 .10
MG,DWCM,$TAG!
3 6?E+fl? 2.101+02 2,041.02 1.471,02 3,151,01 1,251+01
2.23
dIM. PERCENT OP MASS SMALlER THAN 050
43.72 ‘40,1+ 20,1? ,9,
1,441,01
dUN, (MO/ACM) SMAlLER THAN 050
4,221402 2,3 11 .02 1,541402 4,431,01 2,201,01
3.o2E+01 2,371 ,01
dUN, (MG/DNCN ) SMAlLER THAN 050
4•+4140? 44,251.0? 2,21(402 7,371+01
4,311.03
dUN. (GR/ACP ) SMALLER THAW 030
t .83t .01 1,131.01 5,671—02 1,441.02 4,421.03
1,561.02 t,0a!.02
dUN, (QP/DNCF) SMALLER THAN 050
3 03E01 t.66 ! .01 9,661.02 3,221.02
G b, MEAN 01*, (MICROMETERS)
2,411+01 2 ,SSE,00 1,491+00 1,131+00 6,201.01 3,631.01
3.641+01
DM/DL000 (NG/DNCM)
2.171+02 1,331,03 1,731+03 3,901+02 2,6YE+OZ
FILTER
1
0.19
2 ,311+01
3,131.01
7,661+01
1,211+12
NORMAL (ENGINEERING 3TANDARD ) CONDITIONS ARE 21 DES C AND 740MM HO,
-------
NORMAL (ENGINEERING STANDARD) CONDITIONS APE 21 bEG C AND 760MM HG.
AER0bYNAi ’tc D!AM!TFRS ARE CALCULATED HERE ACCORDING TO MERCER,
(A)
H ’P0THET!CAL 8RINK TEST — STAGE I — TAGF
e, FILTER
YMPACTOR ELOMPATE a 0,031 ACFM
IMPACTOR TEMPERATURF • 330,0 F i65,A C SAMPLING
DURATION a 15.00 MIN
IMPACTOR PPE8SIJRE OROP a 1.2 IN, OF HG
STACK
TEMPERATURE a 330,0 F a 165.6 C
ASSUMED PARTICLE DENSITY $ 1,00 GM/CU.CM’.
STACK
PRESSURE • 29,5 IN, OF HG MAX, PARTICLE D!AHETEA I
260.3 MICROMETERS
GAS COMPOSITION (PERCENT) CO? a
12.88
Co • 0.00 N? • 73,60 02 a 5,52
H20 a 5,00
CALCI MASS LOADING a 2,80771—01 GR/ACF
4.61721—01 GR/DWCF 6,42501+02 MG/ACM
1 .05661+03 MG/DNCM
TMPACTCR STAGE
81 $2 83 84 35
86 ‘ILTER
STAG! INDEX NUNRER
1 3 ‘4 5
6 7
D50 (MICROMETERS)
5• 8* 3,7? 2,88 1,3* 1,00
0,57
MASS (MILLIGRAMS)
2,90 2.16 1,63 1,18 0,30
0,10 0.19
NG/DNCN/STAGE
3,621+02 2,701+02 2,041+02 1.471+02 3,751 ,01
1,251.01 2,371+01
CUM, PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 050
65 72 40.19 20,92 6.97 3,43
2,25
CUM. (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 050
4,221+02 2 .SBEi.02 1,341.02 4,481+01 2.201+01
1,441,01
CUM, CMG/DNCM) SMALLER THAN 050
6,941+02 ‘4,251.02 2,211.02 7,371+01 3,621,01
2,371.01
GUM. (GR/&CF) SMALLER THAN D50
1 ,85EO t ,131..fl1 5,871.02 1,961—02 9.621—03
6,311—03
GUM. (DR/ONCE) SMALLER THAN 050
3,031—01 1,861.01 9,661.02 3,221—02 1,581.02
1,041.02
010, MEAN D!A. (MICROMETERS)
3 89E+0) 4,651,00 3,271.00 1,941+00 1.141+00
7,!OE.01 1.ORE.01
ON/bLOOD CMr./DNCP4)
2.191+02 1.391+03 1,831.03 4,301.02 3.161+02
5,091.01 7,881.01
DNIDLC)GD (NO, PARTTCLES/DMCM)
7.121+06 2,641.10 1,001+11 1,131+11 ‘4,061.11
2,301.11 ‘4,321,11
-------
I • 87*0! 6. FILTER
P4ORMAL CENGIP4UR!NO $TAN0ANO CONDITIONS *R! 1 DEG C AND 760MM kG,
AERODYNAMIC DIAMETERS AR! CALCULATED HERE ACCORDING TO THE TASK GROUP ON LUNG DYNAMICS.
U)
NYPOTMETICAL SPINK tEST • STAGE
DURATION • 15,00 MIN
IMPACTOR FLOWPAT! a 0,031 acir
IMPACTOR TEMPERATURE • 330,0 F 165.6 C SAMPLING
IMPACTOR PRESSURE DROP • 1.2 1$, OF MG
STACK TEMPERATURE • 330,0 F • 165,6 C
MICROMETERS
A$SUM!D PARTICLE DENSITY • I ,O0 GM/CU.CM .
STACK PRESSURE • 2R.50 ! . OP HG MAX, PARTICLE DIAMETER P 260.3
HiD S 5,00
SAl COMPOSITION CPIRC !Nfl COD $
12.88 CD • 0.00 Na • 73.60 02 • 5,32
t.056bE+03 MO/ONCH
CALCI MASS LOADING a 2 IO71C.Ot GR/ACF
4,btTfl.0I GR#DNCP 6,4230E+02 MG/ACM
FILTER
IMPACTOR 57*05
SI $2 $3 $1 1 55 56
7
STAGE INDEX NUMBER
2 3 4 5 6
050 (MICROMETERS)
•aq 3,60 2 ,16 ,19 0,00 0,43
MASs (MILLIGRAMS)
2,9* 2.26 1,63 1.10 0 ,30 0,10 0,1,
MG,ONCM/S1’AGE
3.62E$0? 2,?0E,0? * .04!+02 1,475 .0* 3,135,01 1 ,255,01 2.375,01
CUM. PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 050
63,7* 40,19 20,92 6,97 3.43 2,23
GUM. (K$ ACM) SMALLER THAN 030
0,225+0? 2 ,585+02 1 ,3oE+0i 0,035401 ?,?05 .Ot i ,405+0t
CUM, (MG/DNCM) SMALLER THAN 050
6 94E+0? 4,255.07 2,215.02 7,375.01 3,625,01 2,37E.0I
GUM. (SR/ACF) SMALLER THAN 030
1,055.01 1,135.01 3675.02 1,965.02 9,625.03 6,315.03
GUM. (OR/ONC!) SMALLER THAN 050
3,035•01 1,865.01 9,665.0? 3,225.02 1,585.0? 1,0445.02
550, MEAN 01*, (MICROMETERS)
3 .155+01 0,325.00 3,155.00 1,015+00 1,025.00 6,275.01
DMIDL000 (MG/DNCM )
2.105+02 1,355.03 1,771.03 a,00!,02 2,845+02 4,265.01 7,805+0*
-------
HYPOTHETICAL BRINK TEST • STAGE I • STAGE
IMPACTOR FLOWRATE u 0,031 ACFM
!MPAC’!OQ PRESSURE DROP • 0 ’4 IN 1 0 , HG
ASSUMED PARTICLE DENSITY • 2,140 GM/CU ,CM.
GAS COMPOSITION (PERCENT) CO? 5
CALCI MASS LOADING • 2 ,77145E.01 OP/AC,
IMPACTOP STAGE
STAGE INDEX NUMBER
030 (MICROMETERS)
MASS (MILLIGRAMS)
MG/DNCM/STAGE
CUM, PERCENT OP MASS SMALLER THAN 050
( J
CUM, (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 030
01
CUM. (MO/ONCM) SMALLER THAN 030
CUM, (GR/ACP) SMALLER THAN D3O
CUM. (GR/DNCP) SMALLER THAN 050
GEO. MEAN DIA. (MICROMETERS)
DM/DL000 (MG/OMeN)
DN/DL000 (NO. PARTICLES/ONCM)
5, FILTER
IMPACTOR TEMPERATURE • 300.0 P • 14S. C
STACK TEMPERATURE • 300,0 P s 14S .Q C
STACK PRESSURE • 30,00 IN. OF HG
12. 58 CC • 0.00
14 3161E—01 GR/DNCF
SAMPLING DURATION s 15.00 MIN
MAX, PARTICLE DIAMETER I 168,0 MICROMETERS
Ni • 73,60 02 U 5.52 H2O • 8,00
b ,!490E+02 MG/ACM Q,8767E+02 MG/DNCM
$2
53
54
55
1
2
3
14
5
3,58
2.23
1,72
0.72
0,33
2,90
2.16
1,63
1.18
0,30
0,10
3,43!+02
2.SSE.O2
1,93E+02
I ,39E+02
3,SaE,01
? .24E,0t
63.31
39 ,47
19,98
3.86
2.27
Zl.15E,02
2 ,SIE.02
1,27E+02
3 ,72E,01
1,414Es0 1
6 ,a5E,O2
3,00E•02
l,97E,02
3,7 .0j
2 ,24E+0j
I,8IE 01
1,IOE.01
5,S4E.02
1,63!.02
a,31E.03
2,S?E—0I
1,70E.01
6,62E.02
2 .53E.02
9 .51!.03
2 ,45E+01
? ,84EsO0
I,97f.0O
1,liEi0O
6,18!.01
3.13r.ol
2OSE+02
1,IOE.07
1,26Es03
14.391,10
1,64E,03
1,721+11
3,71Es02
2,IIE•11
2,!6E.02
8,651.11
7.146E.O1
4,42E , 1
NORMAL (ENGINEERING STANDARD) CONDITIONS ARE 21 DEG C AND 760MM 440,
-------
N0 MAL 1NGIWEERING STANDARD) CflN0I ON$ ARE 21 010 AND 760MM 4I •
AERODYNAMIC 0IA ETFRS ARE CALCuLATED HERE ACCORDING to MERCER,
HYPOTHETICAL P.PIP K TEST — STAGE I • STAGE
, FILTER
!MPACTo FLOMPATE • 0,031 ACEM
IMPACTOR TEMPERATURE • 300.0 a c SAMPLING DURATION I 13.00 MXP4
IMPACTOR PRESSLIWE L ROP • (I•i& TN, C)F
STACK
TEMPERATURE a 300.0 F I 145.9 C
ASSUMED PARTICLE DENSITY a 1.00 GM/CU,CM,
STACK
PRESSURE • 30.00 TN, OF 140 MAX, PARTICLE DIAMEtER • 260,3 MICROMETERS
GAS COMPflSITIOI CPERCENT) C C )? •
t2,85
CO • 0.00 N? • 73,60 02 • ‘3.52 1420 a 5.00
CALC. MASS LOADING a 2,77 11S1.Ot GR ACF
44,31511 .01 GR 0N P 6,4901+4 )2 $ 0 /ACM 9,87671,02 140/0 1 4CM
IMPACTOR STAGE
51 52 53 514 55 F LTE R
STAGE INDEX NUMSER
1 3 4 ‘3 6
050 (MICROMETERS)
3.73 3.66 2,64 1 ,29 0,96
MASS (MILLIGRAMS)
2,40 2,16 1,63 3 .1 5 0,30 0.19
MG/DNCM/STAG E
3.431+02 2,551.02 1,931+02 i•391+0Z 3,5141+01 2.214 1+01
CUM. PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 050
65,31 39,47 19,90 5,56 2,27
(A)
a
CUM. (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 030
.
14,151+4)? 2,31140? 1,27140? 3,721+01 1,441+01
CUM, CMG/DNCM) SMALLER THAN 050
6,451+02 3.901+02 1,971+02 5,7 Es01 2,241,01
CUM. (OR/ACE) SMALLER THAN 050
1.S1E •01 1,101.01 5,541.02 1,631.02 6,311.03
CUM. (GR/DNCF) SMALLER THAN 050
2,821.01 1,701.01 8,621—02 2,531—02 9,811.03
010. MEAN DIA. (MICROMETERS)
3,861+01 4,581.00 3,221.00 1.911+00 1,131+00 ô.95 1.01,
OM/DL.000 (MG/DNCM)
2,071.02 1,311i03 1,741.03 4 07E+4)2 3,001+02 7,461.02
bN/DL000 (NO, PAPT!CLES/DNCM)
6,661.06 2.611+10 9.901,10 1,111+11 4.021,11 1.681+11
-------
MORMAL (ENGINEERING STANDARD) CONDITIONS ARE 21 DEG C AND ?6OMM 4G.
AERODYNAMIC DIAMETERS ARE CALCULATED HERE ACCORDING TO THE TASK GROUP ON LUNG DYNAMICS.
HYPOTHETICAL BRINK TEST • STAGE I • STAGE
5, P!LTER
IMPACTOR FLONRATE e 0,031 ACPM
IMPACTOR TEMPERATURE • soo.o F • ii4 .9 C SAMPLING
DURATION U 13.00 HIM
IMPACTOR PRESSURE DROP • 04 IN 1 OP HG
STACK
TEMPERATURE • 300.0 F a 146,4 C
ASSUMED PARTICLE DENSITY • 11.00 GN/CU,CM°.
STACK
PRESSURE a 30.00 iN. 0! HG MAX. PARTICLE DIAMETER •
?e0 3 P4ICROMETERS
GAS COMPOSITION (PERCENT) tO? •
12.88
CD • 0,00 N? a 73,60 02 • 5.52
P420 a 8.00
CALC. MASS LOADING • 2.1745E.0I QR/ACF
4.3161E—0i GR/DNCF b,3490t+O? MG/ACM
9,8767E,02 MO/DNCM
IMPACTOP STAGE
5? 53 84 $5
FILTER
STAGE INDEX NUMBER
2 3 4
6
050 (MICROMETERS)
5 6i 3.33 2.72 1.16 0.67
MASS (MILLIGRAMS)
2,40 2.16 1.63 1.18 0.30
0.14
MG/DNCM /S TAGE
3.43E40? S .SSE,ft2 1 .93E,02 t,39Es0? 5,54!,01
2.24E+0t
CUM. PERCENT Off MASS SMALLER THAN 050
6 33 1 34,47 19.98 3,66 2.27
CUM. (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 030
4 ,ISE+02 ?,SIE4O? 1,27E+02 3,12E.01 1.GAE+O1
CUM, (MQ/DNCM) SMALLER THAN 050
b,43E+02 3,90E+02 1,97E+02 5,79E,0t 2,24!+O1
CUM. (SR/AC!) SMALLER THAN D50
1,6tE O1 t .10!.0I 5,54E.02 i ,63E.0? 6,31E.03
CUM, (GR/DNCF) SMALLER THAN 050
2 $?E.0$ 1,7OE.01 6,62E.02 53E.02 9.$tE.03
GEO. MEAN DIA. (MICROMETERS)
3 82E+01 4,46t+00 3 ,1*Ee0O i,79E,00 1,O2EsOO
6. I8E .O1
Dt4/DLOGD (MG/DP4CM )
?.06E+0? t,UE.o3 1 ,A$E,03 3,84!+02 2 ,72E.02
7.4 6E+01
ON/DLOGD (NO, PARTICLES/DNCM)
7 ,03!+O6 2 ,FSE+t0 t,06E•11 1, ?7C+11 4,96E+11
2.43E.11
-------
HYPOTNET!CAL. PINK TEST — si*ot i • STAGE
, o FILTER
IMPACTOp ILOWRATE • 0,031 ACFM
IMPACTOR TEMPERATURE • oo.o r • t e.e c SAMPLING
DURATION U 13.00 WIN
IMPACTOR PRESSURE DROP • 1.2 IN, 01 440
STACK TEMPERATURE • 300,0 1 • 448.9 C
.
ASSUMED PARTICLE DENSITY • 2.40 GM/CU.CM
STACK PRESSURE • 30.00 7N, OP PIG MAX. PARTICLE DIAMETER •
165.0 MICROMETERS
GAS COMPOSITION (PERCENT) COS I
12•SS CO • 0,00 P12 • 73,60 02 • 5,32
4420 • 5,00
CALC. MASS LOADING • 2,TU6E.O1 OR/ACI
4.2696E.01 GR/DNCP 6,2507E+02 MG/ACM
9,77O3E+02 P40/044CM
IMPACTOR STAGE
At 5j $3
Sb PILTER
ST*fl INDEX NUMSER
1 2 3 3
6 7
D50 (MICROMETERS)
3.58 2.23 1.72 0.72 0,53
0,25
MASS (MILLIGRAMS)
2,90 2,16 1,63 1.15 0,30
0.1* 0.00
MG/DNCM/$TAGE
3 43f+0? 2,55!.02 1,93t.0? t,39!.02 3,5441 ,01
1,151+01 0,001.01
CUM. PERCENT 01 MASS SMALLER THAN 050
A’4.93 S$•S1 19,11 14,844 1,21
0.00
CUM. (MG/ACM) SMALLER YMAPI 030
4.051+02 2,aa!+0P 1,201.02 3.0441+01 7.591+00
0,001.01
CUM, (N9/DNCM) SMALLER THAN 050
6,341+02 3,791,02 1,571+02 4.731+01 1,161,01
O.00E.01
CUM. (GR/ACF) SMALLER THAN 050
1.761—Ot 1,071.01 5.2441.02 1,331.02 3,321—03
0,001.01
CUM. (SN/DNCP) SMALLER THAN 050
2,771—01 1,461.01 5,161.02 2,071.02 5,161.03
0,001.01
010. MEAN 01*. (MICROMETERS)
2,451401 2,541.00 1,971+00 1.421+00 4,171.01
3,651.01 3,711—01
DH/DL000 (MO/DPItMI
2,031.02 1,S6E .03 1 .641+03 3.711+02 2,551,02
3,681.01 0,001.01
ON/OL000 (NO, PARTTCLES/DNCM )
1,101407 4,391+10 1,721.11 2.131+11 8,651+11
6.121+11 0.00E.01
NORMAL (ENGINEERNG STANDARD) CONDITIONS ARE 21 DEG C AND 760MM HG,
-------
NORMAL (ENGPJEFR!P’JG STANDARD) CONDITIONS APE 21 DEG C AND 760MM HG,
AERODYNAMIC D!AM TERS ARE CALCtJL*T€O HERE ACCORDING TO PIERCER ,
U)
HYPOTHETICAL RPINN TEST • STAGE I — STAGE
4, FILTER
IMPACTOP FLC WPATF 0,031 ACFM
IMPACrOP TEMPERATURE • 300,0 F • 148.9 C SAMPLING
DURATION • 15.00 MIN
IMPACTOR PRE$SURF P0P I 1.2 N, flF HG
STACK TEMPERATURE • 300,0 F • 1’iA,9 c
ASSUMED PARTICLE DENSITY 1 1.00 GM/CLJ.CM.
STACK PRESSURE • 30,00 IN, OF HG MAX. PARTICLE DIAMETER •
2b0.3 MICROMETERS
GAS CoMPO$ITIO I (PFPCENT) CC? z
¶?.R8 CC ’ • 0.00 N2 a 7 ,60 02 a 5.52
H20 • 8.00
CALC. MASS LOADING $ 2,74 6E.01 GP/ACF
4 .2496E—01 GR/DNCF 6 ,2607E+02 MG/ACM
9 ,7103E+02 MG/DNCM
IMPACTOP STAGE
81 S2 $3 $4 55
56 FILTER
STAGE XHDE NuMBER
2 3 a 5
6 7
050 (MICROMETERS)
5,73 3,66 2,84 1.?9 0,98
0,56
MASS (MILLIGRAMS)
2 Q0 2,16 1,43 1.18 0,30
0.10 0.00
MG/DNCM/STAGE
3,43E4’D2 2,55E*02 1,93E+02 1 ,39E+0? 3,54E+Ot
t ,ISE+01 0 .OOE.01
CUM. PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 050
64,93 38,81 19,11 4,84 1,21
0,00
CUM, (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 050
4 08E*O2 2 ,44E+02 1,20E+02 3,0 E+01 7, 59E+00
O,00E —O1
CUM, (MG,DNCM) SMALLER THAN 050
6.34E+02 3,79E,02 1,87E,02 4 ,73E+01 i,18E+0t
0 .OOE.01
CUM, (CR/ACE) SMALLER THAN 050
1 ,YSE—O1 1,07F.01 5,24E.02 I,33E02 3.32E.03
0,00EuOI
CUM, (OR/ONCE) SMALLER THAN 050
?,77E —O1 1,66E —O1 8,1bE.0 2,07E—0? 5,16E—03
0 ,00E.0t
CEO, MEAN DIA. (MICROMETERS)
3 86E+flj 4 .58E,00 3,22E+00 1 .91E+0O 1,12E+00
7,39E.01 6,93E.01
OM/OLOGO (MG/DWCM)
2 ,07E+0? 1,31E+03 i,73E+03 4,07E+02 2,Q9P+02
4,8I!.01 0,00E.OI
DN /DLOGD (NO, PAPTTCLES/DNCM)
A ,S6E+04 2.6IE+i0 9 ,ROE+10 1.11E 1i 4,OIE+11
2.28E.11 G.00Ee01
-------
NORMAL (ENGINEERING STANOARO) CONDITIONS AR! 21 DEG C AND 160MM KG,
AERODYNAMIC OTAMETERS ARE CALCULATED HERE ACCORDING TO THE TASK GROUP OH LUNG DYNAMICS.
SI
Lfl
0
3 ,61
$5
S
2 Ta
3.”
SR
a
HYPOTHETICAl. BRINK TEST • STAG! I • STAG!
6. NO FILTER
ZMDACTOP FLOWRATE • 0.031 ACFM
IMPACTOR TEMPERATURE • 300.0 P • tas,’ C SAMPLING
DURATION • 15.00 MIM
IMPACTOR PRESSURE DROP • 1.2 IN, ØP HG
STACK TEMPERATURE I 300,0 F P 146,9 C
ASSUMED P*R?!CLt DENSITY • t 0O GMlCU,CN
$T&CI PRESSURE • i0 .oo IN, OP $0 KAX. PARTICLE DIAMETER U
260,3 MICROMETERS
GAB COMPOsITION (PERCENT) tO? •
12.5$ CO • OI0O N? • 73,60 02 u 3.32
HiD • 8,00
CALC. MASS LOADING • 2.74468.01 GR/ACP
R ,2696!.0I GR/DNCP 6 ,2e0Y !,0Z MG/ACM
q,7?03E+02 NG/DNCM
IMPACTOR STAGE
56 FILTER
STAGE INDEX NUMBER
I 2
6 7
030 CMZCROM(TERS)
1.1$ 0,67
0.45
MASS (MILLIGRAMS)
2,90 2,16 1,63 1.1 5 0.30
0 ,10 0.00
MG/DtdCM,STAGE
3 ,43!+02 2,538 .0* 1,918,02 1,198,02 1.548+01
1,168+01 0,008.01
CUM. PERCENT OP MASS SMALLER THAN D50
64,93 58,81 19.11 6,89 1.21
0,00
CUM, (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 030
0,08840? 2.148+02 1,208.0? 3,008.01 7.598+00
0,008.01
CUM. CMG/DNCM) SMALLER THAN 030
6,348+02 3,798.02 1,518+02 a,?U.01 1,16E.01
0,008.01
CUM. (GR/ACP) SMALLER THAN 050
1 .788 •01 1,07t.O1 3 .2ir.ol 1 .33!.02 3,328.03
0,008.01
CUM, CGRIDNCP) SMALLER THAN 050
2 17! .O1 1,668.01 6,168.02 2,078.02 3,168.03
0,008.01
080, MEAN 01*. (MICROMETERs)
3,528.01 4,468+00 3,118.00 1,19E•00 1,0*8,00
6,238.01 6,168.01
DM/DL000 (MO/ONCH)
2.068+02 1,268.03 1,678,03 5,638.02 2,108.0?
4,068,01 0,008.01
DN#DL000 (NO. PARTTCLES/DNCM )
T ,0S!408 2,738.10 1.068411 1,278.11 0,938411
3,202411 0,008.01
53
S
-------
HYPOTHETICAL BRINK TE$1 • STAGE 1 • STAGE
ZMPACTOR FLONRAT! 0,031 AC M
IMPACTOR PRESSURE DROP I 0.4 IN, OF HG
ASSUMED PARTICLE DENSITY • ?.40 GM/CU ,CPI .
GAS COMPOSITION (PERCENT) C D ? •
tALC. MASS LOADING • 2.7115E.ot GR/ACF
IMPACTOR STAGE
STAGE INDEX NUMBER
030 (MICROMETERS)
MASS (MILLIGRAMS)
MG/ OWCN/ST AGE
CUM, PERCENT OF MASS SMAL 2R THAN 050
CUM• (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAW 030
CUM, (MG#DMCM) SMALLER THAN 030
CUN. CG /ACF SMALLER THAN 030
CUM. (GR,DP4CF) SMALLER THAN 030
GED. MEAN 01*, (M?CROMETER3)
DM/DLOGD CMG/DNCM)
DN/DL.DGD (NO. PARTICLE$/DNCM)
5, NO FILTER
)MPACTDR TEMPERATURE • 300.0 F • 4S .q C
STACK TEMPERATURE • oo ,o F • $46•9 C
STACK PRESSURE • 30,00 TN. OF
12.68 Co s 0.00
4 2160E.O1 GR/DNCF
SAMPLING DURATION • 15.00 MIN
(-h)
U,
HG MAX, PARTTCLE DIAMETER S 165,0 MICROMETERS
N? • 73.60 02 • 3.52 420 * S .00
6,2047E+0? MG/ACM 9,6!22E+02 MG/DNCM
51
82
$3
54
55
FILTER
1
2
3
4
3
6
3,38
2,23
1.72
0.72
0,53
2.90
2.16
1.63
1.16
0,30
0.00
3.43E’o?
2,55!+02
1.93Es02
i,39E+o2
3,34E,O1
0. O OE.O1
64.50
36.07
16.12
3.67
0,00
4 .00EsO2
2,36!+0?
1.ISE.02
2.26E.01
0 ,00E.OI
6 23!+O2
3,67!+02
1.YSE.O2
i.54E,01
o,00E.01
t.TSE.01
1.03E.Ot
4.9 1E.02
9.96E.03
0 .OOE—01
2,72!’Ol
1 .63!’uOl
7.41E.02
t ,55!.0?
0,00!.01
? ,45E.01
2 .t4!+00
1.97Es00
1 .I2E.00
6 ,ISE.01
3 .73E.01
2 O5E.02
1,26E.03
t ,64E+03
3,Y IE.02
2,S6E,02
0 ,0OE.O1
1,IOEi07
4 .S9Es lo
1 ,721,11
Z,13!.1i
8.65Eptl
0,0 0e.O1
NORMAL (ENGINuR ING STANDARD) CONDITIONS ARE 21 DEG C AND 760MM MG 1
-------
NORMAL (ENGINEERING STANDARD) CONDITIONS ARE 21 DEG C AND 760MM HG.
AERODYNAMIC OTAMETEPS ARE CALCULATED HERE ACCORDING TO MERCER,
C I )? x 12 ,8*
CO I 0,00
.21*0E.o1 GR/DNCF
N? • 71 60
MAX, PARTICLE DIAMETER I 260.3 MICROMETERS
6,20 1 17E+02 MG ACM
$2
2
3.73
2,90
1420 • e .Oo
9 .6522E+02 NG/DWCM
HYPOTHETICAL PRINK TEST • STAGE I — ST*r,€ ç, NO FILTER
IMPACTo R FLONRATE S 0,031 *CFM IMPACTOR TEMP(RATIJRF • 300.0 F I 1 l*,Q
IMPACTOP P E$$ R( DROP i 0. IN, OF MC STACK TEMPERATURE • 3O0 0 F • 19 ,9 C
C
SAMPLING DURATION s 15 ,00 MIN
ASSUMED PARTICLE DENSITY • 1.00 GM/ClI ,CM,
STACK PRESSURE • 30.00 IN, OF
HG
GAS COMPOSITION (PERCENT)
02
• 3.52
CALC. MASS LOADING • 2.7113E.o1 GP/ACF
IMPACTOR S’AGE
55
FILTER
STAGE INDEX MUMMER
S
D50 (MICROMETERS)
0,98
MASS (MILLIGRAMS)
0,30
0.00
MG/DWCM/STAGE
3.S9E+01
O,00E.o1
CUM, PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 030
0,00
CUM. (MG ACM) SMALLER THAN 030
0 , 0 0E.0 1
CUM, (MG/DNCM) SMALLER THAN 050
O, 00E.01
CUM, (GPIACF) SMALLER THAN 030
0,00E.01
CUM. (GR,#D14CF) SMALLER THAN 030
GEO . MEAN 01*, (M!CROIIETERS)
o.ooE—o l
l,13E .0O
6,95E.01
OM/OLOGO (MG/DNCM)
5, 0 0E ,02
0 ,00E.o1
DN/DLOGD (NO 1 PARTTCLE$/ONCM)
6.AbE,06 2 ,bIE+10 9,90Ei10 1.IIE+11
a.O2E.1t
OIOOEIOI
53
3
?•84
I 63
I .93E.02
18.12
I ,12Es02
I ,7!E,02
£i ,9 1E02
7,6a(.02
3,22E.0O
I ,TAE,03
3 ,6b
2.16
2 ,SSE.02
38,07
2. 3 6E. 02
3. STE,fl2
I . 03 E.0 I
I .61E—0l
1. 31E. 03
6R 50
‘S O0!,O2
6 .23E+02
1 .75E •01
2 72E•01
3 ,SbE+0I
2 ,07E+02
a
1,29
1 1 1S
I .3 E 02
3,67
2.28E,O1
3, SRE+01
9 ,4bE.03
I .55E.02
I .QIE,00
a,07Es02
-------
HYPOTHETICAL SPINK TEST • STAGE 1 • STAG!
IMPACTOR PLOWRATE • 0.031 ACFM
IMPACTOR PRESSURE DROP • 0 4 IN. OP MG
ASSUMED PARTICLE DENSITY $ 1’ .00 GM/CU.CM.
GAS COMPOSITION CPERCENT) CD?
CALC. MASS LOADING • 2.7t15E.01 GR/ACP
IMPACTOR STAGE
STAG! INDEX NUMSEI
030 CM!CROMETERS
MASS CMILL!GRAM8
CUM. PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 030
CUM, (MG /ACM) SMALLER THAN D3O
CUM, (MG DNCM) SMALLER THAN 030
CUM, CGR/ACP) SMALLER THAN 050
CUM. (OR/DNCF) SMALLER THAN 050
0E0, MEAN 01*, (MICROMETERS)
DM/DL000 (MG/DNCM)
DN/DL000 (NO, PARTTCLE$/DNCM)
5, ND FILTER
IMPACTOR TEMPERATURE I 300.0 F • 148.9 C
STACK TEMPERATURE • 300,0 F u )48•9 C
STACK PRESSURE • 30.00 IN. OF MG
12.88 CO • 0.00
a .218OE.01 GP/DNCF
$1 82 83 84
1 2 3 4
SAMPLING DURATION u 15,00 HIM
NORMAL (ENGINEERING STANDARDS CONDITIONS ARE 21 DEG C AND 760MM MQ,
AERODYNAMIC DIAMETERS ARE CALCULATED HERE ACCORDING TO THE TASK GROUP ON LUNG DYNAMICS.
MAX. PARTICLE DIAMETER • 260,3 MICROMETERS
N? • 73,60 02 I 5.32 M20 • 8,00
6,20117E.02 MG/ACM 9 ,6!22E+02 MG/DNCN
85
S
FILTER
A
5.61
3,55
2,72
1.18
0.87
2.90
2.16
1.63
1.18
0.30
0,00
3.1L3!.0?
S ,S5!+O2
1,93E+02
1 ,39E402
5,!4E.01
0 .O0!.01
64 S0
38,07
18.12
3.67
0.00
4.OOE+02
2,36E+02
1.I2E,02
2,28EiOt
0,OOE.O
6.23!I0?
3 ,67Es02
t,73!.02
i .S4E.0i
b.OOE—01
t .73!•01
1 ,03E.O1
4,9tE 02
Q ,96!.03
0.0OE.O1
2 ?2E.0i
1,biE 0t
7,64!.02
1,SSE.02
0,00E•01
3.6?E,01
4 ,46E.00
3,11E+0O
1.79E,00
1,02E+00
6.1Sf fl1
?.Ob!i02
1,26E+03
1.68!.i03
3.84E+02
?,72E,02
O, 0 0E.o1
-------
CARD COLUMN
NUMBERS
OATh r,ECK FOR PROGRAM MPPROG
111 111111 t222?2222??333333333Q 55555555bb# bééé ô67777777777A
I 3 5678 o123L 5o7Mr 1 23 56789O1 23 4567AQ01?3aS67890 I 23456789() I 23u5f 78q0 1234567890
0300
CIDR8 VERSION 1 TFST FOR IINIVEP8ITV OF WASHINGTON MARK UI
U i
22,96 213.3 213,32.34 30.0200,00001
.1313 ,0000 , i38 .0550 .0865
0,67 0,40 1, 0 (1,01 5.81 3,01 ,é1 5.93
0.500
HYPOTHETICAL UNIV R3!YY OF A8HTNGTflN MARK IT!
00
-------
HYPOTHETICAL UNIVERSI7Y flF WA$HINGTflN MARK III
!MPACTDR FLOWRATE • 0,500 ACFM IMPACTOR T MP RATUPE • p3,3 F • l00 7 C SAMPLING DURATION • 30.00 NIN
IMPACTOR PRESSURE DROP • 1,0 IN, OF MG STACK I 4PERATURE • 13 .3 F • 100,1 C
ASSUMED PARI’ICLE DENSITY • 2 34 GU/CU.CM. STACK PRESSURE • 22.46 IN, OF MG MAX, PARTICLE DIAMETER $ 200,0 MICROMETERS
GAS COMPOSITION (PERCENT) tO? I 1i. 9 Co • 0 .Ofl N? • 74,34 02 • 5.0? HP0 e • ,6S
tALC. MASS LOADING • 2.4939E.02 GP/ACF 4.32?3E 02 GR/DNCF 5 ,7068!+0i MQ/ACM 1 .0349E.o? MG/ONCM
IMPACYOR STAr.E 81 32 83 34 35 36 37 FILTER
STAGE INDEX NuMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
050 (MICROMETERS) 7•4Q 8,11 3.42 1,45 0,74 0,50 0.16
MASS (MILLIGRAMS) 5.93 2,61 3.01 5.81 4.01 1.80 0.40 0.67
MG/D$t$/STAGE 2,53E401 t,ttE+0t t,?4t.ot 2,48Es01 1,11E4 01 7,bBE400 1,YIE.00 2,$bttOO
CUM, RCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 050 7 .5’ 64,77 52.35 28,38 11,84 4,41 2,76
CUN. (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 050 4 .31E,01 3,70E+01 2,99E+01 1,62!,O1 b,76Es00 2,52E+00 1,58 5.00
CUP’. (MG/DNCM) SMALLER THAW 050 7 ,B2!4O1 b.70t401 5.4ZE+0t 2 ,94Es01 1,235401 4,375+00 2,865400
CUP ’. (GR/ACP) SMALLER THAN 050 1,885.02 1,625.02 1,315.02 7,085 —03 2,955—03 1.105—03 6.$4F.04
CUM, CGR/DNCF) SMALLER THAN 050 3,425.02 2,435—02 2,315.02 1.285—02 5,355.03 2,005.03 1,251.03
050, MEAN DIA. (MICROMETERS) 3,975,01 8.005+00 5,275.00 2.235+00 1,035400 b,O6EsOI 2,315.01 1,12501
DM/OL000 (MG/DNCM) 1.805+01 —4,805.02 3.435,0* 6,665.01 5,825+01 4,515+01 3,445.00 Q,SOE$00
DN/DLOGb (NO, PARTXCLES/DNCM) 2 .355+05 —1,365,09 1,925.08 4,925.09 4.295+10 1,665+11 1,265.11 5,485+12
NORMAL (ENGINEERING STANDARD) CONDITIONS APE 21 DEG C AND 760MM HG.
-------
HYROYH ? A tJNIVEDRITY fl wAS 4!N(Tc .J MARK I II
TMPACTnR FLnWRATE a 0,500 ACFM IMPACTOR TEMPERAtII E a p3 ,3 F $ 100 ,7 1 SAMPLING DURATION • 30,00 MIN
IMPACTOP PRE$3(,pp ‘ 1,0 IN, c F HG STACK tEMpERATu a 13•3 F a 0O .7 C
ASSuM PANTTCL DENSITY a r,M/cIJ.CM, STACK PRES8UNE • 22.Q# TN, OF w MAX, PARTICI.E DIAMETER a 303, MICROMETERS
GAS CnMP RIYT0N PFRC JT) Cfl2 I i 1 .qq C ) I 0,00 NZ $ 74,34 02 a 5,0 1 M20 • 6,65
CALC, MASS LOAnING u 2,si93 E.o G /AtF .52?3F—fl GPIDNCF s,7oe r.ot MG/ACM t ,0349E+02 MG/DNCM
TMPACTDR STAGE 51 82 *3 sa $ $6 Si FILTER
STAGE INOEX NUM p 2 3 4 5 6 7 5
030 (MICRAMETEP S, 1? .24 12.40 3 ,4 2 2,41 1,31 0,95 0,42
MASS (MILLIGRAMSI .93 ,ôt 3,01 5,41 ,01 1,S 0, 1 10 0,67
MG/DSCM/S1A;E ?,53E.01 t.1Ireo l t,29E.0 2.118E+01 t ,71F.01 7.bSE.O0 1,YjEsOO Z,$bE,00
CUM. PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER TWAN 050 75,34 64 ,77 32.*5 28 ,38 11.84 4.111 8,76
CUN, (MG/ACMI SMALLER THAN 030 l ,3tF.Ot 3.7QE+Oi 2,’9E,oI 1,62P,01 6 .76f+o0 ?,SIE.00 1 ,Se!.OO
U,
CUM, (MO/ONCH) SMALLER THAN b50 7 ,S2E.0t A ,70E.01 3, fl.oi 2 ,9aF.0i 1,l3Ei01 4,$TEsoo l,ObLeoo
CUM. (GP/ACF) SMALI.ER THAN 050 t ,SSE.0? 1,62E.02 t,31F.02 7,0SE 03 2 ,Q5t.03 t,iOE—03 6 .891.011
CUM. (QR/DNCF) SMALLER THAN 050 5, 1 12E.0? 2,93E.02 2.37E.O? 1.2SE.02 5,35E.03 ?,00F.03 $ ,2SE.03
010. MEAN DIA. (MICROM!1’ERS) 6 .13F+01 1.?4E.01 $,?7E,00 3,61t+0O 1,751,00 1,121.00 6,321.01 2,971.01
DM/DL000 CMG/DP4CM) 1 ,S IE+01 .9,961,02 3,511.01 7,04F,0t b,aQEeOl 5,461.01 4,531+00 9,5OE$0O
ON/OLOGO (NO, PA$T Lt$/ONCM, i .50t+05 —Q,89E ,05 1, Q ,05 2,RQF.09 2,211+10 7.301+10 3,bbE.10 6 .92E+11
NORMAL (ENGINEERTNG STANOARO) COMOITIOP4S APE 21 OEG C AND 7 60MM M C,
AERODYNAMIC DTAMFTEPS ARE CALCULATEO HEPF AC flAOTHG TO MERCER,
-------
MYPOTl4ETICAL UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON MARK yIj
IMPACTOR FLOWRATI • 0,500 ACFM IMPACTOR TEMPERATURE • 213.3 F • 100.7 C SAMPLING DURATION • 30,00 HIM
MPACT0R PRESSURE DROP • 1.0 IN, 0 , HG STACK TEMPERATUR! • 2)3,3 F i 100.7 C
ASSUMED PARTICLE NSITY • 1,00 GM/CU,CM , STACK PRESSURE i 22,96 IN. OF HG MAX, PARTICLE DIAMETER $ 305,9 MICROMETERS
GAS COMPOSITION (PERCENT) CC? • 11,99 CO • 0,00 K2 • 74.34 02 a 5,02 1120 • 8.65
CALC. MASS LOADING • 2 .4939E.O2 GR/ACF 44,5223E.02 GR/DNCF 5,70681+01 MG/ACM 1,03491+02 MG/DNCM
IMPACTOR STAG! SI 52 53 8 4 55 86 57 FILTER
STAGE NDEK NUMBER 1 2 3 0 5 6 7 8
050 (MICROMETERS) 12.15 t2, 7 5,30 2,28 1,19 0.6? 0,30
MASS (MILLIGRAMS) ,93 2,61 3.0% 5, 5% 44,0% 1,80 0,440 0,47
M0/D SCM, STAGE ?,53!+01 1,111 .01 1,291+01 2,451+01 1 ,71!iO1 7.661+00 1,ltE.0O 2,861+00
CUM, PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 050 75,54 64,77 2 .35 28,38 11,64 9,41 2,76
CUN, (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 050 44,311+01 3,701+01 2 .99E+O1 1.621,01 6,761.00 2,521+00 1,561.00
L i i
CUM. (MG/DNCM) SMALLER THAN 050 7,821,01 6,701+01 5,421,01 2,941+01 1,231+01 4,371.00 2,861+00
CUM, (GR/ACF) SMALLER THAN 050 1,551.02 i,62!.02 1,311.02 7,08!.03 2,951.03 1,101.03 6,891.04
CUM. (GR/DNCF) SMALLER THAN 030 5,421.02 2,931.02 2,571.02 1,251.0? 5,351.03 2,001.05 1,231.0)
GlO, MEAN DIA, (MICROMETERS) 6,101+01 1,231+01 5,131.00 3,461+00 1,651+00 9,911.01 4,951.0% 2,101.01
DM/DL000 (MG/DNCM) 1,511.01 .9,561,02 3,461.01 8,791+01 6,041+01 4,631.01 3,651.00 9,501+00
DN/DLOGD (NO, PARTICLES/OWCM, 1,521.05 .1,011+09 1,231.05 1,061+09 2,581.10 9,501+10 6,061410 1.951+12
NORMAL (ENGINEERING STANDARD) CONDITIONS ARE 21 010 C AND 760MM 40,
AERODYNAMIC DIAMETERS ARE CALCULATED HERE ACCORDING TO THE TASK GROUP ON LUNG DYNAMICS,
-------
n?1,A r -rK Fr Prp 4 MPPPflr,
111,11111 I????2? ‘??33 lalIlii 6# 77777777778
123 1? ‘LS ,7MQ(, I ?34SA7 ’oi ? 5e,7 QO I ?3oS#,71p b7 Qo
• • • • — _• • • — — — • •• • _• • • _ • • — • — • — • — • — • • — • • — • •• •• — • _ •• • • • — •• • — a . . . • — . • • _• S S . S S —.
o”oo
CIORS VFP5 r Pl I YF Si t rFn nt flGV PF5F CH, T JC,
2•qA
.1313 ,nnnn •MI3 •n5 Q
o,# 7 r),’ n i,. n ü,ni .8I ?,hi $. 3
o,snr
P4YPOTHFTTCAL MF7FIIPO [ (,r,Y PE$FARC’k, INC.
no
STOP r nv no
-------
PIYPOTMETICAL MET!DROLOGY R!SEARCM, !MC,
NPACTOR FLOMPATE i ,5OO ACFM INPACTOR TEMPEPATUR! • p13,3 F U 100.7 C SAMPLING £1URAT C PJ • 30.00 MIN
IMPACTOR PRESSURE DRDP a 2.3 IN, flF MG STACK TEM RATURF • 213,3 F a 00 ,7 C
ASSUMED PARTICLE DENSITY a 2.3 GM/CU ,CM STACK PRES5uR • 22,9é pJ, OF MS MAX, PARTICLE DIAMETER • 200.0 MICROMETERS
GAS COMPO$!r7OW c PRCENT) COP • CO a ñ.Øñ N a 74 .5R 02 a 5,02 H2O • 8,65
CALC. MASS LOADING • ? .4q3qE.op SR/AC! ‘ ,S?23E.02 GR/DNCF 5,7flASE+01 MG/ACM 1• 3Q E+02 MG/DPJCM
IMPACTOP STAGE SI $2 $3 5 53 56 57
STAGE INDEX NUMBER 2 3
030 (Mt ROM TER5) 5 ,5Q 6,31 3 . 7 1, 0 0,66 0,33 0.22
MASS CMTLL!GRAM$) 5 ,Q3 2,61 3.01 3.81 1.80 ( ),i 0 0.67
MG/D SCM/$TAGE 2.53Ei01 1 ,IIE.01 1,2RE.oj 2 ,’ 8fsOt t.71E401 7 .6SE,00 1,7)5.00 2,8b 4O0
CUM. PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 050 73,34 ,77 5 35 28.38 tt ,84 4,41 2.76
CUM. (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 050 4,31E.O1 3,TOE+OI 2,9’E.Ol t,62E+01 b ,YbE+O0 2,52E+00 t,SSE+00
CUM. (MG/DNCM) SMALLER THAN 030 7. 52E+0I b.70E+01 5,42E.0t 2 , 4E,0) 1 .23C+0l 4.57E+00 2,S6Ei.00
CUM, (SR/AC!) SMALLER THAN 050 1 ,SSE.02 I,62!.02 t,31E.Op 7,08E03 2,95Ea03 1.105—03 6 ,$ !.01l
CUM. ( 5R.’DNCF) SMALLER THAN 050 3425.02 2, 5E.02 2.3?E.O2 1,255.02 5,355.03 2,005.03 t ,ZSE.03
550, MEAN DIA, (MtCROMETERS) 3.345+01 5 , 4E.p0o 4.685+00 2.215iO0 Q .b25.Ol 4 ,6 E.O1 ? ,74E.01 1,595.01
OM/OLOGO (MG/0ft4cM) t.63E.OI —2.115.02 4.96E.01 6.30?,0l 5,225.01 2,605+01 Q . 1Ee00 g ,sos,oo
ON/OLOGO CNO. PARTICLES/DWCM) 3.565+05 .8,235,08 5. f+0e 4,775+09 4,785+10 2.055411 3,945.11 1.945+12
NORMAL (ENG!NURING STANDARD) COWDVIIDNS ARE 21 055 C AN 760MM .45 ,
-------
‘ cai METFO RnLOGY RESFARC’4, INC.
tMPACTOR L URA7 • 0,300 ACFM
LMPACTOR •RES8uQ OROP a 2.3 IN. OF MG
IMPACTOR T !MP !RA?I1R • p3,3 F a 100,7 C
STACK T P !RATU • 3,3 F a tOO,? C
Si
6,74
3 ,93
2. 53! 40 1
“.54
4.311+01
7.621+01
I .661.02
3,421.02
3,171+01
i ,eaE,Oi
2.261+05
NORMAL ( !NG!Pdt !RING STANOARO) CONOUTONS ARE 21 010 C AND 760MM 40,
AEIODYNAMIC AMETERS AR! CALCIJLATED HER! ACCORDING TO MERCER,
STOP 000000
ASSUMEO DARTICLE DENSITY • 1.00 GM/CII,CM.
GAS COMPO$! TToN (PUC!MY) CU? a
tALC, Mass LOAO!NG • 2.49391.02 GR/ACF
IMPACTOR S’AGE
STAG! INDEX NUM8fp
050 (M ICNOMETER$,
MA$5 (MILI .ZGRAMS,
MG/D6CM/$fAGC
CUM, PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 030
LA)
CUN. (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 030
0
CUM, (MO/ONCH) SMALLE6 THAN 050
diM, (GR/ACF) SMALLER THAN 030
CUM, (GR/DNCr, SMALLER THAN 030
010. MEAN O!A. (MICROMETERS)
OM/OL000 (M#DNCM)
ON/OL000 (NO, PARTICL!S/DNCM)
SAMPLING DURATION • 30,00 HIM
STACK PRESSURE • ?2.9# , IN, OF WQ MAX, PARTICLE I)!AMETER • 305,9 MICROMETERS
11.99 Co a o.oo M • 7 ,3i 02 a 5,0.2 HjO a 6,65
4.52231.02 GR/DNCF 5,70661+01 MG/ACM 1 ,03491.02 M0 /I )NCH
82 53 S 53 56 57 FILTER
2 3 4 5 6 7 6
9 ,64 3,51 2,34 1.19 0.70 0, 34
2.61 3,01 5,61 4,01 1,80 0,40 0.67
1,11E+Oj 1,291+01 2,451,03 1,111+01 7,681+00 1,711.00 2,661+00
64,7? 52,33 26,3 5 11,84 4,41 2,76
3.701,01 2.QIE•01 3,621+01 6,761,00 2.122,00 1,SS!+00
6,701+01 5,4?Ei01 2.901+01 1.231+01 4.571+00 2,862+00
1,621.02 3,311.02 7,062.03 2,931.0) 3.101.0) 6,692.04
5.931—0? 2,371.02 1,281.02 5,155.03 2.002—03 3,235.03
9,261,00 7,365.00 3.395+00 1.615+00 9,125.01 6,121.03 3,615.01
.2,151,02 5,105.03 6,665+01 5,571.01 3,2 51 ,03 1,545,01 9,301+00
.5,161+06 2,441,06 5,731+09 2,415,10 6.251+10 1,261+11 3.261+11
-------
I4YPQTMEYZCAL MET ORI LOGY R!$!ARCM. TNC
IMPACTOR FLOWRA1 • 50O ACFM IMPACTOR TEMPERATURE • 213,3 F I 100.7 C SAMPLING DURATION • 30,00 MIM
IMPACTOR PRESSURE DROP a 2.3 IN, OF 146 STACK MP(RAT(IR ( • 213,3 F U 100.1 C
ASSUMED PARTICLE DENSITY $ 1 .O0 614/CU .CM . STACK PRESSURE a 22 ,q# IN. OF 146 MAX• PARTICLE DIAMETER • 3 0 5,q MICROMETERS
GAS COMPOSTTXON (PERCENT) CO? a l1.QQ CO a 0,00 N? a 7R ,3a 0? • 5.07 M2O I 5.65
CALC. MASS LOADING • 2,4R3QE.O? GR/ACF ‘1 .522E—O7 GR/DNCF 5,7O68F+ 1 MG/ACM t ,O 3 4 QE+02 NG/DNCM
IMPACTOR STAGE 51 5? 53 S l 85 56 57 FILTER
ST&GE iNDEX 1JUM$ (R 1 2 3 5 6 7 6
050 CMICAOMET (R83 R .61 Q .72 5,38 2.21 1,07 0,57
MASS (MILLIGRAMS) 5. 3 2.61 3,01 5.81 i ,01 1,80 0,t 0 0,61
MG/D SCM/3TAG ( 2.33(401 1.11 (,Ot l,2 ( 4 oj 7,M6E,01 1,71t.oj 7,66(400 t,IIE,00 2,86(400
CUM, PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER rMAN 050 73.34 64,77 ss.33 28,36 ti, 544 4.4U 2.76
CUM. (MG/ACM) SMALLER TMAN 030 4,31(401 3,70(401 2,RQ! O1 1,6?E+01 6,761+00 2,32(400 1,56(400
CUM. (MG/DMCM) SMALLER 744AM 050 7 .82(401 6,70(401 3 ,42E,oj 2,94! i.01 1,73E+Ol 4.37E.00 2,6bE.00
diM. (GR/Acr) SMALLER 744AM 030 I,88E.02 I,62E.O2 1,31f—02 7.0SE.03 ? ,93f—03 1,10E.03 6,88E.04
CUM. (OR/ONCE) SMALLER 1’IIAN 030 3,42E.02 2,R3E.07 2,31E—O? l,28E—O2 5.3 5E—03 2,00!—03 1,25E—03
6(0. MEAN DIA. (MICROMETERS) 5.13(401 Q,15Es0o 1,23 (,00 3 .45E,00 1,5 14 (400 7,64E.0i , 3E.0t 2,68E.01
ON/DL000 (MG/DNCM) 1,63(401 .2,13(402 3,01 (.0l b,42 (.0t 5,44 (.0t 2,53(401 1,15 (,0j q .so .oo
DN/DLOGD (NO. PART!CLES/b4ICM ) 2.31(405 —S,30E.0e 2.53E.OI 2.RoE.o 2,65+to 1,12(411 l,R4! j1 1.63(411
NORMAL (ENGINEERING STANOARD) CONDITIONS APE 21 DEC C AND 760MM 446,
AERODYNAMIC DIAME1’ (RS APE CALCULATED MERE ACCORDING TO TIlE TASK GROUP ON LUNG DYNAMICS,
STOP 000000
-------
CARD COLUMN
NUMBERS
r ATA DECK FnR PRf ,QAM MPP W,
11 I III 1111 22222?? 333 44444 40455 556 66 i,é 6 677777 71777
• • — •. _. . • • • a •• . a — — a — • — . a a a a a a — — e a a a a — — — a • • — — — — . .• — a.
0200
CIDRS V PSTOP j j TF 7 BPIN ( .
03
29,50 330,0 33o n2 .4n 15 .0168.O1161
.1400 ,0000 .8000 .0600 .0800
0,19 0.10 0.30 1.18 1,63 2.16 2.90 6 12 39,38
0 ,0310
COLI .4 1.13.76 1450 I4UA
00
29,50 330,0 330 ,02 00 15,O168 ,011b1
.1400 ,0000 .8000 ,0600 ,0800
0,23 0,30 0,43 1,45 1,16 2,83 1 .ql 2,37 ac,is
0,0310
COLI.5 1.13.76 1715 2I..JA7
01
29,50 330,0 330,o2 an 15.0168,01161
.1400 .0000 ,R000 •OAOO .0800
0,02 0,07 O 26 1.20 1,M 1,77 2,26 1,78 25,24
0,0310
COLT.T 1—13.76 18?? IOUAI
01
30.00 340,0 300,02,40 1! ,01b8,flh161
,1 400 , o00 , ono ,n,00 ,0 n0
0,14 0,00 O ,1b 0,58 0 , 4 0,4M 0.86 0 ,75 8,21
0 .0310
COLT—b 1.j4.7h 1620 IUAI
-------
(A)
C. ’
(A)
0i
30.Ofl 345,() IS,OIbB,flhlbt
.1(U O •OC OO •80fl0 •fl )Q , Bf O
O,1i fl,Ob O.IQ O.’4’4 fl,83 O,Rn 1,11 IQ,Qh
0,0310
COLt —I? IsIU 76 1 OO SIJAt
29.91 315,0 31 .02.’ o 15,O16R,0lj ,1
,1400 •000fl ,R00( •( 6 0 ,0 00
0,21 0,flR 0,21 1,15 1,29 2,20 2.52 ?,39 52,28
0,0330
COLI.13 1.13.76 1135 8IJAI
00
-------
COLI.u 1 .13.76 1450 41IAT
IMPACTflR FLOWRATr • 0.031 ACFM IMPACTOR TFMPERATUP S 330.0 F ies.e c SAMPLING DURATION • 15,00 WIN
IMPACTOR PRESSURE DROP • 1.2 IN. OF HG STACK TrMPEPATIJRr $ 330 ,0 a 165.6 C
ASSUMED PART!CI.E DENSITY a 2.40 GM/CIJ.CM’. STACK PRESSURE a ?9 ,5O W, OF lG MAX, PARTICLE DIAMETER U 5•0 MICROMETERS
G65 CO 4P0SITTON (PERCENT) CD? lp .88 CO • 0,00 N2 a 73.60 02 5 5,52 1420 * 8,00
tALC. MASS LOADING • 1 ,7908E.O0 GR/ACF 2’ .9 450E+00 GR/DNCF 4 ,oqRoE+03 MG/ACM b,7391E+03 MG/DNCN
IMPACTOR STAGE CYC SC 82 53 54 85 86 EILTER
STAGE INDEX NUMAER 1 2 3 a 6 7 8 9
050 (MICROMETERS) 11.00 6 .b 3 .63 2,28 1,74 0,73 0,53 0 ,25
MA$$ (MILLIGRAMS) 3 9 ,38 6,12 2 ,90 2.16 1,63 1.18 0.30 0,10 0,19
MG/ DNCM/STAGE 4 ,92E+03 7 ,64t+02 3 ,62E+02 2 ,70E+02 2.041+02 1.a7(+02 3.75!+0t 1,251+01 2,37E,01
CUM, PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER ‘TMAN 050 27.02 15,68 10 30 6,30 3,2 5 1,09 0,54 0,35
CUM, (MG/* M ) SMALLER THAN O5 1 ,it(+03 4,(L2 4 ,12140? 2.581+02 1,341+0? 4 ,481401 2.?0E40t 1,2401
CUN, (MG/DNCM) SMALLER TMa’ 050 1,821.03 1,061+03 6 94E,O? 4,251.02 2,211+02 7,371+01 3,621.01 2,371,01
CUN, (GR/ACF) SMALLER THAN 050 i,$41.01 2,811.01 t,85E.fl1 1,131.01 5,871.02 1,961.02 9,621.03 4,311.03
CUM, (GR/DNCF) SMALLER THAN 050 7,961.01 4,621—01 3,031—01 1.861—01 9,661.02 3.221—02 1,581.02 1,041.02
010, 141AM DIA, (MICROMETERS) 4,301,01 8,571,00 4,421,00 2,881+00 1,991.00 1,131400 6,201.01 3.631—01 1,761.0%
ON/bLOOD (MG/DNCH) 4,151+03 3,531,03 1 37E+03 1,331.03 1.731+03 3,901.02 2.671+02 3,841.01 1 .881+01
ON/bLOOD (NO, PART!CL(S/DNCM ) 4,161407 a,abE4O9 9,111+09 4.ltb!+10 1,751+11 2,181,1% 8.911+1% 6,401+11 1,141+13
NORMAL (ENGINEERING STANDARD) CONDITIONS ARE 21 010 C AND 760MM HG,
-------
COL!. .5 1 —13.76 1713 21’AT
IMPACTOP FLOMPATE • 0,031 ACFH IMPACTOR TEMPF RATUPE a 330,0 F I 165,6 C SAMPLING DURATION U 15,00 HIM
IMPACTOP PRESSURE OPOP a 1 ,2 ! , OF MG STACK TFMPERATURE 1 330,0 F I 165.6 C
ASSUMED PARTICLE CFN$ITY a 2, 0 GM/CIJ.CM. STACK PRES$U E a 29,30 IN. OF HG MAX, PARTICLE DIAMETER • 168,0 MICROMETERS
GAS COMPOSITION (PC NT) C I )? 1?.8 CO 0,00 N? • 73,60 02 1 5,32 1420 • 8,00
CALC. MASS LC)AI)IPJG a 1 .9 76E.0O GP/ACF 3,2686E+00 r,R/DNCF 4,5484E.03 MG/ACM 7,a797E,03 MO/ONCH
YMPACTOR STAGE CYC SI 82 53 S 4 53 56 FILTER
STAGE INDEX NUMREP 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9
050 MICPOMETEPS, 11.00 o,ai 3.63 2,36 1,59 n ,70 0,53 0,16
MASS (MILLIGRAMS) 49,15 2,37 1,97 ?,e3 1,16 j ,45 0, U 0,30 0,23
MGIDNCH/ STAGE e,1 Es03 2,QbE+02 ?. 6E+o2 3.53Ei02 I,45E+O2 1,81E+O2 5,37E.0j 3,75E,01 2,SYE.0j
CUP4, PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 030 17, 3 13,98 10,69 5,96 ,02 1,60 0,88 0,38
CUM. (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 050 8, 16E+02 6,36E+02 A ,S6E4O? 2,71E+02 1,S3Ei02 7,29E,O1 ‘ .03Ei.01 t,TSEsOI
(WA)
CUM . (MG/ONCM SMALLER THAN 050 j,3 E+03 t ,OSE#03 7 Q9E,O? 4 ,46E+02 3,OjE.02 1,20E+02 6,62E.0j 2,87fs01
CUM, (GR/ACF) SMALLER THAN 050 3,S6E—0t 2,78E .01 2,I2E—0I t.1BE—Ot 8,00E—02 3 ,19E .02 i,YbE.02 7,63E .03
CUM, (GR/DNCF) SHALLFR 714AM 050 5,AoE01 l,57E.0j 5’,49E —01 t,QSE—0I t ,32E.01 5 ,2’i!.02 ?,89!.02 1,2U—02
GEO, MEAN 01*, (MICROMETERS) 14,10E401 8, 40E.00 ‘i,8?E+0O 2,93E+00 1,9L4E,00 I ,OSE+00 6,OSE.0j ?,93E.01 1,14E .01
DM/DLOGD (MG/DNCH, 5,IRE+03 1,?bE+03 9’,98E,02 1,88!+03 8, SOE+02 S,OSE.+02 4,50E+02 7,28E+0i 9,54Es01
DN/DLOGD (NO, PARTICLES/ONCH) 5 ,?OE+07 1 .70E.09 7,07E+0Q 5.98E.tO 9 .31E+10 3 ,U 4E+II 1,SQE+1? 2 ,31E,t2 5,06E.13
N0RMg (. (ENGINEERING STANDARD) CONDITIONS ARE 21 DEG C AND 760MM M C,
-------
COii.r 1—13.74 1622 101141
IMPACTOR FLOMPATE a 0,031 ACFH IMPACTOR MPERATUPE • 330.0 P , t 5,o C SAMPLING DURATION • 15.00 MIN
IMPACTrIR PRE$$I)RE DROP S j , N , flF HG STACK T!MPERATURF a 330,0 F a j45,6 C
ASSUMED PARTICLE DENSITY • 2,40 GM/CU.CM. STACK PRESSURE • ?9 ,Sn OF HG MAX, PARTICLE DIAMETER • 168,0 MCPOMETER$
GAS COMPOSITION (PERCENT) CD? • CD • 0,00 N? • 73,60 12 • 5,52 M?0 • 8,00
CAL.C, MASS LOADING • 1.11681.00 GR/ACF 1.836400 GR/DNCF 2 ,SSSoE.oj MG/ACM 4,20241,03 MarnNeM
IMPACTC)R STAGE cyc $0 SI $2 83 84 $5 $4 FILTER
STAGE INDEX NUM8E R 2 3 4 4 8
b50 (MTCPOMETERS, 11,00 6,39 3,54 2,30 1,54 n ,53 0,45 0 ,15
MA$$ (MILLIGRAMS, 25.24 1.78 2.25 1,77 1.04 1,20 0,28 0,07 0,02
MG,DNCM, S TA;E 3,151+03 2.221+02 2.811+0? 2,211.02 1,301,0? 1,501+02 3,501.01 8,741+00 2,501.00
CUM, PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAW 050 2 ,99 19,70 13,02 7,76 4,67 1,10 0.27 0,04
CUM, (MG/ACM) SMALLER ?NAW 050 6,391+02 5,041,02 3.331+02 1,981.02 1.191+02 2,811.01 6,841.00 1,521+00
CUM, (M4/bNCM) SMALLER THAN 050 1 ,o51.03 8,281,02 5 , 7E .02 3,261.0? 1.961,02 4.621+01 1,121+01 2,501.00
CIJM, (GR/ACF) SMALLER THAN 050 2,791—01 2,201—01 t. 5E—0t 8,661—02 5,211.02 1,231.02 2,991.03 6,641.04
CUM, (GR/DNCF) SMALLER THAN 050 4,591.01 3,621.01 2.391—01 1,421.01 8,571.02 2,021.02 4,911.03 1,091.03
910, MEAN 01*, (MICROMETERS) 4,301+01 6,381+00 4 .761.On 2,861.00 1,681,00 9,061.01 4,901.01 2.571 —01 1,041.01
DM/DL000 (MG,DNCM) 2,*6E+03 9,441,02 1,101+03 1,181+03 7.4!E.eI? 3,251.02 4,821,0? 1.801+01 8,301+00
DN DLOG0 (IJO. PARTICLE$/DNCM) 2,671+07 1,271.09 8,101+09 4,031,10 8,881.10 3,461,11 3,261,12 8,001,11 5,901.12
NORMAL (ENGINEERING STANDARD) CONDITIONS ARE 21 DIG C AND 760MM HG.
-------
( -Ad
—4
COtIulO 1.10 —76 1520 1(J&I
IMPACTOR FLOWRATE a 0 031 ACFM IMPAC1’OR TEMPERATURE 3a0 .0 F U 171.1 C SAMPLP G
DURATION ‘ 15.00 Mfl
IMPACTOR PRE$SIJRF DROP a 1 .2 IN. OF HG STACt TEMPERATURE a 3 o,0 F a 171.1 C
ASSUMED PARTICLE DENSITY a 2 .U0 GP4/CIJ,CM. STACK PRESSuRE a 30,00 IN. OF HG MAX, PARTICLE DIAMETER •
168.0 MICROMETERS
GAS COMPDSITTDPJ PERCENT) CD? s 12,88 CD a 0.00 N? a 73,60 02 a 5.52
H2O a 8,00
CALC, MASS LOADING $ 3.98921 .01 GR/ACF 6 .55231.01 GR/DNCF ,1266E+02 MG/ACM
t .aqaqr+03 MG/DNCM
!MPACTOR STAGE CYC 50 31 32 33 54 35
56 F2LTE
STAGE INDEX NUMAIR 1 2 3 a 6 7
8 9
D50 (MICROMETERS) 11,05 6,42 3,56 2.31 1 , 0 ,54 0,05
0.15
MA$5 (MILLIGRAMS) 6 .?1 0,15 0,86 0,48 0,80 0,58 0.16
0,00 0.14
MG/DNCM/STAGE 1,021+03 9,331+01 1.071+02 5,971,01 1,041.02 7,211+01 1,99E,O1
0,001.01 1,741+02
CUM. PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 050 31,70 25,06 18,30 t a.31 7,32 2,50 1,16
1,16
CUM, (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 050 2,s E+O2 2,321+02 1,671+02 1,311.02 6 ,68Ee01 2,28E+01 1,061+01
1,0b!.01
CUM. (MG/ONCM ) SMALLER THAN 050 0,741+02 3,811.02 2 70E+02 2.141+02 1,091+02 3.731+01 1.741,01
1,701+01
CUM, (CR/ACE) SMALLER THAN 050 1 .?6E .01 1,021.01 7.301—02 5,711.02 2.921 —02 9,961.03 4,651.03
4,651.03
CUM, (CR/ONCE, SMALLER THAN DS0 2,071.01 t,66E.01 1,201.02 Q,35E.02 4 ,78E.02 1,63E.02 7,61E.03
7,611.03
CEO, MEAN DIA. CHICROMETERS) 4,311+01 8,021400 0,781.00 2,871,00 t ,SQE+00 9,111.01 4,931.01
2, 59E01 1.051—01
DM/DLOGD CMG/DNCM) 8,641.02 3,961+02 ,*8!+A2 3,191+0? 6,001+02 1.561*02 2,741+02
0,001.01 5,781+01
DN/DLOGD (NO. PART!CLES/DNCM) 8,601+06 5,271+08 3 ,041+09 1,071+10 7,04E+tC 1,6SE•11 1,A3E,12
0,001.02 0.011+13
NORMAl. (ENGINEERING STANDARD) CONDITIONS APE 21 DEC C AND 760MM HG,
-------
COt .!.,,? i.t m 1600 StJAI
IMPACTOP FLOWRATE • 0,031 ACFM IMPACTOR TEMPERATURE s j i5,0 F s 173 . C SAMPLING DURATION • 15,00 MIN
IMPACTOR PRfS$UR! OROP 1.2 TN, nF HG STACK TEMPERATURE ‘ 3a5 ,0 F • 173.9 C
ASSUMED PARTICLE DENSITY • 2.40 GM/CU ,CM , STACK ssu • 30,00 , HG MAX, PARTICLE DIAMETER • e,o MICROMETERS
GAS COMPOSITION (PERCENT) CD? • ia.ee Co 0,00 H? s 7360 02 • 5.52 W20 • 0.00
CALC. MASS LOADING • 6.IbOQI.0t GR/ACF I.3a 8Esoo GR/ONCF i,$675E,03 MG/ACM 3 ,0773E+03 MG/OWCM
!MPACTOR STAGE 50 81 5? $3 54 53 56 P!LYU
STAGE INDEX NUMBER 1 2 3 4 6 7 $
030 CM!CQOMFTERS) 1,108 6,45 3.66 2,37 1,60 0.70 0,33 0,16
MASS (MILLIGRAMSI 19.96 1 , 1 1 ,06 0,00 0,83 0 .4 0,19 0,06 0,14
MG/ DNCM,$TAGE ?,SOE+03 1,39E,02 1.33E+02 t,00E.02 1 ,04E.O2 5 ,51E+01 2,30E,Ot 7,SIEpOO 1,73E,0t
CUM, PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 050 p8,53 14.31 10.00 6,75 3,38 1.5 0,01 0.57
CUM, (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 050 3.52E.02 2 ,67E,02 1,87!+0? 1,26E,02 6,30E,01 2 ,96E+01 1,521+01 1,061+01
CUM, (MG.#DMCM) SMALLER THAN 050 5,79E+02 4.41E+O2 3.OSE+02 2.081,02 1,041+02 A .S$E+01 2.301+01 1.751+01
CUM, GR/ACr) SMALLER THAN DS0 1,541 .01 i,17E.01 8,161.02 5.511—02 2,731.02 1,291.02’ 6,641.03 4,651.03
CUM, (GR/DNCF) SMALLER THAN 050 2,53E .01 1 .92 .0t 1.33!•01 9,001.02 a.581.02 2,131.02 1,091.02 7,661.03
010, MEAN DIA, (MICROMETERS) 4 . 1E+01 8,461+00 R $6E,0o 2,951,00 1,931,00 1,061+00 6,121.01 2,951.01 1,ISE .01
bM/OLOGb (MG/DNCM) 2,121+03 3,921,02 5.381+02 3,331.02 6,091,05 1,541+02 1,991+05 1,461+01 5.021+01
DN/DLOGD (NO, PARTTC LES/ONCM 2,101+07 7,00E+08 3 ,73E+09 1,661+10 6,531,10 1.021+11 6.911+11 4,521+11 3,011,1 !
NORMAL (ENGINEERING STANDARD) CONDITIONS ARE 21 DEG C AND 760MM HG,
-------
COLI .13 1.15.76 1135 AUA!
IMPACTOR FLOWRATE • 0,033 ACFM IMPACTOR TEMPFRATIJRF a 315,0 F • 157.2 C SAMPLING DURATION I 1 .00 MIN
IMPACTOR PRESSURE T)ROP a L’ l, OF H , STACK TFMPE.RATURF • 315.0 F a 157.2 C
ASSUMED PARTICLE DENSITY • 2.40 GM/CU.CM STACK PRESSURE • 29,01 IN, OF MG MAX 1 PARTICLE DIAMETER • 168,0 MICROMETERS
GAS COMPOSITION (PFRCENT) C02 • 12.83 CU • 0,00 N2 a 73,60 02 $ 5,52 H20 • 800
CALC. MASS LOADING a i,9432E+OO GR/ACF 3,00jRE,00 GR/DPJCF 4,4468E+03 MG/ACM 7,0754E+03 MG/DNCM
IMPACTOR STAGE CYC 50 81 52 33 54 S5 56 FILTER
STAGE INDEX NUMBER 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 q
050 (MICROMETERS) 10,58 6,17 3.50 2.27 1,53 0,67 0,31 0.15
MASS (MILLIGRAMS) 52,28 2,39 2,52 2,20 1,29 1,15 0,21 0,08 0.21
MG/DP4C ’I/STAGE 5,93Es03 2 .71E+02 2.86E+02 2 .SOE+02 1,R6E+02 1,31E+02 2,38E,01 Q ,OSE.00 2,3 5Es01
CUM. PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 050 16,12 12,29 8 .25 4,72 2,65 0,80 0.47 0,3
CUM, (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 050 7 ,17E+02 5,R6E+02 3,67E+02 2,IOE,02 t,*SE+02 3 ,57Es01 ?,07E,01 1 .50E.01
CUM. (MG,ONCM) SMALLER THAN 050 1,iiiE+03 8,70E+02 5,83E+02 3 .34E+02 1,81E+02 5 ,68E,01 3,2 E+01 2 ,38E+01
CUM, (GR/ACF) SMALLER THAN 050 3 .13E.O1 2 .39E.O1 1 1 60E—01 q, lfl.o2 5,IUE.02 1 ,SbE—02 q,na!.o3 b .5 5!.o3
CUM, (GR/DNCF) SMALLER THAN 050 4,99E01 3,SOE.01 2.55E01 t,’J6EeOI 8,18E.02 2 ,48E02 1,44E.02 1,04E.02
GEO, MEAN DIA, (MICROMETERS) 4,?2E+01 8,OSE+O0 £4,64E+0O 2,82E+00 1,BbE+OO i,O IE+00 5,84E.01 2 .80E.01 1,0 f.O1
DM/DL000 (MG/DNCM) L,94E+03 1,IAE+03 1,IAE+03 1,33Ei03 $,SQE+02 3,64E#02 1,Q E,0 1,75!i01 7, fl.01
DN/DLOGD (NQ, PARTTCLES/ONCM ) 5,25E+07 j,75E+09 9 .23E+09 4,74E+1O t,O6E.11 2 .7 !+11 7,QRE,t1 6 .32E+tt 4,S4f+1)
NORMAL (ENGINEERING STANDARD) CONDITIONS ARE 21 DEG C AND 760MM HG,
-------
CARD COLUMN
NUMBERS
flATA OFCI( FOP PROGRAM $PLTNI
II 11 I 1111 2fl222222?33fl33 33 4a5555S5SSb6ee66be7777777777
LiJ • • • • •• • • • • • • . —. • — • — • • • _ • • _ _ • , •
-4
o 00
-------
CARD COLUMN
NUMBERS
ATA CK PR( r,P4M GRAPH
1.1111111 1
— . _ _ _. — . — _. — — — — e.. S S S — S — a — — — S 5 5 55• 5 —5— — — — a —. . 5 — a a a a a • — — S. 5•* 5
1111
1111011
11110000
ott toll
111 10000
011 1011
11110000
0111011
11 110000
0111011
11110000
0111011
111 10000
-------
TE5T i—C] .1 t I E- FEbT 3-0 . 1 T 4—f .1 ‘c b I
TES 6*.
LH 1-43-75 16) 4 I 1O
1i
U \
N o o
0 ••+
(fl
x 0
z
1—I
+ .j 0 -i
LU
L i i ox >
• 1O2
o • -
0
LI
0
I I I I I 1111 I I 1111111 I I I I I h ill
jo-i io t
PARTICLE OIAiVETER (MID JMETERS)
372
-------
COLI.13 1.15—76 ijs LJAT
I Oi 2,40
CUMULATIVE
IWTEPVAL OTAMETEP PERCENT CONrEMTPATION
(MICRONS)
S 2,SOE.01 S.72E.O1
6 2,74E.01 3. tE.01
7 2.QbF.01
S 3,2SE.0t 4.02E”O l
q 3.3 0E—01 4,14E—0t
10 3,78E—0 1
11 ‘4.I SE.O1 I.52F.0I
12 4,4 5E.0 1 a,r7E.01
13 4. S E .01 5 1 07E.0l
(A)
14 5.30E.O1 5.55E —01
( A)
IS 5,73Es0 1 6.12E.01
to 6,18E.Ot 6 1 56E.0I
17 6,7 5E—01
1 5 7.32E.01
lq 5,03E.01 1 ,02 E,00
20 $, O7E.0 I 1.1’4 E+00
21 R.36E—01
22 1,03E+00 i.147E,00
23 ¶ ,1 )E.00 t.6SE,00
24 1,2 OE.00 i,$SEs O O
25 1,31E# Oo 2, 12F.00
26 1,42E+00 2.37E+00
27 1, 53 E+ Oo 2, O6F .00
1,68E+00 3 OS +00
1,81 E+00 3 ,QIE.pO O
-------
30 3,$2 +00
It 4. IbE+OO
12
33 2, 0E.00 , 42E+00
34 2.74E+Oo bt4E+00
35 2.96t,00 b,77 +O0
3.23r,00 7. 3 +O0
37 3, SOF.00
38 3,78E+0o e.,n.oo
39 ‘ 1 i5 sO0 9. 49 400
40 i , se oo .oiE,o
lit 4, 84! i00 t.ObE.Ot
2 5, IOE+00 t•t3 +o
43 5,73E+00
44 1 Ii,18E+00 1.24E+0j
—I
45 6,7 8E+00 t.30E. Ot
46 7.32E.00 t,35E+ol
47 .O3E.O0 t.4t s01
48 A,ÔYC.00 t,t l7 .0i
49 Q.36(+00 1. 2E+0t
50 t. OIE+0i t b0E+0t
St i.tiE.0 1•e6 .0j
52 t.20E.01 t.74F+01
53 t.31E. Ot
54 I. I IU.0t
Sb I,b 8 +0j ?. I SreOt
57 I.btF.01 2,54F+Ot
1,QbE.01 2,7SEi.0
S Q ?.14E ,O1 3. 4E,0I
-------
60 2.3? +Oi 3.3i +0I
‘I 6’1 401
62 ?.7l +01
63 2,OeE+O1 ‘4,2 6E+01
6 i 3 ?5 +01
3•50E+01 S.01P+Oi
66 3,78E.01 5.36F+fl1
67 i,15 .01 5.7 I +0t
6$ 4,48 +0i
eq
70 5 30 .O1 6,Q2!+Ot
71 .73 +01 7.?bf+Ot
12 6 t$!+01
73 6.7$ ,01 7,Q7EsOI
L)
7,32E+01 6 1 ?7E+0t
75 $. 03E+0t $.6 +O1
$,b7E+0i
77 q•36 +01
-------
COLI.13 1.13.7e j 3S UA!
Hfl. 2.40 GM/CC
CH NG 1P4
INTERVAL D!AMP?ER 4ASS CONCENT ATIQN
( TcPON$ (MG/flNM3)
I ?,SOE.0j 1.5! E+01
2 2,95E.01 1.QbE,01
3 3.OYE.O1 2 . E+0j
4 a6E+0I
4.83E—0t 7.21F40 1
6 5,6 t—01 1.37Fs02
7 6,7 1E.01 I 1 2E+0
e 7• 1E.0 1 2.4’4E,0?
4,32E.0I 3.tOE,02
10 I.IOE+00
It t .2QE,00 .02E+02
12 1 S3E,00 6.4* ,02
13 1 1 80E.00 e.ooE,o2
14 2 . I2E,00 1, O IE.03
2.S OEi0O l,?2E.03
16 2 1 SE,0 O l.34E+0 3
17 3 .47E,00
4 . OQE,00
i .M3E.OO t,2OF, 03
20 ,4QE+00 1,1fls03
21 6.71E,00 1.flQE.03
22 7. lI.0O l.I3Ei05
23 Q. 2E+0O 1.23E.03
2a 1 10E.0t 1,SflFsO3
, 5F+O3
-------
(.A)
-4
-4
26 3.a?r.03
27 I, 0E.0t 14,27E+03
ae 2II2E.flt 5 36 +03
29 6.t2F+03
30 ?.95!i.0
31 3, 7 .01 7.3SE+03
32 4.fl9E flt 7 59 +03
33 ‘i.B3riO1 7, 1E+03
344 5.6 9E+O1 7 1 14E+03
35 6.71C.01 b.59 +03
3a 7.91 s0t 5 3 s03
37 Q,32 i01 5, OME.03
36 i.t0E.02
-------
COt7.j3 1.15.76 1135
rn40. 2.40 GM C
CHANGf IN
INTERVAL DTAMET NUMBER CflNCENTRAT!nN
(MICRO JB (W 1lD 1N3)
I ?, SOF.o1
2 2,Qff.01 6 .1OE+t1
3 s.an.o I 5.’42E+11
A U. O9E.01
S A,I3 .o
6 S, 69E.0j 5.92E,t1
7 6,71 .01
A i . ie.oi 3, 3E+1
Q.32E.01 3.O SE.1i
10 1. IOE+O0 2.IbE4 I I
11 1 .2 E.00
12 I, 53E+Oo
13 1,A OE+00
14 2.12(,00 8. A SE+I0
is ?,S0 +O0 # ,22E+to
16 2 .9 5E.OO
17 3 .’ 7E.00 2,50E+io
IA 4,09F.00
19 A 83 +00 A .S OE.09
20 S .69E+0o
21 6.71E.0O
22 7 .Q IE.0O
23 Q.32E+00 I 21E+09
Q, 03E sOB
25 1.20E.O1 A, 6OF+fl8
-------
(A)
‘ .0
26 1.S3E+0t 7.6SF+OR
27 t,80E+fl1 5 1 83E+0
2,12 +O1 U,07E+0
2q 3.12 +08
30 ? 1 5!+0t 2.15E+0
31 3. 7F,01
32 ,09E,01 8,7 E+07
33 ‘4,e3 .0t 5,32E+07
5,bqE.0t 3.flBEsO7
3 ’ S 6,7 IE.0L 1.7’l ,07
36 7 1 qjE,Oj ,•JgE,oe
37 Q.32 .0t .q5E+0e
36 2,S2 +06
-------
jol-
100.
I I I JJJJ
jo-i
PARTICLF DIAMETER
a a a I aii t_l
011—13 i—1 -7 U ØMI
j i
c i
\
ci
\
9
j 2.
In
Ill
L i i
>
I—I
F-
-J
a
I -- ._ I_ I I I I _ I I I I I I I L i1
U U U • U U
-tills
ic
C MID JMETERS)
380
-------
ssRss-
131-13 i-1S-7 1Th O I
I—
ssII8
SS 5
ss.
SB-
SE-
S0
80
70
80
50
40•
E0 .
10:
1•
0115
D uE:
0
D*0
0 01-
io - icP
PARTICLE DIAMETER
(MICROMETERS)
. . I I •.iI
—V I I I 11111 I 1 I I • • I
j t
I I t I I I I Li I I i I I I I i__I
-. 1 III
381
-------
tfll-13 H5-75 11 Ml
•
S
5 0
.
S
p
S
S
0
8
0
0
j i
h uH I I I hUh I I I IIIU-I
b-i icP lot icP
PAE TI LE OIAI €TER (MIO J €TERS)
382
-------
UIl-13 1-15-76 1i 81$!
4Jf iW
:
1O12 -
LI.., ,
loiq
S
S
S
0
8
-J
° .
u i F i ii iiei i r
b-i id’ boj ic
PAF TICLE DIAMETER (MICROMETERS)
383
-------
CARD COLUMN
NUMBERS
!)ATA DrCK FMP PROGRAM STAl lS
11 11111111 22222
• a • • e• a a ee * . a •a • a * • * S • • — • • 5 • 5• 0*0 0 a — S* a * a a * — aa a S e S *. 0 . a a. a a a S .0a 0
I
1000001111
000.0
21
-------
C!DR6 v ERSI ON t 5T FOR BNTNK.
RHO. 2,40 GM/CC
MEAN CU ULATIV IJDPFR CONFTOENC LOWFP CONF!OENCE
INTERVAL DIAMFTER MASS COP C P TRATIflN LIMIT LIMIT
(MICRONS) CMGIACM) (MG/ACM) CMG/A M)
I ?.50E.01 O•O0 .O1 t.50E—O2 .1.50E.02
2 2.71 (—01 3,sqr. 0I 3.69E.Ot
3 2.95E.O1 7. 1bE.OI 7,B IE.O1 6, 52 (.01
4 3 .20E.O1 I, I SE+00 1,24 (4.00 1,06E+0O
5 3, 47 (.’ Ol 1.TOE .00 1,81(4.00 t.58 (,0 0
6 3 .77E.01 2 4?E+0O 2,56 (+00 2,27E+00
7 4 .O9E.01 3,5?E+00 3,79 +00 3.24E+ Oo
e 4 ,45 (.0t S.t (+00 5,60(400 4,79E, 00
9 4,83 (.0I 7.68 (+00 e .40 (+OO 6 .97 E+00
10 5.24E—01 1 . 13E+0I t.24E+O1 1 .02E#O1
t .b0E+Ot 1.74(401 1,45( 401
12 b, 1 6E—0I 2 I7E.01 2.36(401
13 6.Y IE.01 2.8 1E+01 3.03(401 2.5 9E,O1
14 7.28E.0t 3.08(401 3 .73(401 3,22E,0I
13 7.91 (.0l 4. IYE.01 0.46E+01 3,6BE+0l
16 8, 38!.0I 4. 88 E.0l 5 , 19E.0i 4 , SlEi0 1
17 9 32E—01 5 60 (40I 5.93E+0i S,27E.0t
16 l,01 (+00 6.33(4.01 6,67(4.01 5 ,98 (,0l
19 1.10(4.00 7.07 (. Ot 7 42E+01 é .71E+0l
20 1.19E+00 7.82( 401 e.1QE,oI 7,45E.01
21 1.29E,00 S b1 (.Ol s.99 (+01
22 t ,41 (,00 9.44(401 9,87E.01 9,05 (401
1.04(402 1 08E+02 Q ,Q6f,0$
1 ,20(402 1,10E+ 2
25 j. S OE+00 1.2 6E 402 1.33(402 I .22E.0?
26 I.Q5E+00 1 .43(402 1.49(402 1.37E.0 ?
27 ?. 12E.0O 1.61(402 1,66(4.02 1,55r.O?
26 ?.30E+00 1,82(402 j 89E+02 l.75E+0?
29 2.50E+oO 2 04 (402 2.11(402 1,96 (+0?
30 2.71E+00 ? 27E.O2 2.33(40? ?,19F,02
31 ? ,QSEsO O 2.51E+ o2 ? 61E+a ?
3? 3 ,20E.00 2.1aE.02 2.85(402 2, 46E.0?
33 3.47E,00 2,99(402 3.10(402
34 3.77E+ 0 1,22(402 3,33(402 3.12E,02
35 0,09 (.fl0 3;45E.o2 3,56(402 3,34E,0?
36 0.45(400 3. E+02 3.77(4.02 3,55 (.O2
37 4.83E+00 3.87Es02 3 99E+O2 3,76F+02
38 5.24E’00 4.0S (pO2 4,20E+O2
39 5. 6QE.on 4.29 (,O? 4,42(40? 4,17E.O?
IJO 6 ,18E.00 4.51E+02 4.64(402 4,38 (+02
41 o.71E+0O 4,71E+0? 4 ,84E+02 4,S 8Ei02
7,2 8F.00 ‘4.88(402 3,01(40?
43 7,Q1 (+0fl 5.ObE.O2 5.20E+02 4.93E. 02
-------
CIOR! VERSION 1 71 57 FOR BRINK.
0P40. 2.40 GM/CC
?NTERVAL OTAM 7 RECOROS (KCLLJr)E0 lOOM MEAN
CUMULATIVE MASS CONCENTRATION
I 2. SOE.Ol 3 7
2 2.711.0* 3 7
3 2.951 .0* 3
4 3.201.0 * 3
3 3. 7E .ot 3
3
7 4,09E. Oi NONE
S 4.431.0* NONE
9 iL .83!. oj NONE
10 5.241.0* NON(
11 5.691.0* NONE
12 6.181 .0 * NONE
13 6,711.01 NONE
14 ‘.281.01 NONE
*3 7.911 —01 NONE
16 0.561 .0* NONE
17 NOW
16 1.011+00 NONE
19 1.101+00 NONE
20 1.191*00 NONE
21 1.291,00 NONE
22 1.411+00 NONE
23 1.531,00 NONE
24 1.661+00 NON!
23 1.801+00 NONE
26 1 ,951+00 NONE
27 2.121,00 NONE
26 2.301*00 NON!
29 2.50 1 ,00 NONE
30 2.711+00 NONE
3* 2.951+00 NONE
32 3.201+00 NONE
33 3.471*00 NONE
30 3.771+00 NONE
35 44.09 1•O0 NONE
36 4.431,00 NOW!
37 4.831+00 NONE
36 5.24E, 00 NONF
39 5.691+00 NONE
40 6.181+00 NONE
‘ I I 6.711*00 1
42 7.281 +00 1
43 7.911*00 *
-------
CIDR$ VERSIflN i APINK.
RHOs GM/CC
MEAN C )MULA7TVE LJ PE CQNFII)ENCE LOWER CD$rTOENCE
TNTERVAL D!AME1ER MASS CflNC TRATTnN LXMII LINTY
(PERCENT) (PERCENT) (PERCENT)
I ?,SOE—O1 0,00E.O1 a.89E .’O’S
2 2,7 1E—OI 1.IOE—02 t.20E.02 I,O )E—02
3 ?,QSE.O1 2,33F—02 2,5aE—02 2, 12E.02
a 3,?OEeO 3.laE.02 ii.03E—O2 3.45E—02
5 3,alE.O I 5.S?E—02 S.89E—02
6 3.77E—O1 7. 8 6E.02 8. laE.02
7 a,O E.Ot t.taE.O1 1,23E—O1
8 1.69E.o1 I.8E o1 l,56r.ol
9 4.83t.O ? .SOE.O1 ?.73E— t 2.27E.Ot
10 5,24E.Oi 3.68E.01 4.01E .fll 3.33E—01
U 5,69E.O1 5.20!.0t 5.6TE.01 a.72E..Oj
12 e. 16f..OI 7,ObE.0l 7.blE.0I
13 o.71!.ot ‘ p t5 !. 01 9.88E—0 6,42E—01
ta 7.28 !.oI t.13E.O0 1.2?Es00 1.0SE.00
1 5 1 91E .OI 1p36E+O0 l,U5E+00 t.2bE+00
16 S. 58 !.Ol 1.59E+00 l,bQE+00 1.49E+0o
17 9 32E.Ot l.82E,00 I.93 !+oo 1.71E+00
16 l.OlE+Of) 2,06Es00 2. 17E+00 1,Q SE+0O
19 1.10E+O0 2.30 E.0O 2.a2E,0 0 2,18E+O0
20 i.I9Es Ofl 2,5SCpfl0 2.67E,00 a,a3E 4 0 0
21 1. 9E+OO 2.8OE.00 2 93E+oo 2.6 8 ,0o
22 i. a t ,oo 3.08E.O0 3.21E+O0 2.95 !+00
W 23 1.53E+0O 1.39E+00 3,53E+O0 3,24 !.0o
1,66E .00 3,lfl+o O 3 .89E+00
25 i .SOEpOO ‘1. I 6E40 0 a,33E+00 3. 99 !+00
26 1.95E+O0 a.oeEeoo ,85E+0O a,a8E.oo
27 ?, 12E.00 S,.26E+o0 5 a6E+0O 5.05! I0o
28 2,30E.0O S.92E.00 6.tSE+00
29 2.5OE, Ofl 6 64E+00 e 88E.00
10 2,711+0 0 7,401.00 7,b7E .00 7,131 ,00
31 R ,oo 8.191+00 8,481+00
32 3.201+00 8.981+00 9.291+00 8,671.00
33 3,471.00 9.751+00 1.011+01
39 3.771+00 1.051+01 1.081+01 1.021,01
4,091,00 1.121+01 1.161+01 1,09 •0t
36 4.451+00 1,191+01 1.231+01 1.1614.01
37 4,831+00 1.261 ,01 1.301+01 1 .221+01
38 5,241+00 1 ,33E+0I 1,371+01 1.291+01
39 3,691,00 I’ .40E+01 1.441+01 1,361 ,01
40 6,181+00 L’47 14 ’O l 1,51E+01 1.431,01
41 6,711.00 S .53E .0t 1.571+01
£42 7.281+00 1.591+01 1,631+01 1,551.01
43 7.911+00 1.651,01 1,691+01 1,601+01
-------
CIbRS vRsi E$ FM R1NK
R14fl• 2 ao G, ’cc
MEAN CNAN E 8TAN ARO UPPEi cFIr fNcf tOWER COMPTOENCE
TWIERVAL )!AMETER MA3$ CflNCENtRAT!OI DEVIATXflN LIMIT LIMIT
(M / N3 fMG/DNM3I (MG/0NM3) (MG/N4M3)
I I ,1 2E,OI I,63E.Ofl I.UUsOt t.36E4OI
1 I,YaE.o l 7 .e2E,On 2.02E+OI I.30E,OI
3 1.47E.oI 2,.atE.ot Q,4eE.ao
4 S 57E,O1
I.4bE+02 I.73 E+O? i. 19E.02
A I,53E.02 2. bE+O2
7 b.7 1E.O1 3 oOr,o2 1 c2L.O? 3.57E.02 2,43Ei02
• 7.9 1E.o l a,oOE,o l .ASE.01
• ‘.32r.Oi 3 3O .O2 1.b E,O1 3.AO +O2
20 1.10t+0o 3 4tE.o2 1.S7E,02 3.ME402 3.O OE.02
It I. l t.oo S 73E,nZ 2.bBE,02 i.23E+O2 3.2li.o2
1 2 li33E ’,O 4l. fl.02 ?.53E+O? .2eE+02 3.llt,o?
13 1,AOE,0 0 3. IIE+O2 7.43E,O2
24 1.121+00 • .afl.o 1 a,l0E,02 1 01E403 7.bTE.02
a .bfl+0? 1.1$P.03
t,t3Es 3 S 4QE+0? 1.?*!+03 9.621 ,02
17 3.a7E.o O 1,olr,o3 4, 94E+02 1,21 +03 9.221,02
II ‘ .O9t.OO 9, 96t,o2 44.21E ,02
I ’ a,e3e.oo ••gq ,o2 3 7E.n? 2.on.o3
20 .o 9e ,oo ‘ p 7 2 1 ’ 02 4,oIe.02 2.12 +O3
11 e.7t .00 •po 1 ,o 2 3,tAE,0? Q.OQE ,0 1 7.O OE.02
22 7. 9 2E+00 A. 1 9E.0 1 3.29E.0Z Q.3 9E.02 7.1QE,o l
-------
CIDR VERSION 1 TEST ,flR BRINK.
RWOU 2, ’ 40 GM/CC
INTERVAL OZAMEVER RECORDS EXCLUDED PROM MEAN
CMANGP ZN MASS C tON
I 2 50E—OI 3 7
2 2,R5E.oI 3
3 .“7E—Oi 3
£4 ‘ .O9E—Oi
S L .$3E.O1 NOMP
6 5,bR E.o1 NONE
7 6.Y1E 01 NONE
e 7.QiE.O NONE
9 9.32 E.fl1 NONE
10 t. IOE.on NONE
11 1.2Q E+0O NONE
12 ¶, 53E+Ofl NONE
13 l.SOE+oo
?.12E.O NONE
IS 2.50E+OO NONE
16 2.95E.O0 NONE
17 3.’ 47E,00 NONE
16 4I. OQE+Oo NONE
1’ ‘ 4. 3E+O0 NONE
20 5,69E.00 NONE
21 6.71E+0O 1
2? 7,Q IE+O0 I
-------
CIflRS V P$!oN I T!$? FOR 8R w
P Os .ao GM CC
MEAN CNa JC STANOARO UPP!R CF!O NC LOW CONFII ENC!
TP 1ERVaL OI*METeD IN N(iM5 ’Q CONUNTR*T!OW DEVIATION LIMIT LIMIT
(NOIDNN3) (NO/DPJM3) (NO/OP4MJ) (NO/DMM3)
I . SOE.oi 7.23E.1I b.Q E+Io 7.5 f.t1
5.aer.11 2, $ 3E+It ba2 EP 1I
3 3.AYE.Ot 5,3AE+I1 1 8oE, It 5 9QE+I1 4 0 7UE,U
7.bU,11 4.IIE.t1 fi 1 91Ee 11 6•A SE+11
S .53E.o 1 1 03E.12 b, ’AE.i I l ,3 E+II
4 ,.oaF.12 5. IE+II
7 b.71E.Ot S.OU,iI q 1 a3E. I1
5 T. tE.Ot S.21E.fl 3.2fl+t1
10 t j0 •G0 2. 4E411 5.a2E. Io ,? E,1t 1. SOE.1I
11 i.a’ .00 1 1 37E.t1 b, 16E4.t0 t,S SE+%1 t. I SE+tI
I i 1. 53E+O0 t, OIE+tt 5,4 5Cs1 0
13 i.eoE.oo a.e1c,to ‘ 3QE,tO t.O?E. II 7 5e!+1O
1 4 ?. 12E.O0 7 Q2E+10 3,4fl+t O ,44E,1O 6. oE,ta
15 2. S OE.00 5.31E,t0 2.36E+10 4,0hI,,O 4 ,e0E.t0
14 2. ft.0o 3,SOEi10 1,Y IE+tO a.OIEijO 2 8 09E,tO
1? 3,47E ,00 2 02E+IO q,3 5E,oQ ?,3OE, I I.T4E ,10
18 4,o E.O0 I•1SE.10 4. S1E,OQ t,30!*1O 1.oIr,io
4.53Es00 4 7QE+05 y b1E+o9
ao 5•b sOO a ZOE+09 1.,qE.o9 ,5oE,oQ 3 1 6IE.0
21 b.T IE+0O ,1fl+0 e.2qE,o8 2.Q OE,OQ
32 7.41E,00 3AV+0 3,30E,08 t. S IE,nQ
0
-------
CIORS VERSION 1 TEST OR BRINK.
R •4Ou a.ao GM cC
INTERVAL DIAMETER RECORbS F CLUDED FR1 M MEAN
CMANGE IN JUMBER C( t CFNTPA1TON
I 2.50E—0t 3 7
2 , SE.Ot 3
3 3.Q7E.OI 3
U i4,ORE.o l NONE
S a. 53E.OI NONE
6 5.bQC—Ot NONE
7 o.71E—O 1 NONE
S 7.’ IE.Oi NONE
9 9,32E—01 NONE
10 1.10E,0 0 NONE
11 I,29E.0O NONE
12 1.53E.O0 NONE
13 i.SOE+O0 NONE
2. 12E+OO NONE
13 2.SOE.00 NONE
lb 2,9 E+O0 NONE
17 3.a7f,00 NONE
IS .0 9E+OO NONE
19 i4,63E+0O NONE
20 S.69t+OO NONE
21 o.7 1E+00 I
22 7.91E+OO I
STOP 000000
I-J
-------
um6 ‘u 1 1 T FIW
III = E.4 ifl
io&
I L
U \
N 0
9
‘ —I I I . 1 o_i
I
0
I
I
I
I ILl
I >
IL I
>
t-1
I—
1<
I
lilifi I I I 111111 s I I 1 1 1 1-I-I
1o.-i •. icP lot lc
PN TItLE O1At ETER C MIOD& Ihi )
392
-------
iui 1 T T F IR Z*.
II ,tc
99 115
89 ’
98 ’
90 ’
80
70
60
Ld
>
40
<
a sIuI*
*
*
015
02
9o
L t IOi... i lull 1 I Ill-I I I I 4 11 1)-I
. icP loj
PARTICLE DIAMETER (MICROMETERS)
393
-------
UL ii$ 1. lEt FI
I C
I
it’
S a S I au . )
I I I IIIILI_ 4 J I 111111
‘ I 1 W 1II I 1YTUWWT)
io - icP
io
PARTICLE Dl METER
ic
C Ml Cf JI ETERS )
I
0
8
d
0
icP
iO1.
id’-
394
-------
uI i 5T FER
1J 4J N’tC
i0 14 1
d j 0 iE
I—I
a.
ic — i i i . ‘ 1111-Fl
1O-:1 .
PN T1CLE D1NvETER (MID JMETERS)
395
-------
CARD COLUMN
DATA r)FC FnR PRt c, AM MPPPOG NUMBERS
1111111111 ?2??22223333333356 77
12345b780012345h7R9o1 ? 3 blMQOt 23 e789O1?3b180012345670 34567 0fh2S J
• a a a a • a a a .aa a. aa*a a a • • as a. a a . —. — as. a • .. a a a a S * 5 0a•0 • • * s a a a a • a
0100
C1 RS. VFRS1ON fl$7 DR ANDERSEN.
03
29,42 280,0 280 .o? ,anl2O. 50, 1
.14 .00 •80 ,06 ,0
0,58 0,37 1,82 3,13 1,60 t ,éO 2. 7 ?,87 5,50
.401
ICOLO.19 i.13.76 1630 POOlS ,?,3
02
29.43 300,0 3on ,o2. 0 90, 50, 1
.14 ,00 ,R0 .06 ,08
2,31 1,24 2,81 4,7A ? .Q7 3 ,7 3,10 2,83 4,13
.415
ICOLO .3t 1.16.76 1336 PORTS 4,5,6
04
30.06 285,0 2*S,02,’40 84, 50, I
.14 ,00 .80 .06 ,08
1,08 2,01 3,52 5,73 3,27 2,61 2,05 2,32 5,40
,396
1COL0 37 1.19.76 1544 PO’flS U, ,6
04
30.00 280.0 280,02.40120. 50, 1
,14 •o0 •80 ,0b ,08
0,22 0,73 1.60 2,6? 1,01 l, ? 1.66 1,23 2,48
,410
tCOL0—3 1.20.76 0 U3 PORTS 1,2,3
05
30 00 260.0 280,02.aOtPO. 50, 1
,14 ,00 •80 ,0b ,08
0,00 0,01 1.52 2.71 2,33 2, 6 2.18 2,16 3,06
.381
1CflLO 0 1.2076 o9u5 PORTS 4,5,6
00
-------
IMPACTOR TEMPERATURE • 280.0 S 137,8 C
STACK TEMPERATURE ‘ 280,0 I 137,8 C
STACK PRESSURE • ?9,a N , OF MG MAX, PARTICLE DIAMETER
12,88 Co • 0,00 N a • 73,60 0? S 3.32
9,97111 .03 GR/DNCF 1,47731,0* MG/ACM
SAMPUNG DURATION a 120,00 NIH
- 1
ICOLO.1Q 1.13.18 b30 PORTS 1,2.3
IMPACTOR FLOWRATE 0.401 ACFM
!MPACTDR PRESSURE DROP • 0.2 IN, OF MG
ASSUMED PARTICLE DENSITY S 2.40 GM/CU,CM.
GAS COMPOSITION (PERCENT) CD? a
CALC. MASS LOADING • 6.45551.03 GP/ACF
IMPACTOR STAGE
STAGE INDEX NUMNER
050 (MICROMEtERS)
MASS (MILLIGRAMS)
MG /DNCM/$T AGE
GUM, PERCENT 01 MASS SMALLER THAN 030
GUM, (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 030
GUM. (MO/ONCHI SMALLER THAN 038
GUM, (GR/ACF) SMALLER THAN 030
GUM. (OR/ONCI) SMALLER THAN 050
010. MEAN 01*, (MICROMETERS)
OM/OL000 (MQ,D WCM,
DN/DLOGD (NO, PAITTCLES/DNCM)
81
I
I,63
3,30
6,231+00
12.68
I ,07E$Ol
1 .681+01
8,691.03
7,251 .03
2,051+01
6,181+00
Y,?’IE+O3
52
2
8,18
2.87
3,231+00
56,82
8,631+00
1,331+0*
3,771.03
3,831.03
8, 4 *1+00
1.341 ,02
1.79 1+08
53 14 55
3 a 3
4, 8 4 3• a 1,73
2 37 1,69 1,60
2,411+00 1,921,00 1,811+00
45,65 57,28 a+,3t
6,741+00 3,301+00 4.331,00
1 .0 E+01 8,301+00 6.691+00
2 ,3t—03 2,411—03 1,591.03
4,SSE•03 3,721.03 2,921.03
6,371+00 4,121+00 2,431+00
1 ,341+Ot 1,181+01 6,111+00
4,121+07 1,331+08
Sb
6
0,81
3,13
3 ,551+00
13,74
2,031 .00
3,1*1+00
8,851—08
t,37 1.03
1.181+00
1,081+0*
50,0 MICROMETERI
420 a 5,00
2,28171+01 MQ/DWCM
SI XLYER
5 9
0,25
0,37 0,38
4,191.01 6,571.01
2 51
4,261.01
8,371.0*
1,861.08
2,871.04
3,571.01 1,tSEiO*
1.371,00 2,161+00
57
7
0.31
1,82
2.041+00
8,72
6,971.01
1.081+00
3,031.04
4,711.0*
6,411.01
1 ,02E 01
3,401+08 3.201+09 3,101+10 2,391,10 3.111+11
NORMAL (ENGINEERING STAMDARDI CONDITIONS ARE 21 DIG C AND 760MM MG 1
-------
IMPACTOR T1MPERATUR • 300,0 F • j4R,9 C
STACK T!PIPERATIJRE • 300,0 F u ae .q C
STACK PRESSURE • 29.45 IN. OF HG
12.86 CO a 0.00
I .83331.02 GR/DPJCF
SAMPLING DURATION • *0.00 WIN
ICOIO.31 I’16.7b 1338 PORTS 4,3,6
IMPACTOR FLOWRATE • 0,413 ACFM
IMPACTOR PRESSURE DROP a 0,3 7N , C F HG
ASSUMED •A TICLE P15ITY a 2 40 GN/CU.CN.
GAS C0MP0 51?I (PERCEWT) CO2
CALC , MASS 1.0*0 1MG • 1.15891.0? GR/ACF
IMPACTOR STAGE
STASE IWD1X NUM5 R
030 (MICROM Tp$
MASS (M!LLIGpAM$
M GI D NC M#syAGv
CUM. PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAW 050
CUM. (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 050
CUM. (MG/DNCM) SMALLER THAN D50
CUM. (GR/ACF) SMALLER 714AM 030
CUN. tGRfl)NCF) SMALLER THAW 030
510, MEAN DjA , (MICROMETERS)
DM/DLOGD (M;/DNCM)
DN/DL000 (NQ, PART!CLE$,OMCM)
MAX. PARTICLE O7AWETER •
M l • 73.60 02 S 535
‘.0
Z,84741.0t MG/ACM
30,0 MICROMIIIRS
1420 I 8.00
4.19331+0* MG/DPdCM
$1
S.?,
4.13
6 ,191+00
65.25
2,161+01
3,581+01
I .361.02
l,oaEe O l
7,931.00
7,461.05
52
2
7.65
2.83
4. 21$! +00
75 ,14
I .991+0*
3,151 ,01
6,691.03
1.361—02
6.071,00
I .821+0?
2,761 ,08
.3
S
4’.,
3 ,19
4.781+00
63,73
1.691+01
2,671.01
7, 3 8f
1,271.02
6•201+oo
7,771.07
.4
a
3.16
3.79
3.681 ,00
30.11
t.33 1 ,nt
2.111 *01
3,611.05
9,211 —0)
3,931+00
3,0*1 ,01
3 941.0$
55
S
1,77
2.97
4. *51+00
39,61
1.031+01
1.661+01
V. 181.03
2,371.00
1,731+01
I .041+09
56
6
0,62
4.73
7,091.00
22,72
6 ,011+00
9.3)1+00
2 . 3E.G3
4,161.03
1,201+00
2,111.01
9,671,09
U,
7
0,3*
2,61
4. 211 ,00
12.6$
3,3*1+00
3,311.00
I ,aTI.03
2,351.03
6,431.01
2,041 ,0 1
8,101.10
a.
S
0,18
1 24
1’,Us O O
8,25
2, 18! *00
3 ,461 +00
9,341.04
1.311.0)
3,641.01
6,431+00
1,061*11
2,31
5, 461+00
1,451.01
1. 13 1 *01
1,451+12
NORMAL (ENGINEERING STANDARD) CONDITIONS APE 21 DIG C AND 760MM HG,
-------
IMPACTOR TEMPERATURE • 283.0 F • 140,6 C
STACK TEMPERATURE I 285,0 F I IRO ,6 C
STACK PRU$URF • 30,O IN, OF NG
12,68 CD • 0 ,00
2 ,039$E —02 GR/DNCF
SAMPLING DURATION • 84,00 KIN
MAX, PARTiCLE DIAMETER •
N? • 73, O 02 u 3,32
ICOLOa3Y 1—19.76 15 PORTS 4,3,6
IMPACTOR FLOWRATI • 0,396 ACFM
IMPACTOR PR $8URE DROP I 0.2 IN, OF HG
ASSUMED PARTICLE DENSITY • 2’,aO GM/CU,CM,
GAS CCIMPOSZTZON (PERCENT) CD? 5
CAIC, NA$$ LOADING • 2,3403!.02 GR/ACF
IMPACTOR STAG!
STAG! INDEX NUM8 !R
b50 (MICROMEtERS)
MASS (MILLIGRAMS)
MG/DKCM/8T AGE
CUMI PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 050
CUN. (KG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 010
CLJM . (MG/DNCM) SMALLER THAN 050
CUM, (GR/ACF) SMALLER THAN 050
CUM. (GR/DNCF) SMALLER THAN 050
0EO , MEAN 0 1*, (MICROMETERS)
DM/DL000 (MG/DNCM)
DNIDLOGD (NO. PANTICLES,DNCM)
3.0671E ,01 MG/ACM
50,0 MICROMETERS
H20 U 5,Ø
4 ,6b77E+01 MG/DNCM
St
8.34
5,40
S.72 !+0O
51.31
2,49E .O1
3,e0E+0t
1,09E — 02
1.6bE —O2
2, 04E+01
1 • I2E+O1
I ,0!E+Ob
8?
2
8,08
2.3?
3.7! E+O0
73 • 26
2.25E+01
3 . 42 ! .O I
t,49E.02
8,2 IE+0O
,T6EiO?
3,97E+ 8
53
3
a •
2 93
4, 77 !+ 00
b3 ,07
1 .93 E+01
2,90E+Oi
8, 45! “ 03
I ,?9! .02
6, 33! +00
2. 24! +0
7, 0 4!+ 07
SQ
a
3,29
2,61
4,22t+OO
54,03
I .bbE+01
?,52E.0t
7,24E.03
I , IDE — f l?
4,04!+00
2,38E+O I
2,871.08
$5
S
1,92
3,27
S,2$E .00
42,71
1,31E.01
1,991.01
5,72C—03
8 ,7 lEaDS
2,52 !+00
2,26!.0 l
S b
6
0.94
5,73
9, 26!. 00
22,86
7,O2E.00
t ,07E•OI
3. 0 7!. 03
4,oYE.03
I ,3 5f+00
2 ,99E.0I
$7
7
0,51
3,52
10,70
3,261.00
4,99E,00
1.43E .0i
2 .18!.03
6,96!.01
2,161,01
56
I
0,24
2,01
3.23Ei00
3.74
1 .111+00
i,74! ,00
5,011.04
7,631.00
9.641+00
FILTER
9
1.0$
1,671.01
5,60! +00
1 ,13E,09 9 ,73E.09 3 .C6 .10 t.61E+11 9.86t+Ij
NORMAL (ENGINEERING STANDARD) CONDITIONS ARE 21 DEG C AND 760MM HG,
-------
MAX, PARUCL( DIAMETER I
U 73.60 02 a 5.32
0
C
1,06812 .01 P 19/ACM
ICOLO.5Q 1 .20.74 09 3 PORTS 1,2,3
!MIACTOR FLnWRAT! a 0,410 A M x ,pAcTop TEMPERATI)P2 • 280.0 F a 137.1
C
SAMPLING
DURATION . *20.00 NIN
IMPACTOR QESSUP2 DROP • 0,3 TN, OF HG STACK R*TtIR ( • 280,0 F • 137,8 C
ASSUMID PAR1 CL ( o siTv s a ,ao ;M /cu,eM’. sTAcX PRESSURE • 30.00 p p
50.0 MICROMITIRS
GAS COMPOSITION (PERCENT) COl • 12.88 CD a 0.00 P42
P420’ 8.00
CALC. MASS LOADING • 4,66141.03 GR/ACF 7 ,06942.03 GR/DNCF
i•e1772.01 MG/DNCM
IPIPACTOR $ AG2 ss $3
FI*,TER
$7891 1402$ P4U* 8ER 1 2 3 4
9
030 (MICPOMITIR$) 8,17 i, a 4,63 3, 23
MASS (MILLIGRAMS) 2. 1.23 1,48 1.92
MG,DP4CM,$TaG ( 2,70(400 1,341+00 1,831+00 2,091+00
CUM, PERCENT OP MASS $MA% 1R THAN 080 83,33 75.07 63,78 50.81
CUM. (MG/ACM) SMAL.L N THAN 080 5,901+00 3,021+00 6,811+00 3,431+00
CUll. (MG/DNCM) $MALL R THAN 1 )50 1,352+01 1,212+01 1.011+01 8,232+00
CUll, (GR/ACF) $ ‘ 4 8LL1 8 ? 14 050 3,S91 ”03 3,50(”Ol 2,982.03 2,371.03
CU . (GR/l)NCP) SMALLER THAN 030 3,898—03 5,312.03 4 5*2.03 3,602.03
080. MEAN DIA• (MICROMETERS) 2,022+01 8,032+00 6,201.00 3,942+00
DM/DLOGD CMG/DPdCM) 3 431+00 9,842+01 5,392+00 1,182+01
ON/OLOGO (P40, P4IRTTCL($/DNCM) 3,301408 1,502408 2,812+07 1,518.08 4,711,08 3,432+09 1,962410
4,731.10 1,4614*1
$3
S
1.89
1. 1
2 ,082.00
38.0$
4 ,061,00
6 .131,00
1, 7 81.03
2 ,692.03
2,472+00
8 , 192+00
Sb
4
0 ,92
2.82
3,071+00
19,09
2, 0 41+00
1,091+00
6,911.06
I .331.03
1,122+00
9,891 + 00
ST
1
0,30
1 .$ 9
2, 032+00
6,3*
6,422—01
1,032+00
1,981.04
4,812.04
4 ,811.01
7,171+00
$ 6
I
0,23
0.71
7, 941. 01
1.1*
1,562 .01
2,3+2.01
4,908.03
1,051.04
3 ,402.0*
2,342.00
0•??
l 39E.01
1,632.0$
7,911.01
NORMAL (ENGIN (E$ING STANDARD) CONDITIONS ARE 21 DIG C AHD 760MM 440,
-------
Q
ICOLO .40 1.20.76 o s PORTS j,5,6
IMPACTOR FLCIWR&TE a 0,381 &CFM IMPACTOR TEMPERATURE • 280.0 F a 137,6 C SAMPLING
DU ATI0N • 120.00 NIH
IMPACTOR PRESSURE DROP I 0,2 IN. OF MG STACK TEMPERATURE a $0 O F • 137.8 C
AS 5UMEO PARTICLE DENSITY • 2’ .uO GM/CU.CM. STACK PR ESSURE • 30,00 TN, OF HG MAX, PAPTICLE DIAMETER •
80.0 MICROMETEPS
GAS COMPOSITION PERCENT) C02 a 12,86 Co • 0.00 HZ a 73,60 02 U S 5
M20 a $,00
CALCS MASS LOADING a 5,57961.03 GR/ACF 8,45111.03 GR/DNCP 1,27681+01 MG/ACM
1.93391+0* NG/DNCM
IMPACTOR STAGE 81 22 53 54 55 Sb
58 FILTER
STAGE INDEX NUMBER 1 2 3 4 S 6
6 9
050 (MICROMETERS) 6,48 8.08 4q9 5 3,11 1.64 0,87
0.26
MASS (MILLIGRAMS) 3 ,08 2,16 2,16 2, 8 2q33 2.71
0,07 0.00
MG/DHCM/S TAGE 3,601,00 2,531+00 2,551+00 2,901,00 2,731.00 3,171+00
5,191—02 0,001.01
CUM. PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 050 81,37 68,30 55,11 a O.1t 26.01 9.62
0.00
CUM. (MG/ACM) SMALLER TRAM 050 1,041,01 8.721+00 7,041+00 5.121+00 3,121,00 1,231400
0,001.01
GUM, (MG/DNCM SMALLER 7 1 46W 050 1,571+01 t i21+O1 1,071+01 7,761+00 5,031+00 1,861+00
0,001—01
CUM, (GRIACF) SMALLER THAN 050 4,541.03 3,511—03 3 08E .03 2,241—03 1,451.03 5,371.06
0,001.01
GUM, (GR/DPdCF) SMALLER THAW 050 6,861.03 5,711.03 4,661.03 3,391—03 2.201—03 6,131.04
0,001.01
6(0, MEAN 016, (MICROMETERS) 2,061+01 6.281+00 6.331+00 0,051+00 2 a7E•00 1,261.00
3,761.01 1,101.01
DM/DLOGD (MG/DNCM) a,ost+oO 1,211 ,02 1,201+01 t,bU•01 1.061+01 9 ,721+00
2,551.01 0,001.01
DNIDLOGD (Nfl, PARTICLIS/ONCH) 4,261+05 1,691+08 3,771407 1.991+08 5,651.08
1,601+09 0,001.01
87
7
0, 54
1,52
j,?8 1 ,00
0,112
5.611—02
8. 191.02
2,361.05
3, 6 51—os
6, 661.0 1
6 76 1+00
3,861+09 2,171+10
NORMAL (ENGINEERING STANDARD) CONDITIONS ARE 21 DIG C AND 760MM HG,
-------
CARD COLUMN
NUMBERS
r ATA OFCK FOP PPflr Pa M SPLINt
It II II I I I I
0 • • • • • • • • . . . . . •. . . . . . •. . . . . . . . . . . . . •. .
no
-------
CARD COLUMN
NUMBERS
r ATA DEC” FflR P r ,P4 4 GRAPP4
1111111111
I ?3 h7 9012314S 7 Ot
.• . _ .. . . — _. . — — _. — _. — .•.. . — . — a — a * — a • — — — a 0 — — S • — a a as S — — 5 a S
lilt
1111011
Ilil0000
0111011
Ill 10000
0111011
ituoooo
0111011
111 10000
0111011
11110000
-------
lEST i—a JEST E- . TEST 3-0 . JEbJ 4-+ JEST 5—x
lm.O-IB t-13-7 1 J ‘wi. L 1 3
iOE
I L
C i : \
+
t o 0
z
q.
x 0
icP- X (fl
tB
.0
>
ILL
I—I +
-J
x U
U
- jo - 5
i i i i i iiisi i i IIIH
i_cF i_c, t 1c
FPd TID F DIAMETER (MICFt]METERS)
404
-------
COLO.37 1.19—lb I5 Q PORTS 4.3.6
R 4O• 2.40
CUMULATIVE
NT RVAL DIAMETER PERCE NT CONCENTRATION
(MI CRONS)
S ? .S OE.0t a•o4E oo
6 l 74E.0l a,o O E+0o
7 2 . 96E.01 S, I IE+00
S 3 .25!.01 5. SOC+O0
9 3 4 50E.01 6 a4E+O0
10 3,Y SE. Ot 7 14I+00
11 4 . I SE.01 $•09E+OO
12 4,462.01 6•9 6 2+0O
13 4,641.01
14 5,302.01 1,121+01
13 3,731.01 1,242+01
lb 6,181.01 1,312 .01
17 6,762.01 1,342+01
7 ,32 2 .’ O l 1,702.01
19 8,031.01 1,892+01
20 6,672.01 2,072+01
21 9,362.01 2,262+01
22 1,03 2.00 2,502+01
23 1,112+00 2,702+01
24 1,202 ,00 2,912+01
23 1,312+00 3,172+01
26 1,422 ,00 3,392.01
27 1,531+00 3,612+01
28 1,662.00 3,672+01
29 1,611.00 4,072.01
30 1.961,00 4,271+01
-------
31 2.1’iE,Oo
3 ? l.32Eiflo
33 .50!.oo
34 ?.? 0!,Oo
33 5.20t.oj
56 5.39E.o1
37 3,30 .0o S. Sfl.0 1
SI 3.76!,00 5,70!.O1
5. OOE,01
00 4.4$E, 00 6.O lEi01
41
3.3o ,oo
43 5.73t.0o 6.I0E,0I
II 6•1U.Oo
I,7l sOO 7,3fl,01
7.3U,00
07 0,031 ,06 7.951+01
4$ l, 17 1j O O
a, ‘.3 11.00
50 1.031,01 9,691,01
Si 1,111,01 6.861+01
32 1. 201 ,01 9.011,01
53 1.311.0* 9.111+01
50 1 ,421+01 9,261,01
55 1.531+01 9.371+01
56 1.661,01 9.461,01
57 1.911.0* 9.531,01
5 8 1.961+01
2,141.01 ‘.63 1.0 1
60 2.321,01
-------
0
2.54 .Oj
2.74 .iO1 Q.7fl.O1
b3
.2ff.Ot
i.5OE+O1
66 3.7UsOt
67 Q.95Es01
oe
ÔQ
-------
COLO.37 t.tQ 7b USu PORTs l ,5,b
4OI ?,4 fi GM’CC
C 4A G ! 1
PV*I DT ET 14*55 CflNCENTWAT1O
CMICRO 48) (P4G/fl 4 I43)
2 7, 5E+ O
S S 1 RfliiOt
‘4 ‘ 4OQ .Ot
t.4U401
3,b5 .Ot t.73 ,Ot
$ t.Q1I.O1
‘ 4 ,32E.O1
10 t.IOI.00 Z.qU,01
11 1.?9E,00 3.0 2+01
1 2 1.3 51,00 5 032401
13 1,501.00 2,041+01
U 2.122+00 2.3 52+02
1% 2.502+00 2 . 302401
1$ $ ,0E.00 2 ,202401
17 3,4 12.00 2,152+01
,00E ,00 2,372+01
1 0 o ,$3 2+00
10 5•bq 1+00 5,4 52+01
21 4,711.00 S,70€+01
21 7,012+00
23 0,322 ,00 3,222,01
24 1,101+01 2 31!G01
15 1,202+01 1,432 .01
16 ,331,fl2
-------
0
27 e,qqr.oo
6, .00
20 ?. 0E.p01 S,51E+0O
30 2,Qff,0i
4.2U+00
32 i .ooE .oi
33 I•e3 ,Ot 3.6a i0o
3’4 5,b9 ,O1 3,55 +00
-------
COLO.37 t.IQ.?b ISa’s PORTS u,e
RPIDs ? 1 io GsicC
CNANGE ZN
1NtP RV&6 NUM8E CONC NtRAflaN
tMZCRON$) P D/DN ))
I ,sor.o 1 3 t 1€.U
2 2.95 .O1
3.afl.Ot
4.OQE.O I
3 I.o1 ,iI
6
I 6.?tE. Ol 5.4fl+IO
8
9.3fl.O I ?, 6U,1b
10 I.IO +O0
1.338+00 6,78E,0
13 1,808.00
14 ?,128.00
13 2. 3OE.O0
16 l,’SE. OO 6.8 48+08
U 3.478+00 4 ,098.Cs
18 4 .098+00 2,158+08
19 O,838+0Q
20 3.696+00 t ,31!s08
21 b 7i!+0 ’ 0,776 ,07
22 1,916+00 3 ,956407
23 0,326 +00 3,076 .07
pa 1.106 +01 1,398+07
25 1,296+01 6,066+06
26 t ,S3E, 1 2,736.06
-------
I-J
27 1.23EG06
PA 2,i2 +fl1 3. bE+O3
2q 2,SOE.Ot
30 e,Q r,0i
31 3,afl,OI 8 1 13 iO4
32 ‘ •0 •Oi
35 4.A3 +01
3a 1 bQE+O1 t iSE+O’
-------
j E
io
i cP-
1o- .
jo-i
I I I 1Hh14
icP
, . I
±0
412
jo-i
L i-
\
j -3
Eli
LI
>
.1 rv- 4 I—I
: -‘ ‘ —
-
I I I I
ic
1OID- i-13-7 1544 4,5,
0
z
lii
>
I—
FARTIDE DIAMETER
I i i I I III
(MILf VvLTERE)
-------
H U- H3 1544 NI 4q5q&
S è
SB B
53115
SB
SB
55-
So
80
70
60
40
30
10
5
1
0 15
o le
0lo1-
jo-i
PARTICLE DIAt ETER
I I U
(MID OMETERS)
I—
I __I
I U I I I III 4 IUJ
j O 101
. . . i i i i I I _1___I I__1_LL_LJ
413
-------
11flJ - H9- 1544 iiin 4,5
j0 3 ..
ci
ioE-
.SS
‘•O
ci
iOO.
i_o_ 1 — I I I j itlil I I I 11)11 I I I I I P1I
jo-i icP loj
PARTICLE DIAtvETER (MID JI ETERS)
414
-------
ir in- i-1 -7 1544 4,54
i0 13 .
lO c i
ioii. ‘EI
S
icft ‘0
S
S
i_c 5 . - iii , ,
10_i icP ioj “ ic
PARTIELE OIAtvETER (MICRC 1ETER5)
415
-------
CARD COLUMN
NUMBERS
rA1 tFCK FOP Ppfl( P4 ’ S1 ATIS
1.1)111111
* * _. — _ . — _ * * — _ — . * * — *. . . . * _ * * * * _ *.. * _ _ . a... a a. * — * * * **. *. . * . . . a * a*. S*
10000011 It
0.000
21
C . ’
-------
C!DRS V $XC TESt flP
HOu 2,AO flM/CC
MEAN CUMULATIVE U PEP CONFXnEI CE 1OME COM XDENCE
T JTERVAL DIAMITEQ MASS CnNCRATTO LXMI T L!MTT
M1CRONS) (MG/ACM (MG/ACM MG/4CM)
?. SOE.Oi O,00E.O1 7 E—O5
2 2.TIE’Ol 3.46t ”02 .71E.OZ t 22E.O2
3 ?.95E.O1 9.35E.02 j 1 2bE•Oi b,12!.02
A 3,20!.Ot t 6?EeO1 2 1 OaE.O1 1,20E.O1
5 3.A1E.01 2 ,’41E”O1 2 0 9 1t’01 1.QO E.Oj
3 77E.Ot 3.32E—D1
1 a.OQCsOI 5 1 10E.OI 3.69E.OI
S S 1 ôéE.O1
‘ 53E.O1 7 1bE O1 5,09E.Oi 6,23E.O1
q.qe.ot
I t t.1OE4 O 1 1 22E+OO 9 1 R5!.OI
12 b,ISt.OI 1.34iE ,00 ( Y E+OO t 22E.OO
6.YtE.OI I,. 42E+OO t.7 E4OO
14 Y 28C—O1 t.94E+OO t 1 E+OO
15 7 1 4 1E.O1 2 29E+OO ?. 4E+OO 2, 13E4OO
14 8. S SE.Ot 2,o6E+OO 2 S2E,O° 2.’4QE+OO
*7 Q.32E01 3 ObE+OO 3,2 SEaOO
IS t.O IE,00 3 0 41E400 .b St,00
l 1 iOEsOO 3. S SE+OO 4.O SE+OO 3 1 69E+OO
SO i tQE.OO 4,30E400 A 1 StE400
21 t.29tiOO 4.72E+OO 4 Q3C+OO 4. S IE.OO
22 1. 4 1E.Ob 5.t2t+OO 5 3 E+OO
25 % 1 53E.OO 5•TA E+OO 5 0 26E,00
24 t.bôE+OO 5.86E,00 o.t E+OO 3 6tE,OO
2! 1.SO!+00 b,2OE.00 b.45E+00
24 t.95t.00 6,S IE+00 6 7eE+0O 4•2 S EsO O
27 .12E, 00 6 .S?E.0O 7•OQE+O0 6.54E.00
2$ ?.S0I4 t 7 ttE,00 7 39E+00 4,8St#00
29 ?. !0E,00 7 41E.O0 7,70E+O0 7, 13 E+0O
30 2 ,111 ,00 1P 7 ?E4 00 •E+ 0 7,421.00
11 2.451+00 8,031+00 6 .331+00 7,731.00
H 3.201+00 8 .361+00 6.661400
33 3, 471+00 6.711 ,00 4.021+00 5.401+00
34 3.771+00 Q 0QE400 q .40€+G0 5,771.00
35 4.091+00 9.501 ,00 o 62E.00 9.181+00
56 4.431+00 q ,9 E.o0 1.031+01 4,621.00
37 4,531.00 1.051401 1.081401 1,011.01
35 5,241+00 t.t0E+01 1.151+01 1,071401
39 5.641+00 1.161+01 1.101+01 i, I2E,0 1
40 6%1S(400 1.221+01 1.261+01 1,181+01
UI b,11E.O0 1.281 ,01 1.321+01 1.251 ,01
42 T.? 14 t.35 1401 1.381+01
43 7.911+00 1.411+01 1.451+01 1,371,01
-------
CIDRS VERaION t OR ND1R$EN.
RHO. * .4 .0 GM CC
1NTUVAL DIAP4E P NCCO D3 EXCLUDED PROM MEAN
CUMULaTIVE N&*$ CONCENTRATION
1 l.50 ’0t 3
2 ?.7I1.O1 NON!
NONE
a 3.?O!•01 NONE
3 3,47 1.Ot NONE
a 3.171 .0 * NONE
7 a oe .01 NONE
• 44 .4St.0t NONE
O u.e31.O1 NONE
10 6 ?4E.01 NONE
U 3.b9t 0i NONE
1 2 6 ,161.01 NONE
* 3 a.7i!• t NONE
14 7.2 *1.91 NON!
15 7.9*1.01 NONE
6.361.0* NON!
17 O.3lE•O1 NONE
*6 1 ,011400 NONE
19 1.101+ 00 NON!
*0 •jO1s0O NOW!
21 1. 191 ,00 NONE
U *.a lI+00 NON!
2) 1.33 1+00 NON!
cc 24 1.66 1,00 NONE
23 i .s01 ,00 WON!
26 1.951,00 NONE
*7 1,1*1400 NONE
2 * 2.301400 NONE
19 2,301+00 NONE
30 l.?tE+00 NON!
31 2,93 1 ,00 NON!
3* 3.201400 NONE
33 3,471+00 NONE
3,771+00 NONE
33 4,091400 NONE
36 4.43 (400 NON!
3? 4 .63E4fl0 NONE
3* 5.241400 NONE
39 5.691,00 MOM!
MO 6,161.00 NON!
41 b,7LE+ 0 WON!
42 1.261+00 NUN!
43 7.9* 1+00 NONE
-------
CIORS V R8ION I Y $T rOR AMDPRSU4I
RMO. 2 ,140 GM/CC
MEAN CUMULAYIVP uPPER CONFIO C COMrt CE
P41’ERVAL. t,TA I T R MASS Cfl? C MTRATTON LIMIT LIMIT
CP RCEN1 (P RC NT) (PERCrP 4T3
I 2. 0 —0I o ,OO —Ot ( 4 , laE.O?
2 ? ,7t!—Ot t.8? —oI ?.,q —a1
3 2.Q E.OI Q. 90E—0I 6 ,bOE—Ot 3,2(E.0I
‘4 3,20 .Ot 8, 4 9 —Ot t,O7 4OC
5 3,14flu O1 t ,2b +OO t.53E*OO
3 ,77 .Ot 1,7 1 4 .GO
7 14 ,O O1 2 3O sOO ?.bfl+0O I ,9 1 4 +OO
8 U.45E.O t 2.Q7 +OC 3.3 9E+O0 2S 1 4 i.00
9 ‘483E.0t 3 75E.OO 4s 24E+OO 3,?7 .OO
10 S.2U8.O1 U ,b8 400 5,U+OO
II 5.6 9E—flI 5,YSE+O0 e,39 +0O 5,16Fe00
12 b.1$f—0l 7 ,Off.OO 7,7?E+OO b ,37 +OO
13 6.7I sO1 8 51 .0O 7,79 sOO
7.8E.0I 1.0fl+Ot I.OQE+0I 9 ,3 9 ,0O
IS 7.QIE—01 i.2O +0I I,28r+OI I,I2Ei ’OI
lb R,S E.0I t.39Es0 1 I ,’48!+O1 I,31 .0%
17 9.3?E.Ot t.bOE$flI 1 ,b9 +OI t,5 1E+Oi
IS l,OIE+O0 I.91E+O1
19 1,t0 +OO 2 04E+Ot 2 ,14E+Ot L 94 +O1
20 j,l9 .00 2.2bE+OI 2.36 +OI 2,15f.OI
21 I.2 9E .OO 2 4I7E,Ot 2.591+01 2 ,361.01
22 1.411 ,00 2.681+01 2.801+01 2.571+01
23 1. 531 40° 2 ,881401 3a 0 1 1+0I 2.761401
29 1.661+00 3 ,071+01 3.201+01 2,9’ 4 1,0t
2! 1.801+00 3.2 51+01 3.381+01 3.111+01
lb 1.951+00 3 p 411 + 0t 3.5 51+01 5.281+01
27 2,121400 3 57 1+01 3.721+01 3,4 11+01
28 2.301+00 3,731+01 3,881.01 3,581+01
29 2.501+00 3 8Q 1s0t 4.041401 3 ,741 .01
30 2,711 .00 4,051 .01 ‘4.201+01 3,891.01
31 2.931+00 4,211401 4.371+01 ‘4,051.01
32 3.201+00 4 381 .0I 44 ,541+01 4,221 ,01
53 3,471+00 4.571+01 L 4 .73 1+Ot 4,411.01
314 3.771+00 ‘ 4,761.01 4,931.01 ‘ 4.601,01
53 4.098+00 4,961+01 5.151+01 4,818.01
36 ‘4 ,4451.00 5.228+01 5.398+01 3,058+01
37 4,858+00 5.468+01 S ,b6E+0t 5.318 ,01
38 S,24 8 .00 ! .77E+01 5.931+01
39 S.b E+00 b 07E+Ol b.2 6E+0l
40 6.188+00 6.401+01 6,588+01 6.211+01
41 6.718+00 6.738+01 6,928+01 6,531+01
‘42 7.288+00 7.061+01 7,261+01 6.871+01
95 7.918+00 7,408+01 7,601+01 7,208.01
-------
CID9$ Y SION T S çQR A R M•
IHO. 2,L c GM/CC
MEA J CMANGE $TANDAqr, UPPER Co rTr CE LOWER CONFIO! CF
INTERVAL DUMET R 7 MA$ CONCENTRATION OFVIAT!ON LIMIT LIMIT
(N /ONM3) (HG/DNM3) (MG/ 0WM3) (MG/DNM3)
I 2.3O .n 9 at.oi Q 1 02E.o1 1 ,5 1 sOo
2 2.95E.01 l.7 E.OO 2.99Es0 0 3 1 7 EsOfl 1,75EiOO
3 3,u7r.o 3. 3tiOO 3.73Ef0 0 4 e9EsOO 2 4 0 P0O
A ‘ ,09 .oi S O 4(.oO 4.69E+OO 6 1 61E.Oo 3 4fl,OO
a.e3r.ot 7, 05E.oO 3,a3f+on e. 9E.Oo .1OE+OO
6 3.69!.O1 9 0 7 6r,00 6,81E.Oo I. 2o +oj 7 1 49Es00
7 6.71t.Ot I 2Qt.Ot t, 2!+OI l,ObLsO l
a ,. ie.oi t.SAE,Oi b.T IE.OO i. ai.oi
9 9.32E—oi 1 7 !+O1 7 .ltEiOO 1.Q ,OI
to *,iot.oo 1•B IE.o1 7.75E.O0 2.oYE.Oi I. 5E,O1
11 1.2Q .OO t.7 6E+O1 A, AE.O0 ?.O5 ,O1 1, 43Es01
12 I. 3E. ,oO * 39Esoi 9.2OE, 0 0 j,90!+Oj .?U,O1
13 1,ao +oo t. ao +oi t.,ir ,o I i.ior,ot
14 ?.jfl,oO I 29E.0t . 1E+O0 l,57 .0I I.OoE,0 1
13 5oi.oo 1 29r,ot 7.74Eson t.55 +0t 1,031.01
16 2.93E+oO 1.341 ,01 7.271+00 1 ,631+01 1.141 ,01
17 ,47 1+OO 1 3bE+01 7 ,551+00 1.421+01 1.311,01
II 4.091+00 1,431.01 8,311+00 2.121 ,01 1.571+01
19 a. 83Ee o 2,241+01 9.421+00 2.601+01 1.971+01
20 5,691,00 2.601+ 01 1.031+01 e.q SE ,O1 2.261.0*
21 6.711+00 2,761+01 1.011+01 3.111+01 2.401+01
Q it 7 .411+00 2,761.01 1,041.01 3.111 ,01 2.4*1+01
-------
CZDR$ VERSION 1 T T rOR ANDERSEN.
I4Ou .4O GM/CC
!NTtRVAL. OIAMETEP RECOROS EXCLUDED PROM MEAN
CNANGE XN MAS5 CONIRATTON
I ?.3 0E—O1 5
3 2.Qft—O1 NONE
3 3,4fl.Oj NONE
A A,09E.O1 NONE
5 4.63E.O1 NONE
A 3•6 E.0 NON!
b.7 1E.O1 NOW!
S 1.Q IE.O1 NONE
9 9,32E.O1 NONE
10 I.1OE .OO NONE
I I I.?QE+OO NONE
1? 1.53!+OO NONE
13 1,SOE$OO NONE
I A 2,12Es 00 NONE
15 2.5 0Es0 0 NONE
16 3,Q SIsOO NONE
II 3.iIYE+00 NONE
IS A.OQE+OO NONE
19 A, 53 +O0 NONE
20 5,69E+OO NONE
St 6.711+00 NON!
22 7.911+00 NONE
-------
C7DPe v€asInN I T $r OR AND R$EN
NO. 2 . 1*0 GM/CC
P4 A J CHAP ( TAP I)A D IJPp C xt 4cE LOWLR CONFIr) NC
!P *Yt V* r)X*MET(R IN NUM R CONC!NT ATION !) V!AT! N LIMIT LIMIT
O/ NM3) Nfl/O NM3 CN( /DNM3) (MO/DNM3)
I ‘ 0I M, E.IO 4.bOE+tO 6.bS!. I0 3, IOE+t0
2 2,QS .o $. 3p 1o I .IbE+I1 S I43 ,1O
3 3. 1 *7E ..0I 7.OAE+IO 2 +10 l,36!.IO
0 M.O9 .oi ,e4!,Io 5,’ * *E,t0 7 .ô6 + O 4,O3 +IO
S 3.etE+I0
‘i .22E+Io S,2O .to 3 2m ,I0
7 .7It—oj 3.afl!,.Io o 0i , o 2,7, .to
? .3 1E.IO t.O E.I0 ?, 7f. I0 2.iS!.IO
9 0.32!.OI 1,72E.to 6,QQE,09 1,95!+ o I,l * 9t+IO
10 1, o .oo 1,09E,to I.24f+jO 9 33t+09
II i,a9 .oo o, ou+oq 3 .13E.OQ t,5O .o9
12 I.S3 .oo 3 .SoI O9 2 1 06E+0Q
U i, 0E.oo 1 . fl.09 I .?S .0 9 ?.33F. 09 1, 502 ,09
to 2,in.oo i ,on.oo 1.102+08 2,312+09 8 ,362.06
13 2.301+00 6,382.08 3.91*2+08 7 ,89 1+n$ 3,262.08
1$ 2.932 ,00 (*.301•08 2.262 ,0 0 3.032,06 3,581.08
11 3,472.00 2,972+08 1.032+08 3,032,0 0 2,491.08
II o.oo .oo 2,141.00 9,642,07 2.462,08 1,822.00
19 4,831,00 1,612 ,06 6.a6 2 ,fly 1.842,08 2,392.06
20 5.692+00 1,122.08 4,062+07 1,272.06 9 .761,07
21 6.71 1+00 7,282.07 2,612.07 0 ,211,07 6,342 .07
22 7.912+00 4.01*2.07 1,682.07 5.002,07 3,882+07
-------
CIDRI V R$ flN I YEBY OR AND !R8 !P4.
RHO. l ’4O iN/CC
INTERVAL DIAMETEP RECORDA EXCLUDED PROM MEAN
CHANO! IN NUMBER CONcENTRATION
I 2.3O !.OI 5
a NONE
3 3. l7E.O1 NONE
A 4,0 E.O NON!
B 4i.83E—0I NON!
b 3 b E.O I NQN
Y o.7tE.O1 NONE
B 7.Q 1E Oi NON!
9.3U.OI NONE
10 1.I0 !.0O MOW!
II 1,2Q ! .0O NON!
1 2 I.53 ! OO NON!
13 I.60t+00 NONE
I A 2.I2 !soO NON!
IS 2,50Es0 0 NONE
lb 2,95 !,00 NONE
11 3.47E+0O NONE
lB ‘i.09E+00 NONE
Ii £ 1, 131.00 NON!
20 5,bQ !+00 NONE
21 b.71 !+0fl NON!
22 T,9 1E$0O NONE
-------
uii6 iiV 1 lET F lO
1z
I
I
I
I
I
-j
f
>
ILl
>
H
-jo-s
I I I Il-Il-It I I I 111111 I I I ,III-I-I
io icP jot ic
PARTI F DIAtvETER (MID EJMETERS)
424
-------
I T T RI a L
SS.B
99.
SB..
95-
S0
a0
70
60
50 JIll
I-I 40
30 11111
E0 I I
I
10
I
5 1
I
I
0115• I
o% .
0a0I IJI II itli] I I I I lull I I I 111111
jo-i jcJ) j i 1c
PARTICLF DIAMETER (MID J vE1U S)
425
-------
UIYi .uii I T T
0
8
0
a a a a a aaal
- ‘ I I I
jo-i 100
PARTICLE DIAMETER
V I I I liii — . I I I 1111
j i
(MID Ot ,ETu 5)
f
426
-------
•. - - : I T F
jOi2.
H
I— I 1!;
O jQl.O.
I
1O .r
0
Ii
:Lcft
I I I I I sill I I I I I liii I I- I I I ji-ff
b-i icP j 0 i
PAF TI LE DIAMETER (MICROMETERS)
427
-------
CARD COLUMr
NUMBERS
)ATA DECK Ffl PROGRAM PENIRA
t till Ill II
*. 0 a 00 0 *• a 000 00 a * *000w. 0 * * B *0000 • 000 a* *0*0000 * ae. a B B 0*0• a
CTI PS VEPS!(DJ I TEST FOR P FTR4TtOP4*FFc7r cy. PENTRA
no
-------
CTDR8 VF 8ION I T 5? F0 P ATI0N ’ FFTC7FNCY. PENTRA
RMO. 2,40 GMICC
tiPPER C0NFI0E CE LOWER NP4CE
AVER*GE LIMIT LIMIT OF
INTERVAL DIAMETER EFFICIENCY EFFICIENCY EFFICIENCY
1, 0,2500 93,21498 Q14 1487O 92.0 127
2, 0.24147 814,4259 87 ,2S 95 81 ,6923
3. fl,3474 87,0212 84 ,1 122 84.9423
4, 0.4045 92,3 4o0 93 5582 4 1.2217
5. 0 ’4$27 95,1672 95.8 92 414.4651
4, 0.5800 95,4378 94, 1 1454 95 , 1 1 O2
0,6707 95,7053 96 ,1838 45,2267
8. 0,1906 95,17914 Q5 6S60 44,7028
9. 0,4319 94,7063 95.1 i33 44,21143
10 , 1.0485 44,6757 45 ,1040
11. 2.2944 qS.2 8 1 42 95,7126 411,8558
12. 1.52b 1 94 ,48148 94 87i2 96 ,00814
13, 1.7492 Q1 .84n5 9 ,0882 91 ,5428
114, 2.1209 98,5539 98,1183 .3895
15, 2.5000 98.7404 98 8 906 48,6313
16. 2,01169 98,7721 98,8430 98 ,6’ l2
17 , 3 ,14737 98,5321 98 bb5b 98,3q 44
18, 4,0947 98,11473 98 3042 47,9404
10. 14,8267 97,6214 Q7 6 O8$ 07,4340
20, 5,6896 97,3225 97 5439 1,1 OII
21. ô lO 6Y 96.5711 96,8522 96,2899
22, 7.9057 96.67140 46.9464 96, 1 10 5
-------
ATI -EFFICIENv
UIJ K M$ 1 1 T R (T T IIOF fl. I1
-0 .01
99.95 -0 .05
99.3 -.0.1
99.8- - [ i.E
_ .5 ;
90 -2
c i
IL ) I IL l
a. iiF ‘
t 111! -5
90 1 J 1 o
so-
io icP lot i
PARTICLE OIA?VETER ( MIO E I L1 )
430
-------
CARD COLUMN
NUMBERS
r)ATA OF CK FflR PPOGP&M PF 4LO(
1111111111
j23145b7RQdj 3aS67M9n %78qQ 3 S#.7f o1
• • e • e e • • . • • — — — • • • • — a a a a a a a a a — a • a a a a — a a a — a • — • a a •
CIr)RS VEPSII1N t TEST Ff!R PENETPATIflNFFFTCT JCY, PfP JL G
0
STOP O0000fl
-------
R 1Csi 00 4/cC rs ro P ML0G
UPPER co FXr E Cf LOWFM
AV AG( LIMIT CF LIMIT 0
tMTtI V*t. 0IAMrrr rFtct NCv FrTCTF CV
1, 0 ,230fl Qti ,’ 70 92.0127
2, 0,2947 64.4259 7 95 81.6923
3, 0 ,3474 67,027? 9,1122 9423
a. o ,aoos 92,3900 93 35 6? 91.2217
5. 0.4627 3,lb72 95 .6o9?
6, 0,5690 95,9378 Q6.46 4
7. O, 707 9S ,10 3 06 I838 95,2267
8, 0.7906 95,ti oa ,s, 63o0 94 .7028
0.9319 94,7063 9 1o33 94,2493
10 , 1,0983 94,4737 45,1040 94,2474
11. 1.2949 qs .au 2 9 5,1126
1?. 1.3264 96,4848 44 .8112 96,0984
13. l.74 2 7 ,6405 98,0882
14, 2.1209 98,7183
1 3. 2,5000 oe ,iooo 98,8406
16. 2 ,9469 98,1721 98,6930 98 ,6512
Ii , 3,4737 98.3311 96,3964
16 , 4,0947 6,1 73 96,3042 47,4004
19, a ,82o7 97 .oata , 8068 97,4340
20, 5,4696 47,3223 97 3439 97.1011
21. 6,7067 96,37*1 46 ,8522 96,2 89
22, 7 ,4037 96,6740 94 44b4 98,4013
-------
F ETRATIEP4 EFFICIEJ’LV
L1LP u isu I TEST FIR 1R*1i -ffFIETEP(v. P€Mflhi
•4
: SO*O
I
z
o 1111 >-
SSaO
L i i
I— U
f ri
IL
IL
a L i i
z z
ILl Lii
U LI
10 ssIIs
a a
111111 -I i • i 11111 t I i-thU •99”SS
10 102
F ARTICLE DIAMETER (MICROMETERS)
433
-------
SECTION 6
PROGRAM LISTINGS
A source listing of each program in the cascade impactor
data reduction system follows. The six mainline programs are
first, arranged in alphabetical order. Before each of these
programs is a simplified flowchart. Next are the subroutines
and function subroutines, also arranged in alphabetical order.
No flowcharts are provided for these.
434
-------
BEGIN
PROGRAM
GRAPH
READ IN FROM FILE
1O NO. IMPACTOR
RUNS. COOING FOR
IMPACTOR TYPE.
GENERAL ID. PHY-
SICAL DENSITY,
PLOTTING MAX’S
& MINS.
READ FROM CARD
CODING FOR DETER-
MINING GRID SIZES;
CODING FOR SAME
GRAPHS FOR ALL
RUNS OR READ IN
INDIVIDUALLY.
ARE
TO BE MADE FOR NO
ALL RUNS?
YES
READ IN PLOT
CODING ONCE
FOR ALL RUNS.
ARE
SAME PLOTS YES
TO BE MADE FOR
ALL RUNS?
NO
READ IN PLOT
CODING FOR
ONE RUN.
WRITE PLOT CODING
FOR ONE RUN IN
ONE RECORD OF
FILES.
HAS
A RECORD
FOR PLOT CODING
NO BEEN STORED
YES
435
-------
ASSUMED UNIT DENSITY
• CUM. MASS LOAD. . RAW DATA
• DMIDLOGO . RAW DATA
• DNIDLOGD-RAW DATA
• PLOTS BASED ON CURVE FIT
DEFINE FIRST
RECORD NUMBER
TO RETRIEVE DATA -
2. DEFiNE LAST
RECORD NUMBER
AS LAST EVEN
RECORD WITH DATA.
9
ASSUMED PHYSICAL DENSITY
CON. MASS LOAD - RAW DATA
• DU/DLOGD . RAW DATA
• DN/DLOGD- RAW DATA
• PLOTS BASED ON CURVE FIT
DEFINE FIRST RECORD
NUMBER TO RETRIEVE
DATA 1; DEFINE LAST
RECORD NUMBER AS
LAST ODD RECORD
WITH DATA
THE FILE 8
CORD NO. DEFINED YES
OTAL NO. Of RUNS GO TO
TOTAL NO. RECORDS C
IN FILE 8?
NO
READ RECORD PROW
FILE 10 TO GET RAW
DATA PLOTTING
INFORMATION
DEFINE A ROPRIATE
REcORD IN FILE 8
cONTAINING PLOT
CODING BASED ON
FILE 10 RECORD
NUMBER JUST READ.
436
-------
STOP
437
-------
438
-------
CALL JOE2 TO PLOT
FITTED CURVE
BASED ON DERIVATION
OF CUM. MASS LOAD.
FIT FOR ASSUMED
UNIT DENSITY
PLO --
ITTEO DATA
T OF ONIDLOG
FOR ASSUMED UNIT
DENSI TV DESIRED
YES
439
CALL JOEl TO PLOT
FITTED CURVE TO
RAW DATA CUM. MASS
LOAD.
-------
P
I
SET CODING TO
GIVE SPECIFICALLY
FITTED DNIDLOcD
CURVE BASED ON
DERIVATIVE OR
CUM. MASS LOAD
CURVE.
SET CODING TO
GIVE SPECIFICALLY
FITTED DN/DLOGD
CURVE BASE ON
DERIVATIVE TO
CUM. MASS LOAD
CURVE.
CALL WALLY3 TO
DRAW GRID AND
PLOT RAW DATA
POINTS.
CALL WALLY3 TO
DRAW GRID AND
PLOT RAW DATA
POINTS.
CALL JOE2 TO PLOT
FITTED CURVE BASED
ON DERIVATIVE OF
CUM. MASS LOAD. FIT
FOR ASSUMED UNIT
DENSITY.
CALL JOE2 TO PLOT
FITTED CURVE BASED
ON DERIVATIVE OF
CUM. MASS LOAD. FIT
FOR ASSUMED PHYSICAL
DENSITY.
SET CODING BACK
TO GIVE FITTED
CUM. MASS LOAD.
CURVE OR FITTED
DM/DLOGD CURVE.
SET CODING BACK
TO GIVE FITTED
CUM. MASS LOAD.
CURVE OR FITTED
DM/DLOGD CURVE.
440
-------
C MAIN PROGRAM GRAPH
C***a**.******a**.***a****a**aa***********************aa**************a***** 2
Ca THIS MAINLINE IS USED 45 A ‘TRAFFIC DIRECTOR’, THE INDIVIDUAL 3
C* DATA RECORDS APE READ SUPPLYING IDENTIFICATION CODING,
Ca EXPERIMENTAL DATA POINTS, AND COEFFICIENT VALUES FOR FITTING 5
Ca CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING DISTRIBUTION. CODES FOR PLOTTING 6
Ca IPJSTRUCTI(1P4S ARE READ IN AND SUBROUTINES ARE CALLED TO PLOT 7
Ca ACCORDING TO THESE.
9
C 10
INTEGER VV 11
DOUBLE PRECISION XWDPEN(1O),YO(10 ) 12
DIMENSION FILNAMC2),FGRAPH(2) 13
DIMENSION If)A Lt.B0 ,GEI4AX(2) ,GEMIP4(2),DMMAX(2) ,DMMIN(?) ,DNMAX(2) 10
DIMENSION DNMII.J(2) ,DPMAXr2),DPMIN(2) ,CUHAX(2) ,CLJMIN(2), ID(AO) Is
DIMENSION DPC (A) ,CUMG(A) .DMDLDC9) ,GEOMD(9) ,DNDLD(9)
COMMON IMPAC, TDALL,RHOI,GEMAX,GEMIN,DMMAX,OMMIN,DNMAX,DNMIM 17
COMMON DPMAX,DPMIN,CUMAX.CUMIN, 75171, ISIZ2. 15 173 18
COMMON IS,WFIT,ID.RHO.DMIN,TKS.POA.FG(5) ,DMAX,DPC.CUMG,DMULD 19
COMMON GEOMD,DIJDLD.GRNAM,MPLOT,DSMA,VV 20
COMMON ISIG,XMAX,XMIN.YMAX,YMIN,XS,YS 21
COMMON CYC3,MC3,MOO.MS 22
COMMON XNDP(N 23
DATA FILPJAM/’KMCOO’,’IBIN’/ 24
DATA FGRAPH/’GRAPH ’,’OBIN’/ 25
DATA IBLK/O/ 24
CALL DEFINE(1O,251, tO1 ,FILNAM,ItO,0,O,O) 27
CALL DEFIWF(8,15,50,FGRAPH.!10,0,0.O) 26
C 29
C NRUN • NUMBER OF RUNS 30
C !MPACzI • ANDERSEN IMPACTOR USED. 31
C a? • RR7NK IMPACTOR USED, 32
C .3 UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON MARK II! IMPACTOP USED. 33
C NP! IMPACTOR USED.
C IDALI. • GENERAL !DENTIF!cATION LABEL. USUALLY INCLUDES PLACE 35
C AND DATE nF PUNS, INLET OR OUTLET ANNOTATION, AND RUN NUMBERS. 36
C RHO • PHYSICAL DENSITY OF PARTICLES (GM/CC) 37
C 38
C THE FOLLOWING ARE MAXIMUM AND MINUM VALUES OF ALL RUNS, 39
C 40
C GEMAX,GEMIP4 • MAXIMUM,HINIMUM GEOMETRIC MEAN DIAMETER (MICRONS)
C DMMAX,OMMIPJ • HAXIMUM,MINIMUM CHANGE IN MASS LOADING (MG/DNMI) 4
C DNMAX,ONMIN • MAXIMUM ,MIN!MUP4 CHANGE IN NUMBER LOADING (Nfl./ONM3) 43
C DPMAX,DPMTN • MAXIMUM,MINTMUM CUT POINT DIAMETER (MICRONS) 44
C CUMAX,CUMIN • MAXIMUM,MINIMUM CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING (MG/ACM) 05
C 46
READ( 1 0101)WRIJN,IMPAC, !DALL,RH O I,GEMAX.GEMXN.DMMAX,DHM!N,D NMAX. 47
IDNM IN.DPM&X.OPM IN,CUHAX.CUMI$ 46
C 49
C 50
C THE ISIZI VARIABLE IS CODING TO INDICATE WHETHER CUMULATIVE M455 SI
C LOADING AND CUMULATIVE % MASS LOADING PLOTS ARE TO HAVE A STANDARD 52
C RANGE AND NUMBER OF CYCLES (18171 • 0) OR WHETHER THESE ARE TO RE 53
C DATA REGULATED (15171 a 1), 15172 IS SIMILAR CODING FOR MASS SIZE 54
C CONCENTRATION GRAPH, 15173 IS SIMILAR COOING FOP NUMBER SIZE 55
C CONCENTRATION GRAPH. 56
C 57
C IREPET • CODING FOR READING IN GRAPH CODING VALUES MPLOT,J1,J2...,, 56
C JPA (SEE BELOW). IREPET . 0 • READ jN THESE VALUES ONCE AND LET 59
441
-------
C THESE VALUES R THE SAME FOP ALL RLJPJS TO B PLOTTED, TREPET NOT a 60
C 0 • READ IN GRAPH COOING FOR EACH RUN (NRUP’J SETS OF GRAPH CODINr,) ,
C 62
READ(?,Q00) !STZj.1S 172, 15173, IREPET 63
C 64
C MP O1 0 • MAkE NEW GRID FOR EACH ‘PAW DATA’ PLOT (CONTROLLED 65
C pYJ1•Je,. 66
C MP fl7 0 OR a 0 • PLOT SIMILAR TYPES OF ‘PAW DATA’ ON SAME GR 67
C AS PREVIOUS GRAPH, 68
C FOP ALL GRAPH CODING LISTED B LDW 0 — MAKE PLOT INDICATED eq
C P OT a 0 • SUPPRESS PLoT 70
C 71
C JI • J3 APPLY TO GRAPHS WHERE AERODYNAMIC DENSITY IS ASSUMED8 72
C .31 • ‘RAW DATA’ CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING VS. D5O
C .32 — ‘RAW DATA’ MASS SIZE CONCENTRATION VS, GEOM, MEAN DIAMETER 74
C .33 — ‘RAW DATA’ NUMBER SIZE CONCENTRATION VS , GEOM, MEAN DIAMETER is
C 76
C .34 • Jb • AS FOR .31 • .33 RESPECTIVELY FOR ASSUMED PHYSICAL DENSITY 77
C 78
C JPI — JP3 ARE FOP GRAPHS WHERE AERCrnYNAM!C DENSITY IS ASSUMEOZ 79
C JPI • FITTED CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING DISTRIBUTION SUPERIMPOSED AØ
C ON A GRAPH OF THIS ‘RAW DATA’ , 81
C JPcNT • FITTED CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING DISTRIBUTION GRAPH 82
C JP? • MASS SIZE DISTRIBUTION FROM CUM. FIT SUPERIMPOSED OW A GRAPH 83
C OF THIS RAW DATA’ 84
C JP3 • NUMBER SIZE DISTRIBUTION FROM CUM, FIT SUPERIMPOSED ON GRAPH 85
C OF THIS ‘RAW DATA’ 86
C 87
C JP4 • JPb • AS FOR JP I • JP3 RESPECTIVELY POP ASSUMED PHYSICAL 88
C DENSITY, 89
C 90
C IF IREPET 2 O• READ GRAPH CODING WHICH WILL APPLY TO ALL RUNS, 91
C 92
600 IF(IREPET)bO2.b01,602 93
601 READ(2,9O2)MPLOT,Jt,J2 ,J3,J4,JS,J6 94
PEAD(.9O2)JP I,JPCWT I,JP2,JP3,JP 4,JPCNT4.JP5,JP6 95
C 96
C THIS LOOP READS GRAPH CODING FOR EACH RUN (IF !REPET NOT a 0) AND/OR 97
C STORES CODING FOP EACH RUN ON FILE. 98
C 99
602 DO 650 La1,NRUN 100
IFUREPET)bO5,6jS,6 05 101
605 READ(2,902)MPLOT,J1,J2.J3,J4,J5,Je 10?
R EAD(2,9O2)JP I,JPCNT I,JP Z,JP3,JPQ,JpCNT4,JP5 ,JPb 103
615 WRITE(8 ’L)MPLOT,Jl .J2,33.J4,J5,J6,JP1 ,JPCNT1,JPZ.JP3,
IJP8.JPCNT4,JP5.JPb ios
650 CONTINUE toe
C 107
C ISIGsO • GIVES PLOTS OF ‘RAW DATA’ POINTS. 108
C TSIG O • GIVES PLOTS OF FITTED CURVE ON TOP OF RAW DATA’ POINTS. 109
C 110
5600 !SIGaO 111
C 112
C EVEN RECORDS APE READ (DENSITYU I..O GM/CC) FOR !NDEXaI.3 AND 7, 113
C ODD RECORDS APE READ(DENSITY a PHYSICAL DENSITY) FOR INDEX 2 4.6 114
C AND 5 THUS 115
C ISTRT • FIRST RECORD • 1 FOR ODD RECORDS, • 2 POP EVEN RECORDS 116
C TEND • LAST RECORD it,
C 118
00 799 !NDEX.j,$ 119
442
-------
INC 2 120
GO TO (710,710,710,720,720,720.710,7?0, ,INDEX 121
710 ISTRT:2 122
IEN 0 NRUN 2 123
GO TO 730 124
720 TSTRT I 125
IENDz(P RU14*2).1 126
C 127
C TH FOLLOWTNG LOOP CONTROLS CALLS TO SIJRROUTINES WHICH PLOT. 128
C ALSO, FOR INDEX 7 OR 8.TAAULAP LINE PRINT OUTPUT FOR 129
C CUMULATIVE PERCENT PLOTS. OW/DInGO PLOTS, AND DN/DIOGt PLOTS 130
C RESULTING FROM FIT WILL RE PRINTED. WHEN J’ VARIABLE USED, 131
C ‘RAW DATA’ ONLY IS PLOTTED. WHEN ‘JP ’ VARIABLE USED, ‘RAW 0*1*’ 152
C AND FITTED DATA PLOTTED. PLOT CONTROL VARIABLES (J1.J6, 135
C JP1 JP6,JPCN7t.JPCNT 4) VALUES ARE DETERMINED FROM READIJG FTLE 134
C VARIABLE z 0 IF PLOT IS TO MADE, i IF PLOT NOT TO BE MADE. 135
730 DO 790 IAV=ISTPT,IEND,INC 136
C 137
C BELOW ARE THE VARIABLES TO RE READ FROM FILE 10, 138
C IS — RECORD AND RUN NUMBER. PROGRAM AT PRESENT 139
C DESIGNED FOP 25 RUNS, EACH WITH CALCULATIONS FOR 2 DENSITIES. 140
C THUS THERE CAN SO RECORDS. ONE RECORD (RECORD 55) USED FOP 141
C GENERAL Ir, AND OTHER INFORMATION APPLYING ‘TO ALL RUNS, 142
C HF!? • NUMBER OF DATA POINTS FROM CUMULATIVE MAS5 LOADING 143
C CALCULATIONS TO B! FITTED. 144
C GRNAM • MAXIMUM MASS LOADING (MG/ACM) 145
C ID • IDENTIFICATION LABEL FOR THE RUN 1 46
C RHO — DENSITY (GM/CC) 1.0 FOR EVEN IS 1 7
C • PHYSICAL DENSITY FOR ODD IS 148
C TTK • IMPACTOR TEMPERATURE (DEGREES KELVIN) 149
C P0* • GAS PRESSURE AT YMPACTOP INLET (ATMOSPHERES) 150
C FGH2O • PERCENT WATER CONTENT OF GAS 1 51
C DPC — CUT POINTS OF IMPACTOR STAGES (MICRONS) 152
C CUMG — CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING AT EACH STAGE (MG/ACM) 153
C DMDLD — CHANGE IN MASS LOADING AT EACH STAGE (MG/DNM3) 154
C GEOHO • GEOMETRIC MEAN DIAMETER (MICRONS)
C DNDLD • CHANGE IN NUMBER LOADING AT EACH STAGE CHO ,/ONM3) 156
C GPNAM • MAXIMUM MASS LOADING (MG/ACM) 1 57
C MPLOT • • C MAKE NEW PLOT FOR THESE CUM..DM/DLD, AND ON/OLD PLOTS 158
C • I SUPERIMPOSE DATA ON PREVIOUS PLOT 15
C NOTEt CYCS THROUGH M 5 APPLY ONLY WHEN IMPAC • 2 (I.E. WHEN USING 160
C BRINK IMPACTOR)• OTHERWISE ALL ZERO’S HAVE BEEN LOADED HERE. 161
C CVC3 APPROXIMATE MINIMUM PARTICLE DIAMETER (MICRONS) CAUGHT BY 162
C CYCLONE (IF INCLUDED) 163
MC3 ‘ 0 • CYCLONE USED 164
c • 1 • CYCLO JE NOT USED 165
C MOO • 0 — STAGE 0 INCLUDED 166
C s 1 STAGE 0 NOT INCLUDED 167
C MS — LAST STAGE OF IMPACTOR, MS : EITHER S DR 6. 168
C VV • ORIGINAL NUMBER OF POINTS FROM CUMULATIVE P4*55 LOADING 169
C CALCULATIONS (MAY OR MAY NOT BE LESS THAN N !T, ) 170
C XDPEN(I),I j,NFIT • GEOMETRIC MEAN DIAMETERS (MICRONS) CORRESPONDING 171
C TO YO(I).I 1,NFIT. (NOTET THIS IS INDEPENDENT VARIABLE, 172
C YO(I) ,Isl,NFTT • CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING VALUES (MG/ACM). 173
c 174
800 READ( IOIAV)IS,NFIT,GRNAP4.ID,RMO,TKS,POA,FG(5),DSM*,DM*X, 175
IDPC ,CUMG, DMDLD,GEOMD,ONDLD,CYC3,MC3,M00.HS,V”, 176
177
IREC (IS+1)/2 178
IFCIREC.GT.NRUN)GO TO 799 179
443
-------
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
JI .CU$(JLATIVE MAS3 LOADIIMG *AERO.
* (Mr,/ACM AND GR/ACF) *al,OGM/CC
* VS. *
* PARTICLE DIAMETER *
* (MICRONS) *
* OR CUMULATIVE MASS P101*
* *
*
*
aCHANGE IN CUM. NO, LOAD,a AFRO.
(NO,s#DNM3) *
Vs.
aGEOMETR7C MEA J DIAMETER *
(MICRONS) *
(OP DN/DLOGD PLOT) *
C * * * *
C IMDEX*TSIr, * MAJOR aPLOT CONTROLe
C * *SIJk•S IJSEO* VARIABLE *
RESULTING PLOT
C * * * * a
C*aaa**a*.a*e*e***a*a*a*aaa*a*aaea*aa*aaaa*aaaa****a*****a**a*a*a**e**a*
C****a***a*a**aa*aa**aa*a***a*a*a*aaa******aa***a**ae*a*a****a*******aaa
C * * * * *
*
* DEPJSITY
*
C I * 0 * WAILVI *
C a * *
C * a a
C * * *
C * * *
C * * *
C a * *
C
C
* * *
Caa**aa*aaaaa.****aa.aaaaaa*a**a*a*a*******ae****e*e**a*a*a***a*.a**ea*a
C * * * * a
C 2 * 0 * WALLY2 * Ii *CHAN E jN CliP, MASS LOADa AFRO,
C * a * * (MG/ØNM3 ) a
C * * * * VS. *
C * a * aGEOMETRIC MEAN DIAMETER *
C * a a * (MICRONS) a
* * * * (ØR OM/OLOGO PLOT) *
C * * a * a a ** * * a a a a * * * * * * * * a a a * * * * a * * * a * a * a * * * a * a * a * * * * * * * * a * * * * * * a a * * * * * * * *
C a * a a
C 3 *0 a WALLV3 * J3
C * a a a
C a * * *
C a * a
C
C
C
Caa*aa*a*aa***a*a***aaae*aaa***a*a****aaa**ea***aaa*a*aaa*a**aa*aaa*e*e*
C a a * * - a
C 4 * 0 * WAILVI * J4 * CUMULATIVE MASS aPHYSICAL
C * * a * *
C*aa*aa***aa*a**aa**a**ea***aaa***a***a*e*aaa****aa*aa*e*aa****eaa**aa**
c * a a *
PEAD( B’IPFC)MPLOT,JI,J2,J3,J4,J5.J6,JPI,JPCNTI.JP2,JP3. i so
1JP ,JPCNT4,JP5,JPb
C 182
Ca***a.*********e***a*a*i**aa***aaaaaa******aa*******aaa*a****a*aa*aa*aa 183
18’1
185
I 86
187
188
‘Sq
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
20?
203
204
205
a 206
207
208
2 9
210
211
212
213
214 1
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
223
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
233
236
237
238
239
* a a *
* * * *
* * * *
a
a
ON/bLOOD
a
C 5 * 0 a WALLV2 a J5 * aPH Y$ICAL%
C * a * * *
C*aa*a*a**eaaea*a*a**a*it*aa*a*aa*a***aaaa*a*a***a***aaa*.aa*a***.*a.a*aa
C a * * a *
C o * 0 * WALLY3 a Jb * ON/bLOOD *PMYSICAL
C * * a * a
C**aaa****aae*aaa*aa*aa*aa*a*ea***a**a*a**a*a*a*a*a***a*a*e*.*a*********
NOTE, FOR ANY OF THE INDEX NUMBERS I — 6, THERE MAY BE ONE PLOT
FOR EACH RUN IF MPLOT • Op OR EACH PLOT MAY CONTAIN SEVERAL
DATA SETS SUPERIMPOSED IF MPLOT a C FOLLOWED BY MPIOT a (N EACH
OF THE SUCCEEDING DATA FILES. DATA WILL BE SUPERIMPOSED OW THE
LAST PLOT WHERE MPLOT * 0, IT IS Foe THIS FLEXIBILITY THAT ALL
FILES ARE READ BEFORE CHANGING ‘INDEX’ FOR INDEX • 1—6. THERE’S
ND $UP(RIMPO SITIOP4 FOP THE FOLLOWING PLOTS (INDEX a 7 AND 8), RESULT
WO(J O BE CLUTTERED AND CONFUSING AS PLOT CONTAINS RAW DATA AND
FITTED DATA POINTS,
444
-------
C 240
C 241
C * * * * * 242
C 7 * j * WAILVI * JPI a CUMULATIVE MASS aAEPO, 243
C * * JOEl * * * 244
C * a a * * 24!
C*a****e***.a***.*a **a************************************************** 2 46
C a * * * * 247
C 7 * a C(JMPCT * JPCNTI * CUMULATIVE PERCENT *AEQO, 248
C * * * * MASS a 249
C * a * a * 250
251
c * a * * a 252
C 7 * * WALLY2 a JP2 * OM/DLOGD *AER O. 253
C * * JOE2 * * a 254
C * * * * * 255
C**a******a*e********a**a***aa****a**a***** a.aa**a**a******aaa**e****a** 256
C a * * * * ‘57
C 7 * 6 * WALLY3 * JP3 * OM/OLOGD **ERO. 258
C * * J OE2 a * * 259
C * * * * 2 0
C*****a*******a************a *********eae****.*a*e***a**a***eaa****a****a 261
C * * * a a 262
C S a • WALLYI * J 4 * CUMULATIVE MASS *PNYSICAL 263
c * * JOEI * * * 264
C * a a * * 265
C***a***.**a*** *a********a****a******a****aaa*****a**a*a*a************a* 268
C a * * * a 287
C S a I * CUMPCT a JPCNT4 * CUMULATIVE PERCENT aPHYSICAL 268
C a * a * MASS * 289
C * * a * a 270
Caaaa***.*********a**aa*a*********a****.**************a*****a*********** 271
c * * * * * 272
C 8 * 1 * WALLY? * JPS * ()M/OLflGD * PF4YsTCAL 273
C a * JOE2 * * * 274
C * * a a * 275
276
C * * * * * 277
C 8 * * WALLY3 a JP * DN 0LOGD *PHYSICAL 278
C * * JOE2 * * a 279
C a * * * * 280
281
C 282
Sto G TO (73j,73 2 ,733,734 735,736,737,738 .tNDEX
731 IF(J1.NE.TRLAK)GO TO 790 2R 4
CALL WALLYI 285
GO TO 790 286
732 IE(J2.NE:,IBLAK)GO TO 790 287
CALL WALLY2 288
GO TO 790 289
733 IFCJ3,NE.TRLAK)GO TO 790 290
CALL WALLY3 291
GO 10 790 292
73 !F(J4,P4 !BLAK G0 TO 790 293
CALL WALLYI 294
GO ‘TO 790 295
735 !F’(JS.NE.IBLAK)GC TO 790 296
CALL WALLY2 297
CU TO 790 298
736 XFCJ8.NE.I8LAK)GO TO 790 299
445
-------
CALL WALLV3 300
GO TO 790 301
737 TSIGsI 302
TF(JPI.PW.IBLAKIGO TO 740 303
CALL. WAILVI 304
740 TF(JPCNT I.P.IE.TRLAK)GO To 750 305
CALL CUNPCT 306
750 IF(JPP.PIE,TMLAK);0 TO 751 307
CALL WALLY2 308
751 TFCJP3.NF.TRLAK)GO TO 790 309
TSTGs6 310
CALL WALLY3 311
TSTG=1 312
GO TO 790 313
738 IF(JP4.P4 .IRLAK)GO To 755 314
CALL WALLYI 315
755 TF(JPCNT4.NE.TPLAK)GO TO 760 316
CALL CUHPCT 317
760 TF(JP5.N ,IBLAX)GO TO 761 318
CALL WALLY2 319
761 1F(JP6,N ,I8L,AK)GO TO 790 320
TSTGao 321
CALL WALLYS 322
ISIG’t 323
790 CflP4TIIIUE 324
799 COWTI IU 325
900 FORMATC T1) 326
902 FORMAT(81 1) 327
1000 STOP 328
329
446
-------
BEGIN PROGRAM
MPPROG
READ INPUT DATA
FOR TEST
CALC. MOLECULAR
MEAN FREE PATH
L110
CALCULATE 050
OF EACH STAGE
-0
H
SUBROUTINE
OMONGU
COMBINE STAGE
1 AND 2 MASS
CATCHES SINCE D
OF STAGE I AND 2
ARE NEARLY
EQUAL
SET DENSITY = I
RECALCULATE RUN
FOR MERCERS OR
TOLD DEFINITION
OF AERODYNAMIC
DIAMETER
L oP 1
CALC. GAS
COMPOSITION.
PRESSURE
DROP. ETC.
CALC. SIZE DIS-
TRIBUTION ON
A MASS BASIS
AND A NUMBER
BASIS. ALSO CAL-
diLATE GEOM.
MEAN DIAM.
CALC. LOCAL
PRESSURE AT
EACH IMPACTOR
STAGE
SUBROUTINE
STAGE
FIND MAX AND MIN
MASS LOADING. MAX
PARTICLE SIZE AND
NUN 050 FOR THIS
YES
CALC. GAS
VISCOSITY
SUBROUTINE
VIS
e
FIND MAX AND MIN
GEOM. MEAN DIA..
MASS SIZE 01ST.. AND
NUMBER SIZE DIST.
FOUR THIS RUN
SUBROUTiNE
MEAN
PE 2* [
= 2 (BRINK)
SUBROUTINE CUT
ORDER D 50 S AND
PARTICLE SIZE
BY MAGNITUDE
CALC. CUMULATIVE
MASS AND PERCENT
DI ST H IS UT ON
SUBROUTINE CON
CUMULATIVE
MASS LOADINGS
FOLLOW 050 AND
MAX PARTICLE
SIZE ORDERING
CONVERT UNITS
AND FIND MASO
LOADING IN
SEVERAL UNITS
1
WRITE DATA
FOR EACH RUN
ONTO DISK-FOR
USE OF OTHER
MAINLINE
PROGRAMS
WRITE TEST
INFORMATION
OUT FOR THE
IMPA CT OR
CONE IGURATIDN
USED
CHECK # 1
PARTICLE
=1
447
-------
C MAP4 PPP ’,PAM MPPPOG j
C*******a*****a****aa***a******iase****************************************
Ca 3
TMTS jS a FPPTRAN v P flG * 4 FrDR C&LCULAT!’ r, STACE CUT Pr1T JT5,
Ca (!fl’5) AkP TM PAPTICLE STZE D1SYRY LTT F MATEPIAL Cr,L—
Ca LECTEP Pv a CASCAPE IMPACTOR. COMUE T CARPS PESCRIRE TMF T PLlT
Ca a Jr II7PI!T raTA a D TI - sE PUPTA T CALCULAT!OP4. T5 E PPrU,QA 7
Ca A DLES A iUEPSEN, BRI’ k, U !V!P ITY PE WA Irr) . MPI
Ce TMPACTPP P*Ta.
Ce
C*************ea.*4*ee********************t********************************* 11
C 12
T E1 FP X(P.U).VV
REAL i’ ass q • 1
PCII LE PPECISIPN X DPEN(lP),YP(tO),vAPPrtU),VAPC(1r1 IS
rIIMFNSID J IAM(2)PCfl? (S)
17
1PPtFfc ).flM&xxC5P).CLIMGFO) CUMC1CSO).GDMI I - CSfl).
AX P ) , 1 M X O 1 .fl JM 5f I) MX O),r)PM .q ), PPMA X(2),
4()NMAX(2) • TPAIL(RP) 71
CO M P ,RL(C1,PS(8)DMU.P APA.TCI.FS1ID ELP(*, )
CPMMO ,PLflCK2,T,MM.L.4 s4P.Q.PPC1.CYr.3,X.PC(R, , 4) 23
¶ R I a.r,S,r,PI A M,GP S W 7 5
C M fl’i/RLOCs(c, CtiM, PACTV ,MPACPD. 4MASS • A Rfl
DATA PPCPr /I .2p7.3.7R3EO2,3.92 .1. 5IQ3 O3.Q.37S/
r ATA
CALL. rF I jE (1 rs, 1 • 1. TL AM.T1O,O,O,n) 31
‘2
C 33
C REAP c r’E FflR T PACTPR TYPE PApACYY A 4D CPDE FtP £EY M7C
C tF STTY 1 P RE uSED MAER
C UPACTY z I — A JDE S!N
C s 2 — 5 RI Jk
C 3 — r ASI-4INGTDN (PILAT)
C g LL • s FT OPflLflGY RESEAPCM. I JC. (‘RI)
C MAFRO = P — CLASSIC pEr! J!TyPs U AERODYNAMIC PE’ SITY
C I — 4ERCERS DEFINITTOM L 1
C
E aD(2,qc)MPACTY,! AEPO
C
C ASS fl. PF MASSES TO RF REAP a 4fl. PF STAGFS + I FtP FILTER
C • I FOR rvcLr F (IF APPLICARLE).
C
N A S S
IF (MPACTY.GF.3) ASS.R
C
C NCUM a 5 P OF CUM. SS LOAtII CS ‘ DSO.
C 52
NC!J M:7 53
?r(MPACTY.EQ. j,P CUM:8
C cs
C REAP C,FNERAL yPE TTFICaT!ON LAREL TOALL. I FDRMATION ON TWIS
C C890 PERTA I S TO ALL PUNS• MAY TWCLUr)F TEST SItE, PATE(S). 57
C Rs T C Cfl OTT!flNS, FTC. TtTS WILL RE I-1EADT G tIE STATISTICAl. SR
C PP T CUlT Asp r,RAPMS IF PROORAM STATYS IS RUN.
448
-------
C 60
READ(2,1004)IDAL.L. •il
62
C EACH RUN HA$ THE THE CARD DATA SET T n FOLLOW. THERE AQ 6 63
C CARDS OR EACH RUN• 64
C 65
C 66
C READ CODE DP IMPACTOR NUMBER, MPACNO, EACH IMPACTOR IS 67
C A$*!GP1ED A NUMSER $0 THAT CALIBRAtION CONSTANTS FOR 68
C THIS IMPACTOP CAM BE STORED IN BLOCK DATA SUBROUTINES
C COMBKI AND C0M5K2. 70
C 7 2
C 72
C
c
C 7!
12 RtAOC2,99)MPACNO 76
IFtMPACNO)93.93.14
C 78
C P0 .. GAS PRPS$URE AT IMPACTOR IW ET’ INCHES OF MERCURY. 79
C TP$ •. TEMPERATURE OP STACK. DEGREES FAHRENHEIT, 80
C •. TEMPERATURE OP IMPACTOR. DEGREES rAHRfrnsE R. 81
C RHO .. PARTICLE DENSITY, GRAM8/CUBI CENTIMETER. 82
C OUR —. DURATION OF IMPACTOR SAMPLING. MINUTES, 83
C OMAX .. MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF MATERIAL COLLECTED. MICRONS. 84
C IF C3 USED. MC3I11 OTHERWISE. MCS.O,
C IF SO U$ D, MOOu1 OTHERWISE, MOO.O.
C IF LAST STAGE IS 85(86). WS.!(6 ) .
C IF BACK.UP FILTER USED, M?sip OTHIRWISE. MP.O ,
c
1’ READC2,jOO)P0,?FI,TP!,RP40,DUR.DMAX. MC3 .M00,$S,MF 90
C
C READ IN GAS COMPOSITION IN THIS DRDFR..CO2CDRY) CO(DRY) 0?
C N CDRY) 0?(ORY ) M20 93
C
READ(2,jO2) (PG (I).I 1.5) S
C 06
C READ IN STAGE COLLECTIONS IN MILLIGRAMS IN THIS ORDERs
C FILTER ITAGES(6,5.G.3.2.t.0) C3 OR C2
c
READ(,1Ob) CMASS(I),I*i.NMA$S) 100
00 290 !st,NMASS
MASS (I)PMASS (T)/10 00.0 202
2O9 CONTINUE 103
C 1ni
C READ IN IMPACTOR SAMPLING FLOW RATE TN ACFM, t o!
C 106
READ(2,310 ) F
C 108
C READ IN TEST INFORMAT!ON(OAT!,T!ME.ETC.) BETWEEN COLUMNS 109
C 2 TO 51 . PUT A I IN COLUMN 1. 110
C 111
READ(2,10O U!D 11?
c 113
C NRUN II INDEX FOP NUMBER OF RUNS READ. 124
C 115
P4RUN.NRUN+1 116
C 127
C IF CALCULATIONS FOR BOTH DEFINITIONS OP AERODYNAMIC DIAMETER ARE 11$
C DESIRED. INPUT DENSITY RHO U 1.0 AND NAERO 1$ SET a 0 SO THAT 119
449
-------
C ‘TGLt’ DT?UTTON OF AfRO, DIAMETER IS USED FOR 1ST Cfl’4PUYA 120
C TION 050’S, CLIM, MASS LOADINGS, ETC. (MERCER’S DEFINITION OF 121
C AfPO• DIAMETER IS USED FOR 2’ O COMPUTICIN. PHYSICAl. DENSITY 122
C COMPUTIOWS NOT MADE,) 123
NAfROMAFRO
IF(RHO•EQ ,1,) W*ERfl 0 125
C 126
C CHANGE DPY GAS COMPOSITION TO WfT• 127
C 128
DO 251 129
FGfT):FG(I)*(1 .OFG(5)) 130
251 CONTINUE 131
C 132
C 133
C 134
C 135
C 136
C ‘$ IS THE AVERAGE MOLECULAR WEIGHT OF THf FLUE GAS, 137
C 138
MM 4g.10*FG(1,+28.01*FGC2)+28.02*FG(3),32,o0*FG(4)+18.O2*FGC5) 139
C 140
C CHANr,E TMf TEMPERATURE OF GAS JN THE IMPACTOR TO DEGREES CEWTTr.RAOL, 141
C 142
TCT:5,0*CTFI.32.0)/Q.0
C 1fl4
C CHANGE ‘THE ‘TEMPERATURE O GAS IN THE TMPACTOR TO DEGREES KELVTN, 105
C 146
TKT:273.O+(5 ,0.(TFT 32.0)/9,O) 147
c 148
C CHANGE THE TEMPERATURE OF GAS TN THE IPIPACTOR TO DEGREES RANI(INE, 149
C 150
YRI5TFI44 6 O,0 151
C 152
C C A GE THF TEMPERATURE OF GAS TN TwE STACK TO DEGREES CENTIGRADE. 153
C
1C 55.0*(TFSb32,O)/9,0 155
C 156
C CHANGE THE TEMPERATURE OF GAS IN THE STACK TO DEGREES KELVIN. 157
C 158
TKS 273,0+ (S.0*(TFS.32.0 ) /9,0) ISQ
C 160
C CALC JL ,A1E THE FLOW RATE FOR IMPACTOR CONDITIONS TN ACFH. 161
C 162
QcF*CTXI/TKS) 1 3
C 164
C CHANGE PD TO ATMOSPHERES, 165
C 166
P0A P0/2Q .Q? 167
C 168
C CALCULATE DROP TN PRESSURE ACROSS THE IMPACTOR IN INCHES OF 169
C MERCURY. 170
C 171
JZP4PACTY 172
173
TF(J.EQ,2.AND.MS. EO.6)34 174
DP*DPCON(J )*(O*Q*Pfl)/TRI*MM/PA 175
C 176
C CHANCE OP TO ATMOSPHERES. 177
C 178
DPA OP/29.92 17
450
-------
C 160
C THIS SUBROUTINE CALCULATES THE LOCAL PREB$UP ! AT EACH STAG!, 161
C 16?
CALL. STAGE 163
C 164
C THIS $U8ROUTIP4E CALCULATES THE GAS VISCOSITY. 185
C 166
CALL VIS
C
C THIS SUBROUTINE CALCULATES THE MOLECULAR MEAN FREE PATH,
C
CALL MEAN 191
RHOIsISO
2010 CONTINUE 193
I SsI S.1
IF(RM0s1, 0 12 0 02,20 02,2 00 6
2002 DMAXSDMAXeSORT(RHO I) 194
C 1 97
C THIS SUBROUTINE CALCULATES THE 030 OF EACH STAGE. 198
C
2008 CALL CUT 200
C an I
C THIS SUBROUTINE CALCULATES THE CUMULATIVE MASS AND CUMULATIVE 202
C PERCENT DISTRIBUTION. 203
C 20L1
CALL CUM 205
C 206
C THIS LOOP CHANGES TM! FLUE GAS COMPOSITXON TO PERCENt, 201
C 20
2011 DO 10 1.1,5 209
FGr I)uFG(I)*jO0 .0 210
10 CONTINUE 211
C 212
C THIS LOOP INVERTS THE ORDER OF THE MASS, CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING 213
C 030. AND CUMULATIVE PERCENT MASS LOADING 4 030, 214
C 213
NMAS$1$PJM*S$,1 216
00 30 IR1,NMASS 21?
JuNMASSI.!
!MA$ SCJ).I4A$SU, 219
PRCUCJ) IPERCLJ(I) 220
ICUMM(J)WCUMMCI) 221
30 CONTINUE 222
C 223
C THIS LOOP CHANGES MASS/STAGE FROM GRAMS TO MILLIGRAMS. 224
C 225
00 224 Iu1.NM A$8 226
IMASSCIuIMAS SeI*l 00 0,0 227
ICtJMMCI)I!CUMM(T)*l00 0.0 220
224 CONTINUE 229
!PCMPACTY.2)Sol,502,50 1 130
501 M 5aNCUM 231
MMMu I 232
00 TO 503 233
302 MLSSMCI+Mop.po ? la
MMM,3.(MC3+M00) 215
C 236
C THIS LOOP CALCULATES CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING 4 STAGE 030 TN 237
C MILLIGRAMS PER ACTUAL CUBIC MET!R(CUMO), GRAINS PER ACTUAL 238
C CUBIC FOOT (CUMH), GRAINS PER DRY NORMAL CUBIC FOOT CCUM!5. 239
451
-------
C AND MILLIGRAMS PER DRY NORMAL CUBIC METER fCUMJ). 240
C 241
503 00 504 Isj,ML.S
J.!,MMM 243
FC.PRCUCJ)/t00.O
CUMCI) GRNAN*PC 245
CUM$tI) GRNA*PC 246
CUMICI).GRH$*FC 247
CUHJ(!)aGRNSM* PC 248
504 CONTINUE 249
C 250
C This LOOP CALCULATES TM! MILLIGRAMS PER DRY NORMAL CUBIC METER 251
C PER $TAGE 252
C 253
DO 505 Ial.NMASS 254
GGRN5(I).((IMA 53(I)*IS.4324)/(CF*DUR*29 4.0*P0A)/(Y S*l.O))) ’ tOO, 255
t0.PG(5) ),i00.o ,.Uli.54 /1O00.O 256
505 CONTINUE 257
c 25*
C THIS STATEMENT WRITES TM! TEST INpSRMATION. 259
c 260
WR IT!(3,tO0S) ID 261
c 262
C THIS STATHENT WRITES THE IMPACYOP PLOW RAT! • TEMPERATURE, SAMPLING 263
C DURAT!OW PARTICLE DENSITY. STACK PRESSURE, AND MAXIMUM PARTICLE 264
C DIAMETER. 265
C 266
wPTfl(3,201 )F,TFI,TCI,DUR,OP,TF$,TC$,R$0,P0,DMU 267
C
C THIS STATEMENT WRITES THE FLUE GA$ COMPOSITION, GRAINS PER ACtUAL 269
C CUBIC FOOT, THE GRAINS PER NORMAL DRY CU5IC FOOT, TN ! 270
C MILLIGRAMS PER ACTUAL CUBIC METER, THE MILLIGRAMS PER NORMAL 271
C DRY CUBIC METER. 27?
C 273
WRITE(3,202) p;(I),F 0 C2),pG(3),FG(4),p;tS),RNA,GRNS,GRNAM.GRN SM 274
C 275
C STAGE COLUMN HEADINGS, 050’S. MASS/STAGE. MASS Lfl&OPiG,$TAGE. 276
C % TOTAL MASS/STARE, AND CUMULATIVE MARS DISTRIBUTION ARE WRITtEN. 277
C FORMAT USED DEPENDS ON TYPE OP IMPACTOR. 278
C 279
GO TO C3 001,3100,3200,3200),MPACTY 2*0
c 281
C THIS SECTION WRITES STAGE COLUMN HEADINGS, 050’S, MASS/sTAGE, 282
C MASS LDADING,$TAGE, CUMULATIVE PERCENT MASS LOADING C STAGE 283
C 050, AND CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING 4 STAGE DRo FOR ANDERSEN 284
C IMPACYOR’. 283
C 286
C 287
C THIS STATEMENT WRITES THE D50’S FOR EACH STAGE. 2*8
C 289
3001 WRITEC3,3?03) CDPCCI),Ia1,e) 1$0
C 291
C THIS STATMENT WRjT!8 TM! MASS COLLECTED PER STAG !, THE MARS LOADING 292
C PER STAGE, AND THE PERCENT a? TM! TOTAL MASS OW EACH STAGE. 2 3
C 294
WR!7E(3,3113) tIMASSCI ,I.*,9),CGGRN$(I),It,R), eP*CUt!.i),!.1. ) 295
C 296
C THIS STATEMENT WRITER TP4E CUMULATIVE MASS LOADINGS IN MILLIGRAMS 297
C PER ACTUAL CUBIC METER.MILLIGRAMS PE DRY NORMAL CUBIC MEYER, 2 RR
C GRAINS PER ACTUAL CUBIC FOOT, AND GRAINS PER DRY NORMAL CUBIC FOOT 299
452
-------
C • FOR EACH $TAU.
C 3( 1
WRITE(3,3 1 14) CUMGC!,IU 1 $, CCU 4JCI).Xst.8). (CUMH(I).Iaj ,S) , cUM 302
303
GO TO 3300 300
3100 MISMS,M0O
M .M8,Mc3+Moo 306
M3.M 307
!FCMS.5)3110.3110,310 5 3O
3193 Ml.M2.1 309
3110 CONTINUE 310
Ic(Mc3 1 NE•1)Gl TO 260 31 !
C 31?
C THIS SECTION WRITES STAGE COLUMN HEADINGS, 050’S , MASS/STAGE, 313
C MASS LOAD!NG/STAGE, CUMULATIVE PERCENT MASS LOADING ‘ 8TACE 314
C 050, AND CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING SlAGE 950 5RINK 3 5
C IMPACTOR WHERE FIRST ‘ $TaG!’ IS eVCLONE . 316
C 317
TF(MS.5)QOO,4 0 0 ,300 3I 5
C 319
C 32
C TsI$ STATEMENT WRITES THE COLUMIJsirAOIWGe POP TN! CYCLONE AM STAGES 321
C SO.$1,$2.53.$4,S5,SF,AND THE 050’S. 322
C 323
400 WRITE(3,233)CyC3. CDPC(I). Iu1.M1) 324
GO TO 62!
c
C THIS STATEMENT WRITES THE COLUMN HEADINGS FOR TN! CYCLONE AND STAGES 327
C S0,$1,82.S3,$4.S3,$b,SP,AWD THE 030’S. 32A
C 32Q
500 WP!T!C3,? 03)CYC3 , (DPC(I).!e1 ,M1) 330
C 33!
C ?WI 5 STATEMENT WRITES THE MASS COLLECTED ON EACH STAGE. 332
C 333
623 CONTINUE 33
WPIT!(3,22 0) 335
WR!TE(3,214) C!MASS(I) • IRI ,M2 336
!FCM2 .IQ .7) WRTI’E(3,227) !MAS$C9) 337
c
C THIS SYATEME T WRITES TM! GRAINS P P NORMAL DRY CUBIC FOOT PER STAG! 339
C
!F M2.7) 312,512,313 34j
512 WRTTE(3,242) GGRN8CI),I.$.M2).GGRWSCQ 34?
50 10 SIG
313 WR!TE(3, ?04) (GGPNSCI),I.I,,) 3”
e
C THIS STATEMENT WRITES THE CUMULATIVE PERCENT OP MASS ‘ 050. 346
C 347
314 WRIY!e3,215) (PRCUCI,1,I.1 ,W3) 348
C 3 4
C THIS STATEMENT WRITES THE CUMULATIVE MASS IN MILLIGRAMS RER ACTUAL 350
C CUBIC METER SMALLER THAN 050. 351
C 352
WRI T!C3,2j O) 3 3
WR!TEC3,221) CUMG(1)
WRITE(3,?23) cuMGrI,1) ,I$1,M1)
C 336
C THIS STATMENT WRITES 7141 CUMULATIvE MASS IN MILLIGRAMS PER DRY 357
C DRY CUBIC METER. 35 5
C 359
453
-------
WR!TEC3 .217) 360
WR!TEC3.221, CUMJ(1) 361
WR!TE(3,223) (CUMJ(I+1).!.1,M1) 362
C 363
C TM!. STATEMENT WRITES THE CUMULATTVE MASS IN GRAINS PER ACTUAL 364
C CUBIC FOOT SMALLER THAN 030. 3 5
C 366
367
WR!TE(3.2 ?j) CUMHCI) 368
WR!TE(3,U3) (CUMH(!+1),I.1,M1) 369
C 370
C THIS STATEMENT WRITES THE CUMULATIVE MASS IN GRAINS PER DRY NORMAL 371
C CUBIC FOOT SMALLER THAN 030. 372
C 373
WRIrEc3,235)
WRTTEC3,221) CUMICI) 375
WRITEC3.223) (CUMICI+1),TR1,M1) 376
GO TO 3300 377
260 !FCMOO.NE,1) GO TO 261 378
C 379
C THIS SECTION WRITES STAGE COLUMN HEADINGS. D50 S, MASS/STAGE. 380
C MASS LOADING/STAGE. CUMULATIVE PERCENT MASS LOADING STAGE 381
C 030, AND CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING STAGE 050 FOR SRINK 38?
C IMPACTOR WHERE FIRST 51* 5! a 5tA 0. 3 3
C 384
!FCMS.5) *10.410,520 3 5
C 386
C 387
C THIS STATEMENT WRITES THE COLUMN HEADINGS FOR STAGES 30,31,32.33,
C S4.S 5 ,SF, 389
C 390
110 WRITE(3.?34) 391
GO TO *21 30?
C 303
C THIS STATEMENT WRITES THE COLUMN HEADINGS FOR STAGES 3O 31.S2,S3, 394
C S*.S5,S6 .SF
C 396
320 WRITEC3.pos )
C 39
C THIS STATEMENT WRITES THE 0305 . 390
C 400
421 WR!YE(3,209) COPCC!).Iu1.Mt) aoi
C 40?
C TM!S STATEMENT WRITES THE MASS COLLECTED ON EACH STAGE. 403
C 404
WRITEC3,2?0) 405
WRTTE(3,222) 1MA$S(I+1).!.j,M2, 406
!F(M2,EQ.b) WR!1E(3,Z27) !M*SS(9) 407
c 408
C THIS STATEMENT WRITES 1W! GRAINS PER NORMAL DRY CUBIC FOOT PER 400
C STAGE, 410
c 411
IF(M2. ) 422.422.423 412
422 WR!TE(3.2o7) (GGRNS(!,1).I.I,M2).GGRNSCQ 413
GO TO 42* 414
*23 WR!T1C3,?ob ) (GGRNS(!,t).I.1,5) 415
C 416
C THIS STATEMENT WRITES THE CUMULATIVE PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 417
C TM! 050, 41$
C 419
454
-------
424 WRITEC3,aoe) (PRCUCI+2),tR1.M3) 420
C 421
C TM 18 STATEMENT WRITES THE CUMULATIVE P4*85 IN MILLIGRAMS PER ACTUAL 422
C CUBIC METER SMALLER THAN D50 . 423
C 424
wRITEc3.e18) CCUMGCI).Iul.M1) 426
c
C 71418 $TATMEP4T WRITES 144! CUMULATIVE MASS IN MILLIGRAMS PER DRY ‘$28
C DRY CUBIC METER.
C 430
WPITE(3,2$7) ‘431
WRIT !(3,21 5) (CUMJCI).!*1,M1)
c
C THIS STATEMENT WRITES THE CUMULATIVE MASS IN GRAINS PEP ACTUAL
C CUBIC FOOT SMALLER THAN 050,
C 436
WRITEC3.?14) 437
WRITE(3.215) (CUMHCI).I’l,Ml) 438
C 434
C THIS STATEMENT WRITES THE CUMULATIVE MASS IN GRAINS PfR DRY W RMAL 440
C CUBIC FOOT SMALLER THAN 050. 441
C £4442
WRITECI,235) ‘ $43
WRIyE 3.2f6) tUMI(I1,Ia1.Mt) 4444
o to 3300 485
C 446
C T415 SECtION WRITES STASE COLUMN HEADINGS. 030S. M*5S/$TAG!. £447
C MASS LOADING/STAGE, CUMULATIVE PERCENT MASS LOADING ( STAGE £446
C 030, AND CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING S7AGE 050 FOR BRINK 4444
C IMPACTOR WHERE FIRST STAGE a STAGE 1. 430
C 431
261 !FCMS.3) 430.430,530 452
c
C THIS STATEMENT WRITES THE COLUMN HEAnINGS FOP THE STAGES $1,S?.S5 , 5 ’ $
C SUDS S 1 SFI
c
430 WRIT!C3.239)
GO TO 144j
c £459
C TP4!S STATEMENT WRITES THE COLUMN HEADINGS FOR 1’H!$ STAGES 81,52,53, 4460
C B’4 , 85,S6.SF , 461
530 WPITE(3,240) 462
C ‘$63
C £464
C ?4475 STATEMENT WRITES THE 030’S, 465
C
‘ $44j WP!TE(3 ,236) CDpC(!+1),Iut, 141)
c
C THIS STATEMENT WRITES THE MASS COLLECTED ON EACH STAGE.
C 470
WR!TE(3 ,22 0) 471
WR!TE(i,?25) C!MA$8(I+2).IUt,M2) 4472
1FCM2 ,E0.3) WRTTE(3,227) IMASS(Q) £473
C 474
C THIS STATEMENT WRITES THE GRAINS PER NORMAL DRY CUBIC FOOT EP 475
C STAGE. 476
C 077
IFCM2.5) 4a2.4a2, ’ $’$3 ‘$78
£4442 WRITE(3.237) (GGRN$CI+2).IB1.M2),GGPPJSC4I 47Q
455
-------
GO TO a o
5*3 WRITf(3 , )5) CGGRHSC!+2).I.1.b).GGRN$(Q)
C
C THIS STATEMENT WRITES THE CUMULATIVE ERCENT OF MASS 4 050.
C u s a
*4* WRTT!C3,251) cPRcUCI+3,T.1,M3 ,
C use
C THIS STATEMENT WRITES THE CUMULATIVE MASS p i MILL!GPAMS PER ACTUAL £157
C CUBIC METER SMALLER THAN 030, 44 55
C 459
WRTTE(3,2 10)
WRITEC3.22b) (CUMG(I),T l,Mi)
C £ 892
C 4443
C THIS STATM!P4T WRITES THE CUMULATIVE MASS IN MILLIGRAMS PER DRY
C DRY CUBIC METER.
C 096
WR ITE(3,pt7)
WRITE(3,216, (CUMJ(t),1.I,M1) 44 5
C THIS STATEMENT WIRTES TM! CUMULATIVE MASS IN GRAINS PER ACTUAL 300
C CUBIC FOOT SMALLER THAW D30 , 501
C 302
WRITEC3.2$9) 503
WR!t!C3,22e) (CU$N(I),!sl,M1)
C SOS
C 1NIS STATEMAPIT WRITES THE CUMULATIVE MASS IN GRAINS PER DRY STANDARD s e
C CUBIC FOOT SMALLER THAW 030, 507
C 50$
WR ITE(3,a33)
WR!TE(3.226) CUMICI),!51,Mt) 310
GO TO 3300 SS I
C 512
C THIS SECTION wRITES STAGE COLUMN HEADINGS, 030 ’S. MASS/STAGE. 313
C MASS LOADING/STAGE, CUMULATIVE PERCENT MASS LOADING 4 STAGE Sia
C OSO, AND CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING 4 STAGE D5O FOR UNIVERSITY 513
C OF WASHINGTON (PILAT) IMPACTOR OR POP WRI IMPACTORS Sib
C - 517
C 515
C THIS STATEMENT WRITES THE DSOèS FUR EACH STAGE.
C 320
3200 WRITE(3.6203) (OPC(!),! t,7) 521
C 522
C THIS STATMEP4T WRITES THE MASS COLLECTED PER STAGE, TME MA55 LOADING 523
C PEP STAGE, AND THE PERCENT OF THE TOTAL MASS ON EACH ST*GE, 5?4
C 325
WRTTEC3.6113) C WASSCI ,T. .S),tGSPMSCT),I’1, 51, (PRCU(T+t),I.1.7) 52 5
C 527
C THIS STATEMENT WRITES THE CUMULATIVE MASS LOADINGS TN MILLIGRAMS
C PER ACTUAL CUBIC METER. MILLIGRAMS ‘ER DRY NORMAL CUBIC METER, 529
C GRAINS PER ACTUAL CUBIC FOOT, AND GRAINS PER DRY NORMAL CU XC FOOT 530
C , FOR EACH STAGE. 531
WRITE(3,6 a fCUMG(I).II1.7).CUMJ(T).I 1.fl.CUMH(I),I.1,7), CrLIU 532
“3
C 534
3300 CONTINUE
C
C THIS SUBROUTIPIE CALCULATES THE SIZE £4TSTR!BUTIOPJ ON A MASS BASIS, 537
C 338
CALL OMONGO
456
-------
C 540
C WRITE NORMAL (Et XNEFRTNG STANDARfl) CONDITIONS. Sat
C saa
WRITEC3,2 43) 543
C 544
C IF MAkIPG CALCULATTnNS FOR ASSUMED AERODYNAMIC OENSTTY THIS 545
C SECTION WRITES WMETI4ER ‘TGLO’ OR MFLRCER DEFINITION USED.
C 547
IF(RHO.1.0 33o5,33O 5.332fl 5 48
3305 TF(NAERO)3310.33*0.331S sac
33*0 WR7TE(3.24a
GO TO 3320 551
3315 WRITE(3.245) 55?
3320 COP.JTIWIIE 553
C Sca
C F!Nr) MAXIMuM AND MINIMUM CUMULATIVE MASS LOADINGS CCUMGICISI Sc s
C AND C11MGFcys) RESPECTIVELY). MAX7MUN PARTICLE SUE (DMAKX(ISrj. 556
C AND MINIMUM 050 (OPCF(TS)) FOR TW S RUN. NC NO. OF CUM. 551
C MASS LOADINGS TO RE CI’4ECKED, ND z N0• OF D5O’S TO BE CHECKED. 558
C 559
IF(MPACTY.?)33 6 0,3370,3360
3360 NCZPJCIJM 561
NDsP.JC(JM
GO TO 3400 563
3370 NC M1+Mt3
NOgM 1 565
3400 NC I=NC+1 566
NDIND+1 567
!F(MPACTY.EO.2.A N O,M00.EO.0)ND1:NO1.l 568
DO 3500 J:1,NC
K5NC I.J 570
CUMGF(IS)aCIIMGCK) 571
!FCCUMGF( IS),3 5 00,3500.3 5 50 512
3500 CONTINUE 573
3550 CUM( 1(!S):GRNAM 574
D C 3570 J1,N0 575
K:NCl.J 576
DPCFCIS): OPC(K) 577
IF(r)PCF(IS))3 57 0.3570,3575 578
3570 rONTINUF 579
3575 DHAXX(TS):DMAX 580
C 5Aj
C F Nt MAX7Mt M A JD MINIMUM GEOMETRIC MEAN DIAMETERS (GDMAX(TS), 582
C G0MINUS) ,. MASS SIZE DISTRIBUTION VALUES (DMP4X(IS),DMMN(IS), 583
C AND NO, SIZE DISTR!RIJT!ON VALUES (ONMXUS),DNMNUS,) FOR THIS 584
C RUN,
c 586
00 4000 Js1,P4MASS
K:NMASS+I.J
589
!F(GDMIN(IS).GT.0,0)GO 10 4030 590
4000 CONTINUE
4030 GDMAXIS)XGEOMO(1) 592
on uj 0 J 1,NHASS 593
DMMN(t5)ZDMOLD(J)
!F(DMMN(TS).GT.O.O)GO TO 4130
4100 CONTINUE 596
4130 LL$J+1 597
oo atso IZLL.NMASS
IF(0MDLDC,1T.OMMN(!$ .AND.DM0Lfl(T ).GT.0.0)0MHNCIS )0MOLMI) 599
457
-------
*150 cONTINUE: 600
4160 DMMX(T$).DMDL.Df1) 601
DO *175 LL 2,NMASS 602
TFCD$DL0( L , T f)HNX(IS))DNMXtTS)$OMDLD(LL) 6 03
*11% CONTINUE 604
DO *200 Ja1 ,P.MASS 605
CIS)sDf)LD(J) 606
IFCDNMP1(!S).GT..O.O)GO TO 4230 6fl7
4e200 COMT !NU 808
1210 L.L J+1 609
DO 4250 I;LL.NMASS 6 10
IF(DNDL.DCI) ,LT.DNPiNCI$).*ND.DND D(!,.GT.0,O)DNMN(!$)aONflLntT) 611
4250 CONTINUE 612
4260 DNMX(I8)SDNOLDCI ) 613
DO 4275 LL12,NMAS$ 614
!F(DNoLDfl ) T .t5NMXCI$)DNMXUS)aDNOLO(LL) 615
*215 CONTINUE 616
C 617
C V&R IS BET OF DMAX, CYCS (IF BRINK AND CYCLONE tISID ) , 030(1) . 618
C 050(2),,, ,.,U5O(LASY STAGE) IN THIS ORDER.
C V N 5 $ T OF TOTAL MASS LOADING, MASS LOADING ( CYC3 (IF SPINK 620
C AND CYCLONE USED), MAS$ LOADING ( D50(1),, .,.,MASS LOADING 621
C D50(LAST STAGE TN THIS ORDER. VV NUMBER OF VARD AND vaRt 622
C VALUES. 623
C 62 4
VAROC I).DMAX 625
VARCC I).GRNAM 624
GO TO (6300.4330.637S,6373),MPACTY 427
C 62$
C THE DS0’$ OF STAGES I AND 2 OF THE ANDERSEN, Ii. OF W, 629
C AND NP! IMPACTOR ARE VERY CLOSE. THEREFORE, THE FITTING 630
C PROGRAM 15 SET TO IGNORE 050 AND 631
C CIJM . MASS LOADING OF SECOND STAGE, 632
C 633
4300 DO 6320 ! 2.$
J T 635
!F(! ,EO ,2) 3*1 636
VARD(I)aDPC(J) 637
VARCC!)aCUMG(J) 63$
6320 CONTINUE 639
VVw8 6 10
50 ¶0 6400 611
6350 01.1 642
IFCMC3.1)b011,6010,b O lfl 6 1 13
6010 VV.9 64”
V* (2)icYc3 645
GO TO 6011 648
6011 !P(H00.1)6016.6012,6012 617
8012 VViR 64*
VARf)(2)RDPC(i) 649
GO TO 6017 650
6016 VVs7 651
VARD(2).DPC(2) 652
6017 !F(M$.3)b05 1.6031,o032 653
6031 VV.VV.1 851
6032 NT *.(MC3,MOO,N0I) 655
VARC(2) BCUHC(1) 656
DO 4035 Xu3,VV 631
VARD(!).DPC(NT, 65$
V ARC(I)aCUMG(I.t) 859
458
-------
NTCNT+ 1
6035 CO JTIN( !E 661
GO TO 6aOfl 66?
6S75 DO 6300 I 2,7
J,I
TFCI.EQ.2) Jst 665
VAR O(T)t OPf(J) 666
667
6390 CO JYINLJE
VVu7
C 670
C CHECK FOP 0 VALUES IN YARD AN!) VARCI SET NON 0 VALUES s XNDPf i 671
AND Y!) VALUES, PESPECTIVELVe FINAL VALUE OF NFYT IS MU PEP OF 872
e (XN ! )P W , O POINTS TO RE FITTED IN SPLINt. 673
C 67a
eooo iai S75
IF(MF.EO.O VVIVV.1 676
NFIT VV 677
00 6050 TsI,VV 678
TF(VAPO(T)*VAPC(I ) 60a2,60 i2.6O
60U2 NFTT NFI’Tj
GO 70 6050
60 H1 XN!)PEN(J)ZVARDtI) 682
VO(j):VARC(fl
6814
6050 CONTTNUE 685
C 686
C 7N THFSE 2 LOOPS, INVERT ORDER OF N0PF AND V I) I.E. ND
C (XNI)EPN ,Y 11 1 j S 050 OF LAST STAGE AND CUM. MASS LOAOING TMT$ 688
C 0 S0•
C # qo
00 6070 TEI,NFTT 0j
JNFIT+l.7 692
VAQ 0(T) XN ! )PEN(J) 603
6070 VARC(7)sYO(J 604
DO 6080 Ts1,NFIT 695
6080 Y0(I)CVARC(7)
C 698
C OPDfR X !JOPFN (Ij D50 ’S AN!) MAX. PARTICLE STZF.) DV MAGNITUDE. 600
C vo nQr)FRIN FoLLti S XNOPEN r Rf)FR!NG. OPDERING OF CXNDPEN,VO) 700
C S IO JLD RFMATN SAME EXCFPT FliP UN7V OF WA$MINGTON STAGES ¶ 701
C A N!) (f 5ofl 050(t)) 7
C
Or) 6082 J:I,NFITI 7 05
706
D I ) 0 2 I 1,k 707
LL:Ie1 708
7n 0
6081 TEMPZYNI )PEPJ(LL) 710
XN OP E N(LL,$XN ! )PFN(I) 711
XNflN(7)g1’ Mp
TEMP yOt1 L)
VO(LL)syO(I)
715
6082 CONTINUE
C 717
C 05M4 s S 41LFST 050 FOR THIS RUNS 7 18
C 710
459
-------
OSMAZX NDP!N(1) 720
C 721
C JV • NO, OF CUM, MASS LOADIMG VS, 030 VALUES • 1 FOR MAY,
C PARTICLE OTAMETER VS. TOTAL MASS LOADING. (MAY RE NFIT,) 723
C 72’
JV. 725
!FCMPAeTY .EO.s.OR.MP*CTY.Ea.4 JVu7 726
C 727
C THE STATEMENT WRITES THE 5EPERAT! TMPACYOR RUNS ON A 0 18K UNIT FOR 721
C FURTHER MANIPULATION OF DATA IN THE SUB$FOUENT MAINLINE 729
C PROGRAMS SPLINI AND GRAPH, 73C
C 731
WRITE (1O’T5)!5.NF!T,GRNAM.!D.RH O ,TK8. POA.F 1(5).D$MA,DMAX, 732
IOPC.CUMG.OMOL O.GEOMD.DNDLD.CYC3.MC S,M00,MS. 735
2JV, (XNOPEN(I),I 1,NF!T) , (YD(I).1,1,NPIT)
C 735
C CHANGE PERCENT GAS COMPOSITION TO FRACTIONAL GAS COMPOSTTTON• 736
00 2030 I I,S
739
2030 CONTINUE
c 741
C CALCULATE A N W 8ET OF DATA FOR RHO EQUAL TO UNIT DENSITY. 74?
C ALSO. IF RHO IS I AND THE NECO Q WUMRER • IS, IS ODD THEN THE 7 3
C PROGRAM WILL CALCULATE 050 VALUES ETC. FOR AERODYNAMIC DTAMETFRS 7LIU
C BASED ON MERCEP’S DEFINITION jil TW NUT PASS 1 (IS EVEN) 745
TFUI$+1)/2.I3/2)12,12.2020 746
2020 RHOIIRNO 747
IFCRHO.EQ.1.)NAERO S I
RH Os I.0
GO TO 2010 150
C 751
C THIS SECTION FINDS TM! MINIMUM (EXCLUDING 0) AND MAXIMUI 050’S 752
C (MAX, HAX PARTICLE DIAMETER). CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING, 753
C GEOMETRIC P 4 EAN DIAMETERS, MASS SIZE DISTRIBUTION VALUES, £ 140 75*
C NUMBER SIZE DISTRIBUTION VALUES FOR ALL RUNS, THESE ARE USED TO 755
C NAME GRAPHING LIMITS IF PLOT GRIDS ARE DATA REGULATED,
C 737
93 DO 3000 Nsl,2 758
DPMIN(N, IDPCI(M ) 739
DPMAX(N)BDMAXXtN ) 760
CUMIN(N) CUMG,(N)
CUMAX(W)ICUMGI(N) 762
GEM!W(W) GDM7N (w) 763
*EMAX(N ).GDUAX(W) 764
DMWIN(W) DMMW P 763
OMMAX(N).DMMX(N) 766
DNMIP4(N) IDNMW ( N) 767
DWMAX(PJ)aDNMX (N) 7 6R
LLUN+2 769
DO 3000 I.LL ,I8 ,2 77fl
IF(DPCF(T) .LT.DPMIW(N))DPM!NCN).OPC,(I, 771
!FCDMAXX (I) .GT,DPMAX(N) )DPMAX (W).OMAYXU) 172
IF(CUMGF(I) .LT,CUMINCN) )CUM!NCN)ICUMGFC!1 773
!F(CUMGIU ) .CT,CUMAXCN ))CUNAYCN )1Cw40U 1)
rr(GD4IH(z) .LT,GEMIN(N) )GEM!PiU4 ).$DMINI) uS
TF(GDMAX(I).G7.GEP4AX(N))GEMAX(N)IGDMAX(I) 776
TF(DMMN(I ) ,LT,DMMIN(N))DMMIN(N)UDMMN(I ) 777
!F(OMMX(!),GT DNMAX(N ) )DMMAX(N )p0NM ( ) 771
T,(t)NMN(I .LT,ONMIN(N3)0NM!N(N).ONMN 7 1 ’
460
-------
I DNMX(I),GT , NMAX(N))DWMAX(N)uDNP4XCI 780
3000 CONT!PJIJE
C 782
C WRITE GENERAL IP4FORP4ATTON P PTATP4IWG TO ALl. RUNS IP4CLUOTNG CODE 783
C FOR IMPACTOR TYPE, GENERAL IDENT!FTCAT!flW LABEL, PHYSICAL
C DENSITY. AND GRAPMI G LIMITS AS FOUND ABOVE, 785
C
WR!TE(10 ’t Ot)NRUN,MPACTY,!DALL.RMO I ,GEMAX,GEMIN,DMPIAX,DP4MIW.DNMAX. 7 7
IDNMTN,DPMAX,DPMIN,CUMAX,CUM IN 788
eOO STOP 78
99 FORMATC2CU)) 790
1008 FORMAtUPI I,,,,3x,eoAi) 791
1000 FOPMATC8OAI) 792
300 FORMAT F5.2,2,e ,1 ,F4,2 .2F5.1.bIl) 793
102 FORMAT( 0)
toe FORP’AT(QFe.21
310 FORPIAT(F7,0) Toe
111 FOPMATC9F8.2) 797
112 PORMAT(F6 ,?,0Tt.F6.2) 798
201 FORMAT(IHO.2X .VIMPACTOR FLOWRATE,a •,F3,3,’ ACFM ’,15X,’TMP*CTOP TE 799
IMPERATURE • ,Fe ,1 ,’ F • ‘. 15,1,’ C ’,14X.’SAMPLXNG DIJRATIDW $ ‘,Fb
2.2. MIN ’ .//3X,iIMPACTDR PRESSURE DROP u ‘,FS,l,’ IN, OF MG’,7x,’5 801
3TACX TEMPERATURE ‘,Fb , l, ’ F • .rs.t .’ C’,//3X,’ASSUM!D PARTICLE 802
0 DENSITY • 1,14.2,’ GM,CU,CM.’.SX.’STACK PRESSURE • •,F5. ’ TP. ’. 0 ! 803
5 HG ’,SX,’MAX. PARTICLE DIAMETER p ‘,F5 j ’ MICROMETERS’) 800
202 FOQMATC IP4O.2K .’GAS COMPOSITION ( !RCENT)’,11X.’CO2 • ‘,F3 ,?,IOX.’C 805
to • •,rs.2,11x.’Nl a ‘ .FS ,2.IOX,’O2 • ‘,FS.2. IIX.’H20 $ ‘ ,F5 ,2,//3
2X,’CALC. MASS LOADING s ’. IPEII ,A.’ GP/ACr ’,l2X. IPE II.0, ’ GR/DNCF’,
312*, jPElt.4,’ MG/ACM’,12X . IPEI I.4. • MO,IDNCM’,//3X,’!MPACTOR STACE’ 808
0) 809
203 FORMATC ’,.0%X,’CYC’.6X, ‘SO’.SX. ‘Sl’.SX, ‘S?’.SX, ‘S3’,8K ,’ 0’,8X,’5 810
15.,,X, .569.SX ,iF!LTER’,SX,//3X,’8TAGE INDEX NUMBER ‘,20X.’1’,9X,’2 811
2’,RX, ‘V.9*, * ‘,9X , ‘5’,9X, ‘7 9,9*, ‘$‘,OX, ‘9’,/13X, ‘050 CHICO 81?
3OMETER S),2PX, 1 5.2 ,5Xi7(!5.?,SX)) $13
200 FORIIATCIHO.2X. MG/DNCM,STAGE ’,26X.fC1PE9.2,1X))
205 FQqMAT( 4i,5aX ,9S0’,8X. ‘St ’,SX,’S!’,SX. ‘53’,8X , ’ 54 ’,SX, ‘55 1,6*, ‘Se 815
t,SX.FtLTERS ,5X,//3*,’ STAGE INDEX NUMBER’.SGX.’l ‘,QX,’,’.qX, ‘3i,9 816
2*, ‘0’,9X, ‘5’ .9X, ‘b’,9X. ‘7’,OX, ‘A’,7X ,//3X, ‘050 (MIcROMETERS)’) 817
?Ob FORMAT(IHO.2X. IMG/DNCM/ STAQ! ’,56X,6( IPEO.2.IX))
207 FORMAT(jH0 ,?X, ‘MG/DNCM/STAGE’.3bX,6CIPE9.2. IX), l i x, 10E9,2 ) 819
208 FORMATC IHO,2X,’CUM, PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN D5O’,t0X,7(F6.P,L1 820
Ixn 821
209 !ORMAT(1el.51X,7CF5.2,SX)) 622
210 ,00MAT(1t40,2X,’CUM. (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 050’) 823
211 FORHAT( IHI,’REYNOLDS NUMBERS ANO LINEAR VELOCITY AT EACH $TAGE’) 820
212 FOOMAT( IHO,SX,’REYN.DC’, t0X , ’REYN.J8PA’.10X,’L! VEL.’) 825
213 !ORMATt IHO,4X,Fe ,2.9X,F6.2. IOX,!9 ,2) 826
214 FORMAT(’.’,0 0X,q(F6,2,4X)) 827
215 FORP4AT(IHO,2X , ’CUM. PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 0SO’,iX,8(F6.? 4X 828
1)) 829
216 FORMAT(tWO,?X.’CUM. (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN 030’) 830
PIT FORMAT(IHO.2X.CUM. (MG/DNCM) SMALtER THAN D5O’) 831
21A FORMAT(’,’, S IX,7CIPEQ,2, ix 832
219 FORMAYCIHO.2X.’CUM. (68/AC!) SMALLER T 4AN 050’) 633
220 FORMAT( IMQ.2X,’MASS (MILLIGRAMS)’) 831k
Ui !ORMAT(’ .41X.1PE9.2) 835
U? FORMAT(i,e.50*,S(Fb.2,4X)) 636
US FORMATC i.J,31X.7(IPEQ,2, IX )) 837
223 FORM*TC.,i,6ox.7(Fb.a,ax)) 838
226 FORMATCâ+ ,6iX.6(1PE9.2, IX)) 839
461
-------
227 FORMATC’,.121K.Fb.2)
2)0 841
3 coqMayc’,’.a3x. ‘cvC ,ex. ‘so’,sX,qI’.$x. ‘82’,SX, ‘83’,15X , ’$4’ 1 8X,’ 5 842
tS..I5X.PFILTER.SX,//3X. ’STAGE INDEX NIJMBER’,2OX, ‘1•.qX.’ ?’,qX.’3.
2.qx,’,qx, ’S’.,x, ’6’,9X. ’7’, IQX. ‘8’./13X,’050 CMICRONETERS)’.2?x. $44
3F5 ,2,%X b P5.2 ,5X))
234 FORMA1C.,.,S*X. 80’.8X. ‘si’.ex.’SZ’.$X.’83’,8X. ‘84 ’,8X. ’$S’,ISX, ‘F
IILTER’.5X,,/3X. ’ STAG€ INDEX MUM R’. X ’1 ’,QX.’2.9X, ’3’,9X, ‘4’. 847
2X, ‘5’,9X , ‘6’, 1QX, ‘7’,//3X, ‘050 (M!cROMUER5) ’) 848
235 FORMAT(1P40,2X,’CUM. (GR/r)NCF) SMALLER THAN 050’) 849
236 FORMAT ( 4 ’,bIX.6(F5,?,5X)) $50
23? FORMAT(IHO.2X, .MG/DpCM/S TAGE’,46X,5(IP!g.2. IX ).l1X. IPEQ.2) 851
23$ FORMAT( Hq ,2X,.MG/ NCM/8TAGE,46X,e(1P! .2.1X) ,1PE9.2) 852
23 FOPMAT(’+’,64X, ’SI . , x,’$ ’,$x,’ 3 0 8x.’8a’,8x,’s5’,15X,’ TLTEp ’ ,5 853
1X,//3X.’STAGE INDEX PIUMSER,44x,1 ,qX.è2,QX,3,9X.4.9X. 5’,lQ
2X.’6’,#/3X,’D50 (MICROMETERS)’) 55
$41) FOPMAT(.,.,6$X , ’S l’,SX. ‘S2 ,$X.’S3’,8X.’S4’,8X, ’SS’,8X. ‘36•,SX, ’F I 856
ILTER’,5X.//3X, 8TAGE INDEX MUNSER ’.44X. ‘1’,9X, ‘V .9K, ‘3’,qX, ‘4’ 857
?,9X,. 5 ,9x,EôJ ,9X,’? ’,//3X,’D5O (P ! ROu TEP$)S) 858
$01 POPMATCIKO ,$X,’CUN. PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAN 050 ’,2jX .$(Fôj ,4
IX )) 860
$42 FDRMAY(IWo,2X, .MG/D$Cp4/STAGE ’,26X,YCIPE 9.?. IX).2Ix, IPE9.2 ) 861
$03 FOPMAT(/,//)X,’NORMAL (ENCINUR!’d$ STANDARD) CONDITIoNs ARE 21 DEC 882
I C AND 760MM P4G,’) 863
$44 FOQP’ATC/ IX.’AER ODVNA$ZC DIAMEtERS ARE CALCULATED HERE ‘,
I’ACCOPDIP4Q TO THE TASK GROUP flN LUNG DYNAMICS,’) 86%
$45 FORMATUIX, ’AIRODYNANIC DIAMETERS ARE CALCULATED HERE ‘ . 866
IACCORDING TO MERCER.’) 867
3203 FORMAT(.,..4 )X,ö $t,,1X,’l2’ ,eX. ‘$S’,$X.’$a’,$X,’$ S’.RX, ‘S6’,81 ,’$
17’.8X,’S8,5X, ’F!LTER ’. SX,//3X.’STAGE INDEX NUM8ER’,24X, ‘1 ’,9X. ‘P’ $89
2.9X, ’ 3 • 1 9X, 4 .9X,’3’,eX.’6’,9X,’? ’,9X.’8’,9X, ’9’,//3X, ‘050 (MICRO 871)
3M!T!R$)’. ?2X .R(F5,$,SX))
3113 FORMAY(1I40.2X, MA8S (MTLLIGRAMS,’.?1X,Q(Fb.2,OX),//3X,’MS/DNCN/SIA $7?
IGE’,26X,9(1PE9.2,1X),//3X, ’CUM. PERCENT OF MASS SMALLER THAW Dçn’, 873
2IX.8COPFe.?,4X ))
31t FORMAT(IMO ,?X..CUM. (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN D50•,9x,e(1pE9.2,1x),//3 #75
IX,’CUM. (P4G/DPJCM) SMALLER THA J D5O ’ .8X.8(1PER.$,jX),// )X ,CUM. (GR 878
2/ACF) SMALLER THAN 05o ’,,x,$( IPER.2,1X.//3X.’CUM. (QR/DNtF) SMALL $77
)!R THAN t)50’ .$X,8(1PE9.? 1X)) 878
6203 FDRMAT(.,o.45X. 5 1 ,6X, . 52è.8X.839,$1,SUP.8X,8%,SX,986,$X. ‘S 879
17’, SX,’FILTER ‘.4X,/#SX,’$TAGE INDEX NUMRER’,26X,’t’,9X,’2’ 880
2,9X, ‘3’,QX, ‘ø ’,QX,’5’,QX,’6’,9X , ‘7’,QX, èBS,9X, ‘,//3X, ‘050 (MICRO
3METER$)’,$AX.7(F5,$,5X)) 882
6113 FORMA’(IHO,2X,’MA$S (MILLIGRAMS) ‘,23X,8(F6.2.4X). //3X, ‘MG/D5CM STA 883
IGE’,2$X,$( IP!0.2.1X),I/3X,’CUM. PERCENT OP MASS SMALLER tMAN 050’, #81
?3X.7(OPFb ,l,4X)) 8*5
6114 F0P$At(1140.2X,VCUM. (MG/ACM) SMALLER THAN Q50’,1 IK,YCIPE9.2,IX),// #86
13X.óCUM. (MG/DNCM) SMALLER THAN D5O ’,10X.?C IPEQ.2,tX).//3X.’CUM. ( #87
2GR/ACF) $MAL ER THAN 050’, IIX,T( IPE9.2 ,IX),//3X,’CUM. (GR,DWCF) SM 888
3ALLER THAW D%O’,10X.7(IPE4.2.IX)) * 89
END 890
462
-------
BEGIN
PROGRAM
PENTRA
READ IN THE
GENERAL ID
LABEL DES-
CRIBING TESTING
SITE. TIME. ETC.
INITIALIZE CODING
FOR PLOTTING PARAM-
ETERS WHICH DEFINE
MAX. & MIN. EFFICIENC
VA LU ES
READ IN CODING TO
CHANGE EFFICIENCY
PLOTTING RANGE OR
NOT & CODING TO
SURPRESS CONFIDENCE
LIMITS OR NOT.
IS
THE EFFICIENCY
PLOTTING RANGE NO
TO BE CHANGED
FROM INITIAUZED
YES
READ IN CODING
FOR NEW MINIMUM
AND THE FRACTION -
THIS REPRESENTS.
OPEN ACCESS TO
TWO SEQUENTIAL
FILES- FILE 16
FOR INLET INFOR-
MATION; FILE 1)
FOR OUTLET
INFORMATION
READ THE DENSITY
AND NO. OF RECORDS
FOR THIS DENSITY
FROM BOTH INLET
AND OUTLET FILES.
GO TO
1
463
-------
PENETR ATI ON
HAVE
FEICIENCY CALCU-
T1ONS bEEN TRIED
OR BOTH A SSU ED
F DENSiTIES’
NO
STOP
TO
ETJRPs HE DC
P) IL T’
OF MAY E’ V EFII
cF C’ F C DN
NO ENTRIES IN OUTLEt FLE
FOR THIS AS JMED DENSITY,
OR OUTLET FILE FOR
THIS DENSITY
- 3
NO
YES
TQ
I E’JR —E LOG
P OEABL ’CV A L)E
OF B IP ’V.)EP 5FF
OSNOY F t CT1DN
FOR V &XS
-------
FOR A GIVEN DIAMETEIl.
DEFINE THE INITIAL
VALUE OF AVG. EFFIC-
IENCY AND CONFIDENCE
LIMITS OF EFF. = 0, AVG.
PENETRATION AND CON-
FIDENCE LIMITS OF
PEN1. HAVE
YES
NO
READ ONE RECORD
FROM INLET FILE 16-
DIAMETER. AVG. INLET
DM/DLOGD. STANDARD
DEVIATION. AND NO.
OF VALUES OF DM1
DLOGD AT THIS
DIAMETER.
P
DEFINE THE MAXI-
MUM AND MINIMUM
X.AXIS VALUES IN
TERMS OF COMMON
LOGS.
CALL FCHAR AND
USE WRITE COMMAND
TO LABEL RIGHT Y-
AXIS WITH “PERCENT
PEN ETRATION’.
DEFINE LENGTH OF
X AND Y AXES IN
INCHES AND AXES
SCALE FACTORS IN
INCHES/USERS UNIT.
CALL FCHAR AND USE
WRITE COMMAND TO
WRITE PENETRATION.
EFFICIENCY ABOVE
THE GRAPH.
CALL SCALF TO
STORE PEN ORIGINAL
AND SCALE FACToRS.
CALL FCHAR AND USE
WRITE COMMAND TO
WRITE GENERAL ID
LABEL AND DENSITY
ABOVE PLOT GRID AND
ON LINE PRINTER.
CALL YPROB TO
DRAW THE Y-AXIS
ON LEFT FOR EFFI-
CIENCY USING
NORMAL PROB-
ABILITY SCALE
CALl. FCHAR AND USE
WRITE COMMAND TO
WRITE COLUMN HEAD-
INGS ON LINE PRINTER
BY CALLiNG FCHAR
AND USING WRITE
COMMAND. LABEL LEFT
Y-AXIS AS ‘PERCENT
EFFICIENCY’.
0
CALL YSLBL TO
LABEL X-AXIS AND
CALL XLOG TO
DRAW X-AXIS
USING COMMON
LOG SCALE
CALL XLOG
TO DRAW
X-AXIS USING
COMMON LOG
SCALE
CALL FCHAR AND
USE WRITE COMMAND
TO LABEL X-AXIS WITH
“PARTICLE DIAMETER-
MICROMETERS
CALL YPROB TO DRAW
THE Y-AXIS ON RIGHT
FOR PENETRATION
USING NORMAL PROB-
ABILITY SCALE.
465
-------
FROM OUTLET FILE
7 DIAMETER. AVG.
OUTLET DM/DL000.
STANDARD DEVIATION.
AND NO. OF VALUES
OF DUIDL000 AT
THIS DIAMETER
466
-------
4
is SET COOING TO INDI-
0. OF OM/OL000 CATE CONFIDENCE
VALUES TO GET AVG. LIMITS ARE NOT CAL-
T INLET OR OUTLET cULATEO AT THIS
O OR IS AVG O’ DIAMETER AND
NO
DEFINE AVG. PENE-
TRATION AS FUNCTION
OF AVG. OM/OLOOD AT
INLET, DEFINE AVG.
EFFICIENCY AS A
FUNCTION OF
AVG. PENETRATION
IS
NO. INLET OR
NO
DEFINE STANDARD
DEVIATION OF PENE-
TRATION AS ‘f’
OF THE ABOVE
1 SET CODING TO
A HE ISTANDAR INDICATE CONFIDENCE
K ETRATI DIAMETER AND CALCU-
ASSUMED DENSITY.
DEFINE STANDARD
DEVIATION OF
PENERTRATION AS
‘VOF ABOVE
DEFINE UPPER AND
LOWER CONFIDENCE
LIMITS OF PENETRA-
TION AND OF EFFI-
CIENCY AS FUNCTIONS
OF AVG. PENETRATION
AND STAND. DEVIATION
OF PENETRATION
DEFINE THE X.AXIS
PLOflING VARIABLE
AS COMMON LOG OF
THIS DIAMETER. ALSO.
GIVE IT A VALUE JUST
BEYOND EXCEEDED
BOUNDARY IF NEEDED.
467
-------
5
cOuLD
CONFIDENCE
UNRTS BE CALCULATED NO
THEM DESIRED
YES
is DEFINE LORER CON-
LOWER CONFIDENC NO FIDENCE LIMIT OF
LIMIT OF EFFICIENCY EFFICIENCY AS EX-
WITHIN BOUNDS’ TREME NORMAL
PROBABILITY VALUE
YES
CALL NDTRI TO
DEFINE LOWER CON-
FIDENCE LIMIT OF
EFFICIENCY IN
TERMS OF NORMAL
PROBABI LITY
DEFINE PLOTTED
LOWER CONFIDENCE
LIMIT OF EFFICIENCY
AS VALUE JUST BE-
YOND PLOTTING
LIMIT IF NEEDED.
DRAW DASH AT
LOWER CONFIDENCE
LIMIT OF EFFICIENCY.
ITHINO X ME
YES
CALL NDTRI TO
DELINE AVG EFFI-
CIENCY IN TERMS
OF NORMAL
PROBABILITY
DEFINE PLOTTED
AVG. EFFICIENCY
AS VALUE JL T
BEYOND PLOTTING
LIMIT IF NEEDED.
-------
6
COULD
CONFIDENCE
UMITS BE CALCU- NO
L: IS
YES
COULD
CONFIDENCE NO
LIMITS BE CALCULATED
AND IS PLOTTING
DESIRED?
YES
IS
UPPER CONFIDENCE
LIMIT OF EFFICIENCY
WiTHIN BOUNDS?
YES
CHANGE AVG.
FRACTIONAL EFFI-
CIENCY AND FRAC-
TIONAL CONFIDENCE
LIMITS TO PERCENTS
DRAW BAR FROM
LOWER CONFIDENCE
UMIT OF EFFICIENCY
TO AVG. EFFICIENCY.
I ..
TAKE ANTILOG OF
PLOTTED DIAMETER
VARIABLE TO GET
BACK DIAMETER
CALL SYMBOL TO
DRAW CIRCLE
AT POINT OF AVG
EFFICIENCY
RAISE PEN
I
WRITE ON LINE
PRINTER: DIAMETER
INDEX NO.. DIAMETER
AVG. EFFICIENCY,
UPPER LIMIT OF EFF.
& LOWER LIMIT OF EFF.
J U-
EFFICIENCY CAL
LATIONS BEEN MADE
FOR ALL DESIR
YES
o
DEFINE UPPER
CONFIDENCE LIMIT
OF EFFICIENCY AS
EXTREME NORMAL
PROBABILITY VALUE.
CALL NDTRI TO DEFINE
UPPER CONFIDENCE
LIMIT OF EFFICIENCY IN
TERMS OF NORMAL
PROBABILITY
DEFINE PLOTTED UPPER
CONFIDENCE LIMIT OF
EFFICIENCY AS VALUE
JUST BEYOND PLOTTING
LIMIT IF NEEDED.
RETURN PLOTTER PEN
TO ITS “HOME POSITION’
ON BASE LINE. 4.5
INCHES BEYOND GRAPH.
ETRATI ”. ,
‘ EFFICIENCY CALCU-” %.
LATIONS BEEN MADE
BOTH ASSUME9
P TIES?
YES
STOP
PLOT DASH AT
UPPER LIMIT OF
EFFICIENCY AND
RAISE PEN.
469
-------
C MATH PROGRAM PfNTRA
C*****ea*******e************************************************************ 2
cc Pfp TRA COMPARES INLET TMPACTOP DATA TO OUTLET IMPACTOP DATA TO FIND 3
Ce PERCENT EFFICIENCY. IN ORDER TO EXECUTE THIS PROGRAM THE TMPACTOR a
Ca PROGRAM MPPROG MUST NAVE BEEN RUN IN ADDITION TO PROGRAMS
Ce SPLINt AND SIaTIS, SPLINI U5 5 DATA RECORDED 6
Ce DUPI’Jr THE IMPACTOP PROGRAM EXECUTION IN ORDER TO MAKE FITS TO DATA, 7
C* STATIS USES THESE FITTED EQUATIONS TO FIND AVERAGE OM/OLOGO VALUES 8
C* AND STANDARD DEVIATION AT SPECIFIED PARTICLE 9
Ca SIZES, AND STORES THESE VALUES I D
IN THE APPROPRIATE IMPAcTOR fl [ • T ifp PROGRAM PENTRA $AKES A ‘P&RALL.E 11
cc P DIN OF BOTH INLET AND OUTLET SFQU WTIAL FILES. CALCULATIONS 12
Ca YIELD PRINT OUT AND PLOT OF THE CONTROL DEVICE’S PERCENT FFFTCIENCY 13
Ca AT SPECIFIED PARTICLE SIZES. 10
Ce USE THIS PROGRAM FOR 50 z CONFIDENCE LIMITS 15
Cea**a**a***a*****a**aa***************************************************** 16
C 17
DIMENSION FTLNMI(2),FILNM2CP ) IS
DIMENSION TPPOG2) , IDGEN(8O),RSUFCS) 19
EDUIVALENCE (RBIJF(1),RSLOT), (PBUF(2),DPLOT) 20
EQIJIVALENCE (RRUF(3)IAVEFF).CRBUFC4) ,CLUE).CRBUF(5),CLLE) 21
EO(JTVALENCF (RRUF(b),AVPFN), (R8UF(7 ).CLUP), (RRUF(R ),CILP) 22
DATA IRL&K/’ / 23
DATA FILNMI/ ’JWJOO’,’ IRIN’I
DATA FILNM?,’JWJOO’, ’2 4IN’/ 25
DATA DAST/ ’aa*a* ’/
C 27
C READ THE GENERAL IDENTIFICATION LAPEL
C PR
READ(2,12)TDGFN 30
C 31
C ININ AND IMAK APE THE CODE NUMBERS WHICH DETERMINE THE RANGE OF THE 32
C NORMAL PROBABILITY SCALE TO BE PRINTED AS V • AXIS FOR PLOT, 33
C THIN 16 YIELDS MINIMUM 80 PERCENT. IMAX 25 YIELDS MAXIMUM qq,qq
C PERCFNY, FOP OTHER CODE VALUES AND RESULTING PLOT RANGE, SEE 35
C SUBROUTINE VPRDR• YMIHFR (a .800 FOR 80 PERCENT) IS MINIMUM 36
C FRACTIONAL EFFICIENCY ON PLOT. 37
C 38
TMTW:16
IMAXa?5 00
YMTNFP ,AO0 41
C 42
C !CHPAN a 0 —— YM!N:16,YMTWFR..800. ICHRAN NOT 0, READ IN THESE. 43
C NSPCON a 0 • PL T CONFIDENCE LIMITS IF POSSIBLE. 44
NSPCOP4 NOT o .. SUPPRESS.
C 46
PEAD(2,5O1)!CHRAN,N SPC ON £17
IF(TCHRAN)18,1Q,I8
18 REAO(2,500)TMIN 4 9
REA D(?,51O)YM INFR
C 51
C FILE ia CONTAINS INLET INFORMaTION. 52
C FTLF 17 CONTAINS OUTLET INFORMATION, 53
C 50
l CALL SFElq ,FT NMI)
CALL SEEK(17,FTLNM2) 56
C 57
C WHEN MOEX a f SEARCH FILES FOR DATA WHERE RHO = PHYSICAL DENSITY, 58
C WHEN MOEX a 2 SEARCH FILES FOR DATA WHERE RHO a 1.0 GM/CC.
470
-------
C 60
00 200 MDEXsI,? 61
C 62
C IF tINe FILE OflES NOT HAVE COMPLETE RECORDS FOR GIVEN DENSITY 63
C T,ICATEn BY 1*81 O 1*52 a 4), AND THE OTHER FILE DOES. 64
C THIS LATTER FILE MUST B READ IN ORDER TO ALWAYS READ ‘PARALLEL’ 65
C PECflRDS FROM EACH FILE. I.E. THE 2 RECORDS READ, I FROM EACH FILE, 66
C MUST REPRESENT DATA AT THE SAME DIAMETER, THIS ORDER IS IMPERATIVE 67
C SPJCE THE FIlES ARE SEOIJFNTIAL (AS OPPOSED TO RANDOM FILES). 68
C LAS3 AND LAS2 ARE THE NUMBER flF PICDPDS TO SI READ, 69
C 70
REAO(16)RHU,IAS I 71
READ(17)RHO,IAS2 72
C 73
C THF ‘COMPLETE’ FILE IS PEAD,ALTHOLJGH ARGUMENTS APE ONLY DUMMY 74
C ARGUMENTS AND CAN NOT BE USED TO FIWO PERCENT EFFICIENCY, 75
C 76
!F(IASI*IA$2)126.126.131 77
126 IFCIASI.L*S2fl27.200,129
127 LEWDIAS2+1 79
DO 125 T:t.LEND so
128 PEADflT)XXX,XXX,XXX.IXX
GO TO 20f) 82
C 83
129 LEND$IASI+1
00 130 tRI,LEWD
130 PEAO(16)XXX.XXX,XXX,TXX Rb
GO TO 200 R7
C 88
C NOTRT DETERMINES THE EXTREME V — AXIS VALUES, YMAX AND VMjN, IN 59
C T PMS OF THE NORMAL PROBABILITY SCALE, 90
C 91
131 CALL NDTRI(O .9qQ9,YMAX,D.TE) 92
CALL W OTRI (YMINFR,YMIN,D,TE) 93
C 94
C THESE APE THE UTPEME X • AXIS VALUES, XMAX AND XMIN, IN TERMS OF 95
C THE 10Gb SCALE, 96
C 97
XMAX ALOG10(tOfl ,O) 98
XMTNALOG IO(.j)
C 100
C THESE AP I THE LENGTHS OF THE X AND V AXES IN INCHES. 101
C 102
XINrH:4 ,S 103
YINCH=6,5 104
C 105
C XS AND VS APE THE SCALE FACTORS (INCHES/USER’S UNIT). 106
C 107
XS:XINCH/(XMAX.XMTN) 108
VS:V INCk/(YHAX.Y MIN) 109
C 110
C COORDINATES xP TH AND VO DEFINE THE LOCATION OF THE PEN IN TERMS OF 111
C THE USER’S UNITS WHEN THIS PROGRAM BEGINS. (XMIN,VMIN) ARE THE 112
C COORDINATES OF THE USER’S ORIGIN, 113
C SURRO(JTINE SCALE STORES ITS ARGUMENTS FOR USE 5Y OTHER PLOTTING 114
C SUBROUTINES. 115
C 116
YOgYM!N.2,/VS 117
CALL SCALF(XS.YS.XMIM,YO) 118
c 119
471
-------
C 7H75 SECTION DRAWS THE V • AXIS OW THE LEFT AND LABELS IT AS 120
C ‘PERCENT EFFICIENCY’. 121
C 122
CALL YPROB(XS, VS,XM!N,O,TMTN.TM ) 123
XCS .15 124
YCS ..15 125
X:XMXM.1,0/XS 126
YS((YM*X.VMTN)/2,0’i4YMTN.((9.0*YCS1 Y8’1 127
P1.3.1415 128
CALL FCHARCX.Y,XCS.VCS.P!/2.)
WQXTE(7.3) 130
C 131
C THIS SECTION DRAWS THE X AXIS AND LABELS IT PART!CLE 132
C DIAMETER (MICROMETERS)’.
c 13i&
TXRA XMAX.XMIM 135
CALL XSLBL(X8,VS.XMIN,YMIW.I ,XM1W) 136
CALL XLOG(XS.YS,XMAX,YMIN,.1, IXPAW) 137
X(XMAX_XM1N)/2.0)+XMI ((16.0*XCS ’XS)
YgVMIW.(.7/YS) 139
CALL FCHAR(X.Y,XCS.VCS.0.) i o
WRTTE(7,2) 141
C I a ?
C TM S SECTION DRAWS THE V • AXIS ON THE RIGHT AND LABELS IT £5 143
C ‘PERCENT PENETRATION’. 144
C 145
CALL YPPOB(XS,VS.XMAX,t.TMTW,TMAX) 146
X*XMAX+1.O/XS 147
ysf (YMAX_YP4 1N)/2.0)+YMTN.((9 1 0*YCS)/YSJ
CALL FCHAR(X.V.XC$,VCS,PT/2.) 149
WPTTE(7,1) 150
C 151
C THIS SECTION wRITES PENE1RATION.EFFICTENCY’ ABOVE GRAPH. 152
C 153
XCSz.12 154
VCS ..12 155
X (XMAX.KP4!N)/2,)+XHIN.((1I.*XCS )/%8) 156
VsV’4AX+ 75/VS 157
CALL FCHAR(X.V,XCS.VCS.0.) 158
WPT1’E(7 .4) 159
C 160
C THIS SECTION wRITES THE ( W &L IDFNT!FTCATION LAREL IDGEN AND DENSITY 181
C RHO APOVE PLOT AND AT TOP OF PAGE ON LINE PRINTER. 16?
C 163
X XMIW 164
Y:YMA X4,5/VS 165
XCS:.OSb 166
yCS ..100 167
00 30 Iai., 16 8
149
¶FtIOGEN J).N!.IBLAK)&fl TO 40 170
30 CONTINUE I Tt
Jsi 172
aO CALL FCHAR(X,Y,XCS .YCS,0.) 173
WRITF(7,5) (TDGEW(1),!z1 ,J) 174
XZXM!W 175
YsYt4AX+ .25 1YS 176
CALL FCHAR(X,Y ,XCS.YCS.0.) 177
.PTTE(7,b)RH0 178
.PTTE(3,7 )(7DGEN(I),t t,J) 179
472
-------
WRT1E(3,17)RIID 180
C 181
C THIS STATEMENT WRITES COLIJMN HEADINGS IMTERVAL’,’D!&I4ETER’. IS?
C ‘AVERAGE EFFICTENCY’,’UPPEP CONFIDENCE LIMIT OF EFFICIENCY’ AND 183
C ‘LOWER CONFIDENCE LIMIT OF EFFICIENCY’.
C 185
WR TE(3, 5) 186
181020 187
KSIGzO 186
C 189
C THIS LOOP READS INLET AND OUTLET FILES • CA1.CULATE5,PLOTS, AND GIVES 190
C PRINT OUT FOR PERCENT EFFICIENCY. 191
C 192
DO lOD NSLOT$I,100 193
RSLOT.NSLO1 194
AVEFFa O,O 195
CLIJEO.O 196
CLL E2O.0 197
AVPE NZ I .O 198
CLUP I.0 199
CLLP 2 I,O 200
WCON 2O 201
C 202
C RECORDS APE READ FROM IFTLE UNTIL END OF RECORDS FOP THIS DENSITY 203
C IS SIGNALED BY 5 ASTERISKS (DAST), THEN IBIG SET * I UNTIL KEILE 204
C READINGS ARE COMPLETED. THIS IS DONE LIKEWISE FOR KFIL( USING 205
C KSTG I IF TETLE SHOULD HAVE MORE RECORDS THAN KFTLE. 206
C 207
IF(TSTG ,E0.1)G0 TO 45 208
READ(16)DPLOT , AVIN,SIGIN.NIN 209
IF(OPLOT.EO.DAST)! 81 021 210
45 IFcKSIG.E .1)GO TO 211
READC 1 7)OPL OT,AVOUT,SIG0UT.N0UT 212
TF( OPLOT.(O,DAST)K 5 1 0n1 213
C 214
C IF END OF RECORDS FOR THIS DENSITY HAS BUN REACHED IN BOTH FILES, 215
C ISIG a j AND KS!0 1. 216
C - 217
C IF END OF RECORDS FOP THIS DENSITY HAS BEEN REACHED IN ONLY ONE 218
C OF THE FILES, LOOP CONTINUES TO RETURN AND READ THE LONGER FILE. 119
220
47 TFCISIG+KS!&.1)21O,1 0 0,lSO 221
210 TFCAVIN*NIN*NOUl)215,2IS. ??O 22?
215 NCOWaI 223
GO TO 50 224
220 AVPENaAVOUT/AVIN 225
AVEFFZ1,O.AVPEPJ 226
IF(NIN.EQ,1.OP.NOUT ,E0.1) GO TO 221 227
ROUT*NOUT 228
RTN2NIW 129
TOUTa(O,674+CO.32*((R0UT.1.)**(.1.072)))8QRT OhJT) 230
TIa(fl,o74,(O.32*(CPINhI1.)**( 1.072))) )/5ORT 1N) 231
232
1/PIN) 233
IF(SIGIO)221.221.l 5 234
221 NCON*1 235
GO TO 50 236
225 SIGIOa$QRT($IGIO) 237
CLUP.AVPEN+STGTO 238
CLLP$ AVPEN STGIO 239
473
-------
a1 CLUEsI.O•CLIP 240
CLLE I.0.CLUP 241
C 242
C THIS SECTION PLOTS THE AvERA PERCENT EFFICIENCY WITH UPPER ANfl 243
C LOWER CflNFIDENCE LIMITS VS. PARTICLE DIAMETER. 244
C 245
50 OPLOTsALOGIOCOPLOT) lab
c 247
c uwcTtONS XV*L AND YVAL CHECK FOR VALUES OUTSIDE PLOTTING GRID. 248
C I VALUE .25 INCHES OUTSIDE OF THE GRTO IS GIVEN TO ANY SUCH POINTS, 249
C OTHERWISE THE VALUE IS NOT CHANGED. 250
C 251
XNgXVA (DP OT,XHAX,XMIN.WS) 25?
C 253
C jF LOWER CONFIDENCE LIMIT CLLF IS TO BE DRAWN, FINO ITS VALUE 254
C TM TERMS OF NORMAL PROBARILITV SCALE. 255
C 256
TFCON.NE.0.OR.N$PC0M.ME. ) GO TO 327 257
C 258
C 259
C IF CLL( ,000i, SET YV s ARBITRARY NUMBER d YMIN, 260
C 261
CCLLE.. 0 0 0I)30 5,31 0 , 3 1 0 262
305 Yv .4 O 263
GO TO 325 264
C 265
C IF CLIE 18 ,9999, SET VV s ARBITRARY NUMBER YMAX, 266
C 267
310 i (,QQ99.CLLE)315,32O, 3 ° 268
315 YV=4.0 269
GO 70 325 270
C 271
C SUBROuTINE NDTPT(P,S,D.IE) FINDS THE VALUE OF P IN TERMS OF 272
C NORMAI PROBABILITY SCALE FOR ,0001 P .9999, THIS RETURNED 273
C VALUE IS 8, 274
C 275
3 O CALL NOTRI(CLLE,YV,D,!E) 176
C 277
C CHECK If) SEE THAT LOWER CONFIDENCE LIMIT IS WITHIN PLOTTING 278
C LIMITS. DRAW HORIZONTAL LOWER CONFIDENCE LIMIT TICK. 279
C 280
325 Y gYVAL(YV,YMAX,YMIW,YS) 281
XN XN—,03/XS 282
CALL FPLOT(e2,XN,YM) 283
XNSXW+ ,O6/XS
CALL FPLOT(O,XN,YN) 285
XN:XN,03/XS 286
CALL. FPLOTCO,XN,YN) 287
C 288
C FIND VALUE OF AVEFF IN 1 RM3 f)F NORMAL PROBABILITY SCALE AS 289
C FOR CLLE ABOVE. 290
C 291
327 !F(AVFFF..0001)330.335,335 292
330 YVz.4,0 293
GO To 350 294
335 T,(.9Qe9.AVEFF)34O,345.345 295
340 YVz4,O 296
GO TO 350 297
345 CALL NDTRT(AVEFF,YV,D,IE) 298
C 299
474
-------
C CHECK TO SEE THAT AVERAGE IS WITHIN PLOTTING LIMITS, DRAW 300
C VERTICAL BAR FROM LOWER CONFIDENCE LIMIT TO AVERAGE, 301
C 302
350 YN YVALCYV.YMaX,YMTN,Y5) 303
CALL FPLOT(0,XN,YN) 304
TF(NCON.NE,o.OR,NSPCON.NE,0) CALL FPLOT(2,XW,YN) 305
C 306
C SUBROUTINE SYMBOL(I,S) DRAWS A SYMBOL DETERMINED BY I (HERE I u 9, 307
C TI4FREFOPE DRAWS SOLID CIRCLE) INSIDE A SQUARE OF DIMENSION 8, 308
C 309
CALL SVMBOL(Q..04) 310
C 311
C IF UPPER CONFIDENCE LIMIT CLUE IS TO BE DRAWN, FIND ITS VALUE 312
C IN TERMS OF NORMAL PROBABILITY SCALES 313
C 314
IFCPJCON,EO.O,AND.NSPCON.EQ.0)Gfl TO 354 315
353 CALL FPLDT(1,XN,YN) 316
GO TO 55 317
354 IF(CLUE..0001)355,3bO,36o 318
355 VV .4 ,O 3j 9
GO TO 375 320
360 IF(.9999—CLtJE’j365,370,370 321
365 YV 4 ,0 322
GO TO 375 323
370 CALL NDTRI(CLUE,YV,D,XE) 324
C 325
C CHECK TO SEE THAT UPPER CONFIDENCE LIMIT IS WITHIN PLOTTING 326
C LIMITS. DRAW VERTICAL BAR FROM AVERAGE TO UPPER CONFIDENCE LIMIT 327
C AND DRAW HORIZONTAL TICKS 328
C 329
375 YN vVAL(YV,YMAX,YMTN ,YS) 330
CALL FPLOT(O,XN,YN) 331
XN .XN.,03/XS 332
CALL FPLOT(O,XN,VN) 333
XW8XN,.06/XS 334
CALL FPLOT(.1,XN,YN) 335
C 336
C THIS LOOP CHANGES FRACTIONAL EFFICIENCY TO PERCENT EFFICIENCY FOP 337
C PRINTING, 338
C 339
55 DO 60 I;3,5 340
RBUF (fliRBUF e fl*1 00, 341
IF’CRBUF(!) ,GE, l O O. O)RBUFCI). l O O , O 342
!F(RBLJ F(I),LE.fl.0)R8UF(I) 0.0 3 3
60 CONTINUE 344
C 345
C CHANGE PROM LOGlO DIAMETER TO DIAMETER OR PRINTING, 346
C 347
DPLOT IO,O**DPLOT 348
C 349
C WRITE DIAMETER INDEX NUMBER, DIAMETER, EFFICIENCY, UPPER 350
C LIMIT OF EFFICIENCY, AND LOWER LIMIT OF EFFICIENCY. 351
C 352
70 WPTTE (3,11)(RRUF(I),!I1,5)
100 CONTINUE 354
C 335
C RETURN PLOTTER PEN TO BASE LIME 3 INCHES BEYOND GRID, THEN READY 356
C FOR NEXT PLOT, 357
C 358
150 XN.XMAX+4 ,5/X 5 359
475
-------
YNaVO 360
CALL FPLOTCO.XN,YW) 361
200 CONTINUE 362
I FO MAY(1X,’PERCEP1T PENETRATION’) 363
2 FORNAT($X,’PARTICLE DIAMETER (MICROMETERS)’) 3 4
3 FORMAT(1 ,’PERCENT EEE!C!ENCY’) 3 5
a FORP4A?(IX, .PE NETRArION.LFFICTENCY’,
S rorn4AT(1x,80AI, 3 7
6 FORM*1(IX,’R140s ‘,E4,2.’ GM/CC’) 368
7 FORMAT(1I$t,1X ,80A 1 ) 369
17 FORMATtIX , R$Oa ‘,FA 1 2, ’ GM/CC’) 370
5 FORMAT(38X.’UPPER CONFXDENCE’,3X,’LOWER CONEIDEP4CE’/, 371
127X. ’AVERAGE ’.7X, ’LIMIT OP,t1*,L1M!T ‘ • 372
373
38X,’EFFICIENCY’l) 37a
11 FORNATt6X.P3.O.3X,F8.a.SX.F8.4,7X, e.1.tIX,P$.4) 375
12 FORMAT(80At) 376
500 FOR$A?(?I2) 377
301 PORMA?(2!1) 378
310 EORMAT(FS,0) 379
360
ENI 381
476
-------
C MATH PROGRAM PENLOG
2
Ce PEWLOG COMPARES 1P4%.ET IMPACTOR DATA TO OUTLET IMPACTOR DATA TO FIND 3
Ce PERCENT fFFI ENCY. IN ORDER TO EXECUTE THIS PROGRAM THf IMPACTOR 4
Ce PROGRAM MPPPOO MUST HAVE RUN RUN IN ADDITION TO PROGRAMS 5
cc SPLINI s *t s, SPlINt USES DATA RECORDED 6
Ce DURING THE IMPACTOR PROGRAM ! ECUYIoN TN ORDER TO MAKE FITS TO DATA. 7
Cc STATIS USf s THESE PITTED EQUATIONS TO FIND AVERAGE DM/OLOGO VALUES 8
Ce AND STANDARD DEVIATION AT SPECIFIED PARTICLE
Ce SIZES, AND STORES TP$EU VALUES
Cc 4 TI.i APPROPRIATE IMPACTOR FILE. THEN PROGRAM PENLOG MAKFS A ‘PARALLE ti
Ce READING OF BOTH INLET AND OUTLET SEQUENTIAL FILES. CALCULATIONS 12
Ce YiELD PRTHT OUT AND PLOT OP THE CONTROL DEVICE’S PERCENT EFFICIENCY 13
C* AT SPECIFIED PARTICLE SIZES.
Cc IJIE THIS PROGRAM FOR 50 CONFIDENCE LIMITS 15
C*e*e***e**eaee**ec*eee*eee**ee**eeec*c**e************e**e***ee.**a******e** 16
C 17
DIMENSION PILNP4 I(2),FILNM2(Z)
OIMV4SION rP*OG 2.!DGEWc8O).R8UF8
DIMENSION TVC1O)
EQUIVALENCE (RRUF(l),R$LOT).(RBUF(2).DPLOT) 21
EQUIVALENCE ( RRUF(3),AVE!F),(PBtJF(4) ,CLUE),(RBtJF(5).CLLE) 2
EQUIVALENCE (RBuF(6).AvPtN). (RBuPc7 ).e .uP). (RR(JF(8),CLLP) 23
DATA TV/99 .9q ,gQ 9B,qg,93,9Q,Q,99 1 8 ,Qe.5,9q .O ,Qe 5 O,q5 5 o ,9O•fl/ 24
0*1* TBLAK/’ ‘I 25
DATA FILNM II’JWJOO’,’lBTN’/ 26
OATA FILNM2,.3WJO0’,’2B!M’/
DATA D*8T/’**** ’/ 28
C 79
READ THE GENERAL IOENT!F!CAT!ON LABEL
C 31
READ(2 ,t2)IDGEP4 32
c
C NSPCON a a. L 0T CONFIDENCE LIMITS IF POSSIBLE. 34
C $PCON NOT a o . . SUPPRESS.
C 36
READ(2,5Ot) NSPCON 37
C
C FILE lb CONTAINS INLET INFORMATION. 39
C FILE 17 CONTAINS OUTLET INFORMATION. 40
C
CALL SEEK (16,FILNMI) £12
CALL SEEK(l7.F!LHM2) ü3
C 44
C WHEN HOEX • I SEARCH FILES FOR DATA WHERE RHO a PIYSICAL DENSITY. £15
C WHEN MDEX • 2 SEARCH FILES FOR DATA WHERE RHO a ,0 GM/CC.
C 417
00 200 MDEX.j,2
C £19
C IF ON! FILE DOES NOT HAVE COMPLETE RECORDS FOR GIVEN DENSITY 50
C (INDICATED BY LAS1 OR LAS2 I 0), AND TIsE OTHER PILE DOES,
C THIS LATTER FILE MUST BE READ IN ORDER TO ALWAYS READ PARALLEL’
C RECORDS FROM EACH FILES I.E. THE RECORDS READ, 1 PROM EACH FILE, 53
C MUST REPRESENT DATA AT THE SAME DIAMETER. THIS ORDER IS IMPERATIVE 54
C SINCE THE FILES ARE SEQUENTIAL (AS OPPOSED TO RANDOM FILES). 55
C LASt AND LAS? ARE THE NUMBER OF RECORDS TO SE READS 56
C 57
PEAD(1b )RHO,LAB I
REA D( IflRHO,LAS2
477
-------
C 60
C THE COHPLETE PILE 18 READ,ALTHOUGI4 ARGUMENTS ARE ONLY DUMMY 61
c ARGUMENTS AND CAN NOT 5 USED TO FIND PERCENT EFFICIENCY. 62
c
IF(LA S ItLA SP)124.12 6.1i1
126 IF(LA$1.1A8?,1Z7,Z00,120 65
127 LtwoaLAsa.t 66
DO 128 IRi.LEND 67
128 RtAD(17)XXX,XXX,XXX.IXX
O TO Soc
C 70
129 LEPU).LA51+j 71
oo iso Z.1.LEND 12
130 READCIb)XXX.YXX,XXX,IXI 73
O TO 800 74
C 7 5
C THESE IRE THE EXTREME V • AXIS VALUES. YMAX AND YMIP4, 1P4 TERMS flF lb
C THE LOGIO SCALE. 77
C 78
131 VMAXUALOGIOCIO.0) 10
YMTP4 UALOG IO( .O1) $0
C $1
C THESE ARE T N! EXTREME X • AXIS VAlUES, XMAI AND XMIN, TN TERMS Y
C THE LOGIO SCALES
C 54
XMA X$ALDOifl(1 00,O)
XM WUAlOG1Ot 1
C $7
C THESE ARE THE LENGTHS fl THE X AND V AXES IN INCHES,
C 59
XINCHsI.5
VINCW*6.S
C 92
C XS AND VS APE THE SCALE FACTORS (INCHES/USER’S UNIT). 93
C 04
X8$XIWCH/(XMAX.XMIN) 95
V5.YIPJCP4/(VMAX.VMIW) 96
e
C COORDINATES XM!N AND VO DEFINE THE LOCATION OF THE PEN IN TERMS p
c THE USER’S UNITS WHEN THIS PRDGRAH SEGTNS, (XMIN,VMIN) ARE THE 09
C COORDINATES OF THE USER’S ORiGINS too
C SUSROLITINE SCALP STORES ITS ARGUMENTS FOp USE SY OTHER PLOTTTNr, 101
C SIJBR OUTINE8S 102
C 103
YO YMIN.2,/VS 104
CALL SCALFCXS.V8.XMJN,Y0) 105
C 106
C THIS SECTION DRAWS THE V — AXIS OW THE RIGHT AND LABELS IT AS 107
C ‘PERCENT PENETRATION’. 105
C
CALl. VLQG(X5.YS,XMIN,VMAX,.1, 5) 110
CALL LGLBL(XI,YS,XMIN,YMXN.3..2,.1) 111
XCSu ,l5 112
YCSi.15 113
XsXP4TN. 1.O/X$ 11
115
P 1*3 .1 415 l lh
CALL. PCHAR(X,V.XC S,YCS.PI/2.) 117
WPITE(7,1) 118
C 110
478
-------
C THIS SECTION D AW8 THE X — AXIS AND LA*EL$ IT ‘PARTICLE 120
C DIAMETER (HICR0MEYE $)’, 121
C 12?
IXRAP4 XMAx.XpqI,l 123
CALL XSLBL(XS,y$.XMIN,yMTp1 ,IxpAw.xpl!h) 124
CALL XLOG(XS,YS,XMAX,yMIN,.j , xpAt i
XI((XMAX.XMIN)/2.O).XMIN.((1 6.O*xC$ ,X 5, 126
127
CALL FCHAR(X.V.xC8,VCS.0 .) 128
WRtT! 7,2 129
C 130
C THIS SECTION OPAWS THE V • AXIS ON THE LEFT AND LAPELS IT AS 131
C ‘PERCENT EF TCIENCY’. 132
C 133
CALL YLOGCX$,Y8,XMAX.VMIw,1,3 134
XCS. 0 1 15 135
VC Ss O.15 136
JRO 137
DO 27 Isl,1O ,3 13*
J;J,1
X.XMAX+XC8,X8 140
V RVM IN+J.1.,075 1Y 5 141
CALL FCHAR(X.Y,XC8,YCS,0.)
!FU.3)2!,25 ,p0
20 WRITE(7 ,21 ’ry(I) 144
21 OPMAY(IX,F4 .1) 1115
GO TO 27 146
25 WRITE(7.26)Tv(I) 147
26 0RMA1C1X, 5 1 ) In s
27 CONTINUE 149
XSYMAY+1,0/X8 150
151
rAIL FCHAPCX,y,XCS,VCS.PI/2,) 1 5 2
WRITE(7,3) 153
C 154
C THTS SECTTOP4 WRITES ‘PENETRATION.!FPIC!ENCV’ ABOVE GRAPH. 155
C 156
xCS . 12 1 57
VcS .,2 158
XI((XMAX.XM IP4, )+XM N.(( 1j 1 *XC$)/X5, 159
YgYMA 4 1 75/V5 160
CAlL ICHAR(X,Y.XCS.VCS.O.) 161
162
C 163
C THIS SECTION WRITES THE t NERAL IDENTIFICATION LASEL. IDGE i AND OENSITV too
C R 0 ABOVE PLOT AND AT TOP OF PAGE ON LINE PRINTER. 16c
C 166
XgXMIN 167
Y.YMAX+ .5/VS 16*
leg
VCSa .10 0 170
00 30 I 1.7Q 171
JaSo.! 172
IFUOGCN(J,NE ISLAX)GO TO 40 173
30 CONTINUE 174
Jut 175
40 CALL FCNAR(X,Y.KCS.YCB,O.) 176
WRTYE(7,5)(IDGE N(!),!.1,J) 177
KIXH!PJ 178
YaYMAX+ .ZS/YS 179
479
-------
CALL FCi4AR(x.V.XCS,YCS.O.)
WRITE(7 ,b flI4O
WRITE(3,7)(TDGEN(I),TS1,J) 182
WR ITEII, 1flRMO 183
C
STATEMENT WRITES COLUMN • ITERVAL..’D!AMETE ’. 1*5
C AVERAG! EFF!CIENCV’,’UPPEP CONFIDENCE LIMIT OF (FFICTEP4CY’ AN!) 1*6
C ‘LOWER CONFIDENCE LIMIT OF EFF!CI!WCY’. 187
C 1* 8
WRITE(J.8) 189
!SIGsO 190
KSIGZO 191
C 1Q2
C HI3 LOOP R kDS INLET AND OUTLET PILES • CALCULATES,PLOTS, AN!) olvES 1 3
C PRIwT OUT FOR PERCENT EFFICZEPCYS
C 195
00 100 PJILCITS1.100
R$LC !TIP4SLOT 197
198
CLUf O.O
CL LEUO.O 200
AVPEN a&.0
CLUPSI.O 202
CLLPs l.0 203
NtOPIIO 20a
C 205
C ECflRD$ AR! READ PROM TFILF LiPJTIL EwO OF RECORDS FOR THIS DFNSTTY 206
C IS SIGNALED SY 5 AST !RIS ($ (DA$T . T 4 P1 ISIG SET a j UNTIL kFTLF 207
C PE*OIWGS ARE COMPLITEO. THIS IS DONE LIKEWISE FOP KPILE USDJI 20*
C K$IG • j IF !PILE SHOULD HAVE MORE RECORDS THAW KFILE . 209
C 210
TF(ISIC,E9.t)iO TO S
READC 16)DPLOT.AVTN.$IGTN.NTN 21?
TFCOPLOT.CG.DAST)I$Ia.1 213
43 IP’(KSI ,EO.l)GO TO
REAO( l?)DPLOT,AVOUT.SIGOUT.NOUT 215
IP(DPL OT.E0.fl&$T) K$IG II 216
C 217
C IF EN!) op RECORDS FOR THIS DENSITY HAS SEEN REACHED 1w BOTH FILES, 21*
C ISIG I AND Ks!S 1, 210
220
C IF END OF RECORDS FOR THIS DENSITY HAS BEEN REACHED 1w ONLY ONE 221
C OF THE FILES. LOOP CONTINUES TO RETURN iwo R D THE LONGEP FTLF, 222
c ??3
41 IFfI$IG,K$TG.1)21O,100.150
210 IPCAVIN*NINaWOUT)2*5.215.220 225
215 WCOt4at
cc ‘a so 227
220 £VP !NaAVOUT/AVTN 22*
&VEFF 1.O.AVP !N 22
IF( ’IN.EQ.1.OR.NOUT,EQ.1) D TO 221 230
ROUTaNOUT 2 31
qI • Iw 232
TOUTaCO.èYa,(O.32*(CROUT.1 .)**(.1 .072fl )/SORT(ROUT) 233
C 234
235
C 236
237
1/RIM) 236
IP 5TGIO)221.2H,2SS 239
480
-------
221 NCOI4 j 240
GO TO so 241
225 SIGtO $ORT(S!G O) 242
CLUP IAVPEN,SIcTO 243
CLL.P. *VPEN.8Ic!fl 244
46 CLUE 1,0.CLLp 245
CLLE.1,0.CLUP
C 247
C THIS SEcTIoN PLOTS THE AVERAGE PERCENT PF7CTEp1Cy W T gPp R A J 246
C LOWER CONFIDENCE LIMITS VS 5 PARTICLE DIAMETER.
C 2 5(
SO DPLOT.ALOGIOCDPLOT) 251
C 25?
C FUNCTIONS YVAL AND YVAL CHECK FOR VALUES OUTSIDE PLOTTING GR!D• 253
C A VALUE .25 INCHES OUTSI OF THE GRID IS GIVEN TO ANY SUCH PC)?WTS, 2s
C OTHERWISE THE VALUE IS NflT CHANGED. 255
C 2 5
*IJUXVAL(DPLOT,XMAX.XM!N,XS) 257
C 256
C IF LOWER CONFIDENCE LIMIT CLLE IS TO RE ORAWN, FIND ITS VALUE
C TN TERMS OF NORMAL PROBABILITY SCALE. 260
C 261
TFCNCONSNE.O.OP.NSPCON.NESO) GO TO 327 262
IFCCLLP.. 0 0 01)3 05,3tO,j1O 263
305 YVt.S0.O 264
CC 10 325 265
310 YVtALflG lO(100.o.CLLP) ?66
C 267
C CHECK TO $E THAT LOWER CONFIDENCE LIMIT TB WITHIN PLOTTING 268
C LIMITS. DRAW HORIZONTAL LOWER CONFIDENCE LIMIT TICKS 269
C 270
123 YN.YVAL(YV.YMAX.YMTIJ.Y$) 271
XNsXPJ .03/X5 272
CALL FPLOTC.2,XN.YP4) 273
27 4
CALL FPLOTCO,XN,YN 275
XPdI*N., 03/X5 276
CALL FPLOTU ,xP4,yN) 277
127 IFCAVPEN.,000j)330,335.333 276
330 VVa.50.O 279
GO TO 130 260
335 VV.ALDG IO(j0O.O.AVPEtJ) 281
C 262
C CHECK TO SEE THAT AVERAGE IS WITHIN PLOTTING LIMITS, DRAW 263
C VERTICAL BAR FROM LOWER COPJF!DEMCE LIMIT TO AVERAGE.
C 265
150 YNuYVAL Yy,yMAY.yMIN,Y$) 266
CALL FPLOTCO.XN,YN) 267
TFCI.JCON,NE .O.OR,MSPCON NE.O) CALL FPLOT(2,XN.YN) 28f
C 269
C SUMPOUTINE BYMSOLCT,S) DRAWS A SYMBOL DETERMINED BY I (HER! I 9. 290
C THEREFORE DRAWS SOLID CIRCLE) INSIDE A SQUARE OF DIMENSION S, 291
C 29?
CALL BYMROL(9,.04) 293
C 294
C IF UPPER CONFIDENCE LIMIT CLUE IS TO B! DRAWN, FIND ITS VALUE 295
C IN TERMS OF NORMAL PROBABILITY SCALE. 296
C 297
1p(NCON.Ea,o.awo.NSPCOM,FQ.o )CO 70 354 298
353 CALL FPLOT(I.XN.YN) 299
481
-------
GO TO 3 0
354 TF(CLU .,0M1 353,360,360 301
355 YV150 O 30?
GO 303
360 VV AL0 jfl(100.O*CLUP) 3fl4
C 305
C C$ICK TO 8!E TPIAT UPPER CONFIDENCE LIMIT IS WITHIN PLOTTING 306
C LIMITS, DRAW VERTICAL AR FROM AVEP*GE 10 UPPER CONFIDENC! LT TM !T 307
C AND DRAW HORIZONTAL TTC’(•. 30
C 309
375 YN.YVAL(YV.YMAX,YMIN,Y8) 310
CALL ,PLOTCO.XN.YN)
XN.xP4. , 03,XS 322
CALL FPLOT(0,X)I.YN)
314
CALL FPLOT(.I,XN.YN) 315
C 316
C THIS LOOP CHANGEs FRACTIONAL EPFICT!NCY TO PERCENT EFFICIENCY FoP 317
C P TNT!P4C. 318
c 319
35 00 60 1 .5 .5
PBUF (T) .RSUF(I )*I 00. 321
IFR SI.JFCI),Gt,t00,O)RBUF(I).100.O 322
!rRRUFCI ,LE.0.0)RBUF(I).O.G 323
60 CONTINUE
C 325
C CHAPIOFL FROM LOCIO DIAMETER TO DIAMETER FOR PRINTING. 326
C
DPLOTii EXP(2,302S6 5*OPL OT) 32
C 3?Q
C R!TE DIAMETER INDEX PJIJMBER, DIAMETER. EFFICIENCY, UPPER 330
C LIMIT OF EcFICIENCY. AND LOWER LIMIT OF EFFICIENCY. 331
c 332
70 ‘ TTE(3 ,11) (RBUFCI),II1,5) 333
100 CONTINUE 334
C 3 S
C RETURN PLOTTER PEN TO BASE LINE 3 IWCWES BfYO D GRID. YMEN READY 336
C FOR NEXT PLOT. 337
c
150 XPJsXMAX.P4,!/XS 339
YNsYØ 3 0
CALL FPLOT(O.XW,YNI
200 CONTINUE
I PO MATC1X . ’PEPCENT PE TRATION ’)
2 FORMATCIX,P$RTICLE DIAMETER (MICROMFTER$)’) 3a1
3 FORNATC IX,’PEPCEWT EFFICIENCY’) 3 (45
4 FORMATCIX,’PEI4ETRATTON.EFFICIEP4CY’)
5 FORMAT(1X,30A1 ) 307
6 FORMAI(IX,’RHO. ‘,c4.i,’ GM/CC’) 3 ( 4A
7 FORP4ATC1H1.1X. OA1) 3 ( 19
17 FOPMAT(1X . ’RHO. ,F4 ,2 .’ GM/Cc’) 330
5 FORMATC38X,’UPPER CONFID!WCE’.3X,’LnW!R CONFIDENCE’/.
127X,AVERAGE,7X.L!MIT 0F’.IIX.’LTMII OF/, 352
23X, .TP TERVAL 1 9 x. ‘DIAMETEK’,SX, ‘EPFTC!!NCY ’,SX, ‘EFFICIENCY’, 353
38X.’E,FIC!E P4CY ’/) 354
11 FOPMAT($X,F3.O.IX,F8.4.5X,F$.4,7X,F5.4.IIX.Fe,4) 355
12 FORMAT(eOA1) 356
500 FORMAT(?I2)
501 FORMATC2!1)
510 FORMATCFS,(4 )
482
-------
STOP
36
EWD 3 1
483
-------
,‘RUNTOBEFITIN NO
SEQUENCE (OR ISA
PARTICULAR RUN .’
JOBEF (T IT?I
v s
READ SEQUENCE
NUMBER OF RUN
TO BE FIT.
BEGIN PROGRAM
SPLIN 1
SUBROUTINE
SIMO
SET INITIAL VALUES.
READ NUMBER OF
RUNS. NRUN. ON
INPUT FILE 10.
CHECK SLOPE AT FITTE!
POINTS FOR EACH FIT.
IF SLOPE 0. REPLACE
THAT PART OF THE FIT
RTH A STRAIGHT LINE
RTH SLOPE 0.
DEFINE 8 SUBINTER-
VALS FROM LAST
STAGE ° c AND MAX-
IMUM DIAM. DEFINE
4 SUBINTERVALS BE-
TWEEN EACH STAGE
Dc .
USE CURVE FITS TO
DEFINE V VALUES
FOR THE SPACED X.
VALUES (DIAMETERS)
DEFINED ABOVE.
START LOOP OVER RUN
INDEX. lAy. EACH PASS
READS A SET OF CUM-
ULATIVE MASS PLUS
TOTAL MASS LOADING
WiTH D AND MAX
DIAM
READ DATA FOR THE
RUN. CUMULATIVE
MASSES. D S ETC.
IEFINE A NEW SET OF
IATA POINTS BY TAKINC
OG OF THE CUM.
lASSES AND DIAMETERS
DEFINE. ON A COMMON
LOG SCALE. 3 EQUALLY
SPACED DIAMETERS
BETWEEN EACH D .
DEFINE 2 DIAMETERS
BE YOND LOG(DMAX) -
MAKE 2N0 ORDER OVER
LAPPING POLYNOMIAL
FITS TO 3 DATA POINTS
ATATIME,Le., 1,2.3;
234, 345, ETC. UNTIL A
SET OF CURVE FITS
OVER ALL DATA EXISTS.
484
-------
ON HYPERBOLA. DEFINE
8 EOUALLY SPACED
POINTS FROM D 1ST
STAGE TO OMAX. AND
2 POINTS BEYOND DUAX
FOLLOM SAME PROCE-
DURE AS ABOVE TO FIT
A PARABOLA TO EACH
INTERVAL BETWEEN
ANY TWO POINTS ON
HYPERBOLA FROM
FIRST STAGE TO DMAX.
DEFINE NO. INTERVALS
NO. FITTED POINTS—I
AND WRITE THIS NO. OF
FITTED BOUNDARY POINTS.
POINT VALUES, AND FITTING
COEFFICIENT VALUES FOR
THIS RUN IN ONE RECORD
OF FILE 11.
485
-------
C M N PROGRAM SPLINI I
C**ea******a*d******a************a****************************e**a***a****** 2
Ca 3
Ca PROGRA M SPLTN I FITS LOG1O(CUP4ULATIVE MASS LOADING) VS LOG IO(DSO) a
Ca WITH A SERIES OF OVER LAPPING, CONTINUOUS 2ND DEGREE POLYNOMIALS,
Ca flTH THE POLYNOM1ALS AND THEIR 1ST DERIVATIVES ARE CONTINUOUS, 6
7
C*a*a ****.**e******i**********************e*********************************
C
INTEGER VV 10
0 0w41E PREcISION D1OG1o,XNDPFN(L0),Yfl(1O) 11
DOURLE PRECISION XTNC,YINC 12
DIMENSION 10(80) ,OPC(R) ,CUMG(8) ,DMD D(q),G OMD(9) ,t WDL0(Q) 13
DTMF 4SION s1 ,Y(51) ,A(te),R(4),COF(50•3),COEI(5O,3 ) 1
DIMENSION Xi (SI ),YI(51)
DIMENSION FIISPL(2),FTLNAM(2) 16
DIMENSION AA(q),R8(3) 17
EDUIVALENCE (x,X1) ,(Y.Y1) , (COE,CUEI)
DATA FILNAM/ ’KMCOO,’ IBIN’/ iq
DATA FILSPLI ’FIL SP’,’LBIN’/ 20
CALL DEFINE (10.251.101 .FILNAM,I10,0 ,O,O) 21
CALL DEFINE(1I .507, 100.FILSPL,I10,0,O,0) 22
C 23
C ECfl D 101 CONTAINS GENERAL INFORMATION PERTAIP4DJG 24
C TO ALL RUNS, NP(JN$ND. OF RUNS (2 RECORDS FOR EACH RUN) PS
C ISFIN s LAST RECORD P4IJM8 R CONTAINING INDIVIDUAL PUN DATA 26
C IN FILE 10, 27
REA D(10 ’ l O l)NRUN 28
TSFTN 3 NPUN*2 2Q
C 30
C KPEAr) 0 • MAKE FIT TO ALL SETS OF CUP . MASS LOADING VS 050 31
C VALUES OF FILE. KREAD NOT * 0 • READ TN SETS TO BE FITTED. 32
C 33
READ(2,1)KREAD 34
C 35
C NN = NUMRER OF 8URINTEPVALS TO BE SET UP IN LAST INTERVAL 36
C RETWEEN 050 OF iST STAGE AND DMAX 1 37
C N NUMBER OF SUBINTERVALS To BE SET UP BETWEEN EACH PAIR OF 38
C DSn’S UP TO 050 OF 1ST STAGE.
C 40
307 NPJR
RPNPJ 42
43
44
00 400 INOEXrI,TSFIN
IAVTNDEX 46
C
C IF KPEAO NOT * 0, READ RECORD NO, lAy FOP DATA TO BE FITTED. 48
C ALSO, IF KRFAf) WOT z 0, LEAVE LAST CARD BLANK TO STOP,
C 50
IF(KREAI))3 10,3 10.2 SI
2 PEAD(2.1)IAV 52
TF(IAV.EQ ,U)STOP 53
C 54
C VALUES TO RE USED FROM READING OF RECORD AREs 55
C NEIl • NUMBER OF CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING VS. 050 POINTS ( .1 Sb
C FOP TOTAL MASS LOADING VS , MAXIMUM DIAMETER) TO 8 ! 57
C FITTED. 58
C XNDPEN(I).It1,NFIT • SET OF 050 VALUES AND MAXIMUM D!AM!TFR. 59
486
-------
C YO(I).I:1,NF IT SET OF MASS LOADING VALUES. 60
C OTHER VALUES READ HERE APE NOT U8Ef) 61
C 62
310 READ(1 0•IAV) !5,NFIT,GRNAM, ID.PHO,TKS,POA,FGH2O.DSMA,DMAX, 63
1DPC.CUMG,fl,GEOMr),D t)LD.CYC3,NC3,$00,MS.VV, 64
2(XPJOPEN(I),I:I,NFIT),(Y0VI),I:1,NFIT’, 65
C 66
C NF T i NUMBER OF CUM(JLATTVE MASS L0AD! G V$, 050 POINTS 6?
C (EXCLUDES TOTAL LOADING V$ 1 DMAX) 1 68
C P401 TOTAL NUMBER OF POINTS &)SEt) FOR FITTING BETWEEN (AND 69
C INCLUDING) MAXIMUM PARTICLE SIZE AND 050 OF LAST STAGE. To
C 71
NFIT1: FIT.t 72
NPT:((N,TT I .1)*N)+NN+1 73
NF IT2:NF 1 7 .2 74
C 75
C THIS ‘‘DO 100’’ LOOP FITS A 2ND DEGREE POLYNOMIAL TO 3 76
C LCIGIO(CUMtJLATIVE MASS LOADING) VS 10010(050) POINTS ON EACH 77
C TRAVERSE, XE,, 78
C LOG1 OF (XPJDPEN(1 ),YO(1)), CXNDPENt2) ,YO( ?)),(XNDPEW(3),YO(3)), 79
C ‘‘ ‘‘ (XP’1OP(N(2),Yfl(2) ,(XNt PE3) VO(3)) ,(XNDPEN(4),VO(U))p 80
C . . . . •. . . . . . . . . . . •• . . . . . . . . . . •1 • • • • • • • • • . . . . . . . . .•.•. .• . . . . p 81
C ‘‘ ‘‘ (XNr)PEN(NFIT2),YO(NFIT2), ,rXNDPEPI(NFTTI).YO(NFITt)). 82
C CKNOPEN(NFIT),YO(NF!T)) 83
C IF THE FITTING POLYNOMIAL HAS NON NEG&TtVE SLOPE AT BOTH 84
C Lt1(10(XNDPE!J(fl,YO(I)) AND LOGIO (XNDPEN(I,1),YO(!,1)), THE 85
C FITTP4& COEFFICIENTS ARE USED BETWEEN THESE 2 POINTS TO DEFINE 86
C 3 INTERMEDIATE POINTS EVENLY SPACED ON LOGIO SCALE. IF THERE IS A 87
C NEGATIVE SLOPE AT EITHER OF THESE 2 POINTS, A STRAIGHT LINE FIT 88
C BETWEEN THE POINTS IS USED TO DEFINE THE 3 INTERMEDIATE pO!NTS 89
C THE vECToRS X i AND Yl REPRESENT LOGID OF ORIGINAL CUM. MASS 90
C LOADING VS. POINTS AND THE FABRICATED INTERMEDIATE POINTS. 91
C 92
C THE NUMBER OF POINTS REPRESENTED BY THE X I, Yj VECTORS IS 93
C (NFTT2aA).1.2. THERE ARE (WF!T2*4)+1 POINTS BETWEEN POjNTS AT 94
C 10010(050) OF LAST STAGE AND 10010cD50) 0! 1ST STAGE INCLUSIVE. 95
C 2 MORE ARE EXTRAPOLATED BEYOND 10010(050) OF 1ST STAGE 1 96
C
00 100 !21,NF!T2
JJ:N.i
TF(NFjT .j)qO,g0,80 100
80 JJ P4+2 101
90 M:(T.i)*N+1 102
Xj H) DLOG10(XNDPEN(l)) 103
VI (M) DL0GiO(YO(T)) 104
XTPJC (DLOGiO(XNflPENCI+1)) .DLOG10(XWbPEN(T)))/R 105
C 106
C SYMO SOLVES N SIMULTANEOUS LINEAR EQUATIONS, AX B, HERr 107
C = 3 THE MATRIX OF COEFFICIENTS, A, IS DESTROYED IN THE 108
C COMPUTATION. THE VECTOR OF ORIGINAL CONSTANTS, B, IS REPLACED 109
C BY THE FINAt SOLUTION VALUES, VECTOR x COEFFICIENT MATRIX A AND 110
C CONSTANT VECTOR B APE DEFINED IN THIS LOOP. lit
C 112
00 1100 11:1,3 113
MP4I.I,j7 114
R(7I):DLOGIO(YO(MM)) 115
Ks3*(II.1) 116
00 1100 J :1.3 117
M32 1.1+J 118
1100 A(K,J):t)L.OG IO(XPJDPFN(M3))**(TI01)
487
-------
KSg O *20
CALL STMQ(A,8 . .KS) 12*
C 122
C USE STRAIGHT LINE FIT. NOT POLY FIT. IF NEGATIVE SLOPE AT EITHER 123
C E” D OF ORIGINAL INTERVAL, 124
C 125
00 1119 J 1,2 *26
127
TF(SLOPE)1 ina, 1t19.lliq 128
1104 R(2) (DLOGI orvflU.1 )/YO(T))) 129
1/(OLOG I O(XNOPE N(T+1)/XWDPEN(T) 1) 130
8(1 ):DLOG1O(YflfI))—B(2)*DLOG IO(XNDPEN(T)) 131
9(31 :0.0 132
GO TO 1120 133
1119 CONTINUE 134
1120 00 100 J1.JJ 135
K:M+J 136
X l (k) D OGt0 XNflPEN(T))+JeX!NC 137
Vi (K)g$(1)+S(2 *X1(K)+R(3)*Xl(K)**2 138
*00 CONTINUE 139
C l ao
C FIT THE FIRST 3 (X.V) POINTS WITH A 2ND DEREF POLYNOMIAL TM iai
C ORDER TO DEFINE SLOPE AT (X(1).Y(1)). (NOTE — CX1.Y1) POINTS ARE 1 2
C EQUIVALENT TO (X,Y) POZNTS*11) 143
C 1 40
104 00 110 11.3 1 S
X :3*(1 —1) 146
DO ito J1.3 107
148
110 A(K,J)XX ($)**(T.1) 149
00 115 Itl.3 150
151
115 R(T):Y(P’) 152
KS O 153
CALL SINLHA,R.3,KS) I S o
C 155
C CHECK THE SLOPE OF THIS CURVE FIT AT THE FIRST POINT, IF IT IS 156
C NEGATIVE, ADO A POINT ON THE OTHER SIDE OF POINT I FROM THE 157
C 2ND POINT A DTSTANCE (X(2).X(1)) FROM X(1) , THE V COORDINATE 158
C VaLUE IS SET = TO Y(j), THE POLVNOp AL FIT THROUGH THIS POINT. 159
C (X(1).VClfl, AND (X(2),Y(fl) MUST WAVE POSITIVE SLOPE AT 160
C ( (1).Y(1)). 161
C 162
SLt PF:B(2)4 2.o*R(3)*X(t) 163
TFCSLOPE)a,1Q,19 lo l a
4 00 5 I i,3 165
S A(T) *66
A(a) :X(1 )—tX(N+1).X(1)) 167
168
00 10 1:1.2 1 6
170
DO 10 Ja2.3 171
172
10 A(K+J,*X(M)**T 173
8 (1 YC1I 170
DO 15 I 2,3 175
176
15 B(I) V(H) 177
KS:O 178
CALL SIMO(A .B,3,KS) 119
488
-------
19 DO 20 I 1,3 180
20 COE(1,I) R(I)
C 182
C TI s FIRST INTERVAL FOR WHICH FITTING COEFFICIENTS ARE DEFINED. 183
C INYSI LAST INTERVAL W 4 RE POLYNOMIAL FITS WERE USED TO FASPI. 184
C CATE INTERMEDIATE P0IWTS THE UPPER BOUNDARY OF THIS INTERVAL 185
C IS LOG1O(XNDP N(NFIT1),YO(NFIT1) HERE. 186
C 187
tee
INTS I.NPT.NN—1 189
C 190
C THIS LOOP FINDS THE FITTING COEFFICIENTS FOR EACH INTERVAL. THE 191
C 3 EQuATIONS ARE SOLVED FOR 3 UNKNOWN COEFFICIENT VALUES FOR THE 192
C FITTING 2ND DEGREE POLYNOMIAL. THE EQUATIONS EXPRESS 3 193
C CONDITIONS FOR THE FITs 194
C 1, THE FITTING POLYNOMIALS OF THE 2 JOINING INTERVALS ARE 195
C CONTINUOUS AT THE MUTUAL BOUNDARY POINT. 196
C 2. THE FIRST DERIVATIVES SAME AR! CONTINUOUS AT THE 197
C MUTUAL BOUNDARY POINT. 198
C 3. THE FITTING POLYNOMIAL OF THIS I TH INTERVAL (FITTING 199
C BETWEEN POINTS I AND 1+1) GOES THROUGH THE (144)1W POINT, 200
C I.E. A POINT OUTSIDE THE INTERVAL. FITTING ROUTINE “LOOKS 201
C AHEAD’’ TO LET COMING POINTS INFLUENCE CURVE DIRECTION. 202
C 203
23 00 50 IsII ,INTSI 204
JJsI 205
B(1)zO.0 206
DO 25 J 2.3 207
KilsI 208
!FCI.EQ.t)KtT 209
25 8(1 ) R( I)+(J—1 )*(COE(K,J))*X(I)**(J 2) 210
A(?)rCOE(K,1) 211
00 30 J 2,3 212
30 B(2)SB(2),C0E(K,J)*X(I)**CJ.1) 213
B(3) Y(I ,3) 214
DO 35 Jzt,3 2 t5
Ls1 .CJ.1)*3 216
35 A(L) (J.1)*X(!)**(J.2) - 217
00 40 Jgj,3 218
K J.1 219
KKx3*K 220
40 ACKK+2).X(T)**K 221
00 43 Jt,3 222
KsJ.1 223
KK:3*K 224
43 A(KK+3) X(T4’3 )**K 225
xs o 226
CALL S!MQ(A,B ,3,KS) 227
C 228
C SAVE THE F iTTING COEFFICIENT VECTOR B WHICH FITS OVER INTERVAL 229
C I AS COED 230
C 231
00 45 J 1,3 23?
COECI,J) B(J) 233
45 CONTINUE 234
50 CONTINUE 235
TF(JJ.EQ.(NPT.1))GO TO 55 236
C 237
C THE LAST SERIES OF INTERVALS FOR WHICH FITTING COEFFICIENTS ARE 238
C TO BE DEFINED LIES BETWEEN LOG IO(XNDPENCNFIT I),Y0(NFT T I)) AND 239
489
-------
C LOG IO(XNDPEPI(NFIT),YO(NFIT)). THE POINTS ARE DEFINED ALONG 240
C AN HYPERB 7LA B(TWEEN iw s 2 POiNTS OF THE FORM LOGIOCY s 241
C 8(1) + 8(2) / X , 242
C 243
MYPL flLOG1o(XNDPENCNFIT)).DLOG1O(XNDPFP4(NPIT1)) 244
XINC HYPL/RR 215
246
XSUB I E I.D0/XND PEN(NPIT I) 247
YSUR V1(t4 248
XSU B:1.DO,XNDPEN(WF IT) 249
Y5U82.DLOG I O(VO(NFIT)) 250
B(2) (VSUB2.YSUBt ) /(XSUB2.XSUBI) 251
B(1 ) YStJ81—R(2)*XSUB1 252
C 253
C TUF NUMBER OF POINTS TO BE USED ALONG THE HYPERBOLA IS NN+2 • 8+ ?, 251
C THE 2 ADDED POINTS AR! EXTRAPOLATED VALUES BEYOND 255
C LOG I O(XNDPEN(PiFIT),YOCNFIT)) • 256
C 257
N3.NN,2 258
00 1150 Is1.N3 259
JaM.! 260
X1(J)a*1(M )+I*XINC 261
VI (J)zR(1),8(2)*C1.0/(10.O**X1(J))) 282
1150 CONTINUE 263
C 264
C REDEFINE “DO S0’ LOOP INDEX BEGINNING AND END, BEGINNING 265
C INTERVAL II IS FIRST INTERVAL OF HYPERBOLA, BEGINS AT D50 OF 1ST 266
C STAGE. LAST INTERVAL, INISI, ENDS WITH OMAX, RETURN TO TOP OF 267
C LOOP TO FIND FITTING POLYNOMIAL COEFFICIENTS OVER THESE INTERVALS, 268
c 269
TIZNPTNN 270
INTS IaNPT.1 271
CO TO 23 272
c 273
C PIT • NUMBER OF INTERVALS FOR WHICH PITTING COEEFICIENTS HAVE 274
C BEEN DEFINED. 275
C 276
55 P4T NPT.1 277
C 278
C FILE NUMBER OF FITTED POINTS 1 THE INTERVAL. BOUNDARY POINT 279
C VALUE8S AND FITTING COEFFICIENTS POP EACH INTERVAL. 280
C 281
282
1( COE1(I,J),Js 1,3),Ia1,IWT) 283
aoo CONTINUE 284
I FORMAT C312) 285
END 286
490
-------
I BEGIN PROGRAM 1
STAllS
DETERMINE IF INLET
OR OUTLET DATA ARE
TO BE PROCESSED. SET
UP APPROPRIATE
SEQUENTIAL OUTPUT
FILE
DETERMINE IF UNIT
OR PHYSICAL DENSITY
DATA ARE TO BE AVE.
RAGED. WHICH PLOTS
ARE TO BE MADE. AND
PLOTTING RANGE FOR
PLOTS
CULATIONS CAN BE
H NO STATISTICAL CAL. 1
..% N EXECUT . MADE. SET FLAG SO
c. (HAVE THESE DATA N THAT PENTRA CANNOT I
BEEN CURVE . BE EXECUTED WITH
THESE DATA.
YES
lEAD MAX DIAMETER
RETURN TO
MAKE CALC-
ULATIONS FOR
OR PLOTTING IDEFAUL ESE DAT H AERODYN IC
S 8.0 (Mi). READ FROI.I FOR A PHYSICAL }.YE
FILE tO DATA FOR THE
DENSITY
tON TO BE ANALYZED.
I NO
CONTINUE READING
FROM FILE 10—TOTAL
MASS LOADING AND
LAST RECORD N0 IN
WHICH DATA IS
STORED
I ________________________________________
FIND AVERAGE MASS I
LOADINGS. EXCLUDE . I
OUTLIERS. SET FLAG I
SO NO CONFIDENCE SUBROUTINE
INTERVALS ARE AVCON
CALCULATED. I
LINE PRINTER OUT- START PROVIDE GRAPH AND
PROVIDE GRAPH AND
PUT FOR AVG. CUM. MDK O E ? TE M - LINE PRINTER 0
MASS LOADING VS.
DN!DL000 VS.
AND CUM. PERCENT VS. PGM STAllS
PARTICLE DIAMETER * t K OII1PI.I FO •.> ;. PUT FOR AVG.
PARTICLE DIAMETER . PARTICLE CIAMETER
MOK
__i__
PROVIDE GRAPH.
WRITE APPROPRI. LINE PRINTER, AND WRITE APPRG-
ATE HEADINGS ON FILE OUTPUT FOR PRIATE HEADINGS
LINE PRINTER AVG. DM/DL000 ON LINE PRINTER
VS. PARTICLE
DIAMETER
DRAW GRIDS
WRITE APPROPRIATE
LINE PRINTER ES DRAW GRID FOR
FOR COW. LOAD-
PLOT OUTPU
ON /D LOG D
P40 AND COW. LOT OUTPUT
HEADINGS ON
PERCENT DESIRED’
DESIRED?
GRAPH
NO NO
SUBROUTINE SUBROUTINE
STPLOT
STPLOT
(MOP II
(MOK 3)
491
-------
492
-------
493
-------
EVEN
PLOT AVG. CUM.
MASS LOADING
DIAM. AND
rrt
AVG. DM/DLOGD.
STAJdOAHD O VIA11ON.
AND NO. Of VALUES
USED TO GET STATIS-
TICS IN APPROPRIATE
FILE (INLET OR OUT-
LET) FOR USE IN
494
-------
< IRE
PLOTTING OF
AVG. % CON. MASS
LOAOING VS.
DIAM.?
NO
I
I LOADING. UPPER,
1 LOWER CONFIDENCE
LIMITS. PLOTS EVERY
OTHER PT. IF OESIREO.
ANO PRINTS OUT
THrsr VA. I
495
-------
C MAIN PROGRAM STAl lS I
Caa**a**e*e*ee**a****a**e***e******a*******eae**ae*****.*eeaea******a*a*a*** 2
Ca 3
Ca PROGRAM STAllS CALCULATES AVERAGE VALUES FOR CUMULATIVE MASS 4
Ca LOADING, CUMULATIVE PERCENT MASS LMADIP4G, MASS SIZE DISTRISUTION, 5
Ca AND NUMBER SIZE DISTRIBUTION OVER A DIAMETER RANGE OF .25 MICRONS 6
Ca TO B,O MICRONS IFOR PHYSICAL. DENSITY). 10,0 MICRONS (FOR 7
AERODYNAMIC DENSITY), OR SOME OTHER SPECIFIED SIZE. 51*715 ALSO 8
Ca CALCULATES SO PERCENT CONFIDENCE LIMITS FOR THESE, PROGRAM q
Ca OUTPUTS TABLES AND GRAPHS (IF DESIRED) • ALSO, LISTING IS MADE 10
Ca OF AMY OUTLYING DATA WHICH HAS SEEN EXCLUDED PROM AVERAGING 11
AND CALCULATION OF CONFIDENCE LIMITS, 12
Ca 13
C**aaa****a*aaaaa**aa*a*a****a******a*****a*a*********e*aa*****aaa*****a**** 14
C 13
INTEGER VV .THROUT(60,50) 16
DOUPLE PRECISION XNDPIN(jO),YO(10) 17
DIMENSION DPc(R),GEOMD(q),DMDLDcQ).DNDLn(9),CUMG(8 ,TD(e0) 18
DIMENSION IDALLC.8O),GEMAX(2).GEMIN(2),DMMA XC2).OMMI N(2) 19
DIMENSION DNMAX(2).DNMIP4C2),DPMAXC2),DPMIN(2 ),CUMAX(2).CUMIW(2) 20
DIMENSION DEL(100) 21
DIMENSION TGL(1 00) ,GLMIN(50),ATGL(2),CUM2D(60) ,NOCON(6O),CLU (60) 22
DIMENSION CLI(6O),AGLMIN(2 )
DIMENSION NOUU6O),CUCOPJI(100),CUCON(2) 24
DIMENSION FILNAM(2),FILNM I(2),FILNMZ(2) 25
DIMENSION TDRLAK(80) 26
DIMENSION FIL$PL(2),COE(50,3),XICS1),Y,(S1) 27
DATA FILNAM/’KMCOO’, ’IBIN’/ 28
DATA F!LNM I,’JWJOO’,’ ISIN’/ 29
DATA FILNM?/’JWJOO’, ’28 1P1 ’/ 30
DATA VTLSPL,’FTLSP’,’LSINI 31
DATA DAST1’*aa*a’/ 32
DATA TDBLAK/SOaOI 33
DATA !BLAK,0, 34
DATA RLAK/0,O/ 35
CALL DEFINEC i0.251,101.FILNAM.I10,0.0,0) 36
CALL DEFINE(tj,507,100,P1LSPL,!10,O,0,0) 37
C 38
C P OLiT —IFOR INLET DATA. 2 FOR OUTLET DAT 39
C 40
RFAO(2,8 00)INO(JT
MPAcFLIINOUT,15 42
GO TO (70 5,710).INOUT 43
705 CALL ENT!R(t6,FILNMI) 44
GOTOl 45
710 CALL ENTER(17.FILNM2) 46
C 47
C N • I FOR PHYSICAL DENSITY,. 2 FOR UNIT DENSITY, 48
C NOF * 0 • CONTINUE 49
C 1 — STATISTICAL CALCULATIONS ARE NOT TO BE MADE FOR 50
C THIS DENSITY. 51
C IPLTI • 0 PLOT THE CUMULATIVE GR*PH$ 52
C — I DO NOT PLOT THf GRAPHS,
C IPLT2 • 0 PLOT THE DM/OLOGD GRAPMSp 54
C I DO NOT PLOT THE GRAPH$,
C IPLT3 • 0 PLOT THE DN/OLOGO GRAPHSI
C — I DO NOT PLOT THE GRAPHS, 57
C IPLTO • 0 PLOT THE CUMULATIVE PERCENT GRAPHS, 58
C • I DO NOT PLOT THE GRAPHS.
496
-------
C IF IS!Z1,I5!Zp,! SIZ3 0 PLOT ON A STANDARD GR !D 60
C — I PLOY ON DATA REGULATED GRID, 61
C (SEE SUBROUTINE STPLOT FOR THE X AXIS AND V AXIS GRID VALUES 62
C* THAT ARE USED FOR A DATA REGULATED GRID AND STANDARD GRID,) 63
C HCUCON — I FOR CONSTANT OF INTERGRATION AND LOWER GRID FOR AN 64
C CUMULATIVE LESS THAN .25 MICRONS 1 65
C 0 CONSTANT NOT DESIRED,
c
I READ(2,SO0)N.NOFILE. IPLTI ,IPLT2,IPLY3,TPLT4,I SIZ I, !$ 1Z2,T$ 1Z 3 , 68
INCUCON 69
903 !F(NOFILE)900,900,905 70
905 WRTTE(MPACFL)BLAK,IBLAK 71
IFCN.EQ.1)GD TO 1 72
STOP
c
C ALL STATISTICAL PLOTS WILL STOP AT 8.0 MICRONS FOR
C CALCULATIONS USING PHYSICAL DENSITY AND AT 10.0 76
C MICRONS FOR CALCULATIONS USING AEPODYMANIC DENSITY. 77
C THIS CAN BE CHANGED, HOWEVER BY CARD INPUT. READ IN 78
C ‘NSTOPa NOT EQUAL TO 0 AND LARGEST DESIRED
C DIAMETER (MICRONS) AS’STOP’ SO
C 81
900 PSTOPsB ,0 82
A$T OPw IO,O
READ(2.8O5)P ND 64
IF(PEND.EQ.O,)Go TO 910 85
!F(N,EQ.1)PSTOPsPEND 86
IF(N.EQ.2)A STOP,PENO 67
C 88
C NRUN. NUMBER OF IMPACTOR PUNS, 2 RECORDS FOR EACH RUN (ONf FOR 89
C PHYSICAL DENSITY DATA. ONE FOR AERODYNAMIC DENSITY DATA) STORED 90
C BY MAIWLINE PROGRAM MPPROG.
C IMPAC j. ANDERSEN TMPACTOR USED 92
C IP4PACr2. BRINK IMPACTOP USED 93
C TMPACa3. UNIVERITY OF WASHINGTON MARK TI! IMPACTOR USED 94
C TMPAC U. MR! !MPACTOR USED 95
C IDALL. GENERAL IDENTIFICATION LABEL 96
C RHflI PHYSICAL PARTICLE DENSITY (GM/CC)
C 98
C THE FOLLOWING ARE MAXIMUMS AND MINIMUMS OF ALL RUNS 99
C AT A GIVEP4 DENSITY. EACH ONE IS DIMENSIONED 2, 100
C E.G.GEMAXC1) MAX!MUM GEOM, MEAN DUN. FOR ALL PARTICLES 101
C USING DENSITY PHYICAL. DENSITY, GEMAX(2) IS THIS 102
C MAXIMUM ROR ALL PARTICLES USING AERODYNAMIC 103
C DENSITYII,O GM/CC, 104
C 105
C GEMAX. MAXIMUM GEOMETRIC MEAN DIAMETER (MICRONS) 106
C GEMIN. MINIMUM GEOMETRIC MEAN DIAMETER (MICRONS) 107
C OMMAX. MAXIMUM DM/DLOGD (MG/DNM3) 108
C OMMIN— MINIMUM DM/DLOGD (MG/DNM3) 109
C ONMAX. MAXIMUM DNLOLOGD (NO/DNM3 ) 110
C DNMIN. MINIMIJPI DNLDLOGD (N0/DNM3) 111
C DPMAX. MAXIMUM PARTICLE DIAMETER (MICRONS) 112
C DPMIN. MINIMUM PARTICLE DIAMETER (MICRONS) 113
C CUMAX. MAXIMUM CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING (MG/ACM) 114
C CUMIN. M Np4UM CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING (MG/ACM) 115
C 116
910 REAO(jO’lO l )NPUN, IMPAC.IDALL.RHOI.G!MAX.GEMIN.DMMAX.DMMIN.DNMAX. 117
IDNMIN,DPMAX,DPMIN,CUMAX,CUMIN 118
C 119
497
-------
C RHOX $ TH ASSUMED DENSITY • PHYSICAL IF N a I, AERODYNAMIC IF 120
C N a 2, 121
C 122
RHOXU RHO I 123
TF (P4,EQ .2)RHOXa I.O
c 125
C TSFIN .FINAL RUN INDEX NUMER 126
C 127
TSFIN.NPUN*2 128
!F(N.EO.I)TSFIN,ISFIN.1 129
ATGL(N)s0,O
C 131
C THIS LOOP READS THE TOTAL MASS LOADING TGL(I$) (MG/ACM) FOR EACH 132
C PUll, 133
C 13
DO j2 IAVaN.ISF!N.2 us
REAO(I0’!AV)T$.NFIT,TGL(I$) 136
912 CONTINUE 137
c
C HEWF,AVCON TAKES ALL TOTAL MA$5 LOADING VALUES.TGL. 139
C AND RETuRNS THE AVERAGE TOTAL MASS LOADING FOR ALL RUNS OF T)4E 140
C DE8TGNATEo DENSITY. ATGL(N), BASED ON EXCLUSION OF ANY OUTLYING 141
C TGL(IS) VALUES, 142
C NOCONCI) AND ALL VARIABLES AFTER ATGL(N) ARE DUMMY VARIABLES HERE, 143
C SETTING IAVLD.O INDICATES ONLY AVERAGES TO BE FOUND IN AVCON.NO 144
C CONFIDENCE LIMITS.
C 146
!AVLD.O 147
CALL AVCON(N,IA VLD,NDK.NOCON(1),I$FIN,TGL, 148
IATGL(N),AVUM I,CU 142 0(1).CUM2LD,C!SUM ,SIGMA,CLU(1) , 149
2CL I(1),DINC) 1 50
C 151
C SEE COMMENTS AFTER STATEMENT 82 PR! R TO CALL FOR 152
C AVCON FOR DEFINITIONS OF THE FOLLOWING VARIABLES.
C 154
CIJH2LD IO,0 iss
CUM2D(1)s0 .0 156
CTStIMaO,0 1 57
AVDH IaO,O 158
C 159
C * * * * * * * * .* * * * * A * * * * * * * * * * * a * * * * * a * * * 160
C THT$ LOOP CONSTITUTES THE REMAINDER OF THE PROGRAM, VALUES FOR 161
C THE FOLLOWING AVERAGES ARE FOUND FUR EACH DIAMETER ACCORDING TQ 162
C M DW 163
C 164
C IOKaI • AVERAGE CUMULATIVE MA55 LOADING ( INDICATED DIAMETER 165
C (CUM2D VS. OPLOT) AND ALSO AVERAGE CUMULATIVE t MASS 166
C LOADING INDICATED DIAMETER CCUM2D AFTER DIVISION By 167
C TOTAL MASS LOADING VS, OPLOT) 168
C MOK.? • AVERAGE MASS SIZE DISTRIBUTION (DM/DLOGD AS AVD VS. 169
C DPLOT) 170
C MDKU3 • AVERAGE NUMBER SIZE DISTRIBUTION (DN/DLOGD AS AVD VS. 171
C DPLOT) 172
C 173
C PRINT OUT AND GRAPHS (AS DESIRED) ARE MADE POP THESE. ALSO, A 174
C LIST OF RECORDS IS GIVEN WHICH PRODUCED OUTLYING VALUES N T 175
C INCLUDED IN AVERAGE 176
C INCLUDED IN AVERAGING AT EACH DIAMETER , 177
C a * * * * * a * * * * * * ** * *e * * ae*e * * aa * * * * * a * 178
C 179
498
-------
00 254 MDKuI,3
C 181
C WOK ‘PARALLELS MD • USED INSTEAD OF WOK FOR LOGICAL ‘IF’ 182
C STATEMENTS• 183
C NflK1sO. THXS 18 ALWAYS TRUE EXCEPT WHEN FINDING 184
C AVG. PERCENT CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING WHERE NDKI c 185
C 186
187
WOKIIO 188
GO TO (922.915.13).MDK 169
C WRITE GENERAL HEADING FOR CUM, MASS LOADING OUTPUT, 190
C INCLUDES GENERAL ID, DENSITY, COLUMN HEADINGS FOR 191
C ‘SIOT’,DIAMETER (MICRONS), MEAN CUMULATIVE MASS CONCENTRATION 192
C (t4G/ACM ), UPPER CONFIDENCE LIMIT (MG/ACM). AND LOWER COPWIDENCE 193
C LIMIT (MG/ACM). 194
C 195
922 WR!TE(3.700)TDALL ,RHQX 196
C 197
C IPLT1 0 • SIPLOT IS CALLED TO DRAW GRID FOR CUM. MASS LOADING ( 198
C PARTICLE DIAMETERS 199
C 200
C IF 7STZj j FIND MAX (XMAX) AND WIN. CXMXN) X VALUES OF GRID 201
C GIVEN DPMAX AND DPMIN RESPECTIVELY. IF IS!71$1 FIND MAX 1 (YMAX) 202
C AND WIN, (YMIN) V VALUES OF GRID GIVEN CtJMAX AND CUMIN 203
C RESPECT!VLY, IF ISIZaO. THESE WILL WAVE PRE—SET VALUES. 204
C 205
IF(IPLT I)2.2,32 206
2 ISI2 I8!Z1 207
C 208
C FIND THE X AND V SCALE FACTORS. X8 AND VS. RESPECTIVLV 209
C (INCHES/USER’S UNIT). DRAW GRID FOR AVG 1 CUMULATIVE P4*83 LOADING 210
C VS. PARTICLE DIAMETER AND LABEL WITH GENERAL IDENT!FICATTON IDALL 211
C AND DENSITY RHOX(GM/CC), 212
C 213
CALL STPLOTUO*LL,RHOX, IMP*C,NDK,DPMAX,DPMIN,CUMAX,CUMIN, TSIZ , 214
1X3 1 YS,XMAX,XMIN,YMAX, YMIN) 215
GO 10 32 216
C 217
C WRITE GENERAL HEADING FOR DM/DLOGD OUTPUT, INCLUDES GENERAL 218
C IO.DENSITY.COLUMN HEADINGS FOR ‘SLOT’,D!AMETER (MICRONS), 219
C MEAN CHANGE IN MASS CONCENTRATION IMG/ONM3), STANDARD 220
C DEVIATION (HG /0WM3) . UPPER CONFIDENCE LIMIT (MG/0WM3), 221
C AND LOWER CONFIDENCE LIMIT (MG/0NM3) . 222
C 223
915 WRITE (3,5 00)TDALL,RHOX 224
C 225
C IF IPLT2aO SYPLOT WILL BE CALLED. AGAIN,STPLOT FINDS 226
C MAX, AND MIN• VALUES FOR GRID THIS TIME USING GEMAX, 227
C GEMTN,DMMAX,AND OMMIN IF ISIZ2.I. USES PRE.SET VALUES 226
C FOR 18172.0, SCALE FACTORS XS AND VS ARE CALCULATED. 229
C GRID IS DRAWN FOR AVG 1 DM/DLOGD VS, GEDME1’RIC MEAN 230
C DIAMETER. 231
C 232
IF(IPLT2)3,3.32 233
5 ISI2 !SIZ2 234
CALL STPLOT(TDALL,RHOX. IMPAC,NDK,GEMAX,GEMIW,DMMAX,DMMIN. 235
1 TSIZ.XS . YS,XMAX,XMIN,YMAX,YMIN) 236
GO 10 32 237
C 238
C AS ABOVE FOR DN/DLOGD PLOT. 239
499
-------
C 240
13 WPITF(3,600)IDALL,RHOX 241
IF(IPLT3)6.6.32 242
6 TSIZ*T$ 1Z3 243
CALL STPLOT(TDaLL,RHOX, IMPAC,NDK,GEMAX.GEMTN,DNMAX,DPIMIN, 244
ITS!?, XS,YS,XMAX.XP41N,YMAX,YMIN) 45
C 246
C TH INTERVAL LENGTH DINC IS DEFINED SUCH THAT THERE ARE 26 247
C INTERVALS PfR LOGIO CYCLE FOR CALCULATION OF AVG. cijs• sa 5 248
C LOADPJG AND 14 INTERVALS PER LOGIO CYCLE FOR CALCULATION OF 249
C OM/ DLOGO AND DNIDLOGD CALCULATIONS. 250
C 251
32 IF(NDK)133,134.134 252
133 DTPICS.0357142857 253
GO TO 135 254
134 OTNC .07I4?8S7l4 255
C 256
C Tê4E FIRST DIAMETER TAKEN FOP CALCULATION 1$ AT 257
C .25 MICROMETERS. THE VARIABLE U5 () FOR FITTING IS 25$
C 01 B LOG IOCDTAMETER) AND RESULT IS LOGIOCCUM. SASS LOADING). 259
C 260
135 D1=ALOGIO(.25) 261
C 262
C THE DIAMETER AT WHICH PLOTTING WILL END (P$TOP OP 263
C ASTOP DEPENDING ON DENSITY) GOES THROUGH CHANGE OF 264
C VARIABLE AND INITIAL DIAMETER VARIABLE SUBTRACTED 263
C FROM IT. DIVIDING INTERVAL LENGTH (DINE) INTO THIS GIV 266
C TOTAL NUMBER OF INTERVALS (P1*5) IN 267
C WHICH THERE WILL BE A CALCULATION. THIS REAL NUMSER 266
C IS POUNDED TO NEXT HIGHER INTEGER (LAS) 260
C 270
DSTOPzPSTOP P71
TF(NEQ,2)DSTOP.A STOP 272
PLA Ss(ALOG I O(DSTDP).D1 )/DINC 273
LASBPLAS+t.0 274
C 275
C WHEN CALCULATIONS OF AYG , DM/DL000 ARE BEING MAD!, THE FOLLOWING 276
C VALUES ARE WRITTEN ON FILE HPACFL FOR USE IN PROGRAM PENTRA, 277
C 278
TF(MDK .EQ,O)WRITE(MPACFL )RHOX,LAS 279
C 280
C THE FOLLOWING LOOP CONTAINS ALL CALCULATIONS 70 281
C GET AVG , CUP4, MASS LOADING (WHEN NOK s .1), AVG 8 2B2
C DM/DLOGD (WHEN NDKaO), AND AVG 1 DW/DL000 (WHEN 283
C P4DKI) VS. PARTICLE DIAHETER. BOTH PLOTTING AND 284
C LI 4E PRINTING OUTPUT ARE MADE HERE. NOTEs AVG. 285
C PERCENT CUM• MASS LOADING VS. DIAMETER IS DONE 286
C OUTSIDE THIS LOOP BEGINNING AT 255, 287
c 288
DO 200 NSLOT I,LAS 289
MSL OT.N SLQT.1 290
c 291
C D1..FTTrING VARIABLE. FUNCTION OF DIAMETER 292
C DPLOT .DIAMETER (MICRONS) 293
C 29’
DPLOTs I O.0e*D1 295
C 296
C NUPTS..NUMBER OF CHANGES ADDtO TO GET SUM. 297
C SUM..SUM OF CHANGES, NDKB.1..DM/DLOGD( MGIACM) 298
C P40K. 0..OM/OLOGD($G/DNM3) 209
500
-------
C NI Ka 1.—DN/bL000(PIfl./0NM3) 300
C 301
NUPTS:0 302
SUMaO,O 303
DO 75 IAVaN,I$FIN,2 304
C 305
C READ RECORD OF EACH RUN TO GET TEMPERATURE OF 306
C STACK IN DEC. KELVIN CTKS). PRESSURE AT IP4PACTOR 307
C INLET 1P4 ATMOSPHERE (POA), PERCENT WATER CONTENT 308
C OF GAS (FGH2O). 309
C 310
READ(10’IAV)I8.NFIT,GRNAM.ID.RHO.TKS.POA.FGH2O 311
C 312
C READ THE NUMBER OF FITTED POINTS NPOIN. THE VALUES OF THE POINTS 313
C USED FOR FITTING X1(I). 151.NPOIN AND Y II),Ia1,NPOIN, AND 31
C THE VALUES OF THE FITTING COEFFICIENTS COECI,J),Iil,WO, Or INTERVALS 315
C AND Jal,3 316
C 317
READ(1j’IS)NPQTN 318
INT RNPOIN..1 31Q
READC1 I ’I$)NPOIN,(XI(I),Isf,NPOIN),(y lf!), I. l,NPOIN,, 320
I ( CCOE(I,J) ,JaI,3), !aI,INT) 321
C 322
C DETERMINE WHICH INTERVAL OF CURVE FIT NINT FOR THE DIAMETER 323
C VARIABLE D l, 324
C 325
DO 128 1S2.NPO!N 326
327
IF(D1 ,LT.X1(I))GO TO 132 328
128 CONTINUE 329
132 NINTaJ.I 330
c 331
C FOR T E FIRST DIAMETER CNSLOT • 1) 7W AVG. CUMULATIVE MASS 332
C LOADING CALCULATIONS (NDK • •j), AN TNTEGERATXON CONSTANT (AN 333
C INITIAL VALUE OF CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING ‘ THE DIAMETER ‘PREVIOU5 354
C TO .25 MICROMETERS), CUCONI(!S), IS CALCULATED FOR EACH RUN IF 335
C DESIRED (NCtJCOP4 INPUT a 0), 336
C 337
IFCNSLDT,NE,1.OR,NOK,NE..t)GO TO 1133 338
IF(NCUCON) 1133,1132,1133 339
1132 CUCONI (IS):COE(WINT,1).COE(NINT,2)*(D1.D!NC).COE(NINT,3,* 340
1(D1 OINC* 2 341
IF CC(JCONI(!S).LE,.5 ,O)CtJCONI(IS)a.5.o 342
CtJCONt(IS).1o.O**CUCON I(ts) 343
c 3”
C CALCULATE THE DERIVATIVE OF THE MASS CONCENTRATION, DELMSC. 3 5
C TH( FIRST CALCULATION OF D!LMRC HERE IS DERIVATIVE OF LOGIOCMASS 346
C CONCENTRATION) WITH RESPECT TO LOG IO(DTAMETER). USING THIS, 347
C REDEFINE DELMRC AS DERIVATIVE OF MASS CONCENTRATION WITH RESPECT 348
C TO LOG1 OCOIAMETER). PPP IS THE LOGIOCMASS CONCENTRATION) 349
C CALCULATED FROM THE CURVE FITTING POLYNOMIAL FOUND IN MAINLINE 350
C PROGRAM SPLINt.
C 352
1133 OELMRCaCOECNINT,2).COE(NINT,3)*2*Dt
PPP.C OE(NINT,1)
DO 131 L’2.3
131 PPP.PPPfCOE(P.JINT,L)*Oj**(L.t) 356
DELPIBCUDELMBC*( t0.0**PPP,*2.302585 357
C 358
C CONVRT IS THE CONVERSION FACTOR TO GO FROM MG/ACM TO MG/0WM3 359
501
-------
C THERORE,DELMBC.,HAS UNITS MG/ACM 360
C DFLM...HAS UNITS MG/DPIM3
C OELN..—HAS UNITS NO,/DPdM3 362
C 363
C DNVRTa(((294,0*POA)/TKS*1,0)*C(100,0.FGH2 O)/1 0 0.o,)
DELHRDELMRC/CONVRT 3 I5
OEL NC((6,0* OELM)/(RHOX*3.10159Z&)PL OT*.3.))*j, 0E 09 366
IF(NDK)451,51,5 ? 367
$51 DEL(TS)RDELMBC
Gfl TO 75 369
51 DEL(IS)UDELM 370
GO TO 75 371
52 DEL(IS)aDEL.N 372
75 CONTINUE 373
80 CONTINUE 370
!AVLDa I 375
C 376
C FOR THE FIRST DIAMETER (NSLOT • I) IN AVG. CUMULATIVE MASS 377
C LOADING CALCULATIONS (NDK a .1), AN AVERAGE IWIEGRATION CONSTANT 378
C (THE AVERAGE INITIAL VALUE OF CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING ‘ .25 MICRO. 379
C METERS), CUCON(N), IS CALCULATED FOR THIS ASSUMED DENSITY IF 380
C DESIRED (NCUCON INPUT a 0). 361
c 382
IF(NSLOT.NE,1 ,OR.NDK,NE,.1) GO TO 6? 363
IF(NCUCON) 82,81.82 380
61 CALL AVCON (N.TAVLO,NDK,NOCON(WSLOT) • ISFIN.CUCONI ,CUCON(N).AVDM I. 385
ICUM2D(WSLOT),CUM2LD,CISUH,SIGMA.CLU( NS L OT),CLL(N$LOT).D!NC) 386
CUM2LDaCUCON(N) 367
82 NOCON(NSLOT)sO 368
AVDaO ,O 389
C 390
C AVCON USES THE FOLLOWING VARTABLESI 391
C N • AS DESCRIBED PREVIOUSLY 39?
C IAVLO a j • FIND 90 PERCENT CONFIDENCE INTERVALS PROVIDED 393
C THERE IS SUFFrCIENT DATA, 39$
C IAVLD 0 • CONFIDENCE INTERVALS NOT DESIRED, 39%
C NOK — AS DESCRIBED PREVIOUSLY 396
C NOCON(P4$LOT) • INDICATES, UPON RETURN FROM SUBROUTINE AVCON• 397
C WHETHER OR NOT CONFIDENCE LIMITS WERE TAKEN, 398
c THERE MUST BE AT LEAST 3 PIECES OF DATA FOR THESE 399
C CALCULATIONS. P40C0N(NSLOT) RETURNED a I 400
C IF THERE WAS INSUFFICIENT DATA aoi
C AND NO CONFIDENCE LIMITS WERE TAKEN, 002
C ISFIN • AS DESCRIBED PREVIOUSLY $03
C DEL. SET QF ALL CHANGES PER CHANGE IN LOG1O DIAMETER AT 404
C THE INDICATED DIAMETER, (ACTUALLY THESE ARE THE DERIVATIVE 005
C LIMITS OF THE CHANGES,) 406
C AVO • PRELIMINARY AVERAGE OF THESE CHANGES, 407
C SIGMA • STANDARD DEVIATION OF THE SET DEL. 408
C CLU(NSLOT) • UPPER 90 PERCENT CONFIDENCE LIMIT OF DEL. AT 409
C THE INDICATED DIAMETER, $10
C CLL(NSLOT) • LDWER 90 PERCENT CONFIDENCE LIMIT OF THE SET DEL $11
C AT THE INDICATED DIAMETER. 412
C FOR WOK a • AVCON WILL ALSO USE T$E FOLLOWING VARIABLES, 413
C AVOMI • AVERAGE OF CHANGES AT PREVIOUS DIAMETER 414
C CUM?D(NSLOT) • AVERAGE CUMULATIVE MASS LOAD OF PARTICLES SMALLER 415
C THAN INDICATED DIAMETER (MG/ACM), 416
C CUM2LD • AVERAGE CUMULATIVE MASS LOAD FOR PARTICLES SMALLER 417
C THAN LAST DIAMETER (MG/ACM) 418
C C!SUM • THE SUM OF THE SQUARES OF THE DM/DLOGD CONFIDENCE 4 9
502
-------
C INTERVALS (MG/ACM) FOR PARTICLES SMALLER THAN THE 420
C LAST DIAMETER, 421
C DINC • LOGIO DIAMETER INCREMENT (MICRONS). 422
c 423
CALL. AVCOW(N,IAVLD,NDK.NflCDN(NSLOT).TSFT’ ,DEL, 424
IAVD.AVDM I,CUM2D( NSL OT).CUM2LD.C!3UM,S!GMA,CLU(NSL.OT), 425
2CLL(NSLOT),D!NC) 420
NSFT8 NOCON(NSLOT)+1 427
C 428
C IF NOCON(NSLOT) IS RE’TURNED 1, A SPECIAL FORMAT IS USED FOR 29
C PRINT OUT NOTING TWSIJFFIC!ENT ,ATA’ (THIS IS FORMAT
C 503 FOR AVG, CUM. MASS LOAD, ND FORMAT 501 FOR AVG 0 DM/DLOSD 431
C OR AVG. DPJ/DL.OGD). OTHERWISE, AVG 0 CUM. MASS LOADING 432
C CALCULATIONS GIVE OUTPUT ACCORDING TO FORMAT 504 LISTING 433
C THE ‘SLOT’, PARTICLE DIAMETER (DPLOT IN MICRONS). AVG. CUK. 434
C MASS LOADING (CUM2D IN MG/ACM), UPPFR o PERCENT CINFIDENCE 435
C LIMIT, AND LOWER 90 PERCENT CONFIDENCE LIMIT (CLU AND CLL 436
C PESPECTIVLY TN MG/ACM). A SIMILAR OUT.PUT FOR AVG• DM/DLOGD 437
C AND AgG• DN/DLOGD CALCULATION IS LISTED USING FORMAT 502. “38
C DIAMETER UNITS ARE AGAIN, MICRONS. OTHER VARIASLES ARE TN 439
C M&/0P4M3 (DM/DLOGD CALCULATIONS) OR Wfl/DNM3 (DN/DLOGD 440
C CALCULATIONS). NOTE ALSO THAT THE STANDARD DEVIATION, SIGMA, 441
C IS LISTED FOR THE OM/OL000 AND ON/OLOGO CALCULATIONS. 1 . 142
C
GO TO (85,90 ) ,NSETS £ 144
85 IF(NDK)87,97 ,98
90 TFCWDK)86,96,qh 446
86 WRITE (3,5 3)N5 OT,DPLOT,CUM2D( ’ 8L0T) 4 L 7
GO 10 110 £ 148
96 WRTT((3,501 )NSLOT,DPLOT,AVD
GO 10 110 450
87 WRITE (3,SOL I)NSLOI,OPLOI,CUM2T)CMSLOT) ,CLUCMSLOT) ,CLLCMSLOT) 451
GO TO 110 452
97 WRI1E(3,5O2)W 5LOT,DPLOT,AVD,SIGMA,CLU( SL0T),CLLt LOT ) 453
GO ¶0 110 454
98 WRtTE(3 ,505)NSLOT,DPLOT,AVD,SIGMA,CLU(N8L0T) ,CLt SLOT) 455
110 NOUT(NSLOT)20
£157
DO 16 IAVEN,ISFIW,2 458
IF DEL C lAy)) 113,115.11S £159
113 NOUI(NSLOT)UWOUTCNSLOT)+t 460
NT HOUT(NSLOT) 461
T HRflUT(NSLOT,N1) I&V £102
GO ¶f5 It O 463
115 W N N M4j
116 CON1I UE £ 165
lF(NDK)117.118.1 1 9 466
I17IFUPLT I)1117,11 1 7 , 2 1 18 467
1117 TPLOT$(.1)a*NSLOT £168
IF(IPLOI)21 17,21 11,2118 469
2117 CALL STATPT(NOKt ,NOCON(NSLOT),0PL0T,CUM20(N3L0T),CL $I OT ), 410
lCLL(NSLOT),XMAX,XMTN,YHAX,VMTNX 5, ’S ) Lilt
2118 AVDP41 AVD 41?
CUM2LD.CUM2D(NSLOT) 473
GO TO 150 474
118 WPTTE(MPACFL)DPLOT,AVD.SIGMA, l!H 475
I ,UPLT2)1QO,1U0. I SO 476
110 IF(IPLT3)t40.tLi0.ISO 477
140 CALL STATPTCNDXt,NOCONCNSLOT),DPLO?.*VD.CLU(N3L0T),CLL SLOT)1 47
1XMAX,XMIN.YMAY.VMIN,X5, ’5) 479
503
-------
150 f tz01.DI’ C
?Or CONTPUE ‘jR1
WRTTE(3 , 70p)TOA L,R C X
202 WRTTE3 ,7r ,
GO TO 205
20S WRTTE(3 ,1r b)
GO TO 20 5
204 WRITE(3.70R)
205 O1.ALOG10(.2
00 s ‘ SLflT:i.LA5 LSQO
I)PLOT:1 0 **! 401
(NSLn’T, 402
TF(5207,207.21 I 403
207 HT(3,71f) SLf’Y.OPLOY 404
GO 220 Si05
211 WRITE (3,7I?)NSLPLOT,CTHP0UT(HSL0T,T),I;I.’ T)
220 0I: t+OP C
221 CONTT J JE
C
C IF 0X z • , CHECK TO SEf IF PLOT AS MAPE (50 THAT PEN CAN BE 500
C P j)T 0 F 1R N 7 PLOT.
C IF c o TTE S AST Ry5K5 (0*51) IN FILE MPACFL. T 5 5( 7
C WILL PE A t Tm r&TIfl IN PROGRAM O NTRA THAT SET OF
C PECORS AL WAVING SAHE OE ’STTY HAS BEEN REACHED.
C IF I K z 1, CHECK TO SEE IF PLOT WAS MAOE (SO THAT PEN CAN BE SOS
C REAI TE’ FliP N T PLO T . ) 506
C S07
TF(k)255.? 5 l.?S? SOP
C 500
C IF P(r T AS READY PEN FOR NEXT PInT. IF PLOT WAS NOT MAOF, 510
C ‘ AKF CALCI,LATTONS FOR AVERAGE CUMULATIVE PERCE 4T. c it
C 5 12
255 !F(IPI T I)3 04.304.263 513
C
C 515
C STATEMENTS 2c3 RO’. r,W 70 MAKE CALCULATIONS AND GIVE OUTPUT SIN
C F ’ AVERAGE Cl JLATIVf PF C1 TU 517
C s1
C T S STATEMENT WRIIES 7 4F GENERAL IOENTTFIc*TIUN LABEL
C TOALL, T E 1TY, RHftX IN GM/CC. *N0 THE C01W4W kEA ! t
C WHICH INCLUf’F TNTERVAL ’ •OIAM!TEP (MICRON$)’,’P4EAN CuMULATIVE
C MASS cO rENTRAyIoN (PERCENT)’ ‘UPPER CONFIr ENCE LI TT (PERcENT)’, 522
C A 4i ‘LO FP Cr .FTDENCF LIMIT RCFNfl
C
253 i TTF(3 ,701)T 1 aLL,PHflX 525
IF rIPLT4)257, 251,258 5?e
C 527
C SURPChTI E PP T TAKES £5 VARIABLES THE GENERAL !D,IPALL , 52 5
THE ‘ EPJSITY PHOX . It OPAWS THE GRIO FOR AVG. CUM. PERCENT
C MASS 1J)4OIN , LAPELS THE AXES. AMO wRiTES A GENERAL HEADING
C CONSTSTI JG OF bALL ANO RHOX THE MAXIMUMAMr) MINIMUM VAUJES 531
C ALO’JG EACH A IS.KMAX,XMIN,YMAX,ANb YMINALONG W7TH THE SCALE
C FaCTf’PS.XS AND YS— *Rf RETURNED.
C
257 CALL CPPLOT (TDALL,OX.XMAX,XMIW.AX,IN.X5,XS )
C 536
C 01 ALOOSO OTAWETER
C 535
?SL OIIALOGIO(.25)
504
-------
WOKI S I 540
C NOTE — PLOT BEGINS WITH SAME Of AS TN AVERAGE CUMULATIVE MASS PLOT, 542
C ALSO. NUMBER OF POINTS, LAS, S THE SANE ONLY EVERY OTHER POINT 543
C IS PLOTTED TE , WHEN IPLOT • —1,
C 545
DO 270 NSLOT 1,LAS 546
C 547
C OPLOT ; DIAMETER 548
C 549
DPLOT 10 .O**Di 550
c
c AVG CUM• MASS LOAD. UPPER CONFIDENCE LIMIT. AND LOWER 552
C CONFIDENCE LIMIT ARE CHANGED TO FRACTIONS OP THE AVG. TOTAL 553
C MASS LOADING. (ONLY AVG. CUM. MASS LOAD. MAKES THIS CHANGE 55
C OF VARIABLE IF NOT ENOUGH DATA FOR CONFIDENCE LIMITS IE, 555
C NOCON 1,) 556
C 557
CUM2D(NSLOT) CUM2D(N8L0T) /ATGL(N) 558
CLIJ(NSLOT)sCLU(NSLOT)/ATGL(N) 559
CLL NSLOT)$CLL(NSLOT),ATGL(N) 560
IPLOTu(.1)e*NSLOT 561
!F(IPLT4 ,EQ.1.OP.IPLOT.NE,.f)GO TO 260 562
C
C SUBROUTINE STATPT TAKES SAME VARIABLES AS IN STATEMENT 1100 564
C RUT MyTH NDKfuI, POINT IS PLOTTED ACCORDING TO LOG NORMAL 565
C PROBABILITY SCALE RATHER THAN LOG IO SCALE. 566
C 567
CALL 8TATPT(NDKI.NOCON(NSLOT).D1,CUM2D(NSLOT),CLU(NSLOT), 568
ICLL(NSLOT).XP4AX,XMIP4.YMAX,YMIW,XS,YS) 569
C 570
C VARIABLES ARE CHANGED FROM FRACTION TO PERCENT FOR LINE 571
C PRINTER OUTPUT 572
C 573
260 CUM2D(NSLOT).CUM2D(WSLOT* 100,0 574
CLU(NSLOT) CLU(NSLOT)*l00,0 575
CLL (NSLOT) CLL(NSLOT)*10fl.O 576
C 577
C THIS WRITE STATEMENT USES FORMAT SOi& TO PRINT OUT THE 578
C INTERVAL NSLOT, THE DIAMETER DPLOT N MICRONS, THE
C MEAN CUM, MAS5 LOAD CUM2D (NSLOT), UPPER 90 PERCENT 580
C CONFIDENCE LIMIT CLU CNSLOT) AND LOWER 90 PERCENT CONFIDENCE 581
C LIMIT CLLCNSLOT) ALL IN PERCENT. 582
C 583
IFCNOCON(NSLOT),EQIVJGO TO 261 584
WPITE(3,SO4)N5LOT,DPLOT,CUH 2D(NSLOT),C U(NSLOT ,C L(NSL OT) 585
GO TO 265 586
C 587
C IF THERE IS NOT ENOUGH DATA AT THIS DIAMETER FOR CONFIDENCE 588
C LIMITS, ONLY THE INTERVAL, DIAMETER, AND AVG. ARE PRINTED 589
C WITH ‘INSUFFICIENT DATA’ PRINTED FOR BOTH CONFIDENCE LIMITS 590
C USING FROMAT 503 591
C 592
261 MR!TE (3,5O3)NSLOT,0PLOT,CUM2D(NSL0T 593
c
C THE DIAMETER IS INCREMENTED AND LOOP RETURNS FOR CALCULATIONS 595
C AT THIS NEW POINT. 596
c
265 D1.D1+DINC 598
270 CONTINUE 599
505
-------
C 600
C IF PLOT WAS MADE. READY PEN FflR W X1’ PLOT, IF PLOT WAS NOT MADE. 601
C INCREMENT NDK AND RETURN TO STATEMENT 915 FOR CALCULATIONS OF 602
C AVERAGE F#4/DLOGP, 603
C 604
IFC!PLT 4)30 4.3 0 4,254 605
251 WPTTE(MPACFL)DAST.DA$T,DAST,IBLAW 606
C 807
C IF PLOT WAS MAI)E, READY PEW FOR NEXT PLOT, IF PLOT WAS NOT MADE. 608
C INCREMENT NDK AND RETURN TO STATEMENT 13 FOR CALCULATIONS OF 609
C AVFPA E DN/DLOGD. 610
C 611
IF(IPLT2)304,304,254 612
C 613
C IF PLOT WAS MADE READY PEN FOP NEXT PLOT. IF PLOT WAS NOT MADE, 6 4
C INCREMENT NDK AND RETURN TO STATEMENT FOP REPEAT OF ALL 615
C CALCULATIONS USING TME AERODYNAMIC DENSITY. 818
C 617
252 IFUPLTS)304,3 0i8,254 616
304 XNaXMAX,4,5/X3 619
VW: YMIM.2,/y$ 620
CALL FPLOT(0,XN,YN) 621
IF(NDK.EQ..1.AND.NDK I.EQ.0)G0 TO 233 622
254 CONTINUE 623
TFCN.FO,1)GO TO I 624
1000 STOP 625
500 FORMAUhl41,//, IX,80A1/,1X,’RMOB ,F4,2.’ GM/CC’/, 626
& 2$X,’MEAN CMANGE ’ .8X .’STAN 627
1DAR ) UPPER CONFIDENCE LOWER CONFTDENCE’/,IX, ’IWTERVAL DIAMET 628
2EP I N MASS CONCENTRATION OEVIAT!ON ’,IX,’L IMIT’.j4x,•LyMIyc,,2 629
39X , ’(MG,DNM3)f,9X,’(MG/DNM3)’,5X ,2f.(MG/DNM3)1, IOX)) 650
501 FOPMAT(aX.I2 ,5X,2(IPE9.2, IOX).bX.’...... ... INSUFFICIENT DATA 631
1.’) 632
502 FOPMAT(4X, !.sx.2C IPEO.2,qx),2c1PE9.2.3x),3x,1P!q.2) 633
sos INSUFFICIENT DATA • .‘ 634
1) 833
Soa C)RMATC4X.I.5x,1PE9,2 .7x,1PEq ,2,9x,1PEq,2, lOX. 1PEQ ,2) 836
30 ! FORMAICLSX,I.SX,2(IPE9.2, IOX),2( IPE9.2.5X).SX, IPE9.2) 837
600 FORMATC IMI,,,, IX,80A1/.1X.’RMDa ‘,F4.2.’ GM/CC’/, 638
I 29X, ’M!AN CHANGV,QX,’STAN 639
IDARD UPPER CONFIDENCE LOWER COWFTDENCE’/. IX , ’INTERVAL DIAMET 640
2E jN NUMBER CONCENTRATION DEVIAT!ON,7X.’LIMIT’,IOX..LTMTT.,, 641
330X,’(NO/DNM3)’, IOX,2(’CNO/DNM3)’,3x), SX,’(N0/DNM3) ’) 642
700 FOP4A7(IHI,//, IX,BOAI/.1X, ’R14 0. ,F4.2.’ GM/CC’/, 643
& 24X,’MEAN CUMULATIVE UPP 644
IER CONFIDENCE LOWER CONF!DENCE ’/, IX,’INTERVAL DIAMETER MASS 645
2CONCENTRATION’,bX,’LXMIT’,14X,’LIMI T ’/. I2X. ’(MIC POM$)9.YX.e(MG ,ACM 646
3)’,jOX,’CMG/ACM)’, I IX,’CMC/ACM) ’/) 847
701 FOR$AY(l 41,//,IX,8OA1/,jX,•RMO. ‘,F4 ,2.’ GM/CC ’/, 648
I 24X.’M!AW CUMULATIVE UPP 649
IER CONFIDENCE LOWER CONFIDENCE’/,IX,’IP4TERVAL DIAMETER MASS 650
2CONCENTRATION LTMIT’ ,14X.LTMTT’/.12X,MICRONS) ’.6X.•CPERCEN 851
3T)’,QX,?(’(PERCENT)’. IOX)) 652
702 FORMAT(jM l,//,IX,80A1/, IX, ’RHO. ,F4,2 ,’ GM/CC’/, 653
I 1X,’!NTERVAL’, SX. .DIAM EtEP 654
1’,AX,’RECORDS EXCLUDED FROM MEAN’) 655
704 FORMAT(23X,’CUMULATIVE MASS CONC!NTPATTON’/) 856
706 FORMAT(23X, ’CNANGE IN MA$$ CONTRAT!OPJ ’/, 857
106 FORMAT(22X,’CWAP4GE IN NUW6ER CONC(WTRATION’/) 638
711 FOPMAT(4X, 12.5X , IP!9.2.6X,’P4ONE’) 659
506
-------
712 FORMAT(4X.X2.5X,IPEQ.2.5X,?5(I1,I2))
800 rOR’4AT(10(11)) 66
805 FOPP4AT(F5.*) 662
EPIr ) 663
507
-------
SUBROUTINE AVCOPà(N,IAVLD.NDK,P4OCON.T SFTN.VAR,AVG, I
IAVGM I,CUM PD,CUM2LD,C!SUM.STGMA.CIU.CLL.OIMC) 2
C**.*aa*****a*e*ae****e***ae******a************************a**************** 3
Ca ‘1
Ca SUBROUTINE AVCUP4 TAKES A (.1ST OF VAPIARLES VAR AND FINDS THEIR 5
Ce AVERAGE AVG• T CALCULATES THE 8TAND*RD DEVIATION 6
Ce O THE VARIABLES SIGMA. CALCULATES A NEW AVERAGE AVG 1
C’ BY EXCLUDING ANY OUTLYING DATA. A NEW STANDARD DEVIATION SIGMA p
Ce IS CALCULATED BASED ON THE P4EW AVERAGE AND THE REMAINING DATA.
Ca USE THIS PROGRAM FOR SO t CONFIDENCE LIMITS 10
C c 11
12
C 13
DIMENSION VAP(S0)
SUM 0,O
NtJPTS O
SXGMAUO.O 17
DO 50 !aPd.!SFIW.2 18
IF(V*R(I))’5 040.10 19
40 SUP4sSIJM,VARCI) 20
NUPTS NUPTS4j 21
50 CONTINUE 22
IF(NupTs .3) lqo,o5, 65 23
65 AVOaSUM/NUPYS
LL$1 2 !
120 SIGPA.O.O
N(IPTSrO 27
C 28
C 1P418 LOOP CALCULATES SUM OF THE SUUARES OF THE DEVIATION 29
C FROM THE AVERAGE. 30
C 31
00 125 I.N,TSFIW,2 32
IF(VAR(I)) 125.122,%22
122 SIGPAISI&PA+C(VAR(I).AVG)**2) 34
NUPTSsNUPTS+t 3 5
125 CONTINUE 36
C 37
C STANDARD DEVIATION SIGMA IS CALCULATED AS SQUARE ROOT 38
C OF PREVIOUS SUM DIVIDED BY I LESS THAW NUMBER OF VALUES SUMED. 39
40
R E*L:NUPT S.1 41
SIGMAu SQRT(STGP&/REAL)
C
C SUBPOUTINE CHECKS FOR CONFIDENCE LIMITS IF AVG AND SIGMA HAVE
C BEEN CALCULATED THE SECOND TIME.
C 46
C
RNPTSxNIJPTS 48
TF(RNPTS.7)2 05,210,?tS 49
205 IF (PIJPT S.3)206,206,207 50
206 TCR!T.1 .1 53
GO TO 220 5?
207 TCRITsO.1027 0 !+2,22946*ALOGIOCRNPIS) 53
GO TO 220 54
210 TCPITrI.938 55
GO TO 220 56
215 T RXTaO 1 865S2.1,308O37*AL0G1O(RNPTS 57
220 $UMsO,0 58
NtJPTS.O
508
-------
DO lAO IzN,.ISFTN,2 60
r AASUVAR(I1.AvG)/SIGMA) 61
c 62
C A Y VALUE OUTSIDE OF TIlE ALLOWED DEVIATION FROM AVERAGE IS TAGGED’ 63
C BY SETTING IT EQUAl. TO tHE AR8ITRAPY VALUE .50.0. THE$E VALUES ARE 64
C NOT INCLUDED TN SECOND CALCIJLATTON OF AVG AND SIGMA. 65
C 66
TFfT—TCPIT) 137. 135, 135 67
135 VAR(T) .50,O 6$
137 IF(VAR(T),1’10.138,138 60
13$ SUMaSt M+VAR(I) 70
NUPTSaNUPTS+ 1 71
140 CONTINUE 72
IF (LL.2) 146,100,1 0 0 73
146 IF(NUPTS.3)100. IMS,148 74
14$ AVGcSUM/NtJPTS 75
LL .LL+1 76
C 77
C BIIRROUTINE RETURNS TO STATEMENT 120 FOR SECOND CALCULATION OF SIGMA 7$
C 8A$EO ON NEW AVG AND EXCLUSION OF ‘EXTREME’ DATA, 79
C 80
GO TO 120 81
C $2
100 $tIMsO 0 83
NUPTS:0 $4
aVG 0•O 85
C $6
C SUM VALUES AND SUM NUMBER OF VALUES TO CALCULATE N W AVERAGE $7
C I’.JTHOUT “EXTREME’ DATA. 8 $
C $0
DO 192 I N I5FTN.2 90
IF VAR( II) 102, 101 • 101 01
191 SUM.SIJM,VARCT) 92
NUP7S$NLIPTS+1 93
192 CONTINUE
c 95
C TAKE AVERAGE. 06
C
IF(NUPTS.GE. 1)AVG*SUM/NUPT$ 08
$ IGMAUO.0 90
C ton
C IF HaRE THAN ‘COOt)’ VALUES, FIND NEW $TANDARD DEVIATION AND 101
C CONFIDENCE LIMITS (GO TO 1195). IF wOT. RETURN NOCON • 102
C 103
IF(N(JPTS.GT.t.AND.IAVLD.E0.1)GO 10 1195 104
NOCON 1 105
C 106
C KEEP RUNNING SUM OF CHANGES IN MASS LOADING UP TO THIS DIAMETER 107
C IF ox —1 , 108
C 109
IF(NDK) 11 , I I 194 110
1191 IF(AVG*AVGMII t192,U02,1103 111
1192 CUM?D CUM2LD 112
GO 10 1194 113
1193 CUM2DtCUM2LD+SQRT(AVC*AVGMI)*DINC 114
1194 CLUiO,O
CLL 0.0 116
RETURN 117
c 118
C FIND HEW STANDARD DEVIATION AND CONFIDENCE INTERVAL. 119
509
-------
C 120
i 9S DO 195 IaN.I8FIN.2
!F(vAR(I)) 1q5 .194,194 122
194 SIGMAUSTGMA.(CAVG.VAR(T)la*2) 123
193 CONTINUE 124
REAL$NUPTS.1 125
STGMAaSORI(STGMA/REAL) 12
REAL3NUPT$ 127
CONTNs(SIGMA*(0 1 674+(O .32*((REALs1 .O)**C.1 .O72)) ))ISORT(PEA ) 128
C 129
C NOK a •1 • CONFIDENCE L!’4 1T8 ARE FOUND FOR AVG. CUMULATIVE 130
C MASS LOADING. THIS AVERAGE IS DENOTED AS CUM2D (TO BE 131
C DISTINGUISHED FROM AVG , CUMZO IS FOUND BY ADDING THE AVERAGE 132
C CHANGES IN MASS LOADING OVER A LOGIO DIAMETER INCREMENTIDINC. UP TO ‘TM 133
C SPECIFIED DIAMETER. THE CUMULATIVE MA S3 LOADING UPPER AND LOWER 134
C 5( PERCENT CONFIDENCE LIMITS ARE FOUND BY ADDING AND SUBTRACTING, 135
C RESPECTIVELY. THE ROOT MEAN SQUARE OF ALL DM/DLOGD CONFIDENCE 136
C INTERVALS UP TO AND INCLUDING THAT INTERVAL AT THE SPECIFIED 137
C DIAMETER. 138
C 13Q
C P .40K a o • CONFIDENCE LIMITS ARE FOUND FOR AVG, DM/DLOGD. THESE lao
C UPPER AND LOWER 50 PERCENT LIMITS ARE FOUND BY ADDING AND SURTRACTIP.JG, 141
C RESPECTIVELY. THE CONFIDENCE INTERVAL CONIN TO THE AVERAGE 182
C DM,’DLOGD VALUE AT THAT DIAMETER, AVO. 143
C 14
C N K a — CONFIDENCE LIMITS ARE FOUND FOR AVG. DN/DLOGD 7N
C THE SAME MANNER AS FOR AVG, OM/OLOGO. iae .
C 147
TFrNOK)150.16O, 160 i e
I SO IF(AVG*AVGMI.1152.152,153 149
152 CUM?D.CUM2LI) 1 50
GO TO 155 151
153 CUM2OaC(JM2LD+SQRT(AVG*AVGMI)*DIWC 152
155 CISUMaCISUM+(COWINe*2.0) 153
CLUsCIJM2D. (SORT(CISUM)*DTP4C, 154
CLLaCUH2D.C SOPT(CISUM)*DINC) 155
RETURN 156
160 CLU.AVG,COP.JIPJ 157
CLLAVG.CC I4! N 158
RETURN 15
END 160
510
-------
8LOCK DATA
REAL MU 2
CCMMON/ LOCK1,P$(5),MU.POa.DPA,TC! .FG(5) ,D!LP(e,a) 3
DATA DELPIo.n.o.p,o.o,o.o,o.o,.17o..?9 ,t.o,
1O,000,,004,.eoa..OI4,.045,.143,1.000,o.000, 5
3o.o,O.O,o,o,o.o,o.oa5,o.21o 1,ooo,o.eoo, 7
END e
9
511
-------
SLOCK DATA
IPITEGER X(S .4 2
Ea1 MW, fe) 3
COMKnP4#BLOCKJ/TKI,MM .L .R .rn,Q,DPCC8 .CYC3.X.DC(8,E .a) a
C S
C ANDERSEN IMPACTOR NUMBER OF HOL I STAGE, 6
C I
DATA x,?es.26I .26a.26a.e4.2oa.2eo. jSe ,
C
C BP!P K IMPACTOR PHIM ER or I4OLS PEP 8T*GE . 10
C U
1t t 1 t 1,1.1.0. 12
C U
C U, oF • IMPACTOP NUMBfP OF HOLES PE STAGE,
C 1 5
21.6, 12,QO.I1G.IIO.90.fl, 16
C 17
C P’R IMPACTflR NJMBEP or HOLES PEP STaGE 1*
C 1 9
38.12,24,24 ,?*.2a.1?,0/ 20
C 21
C a’4OEPSEN IMP CTOP PLATE SET. , 22
C 23
e
DATA DC/,1b3?..j233,.0954, ,O7 2,.O577,’.O36S, ,O25U ,.82S5. 25
c 26
C APi1 EPSfN TNPACTOP PLATE SEt. 2.
c ?8
1.163?,.1253 ..oq4q,.olag..o SeQ,.o S Ae,.o2 Sa,. 0257,
C 30
C ANDERSEN IMPACTOR PLATE SEt— 3,
C 3?
2.71,.1281,. 0953, , 07$O, .05a7,. 035 9, .o;bq,.o?53, 33
c
C ANOE SEN !MPACTOR PLATE SE ?. , 35
C 36
3 ,1 R1. ,1263 .,oo4b,,O7St,.n5St,.O35S,.o25e,.02 5, 37
C
C AP DEP3EN !$PACTOP PLATE SET. 7, 39
C ‘40
4 ,16?1,, l2aQ,. 0Q35, . 0751, .0 563, , 03 5 9. ,o2ô*, ,O250, 41
C a?
C A DFPSEN !MPACTOP PLATE SET. e,
C
5.1aS1,.124o,.Oe51, ,O77a,.o5b5,.O3 e .,o2e6, .o2II5,
C ‘ 46
C BPINK IP4PACIOP STAGE SET s A 0
C
b.355(1, ,2Q22,.177P,.1364,.OB$4,,07 05 , ,0’5 2 3,,000 0,
C 50
C $R?PJ TMPACTOR STAGE SET • 51
C 5?
53
c ‘a
C RR!wK IMPACIOP STAGE SET • C,
C Sb
A.36 58,,Zab o,. lIZa,.13 60,.0 596 ,.OT19,.O S sQ,. 0 0 0o, 57
C 5 5
C BRTPJK I 4PACTOP STAGE 8E • ‘. 59
512
-------
C
Q. seo,.2a6,..17 ,.13ae,,oq3y,.oy q,oI co,oooo
a.oooO..oO0o, Oooo,.OoOe).,Ooon..o0o0. 1 0 0o. 0000, 62
63
C 64
C LI’. OF W P11*1 IMPACTOP STAGE SET — A. 63
C 66
Cl.62 72,.57e8 ,? 5 Of, .O 5oS, .O5 2 a, .OJ 33 , 0243 ,• 0000 ,
C 68
C LI OF W, P11*1 IMPACTOP STAGE SET • B. 69
C 70
71
C
C U. OF w P 11*1 IMPACTOP 8TA SET • C.
C 74
75
C 76
C U OF W, PILAT TMPACTflP STAGE SET • 0. 77
C 76
Fl .6237?. .5743, .2512. .o, , .oa”, .0330, .0229, .000,
G.0000 ..00 00,. 0 0 0 0..00 0 0 ,, 0 0 0 0 . , 0 000 ,. 00 0 0 , . 0 0 00 ,
HS0000..0000..0 0 0 0.. 0 000,. 0 0 0 0 ,. 0 000 ,. 0 000 ,• 000 0 , 61
C 62
C $R! 1MPACTn
C 84
65
66
87
L.000,.O00..00O ,,000,.OOOI.OOO.,flOI’ ..0O0. 68
MØ000..000, , 0 0 0 ,.000,. 0 0 0 , . 0 0 0 ,S 000 , , 00 0 , sq
N. 000I.000..00 0..000,.000..000..n O O, 000 , 90
END 91
513
-------
SUBROIITINE CPPLOT (IDGEN.PHO,XMAX.XN!W, YP4AX.YMIN.xS,YS)
Ca***a**e**e*a********e*****e**e*e*********a***ae*******a*********a*****ee** 2
C. SUBROUTINE C LO T DRAWS THE GRID FOR CUMULATIVE PERCENT MASS 3
C* LOADING VS , PARTICLE DIAMETER. IT DRAWS AN ORDINATE NORMAL
Ca PRORARILITY SCALE LABELING IT ‘CUMULATIVE PERCENT’ AND AN ABSCISSA 5
C* LOGID SCALE LABELING IT ‘PARTICLE DIAMETER (MICROMETERS)’.
C* THE GRID IS LABELED WITH THE IDENTIFICATION LABEL. TO AND DENSITY 7
C* RHO,
Ce******************a******a*****a**e**********************e**a**a******.*** 9
DI ’FNSIOW If)GEN(SO) 10
C 11
C THE MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM V VALUES SHOWN ON THE GRID WILL Bf .01 12
C AND 99,99 RUT MUST CALL WOTRI IN ORDER TO ESTABLISH THE MINIMUM 13
C AND MAXIMUM V VALUES, YMIN AND YMAX, IN TERMS OF THE NORMAL 14
C PRDRARIL ITV SCALE. 13
C 16
CALL NDTRT(f).9999,VMAX,D,IE) 17
CALL NDTRI(0. 0001,YMIN.D.IE) 18
C 19
C LENGTH IF X • AXIS (IN INCHES). 20
C 21
XTNCI4:4.5 2?
c 23
C LENGTH IF V — AXIS (IN INCHES). 24
c 25
YIP ICH.b.5 26
c 27
C WMAX AND XMTN ARE THf MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM X VALUES IN TERMS OF THE 28
C LOG1O SCALE, ALSO XMIN IS THE X VALUE OF PEN LOCATION WHEN THIS 29
C SUBROUTINE IS CALLED. 30
C 31
XMAX$AL OG IOUOO.)
XMIN:ALOG1O(.t)
c
C XS AND VS ARE THE X AND V SCALE FACTORS (IN INCHES/USER’S UNIT). 35
C 36
XSs INCH/CYP4AX.XHIW) 37
YSBVINCH/(YMAX.VNIN)
C 39
C VO IS THE V VALUE OF PEW LOCATION WHEN THIS SUBROUTINE CALLED. 40
C (41
V OaYMIN .2./V8
C 43
C SUBROUTINE SCALF STORES THE SCALE FACTORS AND PEN LOCATION 44
C COORDINATE VALUES FOR USE BY THE PLOTTER. 45
C 46
CALL SCALF(XS,VS,XMIN,VO) 47
C 48
CCC THIS SECTION DRAWS THE V • AXIS AND LABELS IT, (49
C 50
CALL FPLOT(O,XMAX,VMIN)
IM!W 1 52
!MAXx25 33
C 5(4
C SUBROUTINE YPPOØ DRAWS THE V • AXIS AND LABELS IT USING A NORMAL 55
C PROBABILITY SCALE. THE RANGE IS DETERMINED BY IMIN AND IMAX Sb
C W$ftP4 ARE INTEGER CODES FOR DESIRED VALUES OF MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM 57
C V VALUES, A ‘j’ CORRESPONDS TO .01 AND ‘23’ CORRESPONDS To 99.99• 58
C THE 4TH ARGUMENT ‘ 0 13 CODE TO LAPEL AXIS TO THE LEFT. 59
514
-------
C 60
CALL VPPORCXS,VS,XMIN.0.TMIN,IMAX) 61
XC S*,j5 62
VCS *15 63
XaXMTN.I,O/X8
P! 3.l415 66
CALL FCHAR(X,Y,XCS,YCS,PI,2.) 67
C 68
C WRITE CUMULATIVE PERCENT’ ALONG V • AXIS, 69
C 70
WRTTE(7 ,3) 71
C 72
CCC THIS SECTION DRAWS THE X AXIS AND LARELS IT. 73
C 74
IXRAP4*XMAX.X MIN 75
CALL XSLBL(XS.VS.XMIW,YMIN,IXRAN,XM IN, 76
CALL XLOG(XS.VS.XMAX.VMIN..1. YXPAN) 77
7$
Y.YMIN.(,7/yS)
CALL FCHAR(X.Y,XC$.YCS .0 ,)
C $1
C WRITE ‘PARTICLE DIAMETER (MICROMETERS)’ BELOW X • AXIS, $2
C $3
WRITE(7,2) 84
C 85
CCC THIS SECTION WRITES THE IDENTIFICATION LABEL ID AND THE PARTICLE $6
CCC DENSITY RHO (IN GM/CC). 87
C $ 8
X*XMIN 89
YaVMAX+,5/yS 90
XCSr.056 91
YCS .100 92
00 30 1*1,79 93
J *80.T 94
TFUDGEN(J).ME.!BLAKGO TO 40
30 CONTINUE 96
97
40 CALL FCHAR(X,V,XCS,YCS.0.) 9$
WRITE(7.5) (IDGEP4(I),Ia1,J)
XXMIPJ 100
YB YMA X+ ,25/y5 101
CALL FCHAR(K,y,xC8,YCS.O ,) 102
WPITE(7.6)RH O 103
RETURN 104
3 FORMATCIX.’CUMULAT!VE PERCENT’) 105
2 FOPHAT( IX, ’PARTTCLE DIAMETER (MICROMETERS)’) 106
5 FORMAT(1X,8OAI) 107
6 FORMAT(1X,’RHOi ‘,Fa.2,’GM/cC’) 108
END 109
515
-------
SUBROUTINE CUM
C 2
C THIS SUBROUTINE CALCULATES THE CUMMULATIVE MASS AND CUMNULATIVE 3
C PERCENT DISTRIBUTION AT EACH STAGE. a
C S
C 6
REAL MASS(Q).MU 7
COMMON/BLOCK I,P8(8),MU,POA,DPA,TCI,FG( 5,
COMMON IBLOCK S/MASS.F.DUR.TKS.CUNMCQ,.PERCU(9),
IGRNA.GRPIS,GRNAM,GPNSM 10
COMMON/BLOCKS,NCUM,MPACTY.MPA CNO.NM*$S
8UMs O .0 12
DO 50 Isj,NMA$5 13
SUM$ SIJM+MASSCT) 14
CUMM(fl SUM
50 CONTINUE
DO 60 Icl,NP4ASS 17
P RCU(T) (CUMN ( )/$UM)e100 1 O 18
60 CflNTTNUE tQ
C 20
C GRNA 15 THE TOTAL MASS LOADING IN GRAINS PEP ACTUAL CUBIC FOOT 1 Pt
C 22
GRNA.(SUM*15.4324)/(F*OUR) 23
C 24
C GPNS IS THE TOTAL MA5$ LOADING IN GRAINS PEP NORMAL DRY CUBIC FOOT, 25
C 26
27
C 28
C GRNAM IS THE TOTAL MASS LOADING IN MILLIGRAMS PER ACTUAL CUBIC 29
C METER, SO
C 31
GRWAH IGPNA*2288 .34 32
c 53
C GRNSM IS THE TOTAL MASS LOADING TN MILLIGRAMS PER NORMAL DRY 34
C CUBIC METER, 35
C 56
GRNSMaGPN5.22 8 ,34 37
C 38
C NORMAL (ENGINEERING STANDARD) CONDITIONS ARE 21 DEG C AND 760MM HG, 39
C go
RETURN 41
END 42
516
-------
SUAROUTIP4E CUMPCT i
C**********.***************.****. *** 2
Cc 3
CC SUBROUTINE CUMPCT FINDS THE CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING LESS THAN A a
Ca PARTICULAR PARTICLE DIAMETER ACCORDING TO FITTING 5
Ce FOUND IN PROGRAM SPLINt, IT EXPRESSES THIS VALUE AS A PERCENT OF 6
Ce THE TOTAL CUMULATIVE *ss LOADING. THE SIJRROUTINE LISTS (ON THE 7
C* LINE PRINTER) THE POINT INDEX NUMBER, DIAMETER, AND CUMS PERCENT 8
C* MASS LOADING LESS THAN THIS DIAMETER. q
Ce ALSO A PLOT IS MADE OF THESE VALUES USING A NORMAL PROBABILITY 10
CC (FOP CUM. PERCENT) VS , LOGIO (FOP DIAMETER) GRID. 11
cc 12
13
C 14
INTEGER VV 15
DOUBLE PRECISION XNDPEN(jO),yO(10) 16
DIMENSION FILNAM(2) 17
DIMENSION IDALLISO) ,GEMAX(2),GEMINC2, ,DMMAX(2),DP4MIN(2) ,DNMAX(2) 18
DIMENSION DNMINC2) ,DPMAXC2),DPM IN (2,CUMAX2) ,CUMIN(2),ID(BO) 19
DIMENSION DPC(5,,CUMG(R) ,DMDLD(9).GEOMD(9),DNDLD (q, 20
DIMENSION FILSPL(2),COE(50.3) 21
DIMENSION X1(5j),YI(51) 2?
COMMON IMPAC.IDALL ,RHO I,GEMAX,GEMIN,OMMAX,DMMIN,DNMAX,DNM!N 23
COMMON DPMAX, DPMIN,CUMAX.CUM!N, 15171, ISIZ2. 15173 24
COMMON I$,P4EIT, 1D,RMO,DM!N,TKS,POAIFG(5),DMAX.DPC,CUMG,OMDLD 25
COMMON GEOMO, DNDLD,GRNAM. MPLOT, DSMA , vv 26
COMMON ISIG,XMAX,XMIN,YMAX,YMIP4,XS,v8 27
COMMON CYC3,Mc3,MO0,MS 28
COMMON XNDPEN 29
DATA FILSPL, ’FILSP’,’LBIN’, 10
C 31
CALL DEF!NE(1 1,507.100.FTLSPL.I1O,0.0,0) 32
c
C DINC — THE LOClO INCREMENT BETMEEN PRINTED DIAMETERS (D1*etO,O ) Ia
C AND THE CUM. X MASS LOADING AT THAT THAT DIAMETER, 35
c 36
DINCc.03S7142 557
c
C DLD a LOG IO(D!AMETER) a VARIABLE USFO BY FITTING FUNCTION PPP,
C INITIALIZED HERE AS LOGIO .25 MICRONS). 40
C 41
DLO:ALOG IO(.25) 42
C 43
C D l • DIAMETER VARIABLE WHOSE ANTILOG IS PRINTED.
C 45
DIaDID 46
C 47
C DLDF • MAXIMUM LOG 1O(DIAMETER) VALUE FOR WHICH LOGIOCCUM. % MASS
C LOADING IS TO BE CALCULATED. HERE IT IS SET a TO MAXIMUM K
C AXIS LIMIT. 50
C
DLDFaXMAX 52
IF(r 4AX.LT.10o) DLDF a ALOGIOCOMAX) 53
C 54
C SUBROUTINE CPPLOT MAKES A NORMAL PROBABILITY VS. LOGIO GRID,
C LABELS THE AXES APPROPRIATELY WITH ‘CUMULATIVE PERCENT’ AND 56
C ‘PARTICLE DIAMETER (MICROMETERS)’, WRITES THE IDENTIFICATION LABEL 10 57
C AND PARTICLE DENSITY RHO (IN GM/CC) ABOVE THE GRID, AND RETURNS 3 5
C WITH THE MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM AXIS VALUES • XMAX,XMIN,YMAX,VMIN, 59
517
-------
C AND TIlE SCALE FACTORS X8 AND YS (IN INCHES/IJSER’$ UNIT), 60
C 61
CALL CPPLOTUD,PHO.XM*X.XMIN.YMAX,YMIN.XS,YS 6?
C 63
C READ NUMBER OF INTERVAL BOUNDARY POINTS NINT (USED jN MAKING
C FIT TO LOGIO(CIJM, MASS LOADING) DISTRIBUTION IN SPLINI),
C POINT VALUES (Xj,VI), AND THE FITTING 2ND DEGREE POLYNOMIAL 66
C COEFFICIENTS OVER THE INTERVALS COE, 67
C 68
READ(11 0 15)NPOTN
IP ITsWPO IN.1 70
71
I UCOE(I.J),JuI,3),!31,INY) 7?
c
C WRiTE THE IOFPJTTP!CATION CODE ID AND THE DENSITY RHO ON LINE 74
C PRINTER.
C 16
WRITE(3,QOI,1D,pHO 77
C 78
C IN THIS LOOP, CALCULATIONS FOR CUM• I START AT LOGIO( .25) MICRONS 79
C AND ARE MADE At EVERY .01 INCH ALONG THE AXIS UP TO MAXIMUM X So
C AXIS LIMIT. POINTS ARE PLOTTED FOP ALL OF THESE CALCULATIONS 81
C (RESULTING IN A SMOOTH SOLID CURVE), AT CALCULATED INTERVALS A
C POINT IS LISTED ON THE LINE PRINTER, 83
C 84
DO 750 IZI .601 85
C 86
C DETERMIPIE THE INTERVAL OF FITTING, NINT, IN WHICH THE DIAMETER 87
C L.TFS. 86
C 89
flfl 510 KE2,PJPO!N go
LgK 91
IFrDLO ,LT,XI(1 ))GO TO 520 92
510 CONTINUE 93
520 NINTIL.1
PPPCOE(NINT,1) 95
C 96
C PPPaLOGIO(CUP4ULATIVE MAS 5 LOAnING) 97
C 98
OO 530 L’2.3 99
530 PPP:PDP,COE(WIPIT,L)*DLD**(L.1) 100
C 101
C P P HERE IS CHANGED RACK TO CUM, MASS LOADING AND DIVIDED BY 102
C MAXIMuM MASS LOADING GRNAM TO YIELD PPP ‘ CUM, FRACTIONAL MASS 103
C LOADING WHICH IS THE PLOTTING ORDINATE VALUE. 104
C 105
PPP (10,0**PPP)/GRwAM 106
C 107
C DPLDT • ALOGIO(D!AMETER) WHICH IS THE PLOTTING ABSCISSA VALUE 108
C 109
D L OTPOLD 110
C 111
C SUBROUTINE NDTPI TAKES TH( FRACTION PPP AND RETURNS ITS NORMAL 112
C PRCIRARILXTY EQUIVALENT VALUE YV, 113
C 110
CALL NDTRI(PPP,YV,O,TE) 115
C 116
c I’ PPP ,gggq. YV IS SET w TO AN ARRITRARY NUMBER THE NORMAL 117
C PROBABILITy VALUE FOR •qqqg WW W IS +3,7191244, 118
C 119
518
-------
!F(PPP.GT..qqqq)yVsU.O 120
C 121
C IF PPP ‘ •000 , YV IS SET a TO AN APPITRARY NUMBER ( THE NORMAL 122
C PROBABILITY VALUE FOR .0001 WHICH IS •3 7191244 , 123
C 124
TF(PPP.LT..O0O1,YV .4,o 125
C 126
C CHECK DPLOT AND YV TO SE IF THEY APE WITHIN PLOTTING LIMITS, TF 127
C NOT, YVAL COP YVAL) SETS THE INPUT VAPIABLEZ TO A VALUE WHICH 128
C LIES .13 INCH OUTSIDE GRID, 129
C 130
YNYVAL(YV, YMA X, YMIN,YS) 131
XM XVAL(DPLOT,XMAX,XMIW,XS) 132
C 133
C FP LoT MOVES PEN TO (XN.YN) ON EACH TRAVERSE OF ‘00 750’ LOOP j34
C DRAWING SMOOTH CURVE FOR CUM. % MASS LOADING VS, DIAMETER. 135
C 136
IF(I.EQ.1)Gfl 10 725 137
CALL FPL.O1C0,XN,YN) 138
GO TO 730 139
72S CALL FPLOT(2,xN,YN)
C tat
C AT oi DID, DIAMETER AND CUMULATIVE PERCENT ARE PRINTED. 102
C THEN D I WILL BE INCREMENTED BY DIP4C SO THAT NO VALUES WILL BE PRINTED 143
C AGAIN UNTIL OLD OR $
C 145
730 IF(r)1.DLD)735,735,740 1 06
C 147
C OPLOT 5 CHAN D FROM LOCIOCD!AMETEP) TO DIAMETER FOR PRINT OUT, 14 $
C j09
735 DPLOTw*0.O*.DPLOT *50
C 1 51
C PPP IS CHANGED FROM CUM. FRACTIONAL MASS LOADING TO CUM, PERCENT 152
C MASS LOADING FOP PRINT 0111. 153
C 154
PPPPPPe I OO,0 155
J2J+1 156
C 157
C WPTT ON LIME PRINTER POINT INDEX NtJMB R, DIAMETER, AND CUM, PERCENT 158
C MASS LOADING LESS THAN THIS DIAMETER. 139
C 160
WRITE(3,905)J,DPLOT,PPP 161
c 162
C INCREMENT D l 163
C 164
Oj$O1,D!NC 165
C 166
C INCREMENT OLD 167
C 168
740 DLDDLD+,01/X5 169
C 170
C UNLESS THIS DIAMETER VALUE IS OP MAXIMUM SPECIFIED PLOTTING 171
C DIAMETER VARIABLE OLOF. CONTINUE WITH CALCULATIONS FOR NEXT 172
C DIAMETER, 173
C 174
!FcnLn.oLnF)75 ,795,7cs 175
750 CONTINUE 176
C 177
C AT EN OF PLOTTING, RAISE PEN AND WOVE IT TO BASE OF PLOTTER 0,5 178
C INCHES BEYOND GRID • READY FOR NEXT PLOT. 174
519
-------
C 180
795 KNsKMAX+4 5/X$ 181
YW yM N.2 /y$ 182
CALL FPLDT(,1.XN.YN) 183
901 FORMAT(1H1,//,8OA I/,1X.’RHO . ‘.?4.2//,S IX. CUMULATIVE’/
1, X,’!NTERVAL..14 .’0TAMrTER’.8X.’P RC NT COWCENTR*TIOPI•#,
23OX,.MIC ON$).//)
905 FORMATCI IX.12,aX.2(13X. IPE9.2)/) 187
R TURP1 188
189
520
-------
SUSROUTINE CUT I
C 2
C THIS SUBROUTINE CALCULATES THE STAGE CUT PO!P4TS OR 050’S BASED 3
C ON EQUATIONS DEVELOPED BY RANZ ANtI WONG GIVEN IN •IMPACTTON a
C OF DUST AND SMOKE PART!CL.!5 ON SURFACE AND BODY COLLECTORS. 5
C !NDU$ IAL AND ENGINEERING rHEMISTRY, 1Q52. 6
C 7
e
INTEGER X(B 4)
REAL MP4,I4U,L(8)
DIMENSION SRPSI(S,6.O).SUB(S.e) 11
12
coMMON,BLOCK2,TxI,MM.L.RHo,Q,DPcce),t vc3.x.DCce.e,a) 13
COMMON/BL,OCK!,NCUPI •MPAtTY,MPAcNO ,$4MA8S NAEQt I £2
C 13
Cea*a*a.e*eaea*.*e******e******aaa***.****a*ia*a*********a****aa****aa*CC0MK 16
C e aC( ’( 17
Ca ANDERSEN INPACTOP PLATE SET • I *CCM IS
Ca CCONK 19
C*a******a**.**a**aaaea*a**a******aae***a*******a***e******a************CCMK 20
DATA CO 21
C**e**e*a****a**aa***e.*a**a*****e*******a****a*****aa**e**e**aaae**e*a*CO 22
Ce *COMK 23
Ce ANDERSEN IMPACTOR PLATE SET • 2 *COMK 2a
Ca *C0 K 25
C*ae***.**e**e*****ea***a******a******a**a******************************COM
1.JO3,.130.,t 21O..385.,3 2..3I3,.3bS.,280. co 27
Cae*a***ea**aea****a*e**e*ea**a****.***a**e*a*******a****a**a***********C0 2A
Ce *COMK 29
Ce ANDERSEN TMPACTOR PLATE SET • 3 *CC K 30
*COM)( 31
C*eaaa.aa***eaa*a.e***e*aaaaeaa****aa**a*e***a**a****e******a*a*********C0MK 3
2.So5..430..aIo.. 3 65.,3 a 1..320..331.,2?4, CO ’< 33
Ce***a****e*e**a**aaaeaeaa*eee*****e****aaaa*a*e****e*ea******a**a******C( M 342
cc *COMX 35
Cc ANDERSEN IMPACTOR PLATE SET • *COMK 36
Ca *COMK 37
Ce**aaa***a*aae**aaa*aa*ea****aa*e*ae***a*aa****************************C0M ( 3
3 .3 03,,a3 0, .a1o. .385,.342..370,.352, .?72. COI K 3Q
CC CCC.CC C..CCCØCCCCCCCCe****C*****************************************C0M)c £80
Ca eCONK Q
Ce ANDERSEN IMPACTOR PLATE SET • 7 aCOMK £42
C THIS IS AN AVERAGE FOR STAGES 5,6,7DB, CCMX £43
Ca .CDMI( 442
£ 15
3o3., 43o,,a lo..58 5,.337..33 1,.33 0,.277. CONK 186
£ 27
Ca *COMK LJ
Ca ANDERSEN IMPACTOR PLATE SET • A CCONK £89
Ca .Cfl 5C
C*a**e*a*ae*aaa *****a*a****a***aa**ae*a***a*a*aa********aaa*****a ******COMK 51
5.3oS..a3o..L4to..3S5,.3aa..335,.339,.27 . CO 52
Ceacca *aea*aa* a**aaa*ea*a*e***.aa*a****aaa*a*******a****a*a**a******a***CO 53
Ca *COM$c 54
Ca BRINK IMPACTOR STAGE SET • A eCfl K 53
Ca *CO K S
Cea****a**.a****e**e*a***a*a***a********a*****dI**0*********************CO 57
6.322 . 322,,335..!45,.25B.,3t7..229..0OO, CO < 58
59
21
-------
Ca *COMK 60
Ce BRIP K !MPACTOR STAGE SET • A .COMK
c* CCOMK 62
e3
y,3p ,,3 ,,34 1 •330 .,30?.,Sa5,,tT5. .O0O. CO K 64
Ce.*a*ta*e****e**ee.****************************************************C0M( 65
C. eCOM)( 66
Ca ARIWK !MPACTOP STAGE BET • C *COMK 67
Ce *COM ( E 5
ee*aaaee*e.*a.e.*****eeeea.*******ee********e**********e****************C0 69
A.37? , .32? . ,3S1. .388. ,330 .350. .273. .000. COMk 70
Ca*eaee.eeee****e**eee*********************************************a**Cfl 71
Ce *C0 .lK fl
Ce 5P7N1( IMPACTOR STAGE SET — 0 *co ,
cc .CO k 7h
q.32?..322..3 0e..35a..297,.337..22 6..00 0, COMK 76
A.0 0 0..00 0..000..000,.000 ,.0 00,.000,.0 00. 77
.0OO , .O00..000, .000,.000..00Q..000..000. C( ’ < 78
79
Ce CCOMIC 80
Ce U, OF W 1 PILAT IMPACTOP STAG! SET • A *CO At
ce *COMK P.
83
C.1 44.330, .371..271,.308..313..3 49 .. 00 0. CONk
85
Ce *COMI( $6
C* U, QF W 1 PEAT INPACTOR STAGE SET • CCOMK 7
C. *COM ’ e
C***a*a *.*******************a************************** e****************COMK 59
o,1 u,,)30. ,37t. .322,.313 , .3*O..3 3 7..000. 0
1
CCONK 92
c W. P11*7 TMPACT0 STAGE SET • C eC0 93
Ce aCONk qo
Ca.a**ee***a*a*****e***e****************0**** ******a*****************aC0M 95
E.144,.330..371.. 320 ,. 20 5 ,.J’ 3 ..J ll.. 0 00 . CC’ 96
C**eaeaaea**ee. .e*ae**eee**eea******eeaa*ee**e*****e**a**a*****a************ 97
Ce
Ca U 1 QF W 1 PILAT I$P&CTOR STAGE SET • 0 99
Ce 100
Ceae*a***aeea*.*.eeaeeea .***ea**e.***ee**e**.a*****************e************ 101
F ,140, ,330,,371,,319, ,321, ,389,,351, ,000. 10?
G.000. .000, .000,.000,.000,.00 0,.000, .0 00, CO 1153
f 4 ,fl00,,0015, .000, 000,.000..0O0,.000.,00O. COMk 1150
C**eaa**e*e*e***e.e*aea****e****e**e**a*****e*************************e*a*** lOS
Ce 1156
C. M# STAGE SET • A 107
C. 106
Ce*e*.*e***a*****eaa*e********e********************************************* 10,
T.tt, .?3..35. 34,.2Q,.35,.40,0,0, 110
J.noo, ,000,, 0 0o. .000,,000,.000,,000..00 0. 111
LIP
L,00fl, ,OO0,4 ,15O0, .O0O ,O0O ..0O0, .0OO•,0OO . 113
$. 000. .000,.1500.,000,,000.,000 .. O Oe),.000.
.ooo. .oo0, .oO0, .00p..0p0..00O..00O..O0p/ 115
DATA suB/q.5.6.o.a.0.2.e. 1.73. ,9 0, .54, .36, 116
le,0,3 .13.1.eQ.1 ,10, .S7.,33, ,Z0. ,00. 117
118
39,1,9,E,a,9 .l.10.l.10,.69, .32,0,0/ It,
522
-------
C 120
C THIS IT P4Y!V LOOP CONTINUES UNTIL CONVERGENCE WITI41N O.U. 121
C 122
C 123
DO 30 !al,PJCUM 124
C.0 1 0 12
OPCCT)aS(6t1.MPACTV) 126
0 t PCI$t)PC(T 127
TFCNAERO.NE.1.flR,RHO.GT.1.O)QO TO 128
CRI,O 120
GO TO 6 130
131
1/LU))) 132
6 DPC(I)s1.a3EO0*$RPSI(I.MPACNO,NPACTY) /.3S*(SQRTC 4U*X(!.NPICTY) 133
t*U C(T.MPACNO.MPACTY)**3 )*PSC!)/(RHO*Q*472.O*PO6 C)
I (A8S( I .O.(DPCtT)/DPCI))e0.001 ) 30,30.li 135
10 C0 TI JUE
137
CYC3 ( 1qq .c.$ORT(MU/CRWO.Q))) 158
RETURN
523
-------
5URRrnJT!N UPIDNOD
C 2
C 3
C THIS SUBPO( 177NE’ CALCULATES THE’ SUE’ OTSTPTRUTTON flN A MASS BASIS
C AWfl QN A NuMBER BASIS. ALSO, GEOM. MEAN DIAMETERS ARE FOUND, S
C
REAL MM, (M) 7
DIMENSION DIFF (9)
COMMON/R1Ocx2,TKT.MN.L,RHO.O.DPC ( ),rYc 9
COMMON/BLOC K O/PA ,REYNU7),REYN2(7) ,F 0C7,HC3,MS,OMAx,GGRN 5(Q) ,Moo , 10
1Lf,qq) , N oLn (g),GEfl MDC9) ¶1
COMMON/BLOCKS,NC(IM ,MPACTV 12
SOS FORHAT(IHO.2x,’GE’O. MEAN FITA. (M!CROMITERS)’,llx ,7 ( IREQ.2.jx,,1ix, 13
l1PEQ .2,//3x,’DM/t)LP( D (MG/ONCM) ,21X.7(IPEQ,2,1X),1tX, IP!q,2,/,3x,
2’flN/DLflGI ’ (NO, 15
SO? FORMAI(IHO,2x ,’GEO. MEAP t IA , (MICROM!TE’RS)’.11X.9( IPE9,2,1x,.,,3x
j,’OM,flLflGD MG, OWC$ ’,Pix,91lPE9.2.11.//3x,’Dw/PLnGFI (NO 1 Ph TTCL 17
2E8/DWCM)’, tOX,Q (IPL9,2.IY)) IS
508 FORPi*?( IHO,2x. ’GfO. MEAN DIA. (MTCRDMETERS)’,2lx,6( IPEQ,2 ,1xi,1jx,
IIP€Q,2,/,3Y, ’DM/DLOGD (M /CH)I.31x ,6qjPFq.2,IY),1jX,1pE’q, ?,/,3x, 20
2’DN,DLOGD (NOt PARTICLES,DNCM)’ ,20X,Sc IPE9.2 , lx ), tix, I E9 ,2) 21
50* FORMAT( IMO.2x, ’GEO. MEAN DIA. (MXCPOMETERS’.21x.SCIPEQ.2,1x./,3x 2?
t. ‘DM/(’LO D (MG,DWCM)’,3iX , (lPEq ,,,X).//3X, ‘FIN/t LOGfl (NO, PARTTCL 23
?E3/DNCM, ,2Ox.R(1PE9.2. I X)) 24
SOc FOPMAI(lP4n.x..G!O. MEAN 01*. 25
tIPER.?,//3X,’Du4/DLOGO (MG/DNCW) ’.41X.5 ( IPE9,2,1X ),l IX,IPE’Q ,? ,//3Y,
2’DPd.IOLOGO (NO, P*RTICLES/DNC$)’,30X,S(1PE9.2,1Y),t1X. IPEQ ,2) 27
510 FORMAT(iHo.2X.’GEO. MEAN DIA. (MTCP OMETE’O5) ’.3 1X,7( IPF9,2,lX),,/3x
1. ’DM/DLOGn (MG,oNcM) ’,41 ,7(1Pgq.2,Ix) ,,/3x,’oN,oLr)Gc) (P40, 4 TTCL 29
2E8/DNCM • ,30x,7 IPEQ,2, I X )) 30
3115 F0 M*?(iWO,?y,’GEO. MEAN 01*. (MICQOMETERS )’ ,itX.9 ( IPFq.2,1X),//3x 31
1,’t)M/rlLflGfl (Mr,,DNCM) ’,21x,Q(1PEq ,2,1x, ,//3x,’0N,oLnGt (NO. PAQTTCL 3?
TES,ONCM)’ , i0X.9 (IPEQ.2. lXfl 33
6115 FO MAT(1Hfl,2X,GE0, MEAN 01*, (M!CPOMETERS)’,13X ,S( IPFQ,2,1X),,,3X
1. DM/DLOGO (MG,DNCM) ’,23X,M(1P Q .2,lX) ,I/3X ,flN/FIL(’)GD (Nfl. PARTYCI 35
!!5/DNCM)., 12x,A( IPEQ.2 , lx,) 36
GO TO C264,1O,360,360).MPACYY 37
C 3 5
C FUR A BRINK IMPACTOR USED TN A CONFI URATI0N OF CYCLONE’,SO,S1,.,,55, 39
C STATEMENTS O THI 7 APPLY Yt THE CALCULATIONS (1W DLF,(I),r,FflMD(I1 4( ’
C AND DP4DL,O(T,,
C 42
10 IFCMC3)50,5O,6fl j43
50 ‘4S..4S+3 44
Pd5 NS
C 1
C DIF ’F(l) IS THE DIFFERENCE I J THE COMMON LOGS OF THE STAGE ‘ 5 0 ’S,
C
DIFF(1)u*LDG IO(DMAX).ALOG I O(CYC3 )
DIFW(2)sALCG1o(CYC3).ALOG I O(DPC(1 ) ) 50
DO 71 Is1,MS
71 DIWF(1,2)s.*LOGIO(DPCCI)).ALOG IO(DPCCI.I)) 5?
‘3
C 54
C DMt ’It D (T) T5 A DIFFERENTIAL SIZE DISTPIf4UTIOW ON A MASS BASIS. 55
C 56
00 72 !a1,NSl 57
72 FIMDIFI(I).GGRNS(T)/DIFF (I)
DMDLb( ’4S)ZGGRNS(9)/OIFF(P 43)
524
-------
C 60
C GEflMOt’I IS TIW GEOMETRIC M(AN OF TME STAGE flSO’S,
C 62
Gl OMfl(1)sSQRT(flMAX*CYC3) 63
CFOM2) SQR1CCYC3*DPC(1)) 64
00 73 t 3.NS1
73 GEoMr)cI)=sQPT npc(T—2).DPccrw1i) 66
GFOP’fl(NS):fl•707707*OPCt7) 67
C 68
C DNOIO(T) IS T4E ‘lUMBER OF PARTTCLES P R ORY NOR ’ AL CUBT MFTFQ
C ITS GEOMFYRIC MEAN OTAMETER ON THAT STAGE, 70
C 71
DO 74 j: ,N3
74 flNDL0(I)(( ,.*flt4flLfl(I) j/(HNO*3 , 4t5q *t OMO(I)**3fl*t ,E09 7
C 74
C WRTTI THE GEOMD(I),OP 4 DLO(T), ANO flNDLO(I), 75
C 76
trcMs.5)Ts.75,7o
73 WRITFC3.50b) (GfOP4t (I),Ia1 ,8 , (DMDLt (I),I 1,$). (n nLn(I),yr1 •8 7$
GO TO 150 70
76 WRITE(3,507) GE0M0CI).I:1,0),(DUOLT).I11,.(0N0L I),t 1, 9 ) 80
GO 7(1 ISO
C 82
C EO £ BRINK TMPACTOR USEI) J A CONFIGIJRA? 10P4 OF 83
C STATEME 4TS so THRU 11 AP*LY TO TwE CALCULATIONS fiF bMOt.O(fl,GEOMD(1 *a
C AND ONOIIICI). 85
C *6
50 IF(M00)Qfl,90.100 87
100 NSxM$ 8$
NS1.NS.1
OIFF(1)aALOCtO(OMAX).ALOG1O(Dl CC1)1 0 ))
Or) 111 Izt.MS
111 TFF(!s% ) ALOG1O(OPC(I)).AL0Gt0CDPCU41 02
nTPF(NS) o.3o1o3 03
Ofl 112 Ts1,N81 94
112 bMNI):Grp) )scI,1)/t IFFtI)
DMOLDC ) S) GGRNSCQ)/DIFF(NS1 06
GEr )MD(1)=SQRTCDMAXe OPCCI)) 97
DO 113 T$2,WSI
113 f,EO 4tI(I)S 70PC(I.1 )*OPC U)) 90
GE0MO(NS ) fl.707i01*DPC(NS1) 100
no 114 I=1.N8 101
hA ONDLO(1)( 102
C 103
C WRITE THE 6fflM0(I),OMDLDU). AMO ONDLOCI),
C
!FCMS.5) 115,115,116
115 ,.RTTE(3,S0*) tr,EOHr,(!),Ist,7), (OM0LD(I,,T:t,7).(ON0LD(Th! 1.7) (07
GO T( ISO 10$
118 WPTTE(3,50i )I (GE0MOCT).I I,8), I OQ
GD 1 50 110
i i i
C FOR A BRTPJK yMPACTOR USEI) IN A CONFIGURATION OF S1.52,33,,.,55,SF 11
C STATEMENTS on TH U 3U APPLY 7)) TwF CALCULATTONS OF OP4OLO(I),r,EOMDU 113
C AND U’JDL))U). 11 ( 1
C 115
90 4sMS•1 116
M$M1*P ’S. i 117
DTFF(1).ALO G I O(OMAI).AL OG I OCDPC(2)) t1
00 131 Ia1,MSP 1 110
525
-------
Ut 0!FF(I+IzAt r G1 OCDPCC!.1 —ALOGIO(flPt(Y+2) ) 12 1
Dy F( S )s 0.3fl1O3 121
DO 132 1S1.MS
132 DM0LDCI).tf,Q .J5(I,2 )/flIFF(!) 123
CF D c l S( )Rtcl MAX*DPCt2 )) 1 5
00 133 1z2.S 12
133 GEOMDCI ).$QRT(DPC C T )*D C(!+ 1)) 127
GFOMDfNS )IO.707107*DPC (p45) I 2
DO 13o I .1.NS
13 I DP’iDLD(t)i (6.*LI))/CRHO*3. IAIS9?*GE0M0(I)**3))*l .F0 1 0
C 131
C wR T THF GFOM0(I),fl ND(I), A’fl) DP OL0(I ). 13?
C 133
TFfMS.5 , 35 ,13c 136 13
135 WR7?F(3,5O ) (rOM!.! .1.e ),(DNDLD(!),T:1,e).CDMDLO(I).!s1,6) 135
GO ¶0 ISO 13#
136 WPITEC3.5jO) (GfO 11 )(T). 1.1.7), (DMflLfl(I ,!.1 ,7), (ONrILD(!).T .1,71 137
¶0 150
260 WSIA
O TCY ?70
360 J$ 7 1 i
270 W31gI4S* 1 2
IMSM1I J5..1 1 3
DIFF(1) .iLOG1O(0MAW) ALC G1O(DPCCI))
00 271 T•JS 1 l
271 01 F(T+1 sALflGln(flPCcTfl.ALOGIOCDPCCT.1))
flTFF (P St)s .301O3
1)0 72 7g ,P S 1 JA
272 )MflI.fl(1) GGRNS(T)/O1FFCI1
GFflI fl(1)*SflP’TCflI AX*0PC(1 ))
273 Ta2.NS
273 GFOMOI)gSOPT(OPC(T.t )eDPCU )1 15?
r0M1)c JS1)aO.707IO7*OPC( 48) 1 3
r o 27’ I.1.NSI
?7Z OP 7)z((b.*0M0Lfl(T))/(*3.1atSQ2*GFfl 4DCT)**3))*1. fl9
Ofl O C27 5.?7c.375.375,,MPACTY
C 157
C i PT1t ¶I 4f GFOMDCT) .DMOtD(I). *I lDf b l O c! ).
C ISQ
275 *PTIE(3 1 31 15) rGF Ol 0(!),Ta1,Q1,(1)$C )L1)(T1.I.I,9), (fl, DLD(!,,T.1,q,
GO ISO
375 PT1fr3,hIl3) (GFO 4OtT),Tz1 , ),(DMflLDCY),! .1, ).(0P DLOC1).TIt,*)
iso crr1 F 163
ETL N
ENr) 165
1MO CAP0$ 1)N TAPF
STOP 000000
526
-------
SU8Rflt’TP4 FPLOI(1.K.Y) I
C 2
DATA SXLIOO,/.SY/100,/,RINC/t00./,LOTS/?/ 3
C ‘4
PND(XK) X)(,STGN(.5.XX) S
C 6
J8 1 7
MOflf 8
IF U) 60,60,50 9
50 MODE 3.(J.2*(J/2)) 10
60 TX.RND(SX*X) tt
!YgRP1D(SY*Y) 1?
WRITE (LOTS) MODE,IX.IY 13
‘a
IF (J) 70,70,65 15
65 MOOE I(J2*(J/2)) 14
WRITE (LOTS) MODE 17
7 R TLIQ 18
c 19
FTP4TRY SCALF CXS ,VS,XZ,Y1) 20
M0D 7 21
SX RIMC*XS 22
5y Rt i C*VS 23
XgRN0(SX*XZ) 24
IYwP$4 0(SY*Y!)
WRITE (LOTS) MODE,IX,TY 26
RET(JRP4 27
C 28
ENTPV FCHAR(X8.YB,W.H,TM) 29
TX IRND(RINC*W) 30
IYsR Jr(R!NC*H) 31
IF(IX,LE.0) TXxIO 32
!F(TV,LE,0) tY 10 33
JSI b553b* (SIN(TP4)) 34
JCOSCoSS36* (COS(TM)) 35
Mnr)E:Io 36
WRITE(LOTS) IX,IY,JSIN,JCOS 37
IX’ NO(5 *XR) 38
ty=PNflCSV* ’R) 39
MOr :2 40
WRITE (LOTS) MODE,IX,IY ‘ ii
RETURN 42
C
C
E ’tRY FGRIO (I,X,Y,U.M) 45
M0 )ER2 446
X =RND(SX*X) ‘47
AR
WRITE( 1 0T 5)MODE,IX0,1Y0 49
WRITE(LOTS) PIOOE St
MO DE 9 52
S3
LIMIT M+t 54
IF (T,EQ.2*(T/2)) GO 70 100 55
MY2:0 56
57
58
MX2 .10 59
527
-------
TXsTXO 60
GO 10 150 61
100 MY a5 62
MY2,.l0 63
P*X It O 64
$X2a0 65
TYtTYf) 66
I S o 00 200 INOIXg ,LTHTT 67
U7.!PáDEX*U 66
T (I.EQ,2.(I/2fl GO To 160 69
TY=RND($Y*UI) 70
IFU. Q,3) TYI.ptV
1Y !Yf)+ Y 72
GO 10 170 73
160 TX RND(SX*u! )
IFcI, Q,2) rx..rx
ix ixo.ix 76
170 WRITECLOTS) P.OOE.MXI,MY1 77
WRIT! (LOTS) W0DF,MX?,MY2
WRITE (LOTS) MODE,MX1,MYj 79
IF (TNDFX.Ef .LIMIT) GO TO 200 80
WRTTE(L.OTS) MOPE8,TX,IV 61
200 co TrNuf 82
WRITE (LOTS) MODE
85
86
528
-------
SUBROUTINE JOEl I
C***eea*a e***e*******e*ea*******************e***e*******ee**a************e* 2
Ce 3
C* SUBPOIJTINE JOEl PLOTS THE FITTED CURVE FOR THE CUMULATIVE MASS 4
C* LOADING (MG/ACM) VS. DIAMETER (MICRONS) • THE GRID HAS ALREADY S
C* BEEN DRAWN BY WALLYI. 6
C* 7
5
INTEGER VV
DOUBLE PRECISION XNDPEN(1O ).YO(1O) 10
DOUBLE PRECISION OLOGIO
DIMENSION IDALL(8O) .GEMAX(2).GEMIN(2),OMMAX(2) ,DMMTN2 ,DIiMAX2) 12
DIMENSION ONMIN(2) .DPMAXt2),DPMTN(2),CUMAX(2),CUMINC2),ID(80) 13
DIMENSION DPC(B),C(JMG(B).DMDLD(q),GEt1MO(9),DNDLD(Q) 14
DIMENSION FILSPL(2),COEC5O,3)
DIMENSION X1(51),Yl(51) to
COMMON IMPAC, IDALL.RHOI.GEMAX,GEMIN,DMMAX.DMMTN.DNHAX,DNMIN 17
COMMON DPMAX,DPMIN.CUMAX .CUMIP.1,I$IZ I.ISTZ2, 18 1Z3 18
COM ON !S,NFTT. !D,RHO,DMTN.TKS.POA.FG(S).DMAX,DPC.CUMG,DMOLO 19
COMMON GEOHD.DNDLD,GRMAM.MPLOT.DSMA,VV 20
COMMON I8IG,XMAX,XMIN.YMAX.YMP ,XS,YS 21
COMMON CYC3,NC3,MOO,MS 22
COMMON XNDPEN 23
DATA FILSPL/ ’FILSP’,’LBIW/ 24
CALL OEFINE( 11,507. 100.FTLSPL,I10,0.0,0) 25
C 26
C NPOTN • NO, OF INTERVAL BOUNDARY POINTS DEFINED FOR CURVE FIT 27
C TO LOGIOCCUMULATIVE MASS LOADING) VS. LOGIO(D50). 28
C (X1,V’t) • BOUNDARY POINT VALUES 29
C COE • FITTING SECOND DEGREE POLYP10P4!AL COEEFICTENTS FOR EACH OF 30
C THE INT INTERVALS. 31
C 32
READ(11’IS)NPOIN 33
INT*NPOTN.1 30
READ(11 IS)MPOIN,CX1(I),T;t,NPO!N).(Yi(I),!11,NP0IN ), 35
1((COE(t,J),J:1,3),I t,TNT) 36
c
C OSMA — SMALLEST DIAMETER PLOTTED FOP THIS RUN, FIRST VALUE OF 38
C DIAMETER VARIABLE OLD IS SET HERE. 39
C DLDF — LAST VALUE FOP WHICH CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING VALUE IS £40
C FOUND, HERE IT IS SET s TO THE MAXIMUM X LIMIT OF PLOT. 111
C 42
C NOTEt THE EQUATION USES LOGIO(ORTGINAL VALUE) SINCE THIS IS 43
C FORM OF VARIABLE ‘JSED TO OBTAIN FIT, (I.E. BOTH DIAMETER AND 44
C CU’ . MASS LOADING ARE PUT IN THIS FORM FOR FITTING.) 1 45
C £46
DLD ALOG1O(DSMA) ‘47
DLDF XMAX 48
!F(DMAX.LTS 100.) DLDF.ALOGIO(DMAX) 49
C 50
C THIS LOOP CALCULATES A LOGIOCCUM. MASS LOADING) FOR EACH
C LOGIUDIIMETER) AND PLOTS LOGIO(CUM. MASS LOADING) VS. 52
C L OGI O(DIAMFTE P ). 53
C 54
00 iSo 1*1,601
C Sb
C THTS LOOP FIN ,S THE INTERVAL NIP4T WHICH CONTAINS THE DIAMETER 51
C VAP!ARLE VALUE OLD. 58
C 59
529
-------
00 20 Ku2.NPOIN 60
JuK 61
IF(D L D.Lt.X ICK))GO TO 25
20 CONTINUE 63
25 NIIITsJ.l
C 63
C CALCULATE LOG1O(CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING) PPP USING APPROPRIATE 2 D 66
C DEGREE PO [ Y, COETFIC!ENTS, COE(NTNT,I).IsI,3. 67
C 68
C 69
PPPaCOE(PiTNT.1 ) 70
00 30 L 2,3 71
PPPgPPP+CO (N NT,L)*DLD**(L.1) 7?
30 CONTINUE 73
C 74
C LOGIOCCUM. MASS LOAD.) VS, LOGIOCOIAWETER) IS PLOTTED.
C XNEXIXN UNL $5 KNEX FALLS OUTSIDE BOUNDARIES OF GRID, THEw 76
C FUNCTION XVAL ASSIGNS A VALUE TO XN(X JUST OUTSIDE AXIS. ii
C YVAL IS A SIMILAR FUNCTION FOR YNUS
C 79
XNEX*DLD so
XP4aXV*L(XP4EX.XMAX.XHZW.XS) 81
YNEX.PPP 82
VN SVVAL(YN(X, YMAX,YM!N,YS) 83
IF(I.EQ,1)GO TO 725 84
CALL PPLOTIO,XN.YN)
GO TO 730
725 CALL FPLOTC.2.XN.YN) 87
C 88
C LOGIO DIAMETER IS INCREMENTED TO THE VALUE CORRESPONDING TO 1/100 89
C INCH FURTHER ALONG THE AXIS (SMALLEST INCREMENT POSSIBLE) AND CHECK 90
C MADE FOR LAST DESIRED DIAMETER. PLOTTING CONTINUES UNTIL OLD OLOF, 91
C 92
730 DLD DLD+,O1/X5 93
C 94
!F(OLO.DLDF)75 0,79 5,795 95
750 CONTINUE 96
793 CALl FPLOT(,1,XN.YN) 97
C 98
C MOVE PEN Tt BASE LINE OF PLOT PAPER AND 4.5NCHES BEYOND XMAX, 99
C LEAVE PEN UP, READY FOR NEXT PLOT CALLED, 100
C 101
oo JuxMAx,a,s/xS 102
v Nsy$IN.2./yS 103
CALL FPLOT(O,XN,YN) 104
RETURN 105
END 106
530
-------
SuBROUTINE JOE? 1
ca**************** ...*. .*.**.*.**. . . 2
C* SUBROUTINE JOE? CALCULATES AND PLOTS CHANGE TN MASS CONCENTRATION, 3
C* DM/DLOG (MG/t)NM3 VS PARTICLE DIAMETER (MICRONS) USING THE £4
C* D RTVATIVE EQuATION FOR CUP4UALTIVE MASS LOADING FIT, POINTS ARE 5
C* PLOTTED ON GRID MADE BY WALLV2, A LINE PRINT OUT OF THE POINT 6
C’ VALUES IS MADE. A SIMILAR PLOT AND PRINT OUTPUT ARE MADE FOP 7
C. CHANGE IN NO, CONCENTRATION. ON/DL000 (NO/DNM3), THE GRID USED HERE IS 8
C’ PRODUCED IN WALLY3. q
C**********a*************e**************e********************a .************* jO
INTEGER VV 11
DOUBLE PRECISION XNDPEN(1O) .VO(tO) 12
DOUBLE PRECISION DLOGIO 13
DIMENSION IDALL(80),GEMAX(2) ,GEMINC2),DMMAX(2),DMMIN(2),Dt4MAX(2 ) 14
DIMENSION ONM7N(fl ,DPMAX(),DPMIN(2).CUMAX(2),CUMIN(2) .70(80) 15
DIMENSION DPCCfl,CUMG(8) ,OMOLD(9),GEOHO(9),DNDLD(9)
DIMENSION x1C51).Y1(5i) 17
DIMENSION FILSPL(2),COE(50,3) te
COMMON IMPAC, IDALL,RHOI,GEMAX,GEMTW,DMMAX,DMMIN,DNMAX,DNMIN 19
COMMON DPMAX,DPMTN,CUMAX,CUMTN, !SIZI , 18772 ,15 173 20
COMMON IS,NFTT, ID,PHO,DMTN,TKS,POA,FC (5).DMAX,DPC,CUMG,DMr,LD 21
COMMON GEOMD,DNDLD,GRNAPI.MPLOT,OSMA,VV 22
COMMON ISIC, XMAX, XHIN, YMAX, YM IN, XS,YS 23
COMMON CYC3,HC3,M00,MS 24
COMMON XNDPEN 25
DATA FILSPL.”FTLSP’, ’LBIN’/ 26
CALL r)EFINE(1 1.507.100,FTLSPL, 110,0,0,0) 27
C 28
C IS1G • FINDING CHANGE TN MASS CONCENTRATION, DM/DLOGD 29
C IS1G b • FINDING CHANGE IN NUMBER CONCENTRATION, DN/DLOGD 30
C 31
C 32
C WRITE COLUMN HEADINGS AT TOP OF PAGE ON LINE PRINTERI 33
C ‘INTERVAL’. ‘DIAMETER’. AND ‘CHANGE IN MASS CONCENTRATION (MG/DNM3)’ 34
C OP ‘CHAN IN NUMBER CONCENTRATION (Nfl /DNM3)’ 35
C
IF(!SIG.FQ,1)WR ITE(3,140)I0,RHO 37
IF(ISIG .EQ.o)WRITE (3,240) ID,Ru4O 38
C
C DIVIDE THE X AXIS BETWEEN .25 MICRONS AND 100 MICRONS INTo 35 40
C LOGIO INCREMENTS. EACH OF THESE INCREMENT LOGIO DIAMETER •SLOTS 41
C WILL HAVE CORRESPONDING CHANGES IN MASS AND NUMBER CONCENTRATIONS. 42
C HERE, DINC : LOGIO(100.0).LDGIO(,25))/35 .0714285714 AND 43
C IS THE INCREMENT BETWEEN VALUES OF THE INDEPENDENT VARIABLE D l £44
C LOGIO(DIAMETEP),
C ACTUALLY THE CALCULATIONS HERE USE THE DERIVATIVE EQUATION £ 46
C (2ND ‘DELM’ BELOW) WHICH GIVES THE LIMIT OF THIS CHANGE AT THE 47
C INDICATED DIAMETER. 48
C 49
D INC ,O7 1a ?857t4 50
D1 ALOG10( .25) 51
DLDF XMAX
IF(DMAX .LT.100.) OLOF • ALOGIO(DMAX) 53
READ(1j’IS)NPOIN
TNT NPOIN.1
REAI)(11’IS)NPOIN,(XtCI), Ts I,WPOIN),CY I(X).I$t,NPOIN), 56
1 ((COE(I,J).J1,3), 1:1 ,7NT)
Do too i i,so 58
C 59
531
-------
C DIrLOGIOCDIAMETER). THIS j$ VARIABLE USED FOR PITTING AND PLOTTING. 60
C OPLOTs ( ’TAMETFR (MICRONS). 7l41S IS PRINTED VALUE. 61
C 62
DPLOTa IO.O**O1 63
C 64
c 65
C DETERMINE THE INTERVAL OF FITTING, WINY, IN WHICH THE DIAMETER 66
C LIES. 67
66
( ‘0 320 JE2,WPOTN 69
K:J 70
TF(O1 ,LT.X1(KflGD TO 325
320 CONTINUE 72
325 NINTIK—j
C CALCULATE DERIVATIVE OF FITTED POLYNOMIAL, DELM. 75
C (NOTES THIS IS DERIVATIVE WITH RESPECT TO LOGIO(OIAMETER,) 76
c
DEL 1.Ct’E (NTWT,2)+COE(W!NT.3)*2*D1 78
3 3 PPPSCnE(WTNT.1)
DO 340 Lg2 .3 80
304 PPPPPP+COF(PJIWT,L)*01** (L.1) RI
DELMDELI*( 1010 *.PPP)*2,302585 62
C 83
C FIT WAS MA(’E TO CUM. MASS POINTS IN MG/ACM. THIS STEP CONVERTS
C TO MG/l JM3 . 85
C 66
45 DELM.(DELM/((290.O*POA)/ (TKS*1.0) ))/((100,O.FG(5) )/j00,0 ) 67
C 88
C GIVEN DENSITY OF PARTICLES AND CHANGE IN MASS CONCENTRATION. 89
C CHANGE TN Wfl• CONCENTRATTON IS CALCULATED, eo
c 91
DFLNB( (6,*OEIM)/(RI40*3.14i592e(DPLOT**3)))*1 .OEOQ 92
c
C ( ‘EL CAN REPRESENT EITHER CHANGE TN MASS CONCENTRATION (ISIGRI) 90
C OP CwaNr,E TN rn’ CONCENTRATION (ISIGi6I. 95
C 96
TF(TSIG.EQ.1)DEL*DELM
!F(ISTGSEQ.b)F)FL5DELN 98
C 99
IF(DEL)b0, 60,6S 100
C 101
C AN EXTREMELY LOW LOW ARBITRARY LOGIO VALUE IS ASSIGNED TO ANY CHANGE 102
C WHICH IS 0 ( ‘P NEGATIVE ACCORDING TO THE FUNCTION, (NOT POSSIBLE 103
C PHYSICALLY) 104
C 105
60 DEL .S0,O
GD TO 70 107
C 106
C LOG IO(OEL) IS THE PLOTTED Y VARIABLE FOR A NELL BEHAVED FUNCTION. 109
C 110
65 DEL.ALOGIO(DFL) 111
C 112
C XVAL AND YVAL CHECK FOR VALUES OUTSIDE LIMITS OF THE PLOT AND 113
C GIVE ANY SUCH POINT A VALUE WHICH WILL PLOT .25 INCHES OUTSIDE 114
C THE GRIn, 115
C 116
70 XNsXVAL(D1 ,XMAX,XMIN,XS) 117
YN SVVAL(flft,VMA*,YM!W,YS) 11$
CALL FPLOT(O.XP4,YN) 119
532
-------
CALL SYMBOL(9,.QI) 120
IF(OEL.t.F,.50,fl)GO 10 72 121
C 122
C THE CHANGE IS CONVERTED F OH 10Gb VALUE FOR PRINTING, 123
C 124
DELs I O.O** OE L 125
C 126
C WRITE OUT SIOT NUMBER’, DIAMETER (MICRONS), AND CHANGE t i 127
C MASS (OR NUMBER) CONCENTRATION TN MG/DNM3 (OR IN NO ,/ONM3), 128
c 129
WRITE (3 . 145)7,DpLOT,DEL 130
GO ro i 131
C 132
C WRITE OUT THE SLOT NUP4BEP, DIAMETER (MICRONS). AND NOPJ.!NCREAS!NG’ 133
C IF FUNCTION INDICATES St}CH. THIS IS a ‘FLAG’ TO SHOW UNDESIRABLE )34
C BEHAVIOR OF THE FITTING FUNCTION. 135
C 136
72 WRITE(3,ta8)T,DPLOT 137
C 138
C ITERATION CONTINUES USING LARGER AND LARGER DIAMETER VALUES 139
C (INCREASE LOG IOCI000*OIAMETEP) SY DINCI UNTIL DIAMETER IS LARGER 140
C THAN DIAMETER CUT POINT OF 1ST STAGE (OR CUT POINT OF CYCLONE). 141
C 142
73 TF(D1.GT,DLDF)Gt) TO 101 143
75 D sD eDINC 144
100 CONTINUE 145
C 146
C RETURN PEN TN UP POSITION TO BASE V LINE OF PLOTTER, AND 2 INCHES 147
C BEYOND XP4AX TO BE READY FOR NEXT PLOT,
C 149
101 CONTINUE
XNEXMAX,4 ,5/XS 151
VN:VM!N.2./Y5 152
CALL FPLOT(0,XN,YN) 153
RETURN 154
140 FORMAT(jHi,//,80A1/,IX ,’Pê401 ‘,F4 ,2,’ GM/CC’//,SlX, ’CHANGE Tt4’/ 155
1,8X, ’TWTERVAL,14X. ’DIAMETEP’,QX, ’MASS CONCENTRAT!ON’/. 156
23 0X, ’(MICROP4S)1,13X, ’CMG,DNM3) ’/I) 137
240 FORNAT(1H1,//,ROAI/, IX,’RHO* ‘.F .?,’ GMICC ’.’/,StX, ’CHANGE IN ’/ 158
IIBXD ‘INTERVAL,t4X,’DTAM!TER’.8X . ’NuMBER CONCENTRATION’/. 159
230X, ’(MICRONS)’,13X,’(NO/DNM3 I’//) 160
t 5 FO 1AT( lix, 12,L4X,2(13X, IPEQ,2)/) 161
148 FORMAT( IIX.12,17X, IPE9.2.IOX, ’P4OP1.INCPEASING’/) 16?
END 163
533
-------
SUBROUTINE LABEL CKNT,XS.YS.Y4AX.XM!N) 1
Cee**.aa**e*e e***a**e********e********e************************************ 2
Ce 3
Ce SUBROUTINt LABEL IDENTIFIES TWE ORDER OF DATA SETS PLOTTED KNI a
c* W fl4 THE SYMROL USED TO DRAW THOSE POINTS, THIS SUBROUTINE IS 5
Ca CALLED AND THE •LABEL WRITTEN ABOVE A GRAPH WHERE MORE THAW I SET
Ca OF DATA *Y BE PLOTTED. (NflTE KNT 13 NOT NECESSARILY THE SAM! *3 7
Ce THE RUN NUMBER OR FILE NUMBER IS AS GIVEN IN THE CALLING s
Ce SUBROUTINES WAILVI,, WALLY2. AND WALLV3.
10
Ca.*e*aa**e**ae**e*e*************a****************************************** j
C 12
C 13
C KNY TEST NUMBER CURRENTLY BEING PLOTTED,
C KS K SCALE. IS
C VS • V SCALE. l b
C YMAX • MAXIMUM VALUE OF THE V AXIS. 17
C XMTN • MINIMUM VALUE OF THE K AXIS, 18
C 19
XCS .12 20
VC 5.12 21
LNTgKNT 22
IF (KNT.5) 20.20.10 23
10 LNT.KNT—S 24
YNaYNAX+( ,75/Y8) 25
GOTO3O 2 b
20 VNaVMAX.(1.U/V3) 27
30 XN.XMIN,(LPET t).(1.2S/XS) 28
CALL FCHAR (XN,VW,XCS,YCS,0,) 29
WPTTE(7,t) KNT 30
I FORMAT(IX.’YESY ‘. 12.’.’.2X.’,’) 31
XN.XN.(1.0,XS) 32
VN .yNi(O,05/VS) 33
c
C T $ SUBRO(JT!N DRAWS THE SYMBOL. USED FOR POINTS ACCORDING TO 3 5
C CODE KNT AT UXN,Yt’4)
C
CALL PIONT (KHT ,XH,YW) 38
RETuRN
END 40
534
-------
SUBROUTINE LGIBLCXS,Y8.X0.YO,L.E.K) i
c 2
C (XO,Y0) ARE THE COORDINATES CORRESPONDING TO THE FIRST LOG CYCLE TO 3
C BE IDENTIFIED, a
C PEN MAY SF UP OR DOWN
C THE IDENTIFICATION 7$ TO THE LEFT OF THF Y.AXTS
c
C X$ • X.SCALE FACTOR, INCHES/USER’S UNITS
C VS • Y 5CALI FACTOR. INCHES/USER’S UNITS
C XO s INITIAL X.VALUE, 10
C Y0 I INITIAL Y.VALUE, ii
C L $ NUMBER OF LOG IO CYCLES
C E EXPONENT OF FIRST CYCLE •,0,. 13
C K z C FOR LABELING ON RIGHT SIDE OF V AXIS
C K I FOR LARELING ON LEFT SIDE OF V AXIS 75
C 16
I FORP4AT(’ 10’ ) 11
2 FORMAT(1X,I3)
C 1
XK5X O .O,1/X8 20
XXKuX O.O.4/X8 21
LtL+1
VVuYO.0 ,015/YS 23
DO 100 II1.L. 24
2 5
YN IX+YY 26
21
TVN IX 28
C 29
IF(ARSCX).10.0)2 0,10.10 30
C 31
10 PsO,2 32
GO’T030 33
20 F 0 .1 34
C Is
30 !F(TVN) 40,50,50 36
C 3 ?
0 FiF.0 ,1
50 IF(K) 55,60,55 39
55 XX:X0.(0.C I4F)IX$ 40
60 CALL FCHAR(XK,YN ,0. IS,0.15.0.O) £11
WRITE(7,1) £ 12
YNEaVN+0,1/YS 43
7FCK) 0,70, fl 44
10 XXK XK+F/XS £15
80 CALl FCI4AR(XXK ,YNE,0.1,0.1,0.0) 44
WR!TE(7 ,?, XYN 41
too CONTINUE 48
L.L—t
C so
RETURN
EN’) 52
60 CARDS ON TAPE
STOP 000000
535
-------
SUSROUTINE MEAN 1
C 2
C THI5 SLJSROUTTNE CALCULATES THE MOLECULAR MEAN PREE PATH AT EACH 3
C STAGE JET IN CENTIMETERS.
C S
C 6
REAL MM.M(J.L(e)
CDMMON/ALOCK I,P$(8),NU
CO$MONISLOCX?/TKI,MM.L
COMMOH/BLOCKS/NCUM 10
B?s l.3 5E.16*3,141 5Q 11
DO 30 !s1,NCUM 12
(T)g(2.0eMU/(P$(I)*1•O135E0b )*($QPTCCBZ*TKI*6O2.3E21)/(A*MMfl1 13
30 CONTINUE
RETURN
END 16
536
-------
SURPOI)T!WF NE TR ( P,X,D,t( 3 1
C COPIED FROM IRM 360 SCIENTIFIC SUBROUTINE PACKAGE
TEa O 3
X . ,9999E.74 LI
DaX
IF (P3 1,4,2 6
1 lEa —I y
GOTO I2 8
2 IF (P.1,0) 7,5.1 9
4 X g .,qqqqq .ya 10
5 DaO .D
GO 10 12 12
7 DaP 13
IF (0.0,5) 9,q, 14
a o a t ,o.o is
9 T a Al.OG(1 ,0 (D*D)) 16
I a SQRT(T2) 17
x a 1.( 2,515517+0.802853*T+O,010328e72)/(1.0+1,432788e140,189269e 18
I T2+0,001308aT*T) 19
IF (P.0,5) 10,10,11 20
10 X 23
11 0 a 0,3989i323*EXP(.X*X/2.0) 22
ta RETURN 23
END 24
537
-------
SUBROUTINE PTO 4 (KNT,XN,YN) I
C**a********************e*******.a**********.***ea**************a***e******* 2
ce
Ca SUBROUTIN( PTflNT DRAWS D!FF R NT POINTS EACH RUN 4
Ca IMPACTOR , IT CAN DRAW 10 DIFFERENT POINT SYMBOLS. I.E. C KNT ( 11, 5
Ca 6
C******a******e*a*e**e***a****a******a***.a***************************.***** 7
C B
C KNT IS THE TEST NUMBER 114*1 IS BEING RUN, 9
C XN S THE X POSITION OF THE POINT Bf!NG RIOTED SO
C YN IS THE V POSITION OF THE POINT BEING PLOTED. U
C 12
C MOVE PEN TO POINT (XPI,YN) AND LOWER PEPJ WITH THIS CALL TO u
C 14
CALL FPLOT(O.XN.YN) 15
C 16
C GO TO THE LOCATION FOR DESIRED SYMBOL, EACH LOCATION uS 5 A CALL 17
C TO PLOTTER SUBROUTINE PO!P4TCP4) WHICH CAN DRAW +. X, SQUARf, OR
C CIRCLE FOR N e 0.1.2. OR 3 RESPECTIVELy. COMBINATIONS OF THESE aRE 19
C ALSO USED ALONG WITH OTHER PEN MOVEMENT COMMANDS TO DRAW 10 20
C DIFFERENT SYMBoLS, 21
C 22
GO TO C5 .2 .3,a,5•o,7,8 Q ,10, N1 23
C 24
C THE’ FIRST RUN HAS THE SYMBOL OF A SQUARE, 25
C 26
I CALL SYMBOL(1,.I0) 27
RETURN 26
C 29
C THE SECOND PUN HAS THE SYMBOL OF A TRIANGLE. 30
C 31
2 CALL SYMBOL(2, .1O) 32
RETURN 33
C 34
C THE THIRD RUN WA$ ‘THE SYMBOL 0, A CIRCLE, 35
C 36
3 CALL SYMBOL(3 , 1O) 37
RETURN
THE FOURTH PUN HAS THE SYMBOL Q ’ • 40
C 41
4 CALL SYMBOL(iS,.tO 42
RETURN
c
C THE FIFTH RUN 14*6 THE SYMBOL OF X, 45
c
5 CALL SYMBOL(5,.jO) 47
RETURN 46
c
C THE SIXTH PUN HAS THE SYMBOL 0, a, 50
c 51
CALL SYMPOL(b,.1O) 52
RETURN 53
c
C THE SEVENTH RUN HAS THE SYMBOL or A SQUARE WITH A X,
C 56
I CALL SYMBOLCI..10)
CALL SYKBOL(5,.10) 56
RETURN 59
538
-------
C 60
C THE EIGHTH RUN HAS THE SYMSOL OF A SQUARE WITH A 4’.
C 62
B CALL $YMRQL(1..IO)
CALL SYMBOL(G, .1O)
RETURN 65
C 64
C THE NINTH RUN $A 5 THE S’ MBOL OF A CIRCLE WITH A X 1 67
c
9 CALL SYMPOIU,.1O) 69
CALL $YMBOL(5,.1O)
RETURN 71
C 72
C THE TENTH RUN HAS THE SYP4ROL OF A CIRCLE W7TH A +, 73
C 74
10 CALL SYHROLC3,.1O) 75
CALL SYMBOL.e4,.10) 76
RET uRN yy
C 78
C ANY NUMBER 0F SYMBOL OF THE ABOVE CAN RE USED FOR DATA P 7NTS, 79
C ALSO ANY SYMBOL FROM THE CARD PUNCH CAN ALSO RE USED TO SHOW A 50
C DATA POINT,
C 82
END 63
539
-------
SUSROUTINE 8IMQ(A,5,N.KS) SING I
DIMENSION A(j) ,B(1) SING 2
C FORWARD SOLUTION SING 3
TOL.O.0 SING 4
kSs O 8I G s
JJ. .P4 SING 6
00 65 J.1,N SING 7
JY.J+1
sx’ q
STGA .O SING 10
IT$JJ.J SING j
DO 30 IsJ,N SING 12
C SEARCH FOR MAXIMUM COEFFICIENT IN COLUMN SING 13
TJ .IT.I SING
TF(A S(B!GA,.ARS(A(IJ))) 20,50.30 SING 5
20 RIG*tAUJ) SING 18
IMAX:! 5 1MG 17
30 CONTINUE SING
C TEST FOR PIVOT LESS THAN TOLERANCE CSIP4GULAR MATRIX) 5jMQ 19
IFCASS(BIGA).TOL) 15,35,40 SING 20
35 (5.1 SING 21
RETURN SING 22
C INTERCHANGE ROWS IF NECESSARY SING ?3
40 IIzJ+N*(J.2) SING
I’T .IMAX.J SING 25
DO 50 Ke 7,N SING 26
11.!t,N SI Q 27
12 .T1,IT 8I J 2
SAVESA(Il) SING 29
A(1I)aAU2) SING 30
A(I2). SAVE 5jMQ 31
C DIVIOF (QUATIO’ RY LEADING COEFFICIENT SI Q 52
SOA(11).A(I1)/SIGA SING 33
SAVFXR(IMAX) SING 34
B(P4AX)sR(J) SING 35
R(J ) SAVE/RIGA SING 36
C E LIM!NA1E NFXT VARIABLE SING 37
TFCJ. ) 55,70,55 SING 3
55 TGS 4a(J—l) SING 39
,c I ZJY,P SING 40
IX :IOS+!X SING at
SING 42
00 60 JX J ,5 SING 43
IXJX$N*(JX.1)+IX 5I Q 44
JJX . IXJX , 17 SING 45
60 A(!(JX)$AUXJX).(A(IXJ)*A(JJX)) SING 46
65 B(TX):B(IX).(RCJ)*ACIXJ)) SING 47
C RACE SOLUTIflN SING 5
70 NYaN.1 S!’ Q 49
SING SO
oo o J.i, SING SI
TA.TT.J SING 52
IB’ •J SING 53
SING 54
DO 80 K.1,J SING 55
SING 58
IA*IAeN SING 57
SO IC.IC—1 8 1MG 55
RFTLRN SING 59
540
-------
ND
37M0 60
541
-------
FUNCTION 3 IM(MAXMTN,ALIMIT 1
C*****a*e**e***e**e*************0******************************************* 2
Ce
Ce FUP4CT!ON SLIM FINDS THE MAXIMUM OR MINIMUM LIMITS OF A GRID.
Ce 5
Ce MAXM!P4 a 0 IF SLIM IS TO FIND THE MINIMUM LIMIT, 6
Ce MAXMIN • I IF SLIM IS To FIND THE MAXIMUM LIMIT. 7
cc S
Ce ALIMIT a THE SMALLEST VALUE TO PLOTTED IF MAXMIN * 0, 9
C* ALIMIT THE LARGEST VALUE TO BE PLOTTED IF MAXMIN . 1 10
Cc 11
Ce FOR EXAMPLE SLTM(0.1 .2) WOULD RETURN SLIM * .2.0 • 12
Ce SLIM(t.3,4) WOULD RETURN SLIM • 4,0, 13
Ce 14
Cca***ee**** **.*****.************************e********************* ********* 1!
LXMIT.AL!M!T 16
DIFF RAL!M!T.L IMIT 17
c 18
TFfMAXMIN)1,1,2 19
I IFCDIFF)3.S,5 20
2 IF(DIFF)5 .5.4 21
C 22
c 23
C ALIMIT 18 A NEGATIVE REAL AND LOOKING FQR A MINIMUM. 24
C 25
3 SLTM.LIMIT*t 26
GOTO6 27
C 28
C ALIMIT 8 A POSITIVE REAL AND LOOKING FOR A MAXIMUM, 2q
c 30
4 SLTM$LIMIT,I 31
GOTO6 32
C 33
C ALIMIT IS AN INTEGER AND LOOKING FOR EITHER A MAXIMUM OR A MINIMUM, 34
C ALTMTT IS NEGATIVE PEAL AND LOOKING FOR A MAX1MUM 35
C OR ALIMIT IS A POSITIVE REAL AND LOOKING FOR A MINIMUM. 36
C 37
5 8LIMaL!MIT 3 5
C 39
1, 40
542
-------
SUB OtITIN STAGE i
C 2
C 3
C 71118 $U8ROUT!PJ CAL.CULAT 8 TH! PREB8UR AT fACH $TAG , a
C 5
C
RFAL MU 7
COMMOPd/8LOCKI,P$(8) ,MU,POA,DPA,TC! .FGC ) .DrLPC8,4)
COMMOH/BLflCKS/p ICUM.MP AC TV
1)0 10 I.1,PICUM 10
11
10 CONTINUE 12
RETURN 13
END 14 1
15
543
-------
SUBROUTINE $TATPT(NDKI,NOCON,DPLOT.BVD.DLU,DLL,XKAX,XMIN. yMAX, I
IYMTN.XS,YS) 2
Cae***a****.*a*e************************************************************ 3
Ca 4
Ca S
Ca SUBROUTINE STAIR? PlOTS A POINT AVD ALONG WITH ITS CONFIDENCE 6
C* LIMITS Ci ii aNo CL I VS DPLOT flN LOGIO SCALE IF NOKI a 0 7
Ca OP ON NORMAL PROBABILITY SCALE IF PIOKI • 1, IT PLOTS AVD 8
Ca OMIY IF NOCON a 1,
Ca 10
Ca 11
12
C 13
AVOaRVD 1 4
CLUaDLU IS
CLLaDLL 16
C 17
C IF NOKI a 0, 10Gb OF DPLOT, CLU, AVD, AND CIL. ARE TAKEN 18
C IN ORDER TO PLOT. 1
C IF NDKI a , OPLOT COP4ES INTO SUBROUTINE STATPT ALREADY A$ 20
C LOGIO OF DIAMETER. THE PLOTTED V VALUES AT THIS DIAMETER (CLU. 21
C AVD, AND CL I) MUST BE POUND BY SUBROUTINE NDTP! WHICH CHANGES 22
C THE VALUE TO ITS NORMAL PROBABILITY SCALE EOUIVALENT.YV. 23
C
TFCNOKI,E0.1)GO 10 112 25
IF(WOCON.EQ,I)GO TO 106 26
C 27
C IF OPLOT, CIL, AVO, AND/OR CLU 0 • 0,0, THAI VARIABLE(S) SET 28
C $ .50,0 INSTEAD OF TAKING 10Gb. 29
c 30
IP(CLU)1O1, 101 , b0Z 31
101 CLU..50 ,O
GO TO 105 33
102 CIUIALOGIO(CLU)
103 TF(CLL)106,1O8,107 35
106 CLLs.S0,0 36
r,o 10 108
to, CLLaALOGIO(CLI)
108 IF(Avn)toq.109,111 39
109 AVDa .50 ,0 40
GO TO 1111 41
111 AVDaALOG IO(AVO) 42
1111 DP1flT AL0Gb0(DP1OT)
c
C FuNCTIONS XVAL AND YVAL GIVE THE PLOTTED VARIABLE A
C VALUE JUST OUTSIDE THE PLOT GRID IF Ti ’ EXCEEDS
C PLOTTING LIMITS. OTHERWISE THE VALUE IS UNCHANGED. 47
c 48
112 XNgXVAL(DPLOT ,XMAX,XMIW.XS) .,03/XS 49
C 50
C IF NOtON a 0, PLOT AVERAGE AND CONFIDENCE LIMITS CLL AND Clii, 51
C IF NOCON a , PLOT ONLY AVERAGE VALUE AVO, 52
C 53
IF(NOCON.EO.1)O TO 406
C 55
C THIS SECTION FINDS VALUE OF UPPER CONFIDENCE LIMIT 36
C C lii ACCORDING TO SCALE USED AND DRAWS A BAR, 57
C 58
!r(WDKI,FQ.O)GO TO 405
544
-------
C 60
C IF CLL. ,9999. SET YV a ARBITRARY NUMBER YMAK, 61
C 62
IF(cLL .9999 151O,51O,505 63
505 YVa4,0 64
GO TO 406
C 66
C IF CLL •000t, SET YV a ARBITRARY NUMBER * ,0001 , 67
C 68
510 IF .0001sCLL)S2O ,320.515 69
315 YVa.4,0 70
GO TO 406 71
520 CALL NDTQI(CLL,YV,D.IEI 72
GO TO 406 73
405 YVaCLI
406 YN3YVAL(YV.YMAX,YP’IN,Y$)
CALL FPLOT(.2,XN,Y J) 76
XNaXN+ ,0b/XS 77
CALL. FPLOT(O.XN,YN) 78
XNsXN . ,03/X8
CALL FPLOT(0,XN,YN) 80
C 81
C THIS SECTION FINDS VALUE OF AVERAGE ACCORDIN 70 82
C SCALE USED. DRAWS LINE FROM CU. 00Mw To THAT POINT,
C AND DRAWS CIRCLE. NOTE • IF H CON ‘ 1, ONLY THIS 84
C CIRCLE IS DRAWN (WITHOUT CONFIDENCE LIMITS). 85
C 86
408 XF(NDKS,!Q,0)Gfl TO 410 87
IF(AVD..Q9 )560,S6D,555 88
555 YVzQ .O sq
GD TO 411 90
560 IF(,000l.AVD)570.510,565 91
565 YVa.4 ,O 92
GO TO 411 93
370 CALL P4DTR!(AVD,YV,D,IE)
GO TO 411
410 YVAVD 96
411 YNaYVAL(YV.YMAX,YMIN,YS)
CALL FP OT(O,XN,YN 98
CALL $YMBOL(q,.08)
IF(NOCON.EO.1)GO TO 417 100
C 101
C THIS SECTION FINDS VALUE OF LOWER CONFIDENCE LIMIT 102
C CLI.. ACCORDING TO SCALE USED, DRAWS LINE FROM AVD TO THAT POINT. 103
C AND DRAWS A RAP, 104
C 105
IF(P4DKI ,EQ ,O)GO TO 415 106
107
573 YVaQ ,O 108
GO TO 416 109
380 !F(,000 ISCLU)3QO,590,585 110
585 VVa 4,O 111
GO TO 416 112
590 CALL NDTR!CCLU.VV,D,IE) 113
GO TO 416 11
4*5 VV.CLU 115
416 YN.YVAL(YV.YMAX.Y$IP4.Y$) 116
CALL. FPLOT(0,XN,YN) 117
KNIXN. ,03/XS 118
CALL FPLOT(0,XN,YW) 119
545
-------
XNsXN+sO6/XS 120
C RAISE THE PEN, MAKING IT READY TO Go To POINT CORRESPONDIPJG TO 121
C NEXT SIZE DIAMETER.
417 CALL FPLOTr.1,WN.YN) 123
RETURN 124
END 125
546
-------
Ce
Ca
Ce
Ca
Ca
Ca
Ca
Ca
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
THIS
XHAX
YMAX
XHIN
YMIP4
I
2
3
La
S
6
7
S
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
20
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
3?
33
314
35
36
37
38
39
140
01
£42
43
44
45
146
47
48
£49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
5,
58
59
SUBRO(JTINE STPLOTUDALL,RHO, IMPAC.NDK,PDMAX,PDM!N,DXNAX,DXM!N,
I TSIZ,XS.Y$, XMAX,XMIN,YMA X,yMIp4)
Ca
Ca S’J ROUTINE STPLOT MAKES THE FOLLOWIP.JG GRID FOR GIVEN
Ce VALUE OF NOKI
Ca NDK . — AVG, CUMULATIVE MAS5 LOADING (TN MG/ACM
ON LEFT AXIS, IN GR/ACF ON RIGHT AXIS)
P40K • 0 • AVG, DM/OLOGD ( TN M /Dt4p43)
NDK I • AVG. OW/OLOGO ( 1P4 NO/DNM3)
ALL OF THE ABOVE PLOTS SHOW PARTICLF DIAMETER (MICRONS)
ALONG THE ABCISSA•
THE GENERAL TDENTIFICATI ON LAREL ID AND DENSITY RHO
ARE PRINTED ABOVE THE GRID.
C
DIMENSION IDALL (80),PDMAX(2),PDMIN(2) ,DXMAX(2) ,OXMTN(2)
DATA IBLK/’ •/
C
C
P 1*3.1415
M *7
P 4.1
YF(RHO,EQ, I ,O)Ns2
XIN • LENGTH OF THE X AXIS IN INCHES,
YIN • LENGTH OF THE V AXIS IN TP4CHE.S .
X I N .
Y I N.b • 5
SECTION FINDS XMAX,YMAX.VMIM,AND YMIN WHEREj
— MAXIMUM X VALUE PLOTTED.
• MAXIMUM V VALUE PLOTTED.
• MINIMUM X VALUE PLOTTED
• MINIMUM V VALUE PLOTTED.
IF 1517 • I • THE MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM DIAP4 iERS, GEMAX AND
GEMIN, ARE USED TO GET XMAX AND XMIW, ALSO MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM
ORDINATE VALUES, DXMAX AND DXMIN, ARE USED TO GET YMAX AND VM!N.
IF ISIZ 0 • XMAX z LOGIOCIOO MICRONS)
XP4IPJ LOGIO(.25 MICRONS)
YMAX,YMIP4 • DEPEND ON IMPACTOR USED (I.E. YMPAC)
IMPAC • I • ANDERSEN
• 2 • BRINK
3 • PY AT
4 • MR
IF(ISIZ.ED.1)GO TO 25
IF (P40K) 21, 22, 24
21 YMAX 1O000,
YM I P4*, 1
GO TO 23
22 GO TO (22 1,222.221,221),IMPAC
221 VMAX *j.0E04
YMIN1I .OE —02
GO TO 23
222 YMAXCI,OEOb
547
-------
YI4IP4B1,0 60
G 0T 023 61
24 GD TO (?40.20l.240.280).IMPAC 62
240 YMAXuI.0E15
YMIWR I. 0 E 06
G 0T023 65
241 YMAXLI,0E14
YMIN 1.OE05 67
23 XMAX3ALOG IO(100 ,0)
YMAX.ALOG1O(YMAX) 69
XMI WSALOG IO(,1) 70
YMINEAL,OG IO(YMTN) 71
GOTO2 B 72
25 XMAX $LIM(j,ALOG10(100.0)) 73
YMAXaSL!M(1,ALOG IO(DXMAX(N))) 74
XMIN.SIIM(O. ALOGIO(PDMIN(P4))) 75
YHIP SL!M(0.ALOG10CDXMIN ( l))) 76
C 77
C X AND SCALE FACTORS CALCULATED HERE,
C 79
28 XSRXIN/(XMAX.XMIN)
YSSY IN/(YP4AX.YMIW)
VOsYMIN.2 ./VS 82
CALL SCALF (X3 .YS,XMIN.YO) 83
C 84
C DRAW THE x • AXIS.
C 86
YMTW 1 VMIW 87
IXRAN$XMAX XM IW 88
CALL XSLRL(XS,YS,XMXN,YM!N1,IXRAN,XMIW) 89
CALL XLOG(XS,YS.XMAX.YMINI.w1 , 1x9aP4 ) 90
C 91
C LABEL THE X • AXIS, 92
C XC8 AND YCS ARE THE DIMENSIONS O WRITTEN CHARACTERS 7W INCHES. 93
C 94
XCSs ,1S 95
YcS..15 96
X ZCCXMA X.xp41N,/2.0).XMTN.C16.0*XC S)/XS 97
VsVMTPi l.C ,7/YS) 98
CALL FCHAR (X,V,XCS,YCS,0,) 99
C 100
C WRITE PARTICLE DIAMETER (M!CPOMETEPS)’ BELOW ABSCISSA. 101
C 102
WR!TE(M.1) 103
C 104
C WRITE THE ID LABELS, 105
C 106
xCS ,05b 107
vCSa,100 toe
XXXMIN 109
YxYPlAX+ 5/YS 110
C 111
C THIS DO LOOP FINDS LAST CHARACTER IN IDENYTITCATTON 112
C LABEL. (SAVES PEW MOVEMENT 7F LESS THAN 80 CHARACTERS) 113
C 114
DO 30 I’i.7 115
Ja8 0.I 116
IF(TDALL (J).PJE.IBLK)GO TO 40 117
30 CONTINUE 118
119
548
-------
40 CALL ECHAR (X,Y.XCS,YCS,o ,) 120
C 121
C WP T THE IDENTIFICATION LABEL ABOVE GRAPH 122
C 123
WRITE(M.2)( IDAL L(I), gj,J) 124
X.XM!N 125
YRYIIAX.,25,yS
CALL FCHAR (X,Y.XCS,YC$,o,) 127
C 128
C WRTTE THE DENSITY RHO (GM/a) ABOVE THE GRAPH, 129
C 130
WR!TE(M,5) RHO 1 31
C 132
C DRAW THE V • AXIS ON THE LEFT SIDE OF THE GRAPH• 133
C
IYMAXsYMAX 135
TYHINsYMIN 136
TYRANI!YMAX.TYMTN 137
CALL YLOG(XS.VS,XMIN,YMAX,.1, IYRAN) 136
CALL LGLBL,(X5.VS.XMIN,YMIN.IYRAN,YMTN,1) 139
C 140
C LABEL THE V • AXIS ON THE LEFT SIDE OF THE GRAPH, 141
C 142
XC S5.t5 143
YCS ,15 144
X XMtPI.,7/X$
146
CALL FCHAR(X.V,XC$.YC$,P!,2 ,) 147
C 148
C LAREL ORDINATE WITH FOLLOWING ACCORDING TO VALUE OF NØK 1 149
C NOX i .1 • ‘CUMULATIVE NAS8 LOADING (MG/ACM)’ 150
C 0 — DM/D OGfl CMG/ONM3). 151
C $ I — DN/DLOGD (NO, PARTICLES,ONM3)’ 152
C ALSO 7F NDI( s — , AN ORDINATE AXIS IS DRAWN ON RIGHT SIDE 153
C OF GRAPH FOR ‘CUMULATIVE MASS (GR/ACF)’. NOTE • LAST VARIABLE 154
C OF LGLRL 18 0 80 THAT NUMBERS WILL BE PRINTED TO RIGHT OF AXI5 , 155
c *56
IF(NDK)4 1.42,43 157
41 WRITE(M,j2) 156
TF(!YRAW,EO ,i)GO TO 60 159
C DRAW THE V • AXIS ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE GRAPH, 160
C 161
vo: YMTN..3 5q5 162
VLEFYMIN.3, 163
CALL LGLRL (XS,VS,XMAX,VO,IVRAW,VLEF.O, 164
CALL YLOG(XS,y8,XMAX,YMA X+,3595,.1 • IYRAN) 165
C
C LABEL THE V — AXIS ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF TN! GRAPH, 167
C 168
X$XMAX+ ,8/X$ 169
170
CALL ECHAR CX,Y,XCS,YCS,PI,?.) 171
WR!TE(M,13) 172
GO TO 60 173
42 WRITE(M,4) 174
GO TO 60 175
43 WRITE(M•14) 176
60 RETURN 177
I FORMAT( IX, ’PARTICLE DIAMETER (MICROMETERS)’) 178
2 FORPIAT(IX,80A1, 179
549
-------
I FORMAT(IY, ON/Dingo (MC/DWH3) ieo
OPP4AT(IX,’RHO ‘,F4,2,’ GM/CC•) III
12 FORNAT(1X,’CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING (MG/ACM)’) 112
13 FOPP4AT(1x, ’CIJMIJLATIVE MASS LOADING (GR/ACF) ’) 183
14 oRMAr(1x ,. DP4/DLOgD (NO 1 PARTTCLE$/DNM3)’) 1 84
END 185
550
-------
SUBROUTINE SYMBOLCNODE.$IZE)
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
WRITTEN BY HENRY FINCH FOR CHEMOTHERAPY DIVISION AT SOUTHERN
RESEARCH INSTITUTE • NOVEMBER, 1976
SUB,, SYMBOL DRAWS THE FOLLOWING SYMBOL WITH RESPECT TO THE NODEs
NODE a A SQUARE
NODE 2 a A TRIANGLE
NODE 3 a A CIRCLE
NODE ‘I a A +
NODE S a A X
NODE 6 a A * (A • OVER AN X)
NODE 7 a A SOLID SQUARE
NODE 8 a A SOLID TRIANGLE
NODE 9 a A SOLID CIRCLE
NODE 10 a A DIAMOND
NODE 11 a A SOLID DIAMOND
IF NODE 0 i DR KODE q 3U • IS RETURNED WITH NO SYMBOL DRAWN
THIS SUB LEAVES THE PEN TN SANE POSITION AS WHEN IT WAS CALLED
PEN IS LEFT UP IF PEW WAS UP p PEN LEFT DOWN IF PEN WAS DOWN
C SIZE a SIDE (IN TNCHES) OF SQUARE INSCRIBING SYMBOL DRAWN
C
I
2
3
4
S
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
lb
17
IS
19
20
ALSO • . 21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
£40
41
42
43
444
45
46
47
48
49
so
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
38
59
C
C
C
C
C
C
DIMENSION MODE(5),IX(9),IY(9)
EQUIVALENCE (MODE(1).MOOE I),(MODE(2),M ODE2 ),(MODE(3),MODE3),
$ (MODE (4) ,MODEu) • (MODE(S) ,MODES)
EQUIVALENCE C!X(t),IX1), (!X(2).!X2) ,Ux(3).1X3), (IX(4 ),7X4),
3 (!X(5),IxS), (TX(6 ,IXb),UX(7),!X7),( x(s),Tx5), (!Y(1),IY1).
$ (!Y(2),1Y2). (!Y(3), 1Y3),(IY(14), 1Y4),(TY (5),IY S),(!Y(6 ) ,Iy6),
S (TY(7),1Y7), ( 1YC8),IYa). (Iv(Q ,tv9).( x(9),jxq)
DATA MODE/I,2,3.4,3/
DATA COW8T/0,707107/
RND( XX).XX+STGN(0, 5, XX)
ISZ2 RPND(SIZEa IOfl,0/2.0)
SI?E I IIS7rISZ2*2
TF(KOOE.LE ,0) RETURN
IF(KODE.GT.1t, RETURN
IF(15Z2.LESO) RETURN
ISTRTa1
IX la!Y la O
IXbaISZ 2
IY8a.ISZ2
READ(7)LASTX,LASTY, 1X2.1x3, 1X4, 1X5, IPEM
GO TO (S0,S0.40,400,50 0,40 0,S0,50,0 0,Ufl,4O),KODE
40 IY6:0
50 ISTRTs2
WRITE (7)MODE4. IXo, IY6
GO TO (100 ,200,300,800,800,600, 100.200,300,350,350),KODE
THIS SECTION SETS UP FOR THE DRAWING OG A SQUARE
100 IEND.5
TY I a.IXI
551
-------
IY2s!X SsISZ 60
IX3aIY*a.I8Z $1
IX2sIY3sIX OaIY Sm O $2
GO TO 330
C 60
C 11415 SECTION SETS UP FOR THE DRAWING OF A TRIANGLE
C 66
200 !ENDa4 67
IY1 IX1 68
tYa*!X2.u . 187
IY3 I3Z 70
tY2s O 71
IX3aIXa !SZ2 72
GO TO 550 73
C 70
C THIS SECTION SETS UP I DRAWS A CIRCLE 75
C A SOLID CIRCLE IS ALSO DRAWN IN T 14!S SECTION 76
C 77
300 IHETAaO,O 78
SIZU.SIZE I/2.0 79
THIAST 6.2831 8S.TH€TA so
THIWC.2 0 00/$TZ E I 81
325 IX aRND(SI7E *COS(TMETA)
TY IaRPIDCSIZE2*SIN(TMETA)) 83
TX2SIXI+tASI’X
IY2aIY I+LASTY 85
WRTTE(7) HODU.IX2,1Y2 86
1HETAsTHETA+?WTNC 67
T,(THETASLE.THLAST) GO TO 325
IflKODE,EQ.3) GO TO 750
SI!E IsSIZE I.2.O 90
IFCSI7EI, 00.8OO.3O0 91
C 92
C THIS SECTION 18 FOR DRAWING A DIAMOND 93
C 94
350 TEND 9
IX2s!X3aIX6sT 7s.ISZ2 96
U4:IX S IIX8aIX9* 1 5Z2
IV2sIYSzIY7aIYRr” 1 8 12 98
Y3:IYL .1Y6 TY9$ISZ2 99
GO TO 550 100
C 101
C THIS SECTION SETS UP FOR THE DRAWING OF A + 10?
C 103
000 IEND 8 104
105
IY1*IY OsIX Ss!X8s. 1 5 22 too
TY2, 1Y3s1X6* 1X7. 15Z2 10 ,
GO TO 550 toe
C 109
C ‘THIS SECTION SETS UP FOR THE DRAWING OF AN X ito
C 111
500 TENORS 112
IXlaTv2. 1y3 1 1x 0a7X6s 1V 6s!X7a!Y7u!8Z2 113
TX2aIY1 RIX3*1VA RIY5*IX5 R1Y8$!X 8 SISZ2 114
C 115
C THIS SECTION ACTUALLY DRAWS ANY DESIGNATED SYMBOL EXCEPT A CIRCLE 116
C 117
550 00 600 I$ISTPT.IEND 118
WP!TE(7) MODf5,IX(I),!Y(T) 11,
552
-------
600 CONTINUE 120
GO TO (7SO,75O ,750 ,8OO,8flO,625,64O, O.8OO,y5O.645, ,KODE 121
C 12?
C THIS SECTION TESTS IYS TO CHECK IF THE PROG IS THROUGH SUPER IMPOSING A 123
C OVER AN X ***** Bf CAREFUL WITH THIS KEY IN CASE OF MODIFICATION **** 124
C 125
625 IF(IVA.EQ,O) GO TO 500
GO TO 800 127
C 128
C THIS SECTION IS FOR DECREMENTING SIZE PARAMETERS FOR THE DRAWING OF 129
C A SOLID SQUARE, A SOLID TRIANGLE, DR A SOLID DIAMOND DEPENDING 130
C ON KODE• 131
13?
640 ISZzISZ.I 133
645 ISZ 1S7.1 134
IX1a 1 135
ISZ2 ISZ2.1 U6
ISTRT.1 137
IF(ISZ.LE,0) GO TO 800 138
GO TO 100,200.500,80 0.35 0),KoDr 139
TOO IsNODES 180
TPEN..1 141
GO TO 775 142
725 IPEN .1 183
730 IsMOOE2 148
775 WR!TE(1)I,LA5TX,LA STY 145
800 IFCIPEN)SSO,725,700 186
850 RETURN 147
END 148
553
-------
SIJAROUTINE VIS I
C THIS SUBROUTINE CALCULATES THE VISCOSITY OF THE GAS USING 2
C A METHOD PRESENTED BY C. P. WTLKE IN A PAPER ENTITLED 3
C A VISCOSITY EQUATION FOP GAS MI T1PPE5U IN THE JOURNAL o a
C CHEMICAL PHYSiCS VOLUME 8. NUMBER 4, APRIL 1950, PAGE 517. 5
C 6
C 7
C B
C 9
REAL MU 10
DIMENSION WT(5 ,VS(5) 11
COMP4ON/BLO CKI,P 5c8) ,MU,PDA.DPA,TCI.FG(5) 12
C 13
C WT(I) ARE THE MOLECULAR WEIGHTS OF C02,CO,W2.O2.H?O, 14
C Is
OATA WT/44 10,28.01.28.02.32.00,18.02/ 16
C 17
C VSCI) ARE THE PURE GAS VISCOSITIES OF CO2,CO,N2,O2,H2n , 18
C 19
V8(I) .138.a9a+0.499*TC T.0,261E.03*TCI*YCI+0,972E.07*TC!*TCI*TCT 20
V$(2)*163.763+0,442.TCI—0 .2 13E.03*TCT*TcI 21
VS(5).167,O86.0.417.TCI.fl. 139E.03.TCI*TCI 2?
V8(4)a190.1B7.O. 558*TCI.0.336 E.05*YCIeTCI .0,13qE Oé.TCI*TCI*TCT 23
V$(5) 87,$0 o+0.374aTC!.O,23 8E.04*yCy.TcI 24
DO 10 1.1,5 25
10 V$(I) .V$(I)e1,OE.0b 26
MURO .0 27
00 200 1 .1,5 28
IF(FG(I1.0,O) 200,199.200 29
199 FG(I)s1,OE.20 30
200 CONTINUE 31
00 300 !al.5 32
XPHEE I.0.0 33
XPHEE.O,O 34
PHEEs O,O 35
00 400 J .1,5 36
37
1/1.414)*(SQRT(1 .0+CW T(1)/WT(J))))) 38
XPHE EI.FGCJ)*XPHEE 39
IF(J !) 399,400,399 40
399 PN F.PHEE+XpHEFt 41
400 CONTINUE 42
PHEE P$EE/FG(I)+1,0 43
MUtWtJ ,V$(I)/PHEE 44
300 CONTINUE 45
C 46
C THE FINAL V $COS1TY MU IS IN POISE. 47
C 48
RETURN 49
EWr) 30
554
-------
SUBROUTINE WALIYI I
C******a*****a*****a*.********************e***e***a*****a***a*ea************ 2
3
C* THIS SUBROUTINE DRAWS NEW GRID (IF MPLOT 0) AND MA E8 A PLOT OF 4
c* CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING (MG/ACM) VS, D50 (MICRONS) ON A LOGIO VS. 5
C* LUCID GRID, ALSO WALLYI CALLS SUBROUTINE JOEl TO SUPERIMPOSE FIT IF b
C* 1510 0 (NEW GRID ALWAYS DRAWN TN THIS CASE), 7
C* S
C*************************************************************************** 9
C 10
INTEGER VV 11
DOUBLE PRECISION XNDPEN(10),YO(iO) 12
DIMENSION IDALL(80),GEMAX(2),GEMIN(2),DMMAX(2).DMM!N(2).DNMAX(2) 13
DIMENSION DWM!N(2),DPMAX(2),DPMINC2).CUMAX(2),CUM!N(2),ID(S0) 14
DIMENSION DPc(S),CUMGLS).DMDLD(9,GEOMDQ).DNDLD (9) 15
COMMON !MPAC,IflALL,RHOI,GEMAX,GEM!N,DMMAX,DMMIN,DNMAX,DNM!N 16
COMMON DPMAX.DPMIN,CUMAX.CUM!N,ISIZ I,TS!i2.ISIZ3 17
COMMON IS,NFIT, ID,RHO,OMIN ,TKS,POA,FC(5),DMAX,DPC,CUMG.DMDLD IS
COMMON GEOMD,DNDLD,GRNAH,MPLOT,DSMA. VV 19
COMMON ISIG, XMAX,XMIN,YMAX,YM!N,XS,Y$ 20
COMMON CYC3,MC3,M00,MS 21
COMMON XNDPEN 22
DATA IBLK/’ 23
C 24
P 1*3.1415 25
26
C N IS CODING FOR OUTPUT DEVICE, HERE H • 7 FOR PLOTTER, 27
C
H.? 29
30
C FOR ASSUMED PHYSICAL DENSITY, N z TO READ FROM ODD NUMBERED 31
C RECORDS, FOR ASSUMED AERODYNAMIC DENSITY, N • 2 TO READ FROM EVEN 32
C NUMBERED RECORDS, 33
C 34
Nal 35
!F(RHfl.EQ.1.0)N.2 -
C 37
C THE SAME GRID A8 PREVIOUS PLOT, NEW GRID ALWAYS DRAWN IF 1510 . 0 38
C (JOEl TO BE CALLED.). 39
C 40
IF(ISTG.(Q,1)GO 70 20 41
IF(MPLOT) 80,80,20 42
C 43
C XIN • LENGTH OF THE X AXTS IN INCHES, 44
C YIN — LENGTH OF THE v AXIS IN INcHES, 45
C 46
20 KNT .O 47
XTN * 4,5 48
YIWs6.3 49
C SO
C XMAX — MAXIMUM X VALUE PLOTTED. 51
C YMAX MAXIMUM Y VALUE PLOTTED. 52
C XNIN — MINIMUM X VALUE PLOTTED 53
C YMIN — MINIMUM Y VALUE PLOTTED.
C 55
C Sb
IF(ISIZI.EO.1)GO TO 25 57
XMAXuALOG IO (1 0 0,O) SR
YMAXIALOG I OC I0 0 00.0) 59
555
-------
XMINALOG I O(,1) 60
YMINRALOG10(. 61
GOTO2 S 62
25 XMAXa2.O 63
YI4AX.SLIM(1 .ALOGIO(CUMAXCNfl) 64
XMIN.SL.I$(0, ALOGIOCDPMTN(N))) 65
YMIN$SLIH(O, ALOGlO(CUMIW W)))
C X AND V SCALE ACTflRS CALCULATED HERE, 67
C be
28 X 5aXD4/(XMAX.XP4TN) 69
VS*YTN/(YMAX.VM!N) 70
VORTG.YMTNi2./VS 71
CALL. SCALF(X8.Y5,XMIPI,VOR!G) 72
C 73
C DRAW THE X AXIS, 74
C 75
IXMAXaXMAX 7?
7XMIP4 XM!N 78
IXRAPlz!XMAX.IXP4IN
CALL X8 8 (X$,Y$,XM!N,YM!N1,IXRAN,XMTN 80
CALL xtOG(XS,V8,XMAX,VMINI,.1.IXRAN) 81
C 82
C LABEL THE X • AxIS, 83
C 84
XCSa,15 85
VCSa.15 86
X,f(XMAX.XMTN)/2.0)+XMT N.(1b.0*XCS)/XS 87
YiVMIN I.( ,7/V$) 88
CALL FCMAR (X.V,XCS.VCS,0.) 8 0
WRTTE(M.1) 90
C 01
C DRAW THE V • AX18 ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE GRAPHS 92
VoaVMTN1+,35Q 5 93
IVM*XzVMAX
!VM!NaVHIN
IVRANz!VMAX.IVMTN 96
TF(IVRAN ,EQ,1)Gfl TO 29
VLEF I.YU!N1.3.fl 08
CALL LGLBL(XS. YS,XMAX,V0,IYRAN.YLEF I,0) 99
CALL VLOGCXS,VS, XMAX.VMAX, ,3595,.1,IVRAN) 100
C 101
C LAREL THE V • AXIS ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE GRAPH, 102
C 103
X XPlAX+,8/XS 104
y((VMAX+.35 95).VMIN I)/2.0,VM IN I.(16,*XCS)/VS 105
CALL FCHAR ( ,V,XCS,VCS,PI/2,) 106
WRTTE(Pl,3) 107
C 108
C WRITE THE ID LARELS. 100
C 110
20 XCS:.056 111
YC8..100 112
XIXN!W 113
Y.VMAX+ ,5/Y$ 114
DO 30 !z1,79 115
J e0.I 116
IF(ID(J).NE.TBLX) GO 1040 II ?
30 CONTINUE 118
110
556
-------
‘10 CALL FCHAR (X,Y,XCS,YC$,o,)
WRITE(M,2) (TD (I),Iz1,J) 121
X.XMTN 122
YRVMAX+.25/yS 123
CALL FCHAR (X,Y,XCS 1 YCS,o,) 1211
WRTTE(M .5) RHO 125
C 126
C DRAW THE V • AXIS ON THE LEFT SIDE OF THE GRAPH• 127
C 128
CALL YLOG(X5.YS,XMIPJ,VMAX,.1 , IYRAPJ) 129
CALL LGLBL(X9,YS.XM!N,VMTN.XVRAN.YM!N,1) 130
C 131
C LABEL THE V — AXIS OH THE LEFT SIDE OF THE GRAPH, 132
C 133
XCS .1S 1311
YCS .i5 135
XEXMIN. ,7/XS 136
y :(YMAX. YMIN)/2,O4VMIN (1b.O*xC3)/YS 137
CALL FCHAR(X,Y,XCS,YCS,Pt/2,) 138
WRITE(M,a) 139
C 1110
C PLOT X AND V VALUE8 FOR CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING (MG /ACM) Vs. 050 141
C (MICROMETERS),
C 1113
C 144
C FIRST PLOT TOTAL MASS LOADING VS. MAXIMUM PARTICLE DIAMETER. 145
C 146
80 KWT.KNT+1 1117
X1=ALOG IO(DMA X) 1118
X P J :XVAL(X1,XMAX.XMIH,X5) 149
Y IuALOG IO(GRPJAM) 150
VNSYVAL(Y1,YMAX,VMIN,YS) 151
CALL PIONT (KNT,XN,VN) 152
C 153
C PLOTTTNG FOR BRINK IMPACTOP HANDLED SEPERATELY DUE TO VARIATION 1511
C TN CONFIGURATION USED, STATEMENTS 80 — 200 APPLY TO THE 6RINK 155
C IMPACTOR (IMPAC z 2), 156
C 157
GO TO (200 ,18,,200,200),TMPAC 156
181 IF(MC3)82,82,81 j59
61 X2 :ALOG IO(CVC3) 160
XNgXVAL(X2,XM AX,XM TN,XS) 161
Y2IAL OG IO(CIIMG(j)) 162
YNaVVAL(Y2 ,YMAX,VMTN,Y5) 163
CALL PIONT CKNT,XN,VN) 164
P1:7 165
TF(MS ,LT.6)M :6 166
DO 70 J j,M 167
IF(DPC(J)*CUMG(J+1))7O.70, 90 168
90 XNEX ALOO1O(DPC(J)) io
XP 1 :XVAL(YNEX, XMAX, XMIH. X$) 170
YNEX ALOGjO(CUMG(J+1)) 171
YN.YVAL(YNEX ,VMAX,YMIN,YS)
CALL PIOP4T CKPJT,XN,VN) 173
70 CONTINUE 1711
GO TO 77 175
82 TF(MOO)84L,84,83 176
83 Mm7 177
IF(MS.LT.6)P4a6 178
DO 75 J.1,M 179
557
-------
TFC DPCCJThCUI4GfJ))7 5,75,191 1 80
191 XNEXaALDG IO(DPC(J)) 181
XPd.XVALCXWEX ,XMAX,XMIN.X$) 182
YN EX.ALOG I O(CUMG(J 1) 183
YN.VVAL(YNEX.YMAX,YMIN.YS) 1R4
CALL PIONT (KNT XN,YN)
75 CONTINUE 18 6
GO TO 77 187
$4 Nab 188
TF(MS.LT.b)M.5 189
00 77 J.1,M 190
!FCDPC (J+j )*CUMG(J) ) 77,77,92 191
92 XNEX$ALOG IO(DPC(J+1)) 192
XW BXVAL(XNEX.XMAX.XMTN,XS) 193
YN EXaALU510(CUMG(J ) 194
YP4EVVAI.(YNEX,VMAX,VMIN,Y 5) 195
CALL P 10W? CKNT.XN.YN) 1%
77 CONTINUE 197
GO TO 300 198
C 199
C THIS LOOP PLflYS CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING VS• 050 FOR ANDERSEN 200
C CIMPAC a U , OF N. CIMPAC • 3 , OR MR7 IMPACTOR (IMPAC • 4) 201
C 202
200 00 175 J.1,VV 203
IF(UPC(J).CLJP4G(J)) 175,175.91 204
91 XWEXUALOG I O(DPC(J)) 205
XN.XVAL(XP4EX ,XMAX,XMIN.XS) 206
YW EXWALOG I O(CUMG(J)) 207
YN.YVAL(YP 1EX ,YMAX ,VM!N,Y$) 208
CALL PTONT(KNT ,XN,VW) 209
175 CONTINUE 210
300 IF (TS!G)130,13o,1S0 211
C 212
C CALL SUBROUTTWE JOEl TO SUPERIMPOSE FITTED CURVE IF Dr8rR r) usyG 213
C 214
C 215
150 CALL JOEl 216
RETURN 217
C 218
130 CoNTINUE 219
C 220
C THIS SURROUTINE IDENTIFIES THE SET OF DATA PLOTTED WITH THE 221
C SYMMOL IISEL TO DRAW POINTS. CIMPORTANT IF MORE THAW OWE SET oF 222
C DATA IS SUPERIMPOSED ON JE GRID. 223
C 224
CALL LABEL (KNT ,XS,YS,YMAX,XMTP4) 225
C 226
C RETURN PEN TO ‘HOME POSITION’ AT BASE OF PLOTTER 4,5 INCHES FROM 227
C THE MAXIMUM VALUE OF THE X AXIS,, PEW IN THE UP POSITION, 228
C 229
XsXt4AX+4 ,5/X$ 230
V.YMTN.2,/YS 231
CALL FPLOT(+1,x,v) 232
RETURN 233
1 FORMAT(1X,’PART ICLE DIAMETER (MICROMETERs)’) 23
2 FORMAT(jX,80a1) 235
3 FORMAT( IX,’CUMIJLATIVE MASS LOADING (GR/ACF)’) 236
4 FORMA’Y(IX,’CUNULATIVE MASS LOADING (MG /ACM)’) 237
5 FORMAT(IX,’RHO • ‘,F4 ,2,’ GM/CC’) 238
END 239
558
-------
ItO CARDS ON TAPE
STOP 000000
559
-------
SUBROUTINE WA1Ly2 I
Ce***********a*e********e*e***ea***********************a************a******* 2
C c 3
Ce SUBROUTINE WALLY2 DRAWS NEW GRID (IF MPLOT 0) AND MAKES A PLOT OF 0
Ce CHANGE jN MASS SIZE CONCENTRATION (MG/DNM3) VS. GEOMETRIC M(AW 5
Ce DIAMETER (MICRONS) (iN A LOGIO VS, LOGIO GRID. ALSO. WALLY? CALLS 6
Ce SUBROUTINE JDE2 TO SUPERIMPOSE POINTS BASED ON CURVE FITTING IF 7
Ce TS!G 0 (NEW GRID ALWAYS DRAWN TN 71415 CASE.)
C c 9
C*************************************************************************** 10
C 11
INTEGER VV 12
DOURLF PRECISION XNDPLN(IO),YO(10) 13
DIMENSION !OALLCRO),GEMAX(2).GEMIN(2),DMMAX(2).DMMIN(2) .DNMAX(2) 14
DIMENSION DNMTN(2),DPMAX(2),DPM!N(2),CIJMAX(2),CUMTN(2), 10(50)
DIMENSION DPC(S),CIJMG(8).DMDLD(9),GEOMD(9).DNDLD(Q) 16
COMMON IMPAC, IDA1L,RMO1,GEMAX .GEMIN.DMMAX,DMMIN.fl MAX .DWMIN 17
COMMON DPMAX.DPMIN.CUMAX.CUMIN, ISIZI • 131Z2. I5 1Z5
COMMON TS,NFYT, TD,R 140,DMTN .TK$,POA,FG(c) ,DMAX.DPC.CUMG.DMDLD 19
COMMON GE0P40,DPIDLD.GRNAM.MPLOT.DSMA,VV 20
COMMON ISIG, XMAX,XMIN,YMAX.YNIN.XS.VS 21
COMMON CYC3,MC3,M0fl,MS 22
COMMON XNDPEN 23
C 20
P I 3 .1 15
C
C IS COOING FOR OUTPUT DEVICE. HERE 14 7 FOR PLOTTER, 27
C
M•7 29
C 30
C FOP ASSUMED PHYSICAL DENSITY, N • I TO READ FROM ODD NUMBERED
C RECOROS, FOR ASSUMED AERODYNAMIC DENSITY, N a 2 TO READ FROM EVEN 32
C NUMBERED RECORDS,
C 3 0
P 4*1 35
TF(PMO .EQ,1 ,fl )Ns2 36
C 37
C IF MPLOTtI PLOT PJE GRID ON EACH PASS THROUGH PROGRAM, IF MPLOTsO 3$
C THE SAME GRID AS PREVIOUS PLOT. NEW OR!!) ALWAYS DRAWN IF ISIG 0 39
C (JOE? TO BE CALLED.). 00
C 01
TFCTS!G .GT.0)GO TO 20 42
!F(MPLOT) 60,50,20 03
C 40
C XIN — LENGTH OF THE X AXIS IN INCHES,
C YfPJ LENGTH OF THE Y AXIS IN INCHES.
C 07
20 KNT*O
XTN*0.5
YINib,5 50
C 51
C XMAX • MAXIMUM X VALUE PLOTTED, 52
C YNAX • MAXIMUM Y VALUE PLOTTED. 53
C XMIN • MINIMUM X VALUE PLOTTED 50
C YMIN • MINIMUM Y VALUE PLOTTED.
C 56
IF(ISIZ2 ,EQ,t)GO 70 25 57
GO T (221.222.?21,221),TMPAC
221 YMAXZ I.OEOO
560
-------
YM IW ,01 60
G OTO23 61
222 YMAx.l,OEO6 62
VMIIJ.1.0 63
3 XMAX 2,O
YHAX.AL.OG I OCYHAX)
XMT ALfJG1O(.1) 66
YM IP4 AL .OC10(YMjN) 67
GUTfl2M 68
25 XI4AX.2.0 69
VMAX=SLTM(t,A OG10(DMMAX(N )) 70
XMJWgSL IM(0•A flG10(GEMIN(N ) 71
VMTPJ SLIMC0,ALOG10(DMMINCN))) 72
C 73
C X Am) V SCALE FACTORS CALCULATED HERE, 74
C 75
28 XSZXIW/(XMAX.XMIN) 76
YSSVIN/(VMAX.VMIN) 77
V0R!GsVMIN.2./VS 78
CALL SCALFCXS,VS,XMIN.VORIG) 79
C 80
C DRAW TM! X • AXIS. 81
C $2
VMTN IiVMIN
IXMAX:XMAX $4
!XM!NzXMIN 85
TXRANaTXP4AX IXM!N 86
CALL XSLBL(XS,VS,XMIN,YPITW I, IXRAW,XMTN) 87
CALL XLOG(X3,VS.XMAX,VMIN I ,.l,IXRAN) 88
C LABEL THE X • AXIS. 90
C 91
Xc8 .15 92
VCS .15 93
Xz((XHAX.XM7PJ)/2.0)+XMIN.t 16,0*XCS)/X8
YzVP4jW1.( ,7 VS)
CALL FCHAR (x,V,XCS,VCS,0 .) 96
WRITE(M,1) 97
C 98
C WRITE THE TO LABELS.
C 100
XCS .0S6 tot
yCS .100 102
X XMIN 103
V VMAX+,5/VS 104
00 30 Ial,7Q 105
J $O—T 106
IF(ID(J).NE,TBLK) GO TO 40 10?
30 CONTD4UE 10$
Jal 109
40 CALL FCHAR(X,V,XCS,YCS.0.0) 110
WRITE(M,2)(TD(I),tZ1,J) 111
XaXMTW 112
VRVMAX+,?5/YS 113
CALL FCHAR x,v,XCS,YCS,0,) 114
WRIT!CM.5) RHO 115
C 116
C DRAW THE V • AXIS ON THE LEFT SIDE 0 , GRAPH. 117
C 118
TYMAXZYHAX 119
561
-------
IYMINSYMIN 120
IYRAN ZIYMAX.sIYMIJ& 121
CALL YLOG(X$.YS,XMIN.YMAX..1,!YPAN) 122
CALL LGLBL(XS,Y$,X$IN,YMTN,IYRAN,YMTPJ,I)
C 124
C LABEL THE V • AXIS ON THE LEFT SIDE OF THE GRAPH• 125
C 126
XC$a,15 127
YCSe,15 128
X aXMTN. .7/X8 129
Ya(YMAXYMIN)/2,O+YMIW.(1e .OeXC5)/Y5 110
CALL FCHAR(X.y,xC8 ,YCS,PI/2,) 131
WRTTE(M,4) 132
C 133
C PLOT THE X AND V VALUES FOR CHANGE TN MASS SIZE CONCENTRATION 134
C (MG/DHM3) VS. GEOMETRIC MEAN DIAMETER (MICROMETERS), 135
C 136
SO KNTrKNT, 1 1 37
TV IVV.1 13 5
DO 70 J.1 ,IV 139
IF(OMDLO(J)*GEOMO(J)) 70,70,90 140
90 XNFXZALOCLO(GEOP4D(J)) 141
XNSXVAL(X NEX.XMAX,XMIN,X 5) 142
YNEYRAL DG IO(DMDLD(J)) 143
YNaYVAL. (YNEX,VMAX, YMIN,YS) 144
CALL PIONT (KNT,XN ,YN) 14 3
70 CONTINUE 146
IFUSTG .EO,0)GO TO ISO
C 145
C CALL SUBROUTINE JOF2 TO SUPERIMPOSE MASS SIZE DISTRIBUTION AS 149
C FOUND FROM DtRYVATIVE OF CUMULATIVE MASS LOADING CURVE FIT IF 150
C ISIG NOT a 0 HERE, 151
C 152
CALL 30E2 153
RETURP4 154
C 155
150 CONTINUE 156
C 137
C THIS SUBROUTINE IDENTIFIES THE SET OF DATA PLOTTED WITH THE 158
C SYMROL USED TO DRAW POINTS. (IMPORTANT IF MORE THAN ONE SET OF 159
C DATA IS SUPFRTMPOSED ON ONE GRID, 160
C 161
CALL LABEL (KP4T,XS,YS,YMAX.XM!P4) 162
C 163
C RETURN PEN TO •HOME POSITION’ AT BASE OF PLOTTER 4.5 INCHES FROM 164
C THE MAXIMUM VALUE OF THE X AXIS,, PEN TN THE UP POSITION, 165
C 166
XSXMAX+4,5/X5 167
VRYN TP4.2./VS lee
CALL FPLOT(,1,X,V) 169
1 FOPMATCIX.’PARTTCLE DIAMETER (MICROMETERS)’) 170
2 FORMATCIX,$0A1 171
4 FORMAT(1X, ’ DM/DLOGD (MC/DNM3 ) 172
5 FORMAT(IX,’RWO a ,F4 .2,’ GM/CC’) 173
RETuRN 174
END 175
562
-------
SUBROUTINE WALLY3 I
INTEGER VV 2
DOUkLE PRECISION XNDPEN(1O).yfl(jO) 3
DIMENSION 4
DIMENSION DNMTN(2).DPMAX (2),DPMIN(2),CUMAXC2),CUMINC2),ID(80) S
DIMENSION DPC(8).CUMG(8).DMOLD(9).GEOMD(q),DNDLD(q) 6
COMMON IMPAC.TDALL,RHO I,GEMAX.GEMIN.DMMAX.DMMIN.DNMAX.DNMIN 7
COMMON DPMAX,DPMIN.CUMAX,CUMIIJ,!$I7j.I 5!Z2. !S!Z3 e
COMMON IS.NF!T, ID,RHO,DM!N.TKS.POA.rG(S) .DMAX,DPC,CUMG.DMI5LI) 9
COMMON GEOMO.OP4DLD.GRNAH,MPLOT.D8MA,VV 10
COMMON ISIG.XMAX,XMIN,YM AX.YMIN.X$,y$ II
COMMON CYC3,Mc3,MOo,MS 12
COMMON X JF)PEN 13
DATA IBLK/ / 1 4
C 15
C THE FOLLOWING VARIABLES ARE READ INTO WALLYI 16
C CG • DN/DLOGD (NO. PARTICLES/DSCM) 17
C CH • CUMMULATIVE (GR/ACF), 18
C OP — CEOMETRIC MEAN DIAMETER (MICROMETERS) 19
C ID — TDENTIFICATTON LABEL. 20
C RHO DENSITY 21
C MP flT — CONTROLS THE GRAPHING,
C 23
P 1s3.1415 24
MR7 25
26
TF(RHO.EQ ,1.O)N 2 27
C 28
C IF MPLOT 1 PLOT NEW GRID ON EACH PASS THROUGH PROGRAM9 IF MPLO ( 0 PLOT 29
C THE SAME CRIb AS PRIVIOUS PLOT. 30
C 31
IF(TS!GIGT,O )GO TO 20 32
IF(P4PLOT) 80,80,20
20 XWTaO 34
C 35
C XIN — LENGTH OF THE X AXIS IN INCHES, - 36
C YIN LENGTH OF THE V AXIS IN INCHES. 37
c
XINs4 ,S
YIN 6,5 40
C 41
C XMAX • MAXIMUM X VALUE PLOTTED. 42
C YPIAX • MAXIMUM V VALUE PLOTTED. 43
C XMIN • MINIMUM X VALUE PLOTTED
C YMIN • MINIMUM V VALUE PLOTTED. as
C 46
!FUSTZ3,EQ.1)GO 10 25 *7
GO TO (240,241,240,240),IMPAC 48
240 VMAXrI,0E15
VMIN I,ØEO6 50
GO TO 1214 51
241 yMAX j,OE14 52
YMINs I,OE O S 53
124 XMAX ALOG10 (1OO,0) 54
YMAX UALOG IO(VMAX)
XM!N ALOG10(.1) 56
VMIN.ALOG 1O(YM!N) 57
G07028
25 XMAX.ALOGIO(100.0)
563
-------
YMAX*SLIM(1 .ALOG10(DNP1AX(N))) 60
61
C 63
C X AND Y SCALE FACTORS CALCULATED HERE, 64
C 65
28 XS.XTN/ 1I4AX.XNIN) 66
Y$ yIP4/(yMAX.yI4tW) 67
Y ORTGaVMIP4.2./YS 68
CALL SCALF(XS,YS.XP4 1N,YORIG) 69
C 70
C DRAW THE x • AxiS, 71
C 7?
YM IN I.YMIP4 73
TXMAXsXMAX 74
IXP I ,4.xMiN is
TXPANaIXMAX.TXMIN 76
CALL. XSLBLIKS,YS,%P4IN,VM!N1,IXRAN.XMTN) 77
CALL. XLOG(X8.YS.X 4AX,YMIN1..1,IXRAN) 78
C 79
C LARFL THE X • AX18. 80
C 8 1
XCSs.1 5 82
YCSR.1S
XS((XM&1.XM1N)/?.0)+XMIN.U6.0*XC8 /%8
V.YMXN1.(,7/Y$) 85
CALL FCHAP (x,V,XCS.YCS,0.)
WR1TI(M 1) 87
C 88
C WRITE THE ID LABELS.
C 90
xC S..056 91
YC S,.100 92
K XMIN 93
ysyPAx+ 5/y5 94
00 30 Iil.79
J 80.I
XFC!J).NE.!Bt.K) GO 70 40
30 CONTTP4UE 98
J i 99
40 CALL FCI4AR(X,Y XCS,YC8,0.O) 100
101
X*XMIN 10?
Y YP4AX+,25/Y$ 103
CALL FCNAR x,Y,XC$,VCS,0.) 104
WRITE(M,5) RHO 10 5
c 106
C DRAW T$f Y • AXIS ON THE LEFT SIDE F THE GRAPH. 107
C 108
IYMAX*YHAX 109
I MI IN 110
TVPAMB!VMAX.IYUIN 111
CALL Y OG(X 5,Y5,XMIN,YMAX,.1,7YRAN 112
CALL LGLBLCXS,YS,XMIN,YMTN,I RAN.YMTN, ) 113
C 114
C LABEL THE V • AXIS ON THE LEFT SIDE OF THE GRAPH, 11 5
c 116
xcs.,is 117
VC Su,i S 118
XSXM!N. .7 115 119
564
-------
Yz( (YMAX.yMTN)/2.0)+yMTN. 1b 0*XCS) /Y8 120
CALL FCHAR(X,v,XCS,yC$,PT,2., 121
WRTTE(M,4) 122
C 123
C PLOT X ANfl V VALLJ S FOR CLJMMULATTVrCMG,ACM V$ 0S0’8, 124
C 125
80 KNT KNT+1 126
TVaVV+ 1 127
00 70 Jsi,IV 128
!F(DNDLDCJ)*crnp4DcJ) )70,7O,90 129
90 XNEX.ALOG1O(GEOP4D(J), 130
XWUXVAL(XNEX.XMAX,XMTN.X8, 131
VNFX ALOGIO(DNDLDCJ)) 132
VW5VVAL(VP.iEX. VMAX,VM!N.y8,
CALL PIONT (KNT,XN,V 4) 134
70 CONTINUE 135
C 136
IF(I3!G.EQ,o)Go 10 150 137
C 138
CALL JOE? 139
PETURW 140
C 141
150 CONTINUE 142
CALL LAPEL(KNT,XS,YS.VMAX,YMIM) 143
XaXMAX.4 .a/X$ 184
VBVMIN.2,/y$ 145
CALL FPLOT(.1,X,V) 1136
60 RE IURw 147
I FOPMAT(1x,.PART!CLE DIAMETER (MICROMETERS)’) 148
2 FOPHAT( IX,SOAI, 149
4 FORMAT(1X,. DPJ,’DLOGD ‘JD.PART ICLES/DNM3) •) 150
5 FOPMAT(1X..R,40 •,F4,2 0 ’ GM/CC’) 151
END 152
565
-------
SUBROUTINE XLOG(XS,Y5,XO,V0,K.L) I
C PEN MAY RE UP OR DOWN . 2
C XS X SCALI FACTOR, INCHES/USER’S UNIT 3
C VS : V SCALE FACTOR, INCHES/USER’S (INyT 4
C YO STARTING Y.VALUE WITH RESPECT TO ORIGIN, 5
C XO STARTING X.VAL,IIE WITH RESPEcT TO ORIGIN. 6
C K +t, FOR POSITIVE X.DIR(CTIOPd 7
C K .1, FOR NEGATIVE x.DIRECTION
C L NUMBER OF LOGIO CYCLES 9
P:0,os/YS to
0:0,075/vS 11
XKsFLOAT(K) 12
TFSTXO,XK*FLOAT(L) 13
LIMITuL,1 14
CALL FPLOT(.?,XO,Y0) is
00 300 J 1, TMIT 16
XI:x0,XK.FLOAT(J.1) 17
CALL FPLOT(0.XT,YO)
CALL FPLOT(0,XT.YO.Q) 19
CALL FPLOTCO.XI,Y0+Q) 20
CALL FPLOT(0IXI,YO) 21
CALL FPLOTCO.X!,YO) 22
IF(XI.TE ST)26 0,3 00,25 0 23
250 DO 300 I 1.$ 24
TF(K)260,300.27fl 25
260 YT.l0.I 26
GD TO 260 27
270 YTzJ 26
260 YT :1.0+1.O/VT 29
XT:XT.XK*AL OG I OCVI) 30
CALL. FPLOTCO.XT,V0) 31
CALL FPLOTCO.XT,V0.P) 52
CALL FPLOT(0.X1,Y0+P) 33
CALL FPLOT(0,XY.Y0)
CALL FPLOICO.XT,Y0)
300 COMTIP4UE 36
CALL FPLOT(1,XT.Y0) 37
RETURN 36
EMI 39
566
-------
SUBROUTINE XSLRL. (XS, YS.X0,Y0,L.E) 1
C CAN ONLY LABEL FROM .9 TO +9 2
C (X0,Y0) ARE THE COORDINATES CORRESPONDING TO THE FIRST LOG CYCLE TO 3
C BE IDENTIFIED.
C PEN MAY RE UP OR DOWN
C THE TOENTTF!CATION IS BELOw THE X.AXIS 6
C XS X —SCALE FACTOR, INCHES/USER’S UNITS
C VS r Y .SCALE FACTOR, INCHES/USER’S UNITS
C X0 a INITIAL X.vaLUE,
c YO a INITIAL Y.VALUE. 10
C L $ NUMBER OF 10010 CYCLES 11
C E a EXPONENT OF FIRST CYCLE +,0.. 12
I FORMAT( ’ 10’) U
2 FORMATC IX,I2) 14
LIMITaL+1
00 100 I 1,LTMIT 16
XNaXO+FLOAT(I _j) 17
TXNsE+FLOAT(T .1) 18
XNsXN .O .2/YS
YNaY O.0,3/Y5 20
CALL FCHAR(XN,YN, 0.15,0,15,0.0) 21
YN.Y0 .0,2/YS 22
WPITE(7,1) 23
XNEzXW+O,2/XS 24
IF(IXN) 50.60,60 25
50 XNEaXN+O,3/X5 26
60 CALL FCHAR(XNE .yN, 0.1,0.1,0.0) 27
WRIT!(7,?) IXN 28
100 CONTINUE 29
RETURN 30
END 31
567
-------
FUNCTION XVAL(X IF,AMAX.AM!N,AS) i
C I
C 3
C THIS FUNCTION GIVES A VALUE To DPC (I.E. XN)
C SUCH THAT IT WILL BE PLOTTED JUST BEYOND THE 5
C GRAPH BOUNDARY IF XMAX OR ( XMTN.
C I
e
IF(X IF.*MAX) 57 57,86
$6 XVALSAHAX+,t5/AS 10
RETURN 11
87 tF(AMzW.x1c)Bq 5q,ee 1?
68 XVALUAMIN.,t5/AS 13
RETURN 14
89 KVALRX1F 15
RETURN 16
END 17
568
-------
SUBROUTINE YLOG(XS,YS.X0,Y0,K.L) I
C 2
C P N MAY RE UP OR DOWN 3
C VS • V—SCALE FACTOR, !NCNES/U31R8 UNIT
C KS • K—SCALE FACTOR, INCHES/USER’S UNIT 5
C VO a STARTING V.VALUE WIfl4 RESPECT TO ORIGIN,
Xo • STARTING K—VALUE WITH RESPECT TO ORIGIN, 7
C K a +1, FOR POSITIVE V—DIRECTION
C K a — , FOR NEGATIVE Y.DIRECTION
C I • NUMBER OF LOCIO CYCLES 10
C 11
P.0,05/KS U
0 .0 ,075/KS 13
XKCa O,434294 4 619.FLOAT(K) 14
LaL.1 15
C 16
CALL FPLOT(.2,XO,YO) 17
00 300 J t,L 13
YX.YO+FLOAT(K*(J.1)) 19
20
21
200 DO 250 Xal,N 22
IF(N.1) 210,240,210
210 IFCK) 220,300.230 24
220 XI .1O.7 25
GO TO 235 28
230 XI.I 27
235 YIaVI4XKC*ALOCCI.O+I.0#XT) 28
240 CALL FPLOT(O.x0,YI) 29
CALL FPLO1(O,XO.X,YI) 30
CALL FPLOT(O,X04X,Yfl 31
CALL FPLDT(0,X0,YI) 32
230 CALL FPLOT(O,X0,YI) 33
tFCJ L 253,300,300
255 TFCN.1) 300,260.300
260 NaB
37
GO TO 200 36
300 CONTINUE 39
L’L—1 40
c 41
RETURN 42
END 43
569
-------
SUBROUTINE YPROB(X$,YS .X•KODE,!MTN . P AX)
C 2
C PLOT AND LABEL V AXIS FOR NORMAL PROBABILITY SCALE
C GASTtTh. I9DEC I97 S,
C S
C V AXIS AT XMIN IS LABELLED DOWN FROM YNAX 9s99 6
C TO YHIN • 0.01 ON THE LEFT OF THE AXIS,
C B
C V AXIS AT XNAX IS LABELLED DOWN FROM YMAX a 0.01 TO 9
c VMIN $ qg qq ON THE RIGHT OF THE AXIS. 10
C 11
C KS a X SCALE FACTOR IN INCHES/UNIT 12
C VS a V SCALE FACTOR IN INCHES/UNIT 13
C K a V AXIS K VALUE INDICATED MY ‘(ODE 14
C ‘(ODE a 0 FOP X XMIN, LABEL TO LEFT OF AXIS
C ‘(ODE a NON.0 FOR K a XMAX, LABEL TO RIGHT OF AXIS lb
C 17
C DO THE FOLLOWING SEQUENCE IN MAIN PROG TO SET UP is
C SCALE FACTOR FOR V PROBABILITY AXIS. 19
C 20
C NOTRI COMPUTES A V VALUE FOR A GIVEN PROBABILITY 21
C CALL PIDTPT(O.9999.YMAX.D.IE) NDTRI FROM 360 SSP . 22
C CALL NDTRI(O,0001,VMTN,D,IE) 23
C VS a YINCH/(YMAX.YMIN) 24
C KS a WHATEVER K SCALE USED 25
C CALL SCALF(XS.YS.VMTN,YMIN) 26
C 27
C MOVE PEN TO XP4IN OR XMAX,YM!M BEFORE CALLING YPROB 28
C 29
DIMENSION 5TV(25),$TI(25 ,NST(25) 30
C 31
C STy IS ARRAY OF BIG TICK MARK V PROBABILITY VALUES
C 33
DATA BTV/O.0 00t,.0005..O01. .002,.0P 5.,Oi,.02. 34
2 .05 , .1..2..3,.4..5 ,.b..Y,.6..9,,95, 35
3 .98. . , .995. .9 e , .999 , .9995 ,’.9999/ 36
C 37
C BY! 75 ARRAY OF SMALL TICK MARK PROBABILITY INCREMENTS 38
C 39
DATA STI/O .ODOI , .0 00i,.0005..001.,0 0t,.002. ,01,,Ol, 40
2 ,O1 .,02 ,.02 ,.02,.02. ,02.,02,,01..01..O1. 41
3 .O02,.0O1 , ,001,.0005,. 0001, , 0 0 0 1,0 ./ 42
C 43
C 44
c 5T IS ARRAY OF NUMBER OF SMALL TICKS BETWEEN BIG TICKS 45
C A S
DATA NST/3,4.1.2,4,4,2.A.9,1,4.4.a ,4 ,4.q,4,
2 2,4,4.2.1,4.3,0/ 48
c
C BIG AND SMALL TICK MARK LENGTHS 50
C 51
BTL a 0,075/KS 52
SYL 0, 05/x8 53
C
C PLOT V AXIS WITH BIG AND SMALL TICK MARKS GOING UP
C FROM XMIN OR XMAX TO YMAX,
C
DO 50 !4IMIN.IMAX 58
V I YvCI) S c
570
-------
CALL NDTRI(Y1,Y,D,IE)
CALL FPLOT(.2,X,V) 61
CALL FPLOT(O.X+BTL,Y) 62
CALL FPLOT(O.X.BTL,Y) 63
CALL FPLOTCO.X,Y) 64
a NST(t) 65
IF(I.EQ.IMAX)C,O TO 60 66
DO SO J.1,1 67
Y2 VI + J*STI(I)
CALL NDTP!CV2,V,D,IE)
CALL FPLOT(O.X,V) 70
CALL FPLOTCO.x,STL.Y 71
CALL FPLOT(O ,X.STL ,V) 72
CALL FPLOTCO,X,V) 73
50 CONTINUE 74
C 75
C X WIDTH AND V HEIGHT OF LABELLING CHARACTERS 76
C 77
60 XCS 0 .15 78
vcs o ,is
C 80
C START LABELLING LOOP 81
C LABELLING IS DOWN THE AXIS TO THE LEFT IF KODE IS 0 82
C AND TO THE RIGHT IF KODE IS NONsO .
C 84
Ls O
DO 200 IRIP4TN,TMAX
LaL,t 87
JSTMAX.L+j 88
P BTV(J)
CALL NDTRICP.V,D.IE) 90
V a V • CYCS 2) VS 91
IFC KODE ) 85,80.85 92
80 P a P 1OO
IFC J • 24 ) 1O0.90, 0 94
85 XP a X + (XCS/X$) q 5
P a BTV(1)*100.
IF( L — 2 ) 185,185,105 97
C 98
C 99,Q9,Q* , 95 99
C 100
90 XP = X • 6,*XCS),XS 101
95 CALL FCHARCXP,V,XCS,YCS,O,) 102
WP!TE(7,1) P 103
I FORMAT(1X,F5.2) 104
GO TO 200 105
c 106
C 107
c 108
100 IF( J • 21 ) 120,110,110 109
105 IFC L • 5 ) 175,175,125 110
110 XP a X — (5,eXC8 /XS 111
115 CALL FCHARCXP,V,XCS,YCS,0.) 112
WR!TE(7,2) P 113
2 FORP4A1C1X,F4.1) 114
GO TO 200 115
C 116
C 117
C 118
IZO IF J • 9 1 Iao,130,130 119
571
-------
123 1Ff L • 6 ) 155,155,143 120
130 XP a X — (3.eXC$)/X5 121
135 IP P .0 .5 122
Call. FCHAR(XP.Y,XC$,YCS,o .) 123
WRITE(7.3) IP 1241
3 FORMAT(1X, 12, 125
GO 10 200 126
C 127
C 5.2,1 126
C 129
140 IF( J • 6 ) te0,150.lSe 130
145 1Ff I • 20 ) 155,135,165 131
150 XP a X • c2,.XC$)/X8 132
155 IP a p 133
caii FCHAR(XP,v,XC$,YC$,o,) 134
WR!TEC7,4) IP 135
4 FORMAT(iX,I1) 136
60 10 200 137
C 13$
C 0.5,0,2.0.1 139
C lao
160 1Ff .3 • 3 1 160,170,170 141
165 1Ff I — 23 1 115.115,95 142
170 XP X • (4 .*XCS)/XS 143
175 CALL FCNAR(XP,Y,XCS,YCS,0 ,) 141
WRITECY,5) 14 3
S FOPMAT(IX,F3,t) 14$
60 10 200 lot
C 14$
C 0.05,0,01 *49
C 151
180 YP X — (5 ,.XCS)/X3 1 31
185 CALL FC 4AP(XP,Y.XCS.YCS,0,) 152
WP!TE(7,b p 153
6 FORMAT(1X,Fa ,2, is a
200 CONTINUE 155
RETURN 156
END IS?
572
-------
FUNCTION YVAL(y F,RHAX.BMIP1,B$)
C 2
C 3
C THIS FUNCTION GIVES A VALUE To CUMG CI.E. YN) 4
C SUCH THAT T WILL BE PLOTTED JUST BEYOND THE 5
C GRAPH BOUNDARY IF YMAX OR ( YMIN, 6
C 7
C B
IF(Y1F.RMAX)Q7 97,96
96 YVAL.BHAX+,15,c s 10
RETURN u
97 IF(RMTN. YIF)qq,9q,98 12
QS YVALEBMIPJ,.15,R3 13
RETURN 14
99 VVAL Y1F 15
RETURN
END
573
-------
REFERENCES
1. Morrow, P. E. (Chairman, Task Group on Lung Dynamics).
Deposition and Retention Models for Internal Dosimetry
of the Human Respiratory Tract. Health Physics, 12: 173-
208, 1966.
2. Mercer, T. T., N. I. Tillery, and H. Y. Chow. Operating
Characteristics of Some Compressed Air Nebulizers. Am.
md. Hyg. Assoc. J. 29: 66—78, 1968.
3. Brink, J. A., Jr. Cascade Impactor for Adiabatic Measure-
ments. md. and Eng. Che.m., 50 (4): 645—648, 1958.
4. Wilke, C. R. A Viscosity Equation for Gas Mixtures. J.
Chern. Physics, 18 (4) 517—519, 1950.
5. Foust, A., et al. Principles of Unit Operations. John Wiley
and Sons., Inc., New York, 1960. pp. 403-411.
6. Beers, Y. Introduction to the Theory of Error. 2nd Edition.
Addison-Wesley, Inc., Reading, Mass. 1957.
7. Ranz, W. E., and J. B. Wong. Impaction of Dust and Smoke
Particles. md. and Eng. Chein. 44 (6): 1952.
8. Calvert, S., and C. Lake. Cascade Irnpactor Calibration
Guidelines. A.P.T., Inc., EPA, Research Triangle Park, N.C.
1976. 43 pp. EPA—600/2—76—118.
9. Cushing, K. M., G. E. Lacey, J. D. NcCain, and W. B. Smith.
Particulate Sizing Techniques for Control Device Evaluation:
Cascade Impactor Calibrations. Southern Research Institute,
EPA, Research Triangle Park, N.C., 1976, 94 pp. EPA-600/2-76-280.
574
-------
APPENDIX
PLOTTING SOFTWARE FOR THE
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION PDP-15/76
Digital Equipment Corporation, (DEC) PDP-15/76 Plotter Subroutines
This Appendix describes relocatable plotter subroutines for
the DEC PDP-15/76 computer system. These subroutines can be used
to draw and scale grid lines, to draw special point characters,
to draw aiphameric characters at various angles, and to plot
curves, graphs, charts, and maps. The subroutines can be used in
FORTRAN language programs.
The unichannel XY plotter handler is also included. This
document explains the responses of the plotter (an IBM 1627) to
WRITE and READ commands of the DEC Input Output Programming
System (lOPS) and lOPS American Standard Code Information Inter-
change (ASCII) modes.
GENERAL
When connected to a DEC PDP-l5/76 computing system, the IBM
1627 plotter can be programmed to produce bar charts, organiza-
tion charts, engineering drawings, maps, or special curves. This
Appendix describes a set of subroutines, written in assembler
language, used to control the plotter. These subroutines can
also be called from a FORTRAN language program.
575
-------
PLOTTER CHARACTERISTICS
Chart paper width 12
Plotting width 11
Chart paper length 120
Plotting length 120
Incremental step size 1/100
Step speed up to
Pen status change 600
inches
inches
feet
feet
inch
18,000 steps/mm
operations/mm
X—axis movement is produced by rotating the chart paper on
the drum under the pen. Rotating the drum down causes the pen to
draw a line, effectively, in the up direction; this movement is
the positive X-axis motion. Rotating the chart paper up produces
the negative X-axis motion. X-axis movement is caused by moving
the pen parallel to the drum axis. When looked at from the front
of the plotter, the positive Y-axis motion is to the left; the
negative, to the right.
Thus, the length of the
the roll of chart paper, and
mined by the paper’s width.
pen movement with the pen up
desired drawings.
X-axis is limited by the length of
the length of the Y-axis is deter-
Various combinations of paper and
or down are utilized to produce the
PLOTTER CAPABILITIES
The plotter generates all lines by using a series of incre-
mental straight line segments. The increment length is 0.01 inch,
drawn in either a positive or negative direction, parallel to
either the X—axis of the Y-axis. Also, the paper and pen can be
moved simultaneously to produce line increments at a 45° angle to
either axis in either direction. This results in a diagonal line
connecting opposite corners of an X-Y square. Combinations of
increments at various angles can closely approximate any desired
curve.
576
-------
Preciseness of lines and characters depends on the size of
the pen point and the scale selected by the programmer.
Graphs, curves, charts, etc., can be developed by program-
ming the appropriate instructions to the plotter.
Because of the relative slowness of the plotter, compared
with the computer, the plotter system has a buffering scheme
which holds plotter instructions until they are executed. This
leaves the computer free to do other jobs while the actual plot-
ting is being completed.
SUBROUTINE FUNCTIONS
There are six primary functions of the plotter subroutines
described in this manual.
SCALE: Accepts and stores scaling information required
by the grid, plot, and character functions.
GRID: Draws a line with scaled grid marks.
PLOT: Moves the pen from its present position to a
new position. It can also raise or lower the
pen either before or after the traverse movement.
POINT: Draws a special point character at the present
location of the pen, if the pen is down. The point
characters available are +, X,tJ , 0, and blank.
All point characters are fixed in size.
CHARACTER: Positions the pen for annotation and provides
character size and angle information.
ANNOTATION: Forms the characters to be plotted from computer
output data. Characters available are those in the
FORTRAN character set.
577
-------
INPUT FORMAT
The input data to the subroutines can be either in double or
standard precision format, but different subroutines are required
for each precision, with the exception of the point subroutine.
For example, to perform the plot function in standard precision,
the FPLOT subroutine is used; for double precision, the EPLOT sub-
routine is used. Standard precision uses two 18—bit words to form
a constant or variable, while double precision uses three 18-bit
words for the same constant or variable.
SCALE
The scale subroutine accepts and stores scaling information
required by the grid, plot, and character functions.
If the scale subroutine is not called, the plot subroutine
assumes initial scale values of one inch per unit along both axes
and establishes the origin (intersection of the X—axis and the
Y-axis) at the present pen position. However, the scale subrou-
tine must be called to define other scale factors and to estab-
lish the origin at other points. The scale subroutine can be
called as often as required to redefine the scaling values and
the origin position.
Each time the scale subroutine is called, the origin estab-
lished is based on the physical location of the pen. Therefore,
the pen must be moved to the position assumed by the subroutine
before the subroutine is called. Also, the pen position cannot
be moved more than 163.83 inches in either X direction from its
physical location at the time the origin was last established.
Scale values are given in inches per unit of the using
program. For example, to indicate a scale of 1/4 inch equal to
1 foot, the scale value would be 0.25. To indicate a scale of
578
-------
1 inch equal to 10 years, the scale would be 0.1. Different
scale values can be assigned to the X axis and the Y axis.
The pen is usually aligned by reticle adjustment to some
point on the chart paper. The scale subroutine establishes the
origin at any desired point relative to the physical location of
the pen when the subroutine is called. Therefore, or until the
origin is moved, all measurements are calculated from this origin
to prevent an accumulation of errors which would result from
measuring from point to point with calculated values that have
been rounded off or truncated.
The values inserted by this subroutine are positive or nega-
tive as measured perpendicularly from each desired axis to the
present location of the pen.
FORTRAN
Standard precision: CALL SCALF (Xe , s’ X 1 Y)
Double precision: CALL SCALE (X 5 , Y , X 0 , Y )
X is a real constant or variable that defines the number
S
of inches per user’s unit to be used along the X—axis.
Y is a real constant or variable that defines the number
S
of inches per user’s unit to be used along the Y—axis.
X is a signed real constant or variable that specifies the
0
X value of the present position of the pen relative to
the desired origin, measured in user’s units .
is a signed real constant or variable that specifies the
I value of the present position of the pen relative to
the desired origin, measured in user’s units .
579
-------
GRID
The grid subroutine plots a straight line parallel to either
the X- or the Y—axis in a positive or a negative direction with
tick marks at regularly spaced intervals. The tick marks are
0.10-inch long, with one—half the mark on each side of, and per-
pendicular to, the grid line. The programmer must specify the
starting point, the direction to be plotted, how far to go, and
the distance between tick marks.
It is not required to know either the location of the pen or
whether it is up or down when this subroutine is called. At the
end of the subroutine, the pen is left in the up position.
FORTRAN
Standard precision: CALL FGRID (I, X, Y, U, N)
Double precision: CALL EGRID (I, X, Y, U, N)
I is an integer constant or variable that specifies the direction
the grid line is to be generated as follows:
I = 0 specifies the +X direction
I = 1 specifies the +Y direction
I = 2 specifies the -x direction
I = 3 specifies the -Y direction
X is a signed real constant or variable that specifies the
X value of the grid line starting point, measured in the
user’s units .
Y is a signed real constant or variable that specifies the
Y value of the grid line starting point, measured in the
user’s units .
580
-------
U is a real constant or variable that specifies the distance
between tick marks, measured in the user’s units .
N is an integer constant or variable that defines the length
of the grid line. N is equal to the number of tick marks
minus one, and must be less than 131,072.
PLOT
This subroutine is called to move the pen from its present
position to a new position. It is the user’s responsibility to
check that the coordinates of the new position are within limits.
The pen can also be raised or lowered before or after the tra-
verse movement, as a part of this subroutine.
FORT RAN
Standard precision: CALL FPLOT (I, X, Y)
Double precision: CALL EPLOT (I, X, Y)
I is an integer expression controlling the pen as follows:
I = 0 no change
i is positive, control pen before movement
I is negative, control pen after movement
I is odd, raise pen
I is even, lower pen
X is a signed real constant or variable defining the X value
of the new position, measured in the user’s unit .
Y is a signed real constant or variable defining the Y value
of the new position, measured in the user’s units .
581
-------
POINT
The point subroutine draws special point characters at the
present position of the pen. The pen must be down when this sub-
routine is called.
This subroutine assumes the pen is down and leaves the pen
down when finished. Each point character is inscribed within a
0.10—inch square.
FORTRAN
CALL POINT (I)
I is an integer expression that defines the character to be
drawn as follows:
1<0 blank
1=0 +
1=1 x
1=2
1=3 0
CHARACTER
This subroutine is used to initialize the annotation sub-
routine by establishing the height and width of characters, the
angle (relative to the X-axis) they are drawn, and the starting
location. Calling this subroutine also raises the pen (if down)
and moves the pen to the specified starting location. The height
and width parameters determine a rectangle inside of which each
character is drawn. The annotation subroutine remains initial-
ized by the call to this subroutine until a new call supersedes
the old one.
582
-------
FORTRAN
Standard precision: CALL FCHAR (X Y , X , THETA)
Double precision: CALL ECHAR (X , Y , X , Y , THETA)
X is a signed real variable or constant defining the
X value ( user’s units ) of the starting location.
is a signed real variable or constant defining the
Y value ( user’s units ) of the starting location.
X is an unsigned real variable or constant defining the
width of the character, expressed in inches . A value
exceeding two decimal places will be rounded off to the
nearest 0.01.
is an unsigned real variable or constant defining the
height of the character, expressed in inches . A value
exceeding two decimal places will be rounded of f to the
nearest 0.01.
THETA is a signed real variable or constant defining the
angle at which the character (or line of characters) is
to be drawn, expressed in radians. Theta is measured
by rotating a line parallel to the X-axis about the
starting location. Positive values produce counterclock-
wise rotation; negative values, the opposite.
Due to the physical resolution limitation of the plotter,
it is impossible to rotate a character through all angles. The
possible angles are discrete and are a function of the particular
character being rotated and the angle of rotation. Thus, there
may be a discrepancy between Theta and the actual plotted angle
of rotation, which will be most significant for small character
sizes. The same phenomenon will also cause distortion of the
character shape in many cases.
583
-------
When using the annotation routine to plot a string of
rotated characters, the rotational inaccuracies in each character
will accumulate and may produce distorted lines. The accumula-
tive effect may be overcome by drawing the line one character at
a time and using ECHAR or FCHAR to position each character in its
proper location.
ANNOTAT ION
This subroutine forms the characters specified by computer
output data to the parameters established by the character sub-
routine. These parameters determine a rectangle inside of which
each character is drawn. The starting location is the lower left
corner of the rectangle. In a continuous row of characters, the
starting location is the lower left corner of the first character.
When the last character is completed, this subroutine stops the
pen in the up position over the lower left corner of the next
character position in sequence. Repetitive lines are plotted end
to end. The character set available is the FORTRAN character set.
FORTRAN
WRITE (I, FORMAT) list
I is an integer that specifies the logical unit number of
the I/O unit (plotter) to be used for output data. I must be 7.
FORMAT is a statement number of the FORMAT statement describ-
ing the type of data conversion to be performed between the inter-
nal and external representation of each quantity in the list.
Each FORMAT statement must contain a carriage control indicator
(l x)
LIST is a list of variable names, separated by commas, which
represent the output data.
584
-------
XLOG
This subroutine draws the X-axis for log 10 scale. The pen
may be up or down when the subroutine is called.
F ORTRAN
CALL XLOG (XS, YS, XO, yO, K, L)
XS is a real, standard precision constant or variable which
defines the X-scale factor in inches per user’s unit .
YS is a real, standard precision constant or variable which
defines the Y-scale factor in inches per user’s unit .
XO is a real, standard precision constant or variable which
defines the starting X—value with respect to the origin.
yo is a real, standard precision constant or variable which
defines the starting Y-value with respect to the origin.
K = +1 for the positive X direction; K = -l for the negative
X direction.
L is the number of logic cycles.
XSLBL
This subroutine labels the X-axis for log scale. The pen
may be up or down when the subroutine is called.
FORT RAN
CALL XSLBL (XS, YE, XO, YD, L, E)
XS is a real, standard precision constant or variable which
defines the X-scale factor in inches per user’s unit .
383
-------
YS is a real, standard precision constant or variable which
defines the Y—scale factor in inches per user’s unit .
XO is a real, standard precision constant or variable which
defines the initial X value.
YO is a real, standard precision constant or variable which
defines the initial Y value.
L is the number of log 10 cycles.
E is the exponent of the first cycle.
YLOG
This subroutine draws the Y-axis for logio scale. The pen
may be up or down when the subroutine is called. All real vari-
ables must be standard precision.
FORTRAN
CALL YLOG (XS, YX, XO, YO, K, L)
XS is the X—scale factor in inches per user’s unit .
YS is the Y—scale factor in inches per user’s unit .
XO is the starting X value with respect to the origin.
YO is the starting Y value with respect to the origin.
K = +1 for positive Y direction; K = -l for negative
Y direction.
L is the number of log 10 cycles.
LGLBL
This subroutine labels the Y—axis for log 10 scale. The pen
586
-------
may be up or down when the subroutine is called. All real vari-
ables must be standard precision.
FORTRAN
CALL LGLBL (XS, YS, XO, YO, L, E, K)
XS defines the X—scale factor in inches per user’s unit .
YS defines the Y—scale factor in inches per user’s unit .
XO is the initial X value.
YO is the initial Y value.
L is the number of log o cycles.
E is the exponent of the first cycle.
K = 0 for labeling on the right side of the Y—axis;
K = 1 for labeling on the left side of the Y-axis.
NOTES :
1. lx is required as first character in format of formatted
writes to plotter.
2. Must have a CALL CLOSE (7) after the- last plotter instruction
in the program to get the last few plot commands to the plot-
ter. No CALL CLOSE (7) is required if there are no plot
commands in the job.
3. Turning the plotter off results in lost plots.
587
-------
CALL SCALE
(XS,YS,XO_,YO)
CALL SCALF
Scale Initial position
factor in in user’s units
inches per
user’s unit
CALL EGRID
(I ,X,Y,U,N)
CALL FGRID I
Direction Grid line User’s Number of
0 = starting units tick marks
1 = +Y point in per tick less one
2 = —x user’s units
3 = -Y
CALL EPLOT
(I , XN,YN )
CALL FPLOT I
Pen control New position in
o No change user’s units
+ Control before steps
- Control after steps
Odd Raise pen
Even Lower pen
CALL ECHAR
(XN,YN,XS,YS,THETA)
CALLFCHAR I
Starting Width of Height of Angle at which
location in character character character is to
user’s units in inches in inches be drawn
WRITE (I, FORMAT) LIST
1=7
CALL POINT (I)
1 <0 blank
1=0 +
1=1 x
1=2
1=3 0
588
-------
UNICHANNEL XY PLOTTER HANDLER
The XY Plotter responds to WRITE commands of the lOPS Binary
and lOPS ASCII modes. The lOPS Binary mode is used for initial-
izing the handler, drawing lines or drawing characters, while the
lOPS ASCII mode is used only to draw characters.
The terms “absolute” coordinates and “delta” coordinates are
used below. Absolute coordinates are coordinates determined by a
READ (7) operation, (LPISTX, LASTY). When one moves to some new
set of coordinates, (LASTX + AX, LASTY + AY) , the ordinate and
abscissa of the shift (AX, AY) are the “delta” coordinates.
FORMAT OF lOPS BINARY WRITES (FROM FORTRAN) :
WRITE (7) mode (followed by optional variables, depending on
the value of mode).
Additional
Mode variables
o Pick up the pen None
1 Put down the pen None
2 Move to absolute coordinates. Address with
pen up IX, IY
3 Move to absolute coordinates. Address with
pen down ix, i-
4 Move to delta coordinates. Address with
pen up IX, IY
5 Move to delta coordinates. Address with
pen down IX, IY
6 Draw character (see note below) ICNT, DATA
7 Set coordinate address IX, IY
8 Move to absolute coordinate address
(no pen change) Ix, ly
9 Move to delta coordinate address (no pen
change) IX, IY
10 Set character attributes IXSIZ, IYSIZ,
ISIN, ICOS
589
-------
FORMAT OF lOPS ASCII WRITES (FORTRAN) : Normal FORMAT statements,
see Note 12. Characters can be written from lOPS Binary.
NOTES :
1. The pen actions (explicit or implicit) check to see if the
pen is currently up or down, and suppresses redundant moves.
2. When the handler is first called (i.e., start of program),
the pen is up; the coordinates address is (0,0); the charac-
ter scale is 20X20 plotter steps; and the characters are. not
rotated.
3. Characters are drawn on a 9X11 matrix with 2 spaces between
characters giving a basic character box size of 1OX1O.
4. IXSIZ and IYSIZ are plotter steps for the desired character
size. The minimum value of IXSIZ or IYSIZ is 0.01 inch.
5. The character may be rotated by specifying the sin and cos
of the angle of rotation. The values must be integer and
scaled by 65536 (i.e., ISIN = 65536*(SIN(THETA)).
6. Character writes use the values of the last scale and rota-
tion values.
7. “Interface Routines” may be written in FORTRAN to emulate any
plotter package. Consider a routine which draws a line with
the pen down by specifying delta X and Y values. One would
write a FORTRAN subroutine, such as this one to replace the
old one:
SUBROUTINE LINE (IX,IY)
DATA MODE/5/
WRITE (7) MODE, IX,IY
RETURN
END
8. Only the IBM 1130 FORTRAN 48 character set is presently
implemented. No percent symbol (%) is available.
590
-------
9. Only rectangular characters may be obtained.
10. Powering down the plotter does not cause an error, but plots
will be lost.
11. READ (7) LASTX, LASTY, ISX, ISY, ISIN, ICOS, IPEN
LASTX and LASTY are previous pen position (absolute
coordinates).
ISX and ISY are last character sizes.
ISN and ICOS are last sin and cos of character angle.
Cos 00 = 65536.
IPEN = 0 if pen is up, 10000 (octal) if pen is down.
12. The first character in a FORMAT statement is not plotted.
One should use l x or leave one blank space.
13. Binary characters for a mode 6 WRITE should be A5 ASCII.
59].
-------
TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
(Please read Inw -ucrions on the rercrse before conipleting ,/
1. REPORT NO. 2.
EPA- 600/7-78-042
3. RECIPIENT’S ACCESSIO? NO.
4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE
A Computer-based Cascade Impactor Data
Reduction System
5. REPORT DATE
March 1978
6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
7. AUTHOR SI
J. W. Johnson, G. I. Clinard, L. G. Felix, and
J.D.McCain
8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO.
RI-EAs-78-422
SO
9. PERFORMING OROANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
Southern Research Institute
2000 Ninth Avenue, South
Birmingham, Alabama 35205
10. PRCGRAM ELEMENT NO.
EHE624
11. CONTRACT .GRANT NO.
68-02-2131. T.D. 10101
12. SPONSORV jG AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
EPA. Office of Research and Development
Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
13. TYPE OF REPOR ND PER 0 COVERED
Task Final: 7 77 1 / 7 g
14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
EPA/600/13
15. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES IERL-RTP project officer is D. Bruce Harris. Mail Drop 62.
919/541-2557.
16.A si iAcr The report describes a cascade impactor data reduction system written in
the FORTRAN IV language. The overall system incorporates six programs:
MPPROG, SPLIN1, GRAPH, STATLS, PENTRA, and PENLOG. Impactor design,
particulate catch information, and sampling conditions from single impactor runs
are used to calculate particle size distributions. MPPROG and SPLIN1 perform
‘ ata analyses and make curve fits. GRAPH is totally devoted to various forms of
tphical presentation of the calculated distributions. The particle size distribu-
us can be output in several forms. STATIS averages data from multiple impactor
under a common condition. PENTRA or PENLOG calculates the control device
penetration and/or efficiency. The plotting routines have been written for a
PDP15/76 computer and are not compatible with other computing systems without
s Sication.
17. KE’f WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
DESCRIPTORS .IDENTiFIERSOPEN ENDED TERMS . COSATI 1icld,Group
Pollution Sampling Pollution Control 13B l4B
Dust Control Measurement Stationary Sources
Impactors Concentration Particulates 131 07D
Computer Programs Cascade Impactors 09B
Data Reduction
FORTRAN
13. STR ,J ON STATEMENT
‘
Unlimited
19. SECURITY CLASS 1 This Report
Unclassified
21. NO. OF PAGES
601
20. SECURITY CLASS (Tlzispdge 1
Unclassified
22. PRICE
EPA Form 222O- (9-73)
59 2
------- |